Selected quad for the lemma: king_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
king_n aaron_n apostle_n prince_n 41 3 5.1457 4 false
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A12940 A counterblast to M. Hornes vayne blaste against M. Fekenham Wherein is set forthe: a ful reply to M. Hornes Answer, and to euery part therof made, against the declaration of my L. Abbat of Westminster, M. Fekenham, touching, the Othe of the Supremacy. By perusing vvhereof shall appeare, besides the holy Scriptures, as it vvere a chronicle of the continual practise of Christes Churche in al ages and countries, fro[m] the time of Constantin the Great, vntil our daies: prouing the popes and bishops supremacy in ecclesiastical causes: and disprouing the princes supremacy in the same causes. By Thomas Stapleton student in diuinitie. Stapleton, Thomas, 1535-1598.; Horne, Robert, 1519?-1580. Answeare made by Rob. Bishoppe of Wynchester, to a booke entituled, The declaration of suche scruples, and staies of conscience, touchinge the Othe of the Supremacy, as M. John Fekenham, by wrytinge did deliver unto the L. Bishop of Winchester.; Harpsfield, Nicholas, 1519-1575. 1567 (1567) STC 23231; ESTC S117788 838,389 1,136

There are 109 snippets containing the selected quad. | View lemmatised text

and Princes may not claime or take vpon thē any part of Spiritual gouernement much lesse take the supremacy and chief part of spiritual gouernement from them For ansvveare I deny this argument for it is a naughty and deceiptful .523 Sophistication called Fallacia aequiuocationis There is equiuocatiō in this vvord Priests and so in these vvords to gouerne ād rule the Church of God This vvorde Priest hath diuers significatiōs vvhich are to be obserued least the simple readers be confirmed or brought into errour thorough the equiuocatiō therein The Scripture speaketh of a priesthood after the order of Aaron after vvhich order you vvil not cōfesse Apostles and the Bisshops their successours to be Priests an other kind of Priesthod is after the other of Melchisedech and Christ only vvithout any successour in that priesthood vvas the alone Priest of that order The third kind is an holy and princely Priesthod of the vvhich order not only the Apostles and their true successours but also Kings Queenes Princes and al maner of faithful Christians are Priests There is in common opinion amongest the Papists a fourth kind vvhich is a massinge and sacrificīg priesthod after vvhich order Christes Apostles ād the true mynisters of his Church vvere 524. neuer priests for that order belōgeth only to the Apostolical Clergy of the Romishe Antichrist Yf your meaning therefore be that Christ left any kinde of gouernement or rule of his Church to Bisshops and Priests after this popishe order your opiniō is .525 hereticall and your assertion vtterly false Therefore vvhere I shal aftervvardes in my speaking cal the ministers of Christes Church Priestes I geue you to vnderstand that I doe therein but follovv the vsuall and accustomed kinde of speache vvhich is .526 impropre although in longe vse Likevvise to gouerne and rule the Chureh of God is of tvvo kindes and sortes the one is by the supreme authority and povver of the .527 svvorde to guide care prouide direct and ayde Gods Church to further mainteine and setfoorth the true Religion vnity and quietnes of Gods Churche and to ouersee visit refourme restraine amende and correcte all maner persons vvith al maner errours superstitions heresies schismes abuses offfences contemptes and enormities in or about Gods Church VVhich gouernement and rule apperteineth onely to Kings Queenes and Princes and not to the Apostles Bisshops and Priestes vvhereof S. Paule speaketh nothing at al in this sentence by you alledged to the Bisshops of Ephesus The other sorte is to feede the flocke of Christ vvith the Spiritual foode of Gods vvord vvhich is the .528 only rule and gouernement that belongeth to the Apostles Bisshops and Ministers of Christes Churche and of none other maner rule speaketh S. Paule to the Bisshoppes of Ephesus vvhich he maketh most plaine both by the expresse vvords of the sentence auouched and also by the vvhole circumstance of the same place The vvord that S. Paule vseth doth proprely signify to feede as the sheapeherd feedeth his sheepe ād by a figuratiue speach to guide gouerne or rule and therefore if you vvould haue dealt 529 plainly ād haue vttered S. Paules meaning according to his propre speache vvhere you say To gouerne and rule doubling the vvoordes as it vvere to amplifie the matter that the truth might lesse appeare you ought to haue said to feede the Church of God for that is the Apostles 530 propre saying and so the old translatour of Chrysostome doth translate it vppon the Epistle to the Ephesians and also expounding this same place of the Acts of the Apostles vt pascatis Ecclesiā to feede the Church S. Peter making the like exhortation to this of S. Paule to the Bisshops dispersed vseth that self same vvord saying Pascite quantum in vobis est gregem Christi Feede so muche as you may the flocke of Christ. Christ him selfe also teaching Peter and all other Bishops vvhat manner of rule and gouernement as properly geuen them by Gods vvoorde they should haue in the Church doth expresse it vvith the selfe same vvoorde saying Pasce agnos meos feede my Lambes To rule and gouerne the L. household faithfully and prudently Christ expoundeth to be nothing els in general than to geue meate vnto his family in due season Neither did our sauiour Christ geue .531 other povver authority or commission vnto his Apostles and so to all other Bishops as properly belonging and onely to the Bishoply office then this As my Father sente me so I sende you receiue the holy ghost whose sinnes yee remit they are remitted whose sinnes yee retaine they are reteined goo therefore and teache all nations Baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Sonne and of the holy Ghost teachinge them to obserue al thinges that I haue commaunded you So that the Bishoply rule ād gouernement of Gods Church cōsisteth .532 in these three points to feade the Church vvith Goddes vvoorde to minister Christes Sacramentes and to binde and lose al vvhich three partes Christ cōprehendeth vnder this one saying to geue meat to the Lords family in due season And S. Paule in these vvoords to feed the Churche of God The circumstaunce of the sentēce vvhich you alledged foorth of the Actes doth also shevve in the example of Paule him selfe vvho vvas inferiour to none of the Apostles and Church mynisters in any point that he claimed or tooke vppō him none other rule or gouernement than .533 of feedinge Goddes Church vvith the spirituall foode of the Ghospell He setteth foorth the execution of his ovvne office and by that example moueth the Bishoppes of Ephesus to the like sayinge I haue serued the Lorde with all humblenes of minde I haue leaft nothinge vndoone that might be profitable to you but I haue declared and taught you openly and priuely the repentaunce and faith in God and Iesus Christe I receyued an office of ministery from the Lorde Iesus to testifie the ghospel of Gods grace and to preache the Kingdome of God I haue hidden nothing of Gods councel from you Take heede therefore to your selues and to Christes flocke as I haue done whereof the holy Ghost hath appointed you Bisshoppes as he did me to feede the Church of God as you knovv and see that I haue done This that you cal to gouerne and rule vvas vvith Paule to serue with lowlines to mynister with watchefulnes to preache teache and testifie the Ghospel and the kingdome of God publikely and priuately and to shevv to the flocke al the Councel of God touching their saluation keepinge nothinge thereof from them To gouerne the Churche of God after this sorte belōgeth to the only office of Bishops and Church ministers and not to Kinges Quenes and Princes vvho .534 may not neither doo clayme or take vpō them this kind of spiritual gouernement and rule or any part thereof vvith the bisshops neither do they take the supremacy and
greatly passe howe the Donatistes in this pointe demeaned them selues and whether they openly or priuilie shonned proufes brought and deduced out of the olde Testament In deed the Manichees denied the authoritie of the bookes of the old Law and Testament whiche I reade not of the Donatists Yea in the very same boke and chapter by you alleaged Petilian him self taketh his proufe against the Catholikes out of the olde Testament whiche you know could serue him in litle stede if he him selfe did reiect such kind of euidences This now shall suffice for this branche to purge M. Fekenham that he is no Donatist or Heretique otherwise Concerning the other beside your falshood your great follie doth also shew it sesfe too as well as in the other to imagin him to be a Donatist and to think or say as you say they did that ciuile magistrates haue not to do with religiō nor may not punish the trāsgressours of the same M. Fekenhā saith no such thing ād I suppose he thinketh no such thing and furder I dare be as bold to say that there is not so much as a light cōiecture to be groūded therof by any of M. Fekenhās words onlesse M. Horne become sodenly so subtil that he thinketh no differēce to say the Prince shuld not punish an honest true mā in stede of a theef ād to say he shuld not punish a theef Or to say there is no difference betwixt althings ād nothing For though M. Fekenhā ād al other Catholiks do deny the ciuile Princes supreme gouernmēt in al causes ecclesiasticall yet doth not M. Fekenhā or any Catholike deny but that ciuil Princes may deale in some matters ecclesiastical as aduocates and defendours of the churche namely in punishing of heretikes by sharp lawes vnto the which lawes heretikes are by the Church first geuē vp and deliuered by open excōmunication and condemnatiō As for S. Augustines testimonies they nothing touch M. Fekenham and therefore we will say nothing to them but kepe our accustomable tale with you and beside all other score vp as an vntruth that ye say here also that the Papists are no parte of the Catholique Churche no more then the Donatistes M. Horne The .19 Diuision pag. 12. b. But for that S. Augustines iudgemēt and mine in this controuersie is all one as your opinion herein differeth nothing at al from the Donatists I vvil vse no other confirmation of my proufes alleaged out of the olde testament for the reproufe of your guilful restraint then Christes Catholique Church vttered by that Catholique Doctour S. Augustine against all the sectes of Donatistes vvhether they be Gaudentians Petilians Rogatists Papists or any other petit sectes sprōg out of his loines vvhat name so euer they haue S. Austine against Gaudētius his second Epistle affirmeth saiyng I haue saith he already hertofore made it manifest that it apertained to the kings charge that the Niniuites shoulde pacifye Gods wrath which the Prophet had denoūced vnto thē The kings which are of Christes Church do iudge most rightly that it appertaineth vnto their cure that you Donatists rebel not without punishmēt agaīst the same c. God doth inspire into kīgs that they should procure the cōmaundement of the Lorde to be performed or kept in their kingdom For they to whom it is said and now ye kings vnderstand be ye learned ye Iudges of the earth serue the Lord in feare do perceiue that their autoriti ought so to serue the lord that such as wil not obei his wil should be punished of that autority c. Yea saith the same S. Aug. Let the kings of the erth serue Christ euē in making lawes for Christ. meaning for the furtherance of Christes religiō How then doth kings saith S. Aug. to Bonifacius against the Donatists serue the Lord with reuerēce but in forbidding and punishing with a religious seuerity such things as are don against the Lords commaūdements For a king serueth one way in that he is a man an other way in respect that he is a king Because in respecte that he is but a mā he serueth the Lord in liuing faithfully but in that he is also a king he serueth in making lawes of cōuenient force to cōmaūd iust things ād to forbid the cōtrary c. In this therfore kings serue the Lord whē they do those things to serue him which thei could not do were thei not kings c. But after that this begā to be fulfilled which is writē and al the kings of the earth shal worship him al the nations shal serue him what mā being in his right wittes may say to Kings Care not you in your Kingdomes who defēdeth or oppugneth the Church of your Lord Let it not appertaine or be any part of your care who is religious in your kingdome or a wicked deprauer of Religion This vvas the iudgemēt of S. Aug. or rather of Christes Catholike Church vttered by him against the Donatists touching the seruice authority povver ād care that Kings haue or ought to haue in causes spiritual or ecclesiastical the vvhich is also the iudgemēt of Christes catholik church novv in these dais and defended by the true ministers of the same Catholique Churche against al Popish Donatists vvith the force of Gods holy vvoorde bothe of the old and nevv Testament euen as S. Augustine did before VVho to proue and confirme this his assertiō to be true against the Donatists did auouch many moe examples then I haue cited out of the old Testament as of the King of Niniue of Darius Nabuchodonozor and others affirming that the histories and other testimonies cited out of the old Testament are partely figures and partly prophecies of the povver duety and seruice that Kings shoulde ovve and perfourme in like sort to the furtherance of Christes Religion in the time of the nevv Testament The Donatists in the defence of their heresie restrained S. Augustine to the exāple and testimony of such like order of Princes Seruice in matters of Religion to be found in the Scriptures of the nevve Testament meaning that it could not be found in any order that Christ lefte behind him as you also fantasied vvhē you vvrote the same in your boke folovving yea going euen cheke by cheke vvith thē But S. Austine maketh ansvvere to you al for him and me both VVho rehearsing the actes of the godly Kings of the old Testament taketh this for a thing not to be denied to vvit That the auncient actes of the godly kings mentioned in the Prophetical bokes were figures of the like facts to be don by the godly Princes in the time of the new Testament And although there vvas not in the time of the Apostles nor long time after any Kings or Princes that put the same ordinance of Christ in practise al being infidels for the most part Yet the seruice of kings was figured as S. Augustine saith in Nabuchodonozor and others to be
though the thing it selfe be moste true Howe be it this admonition serueth Maister Horne and his brethren for manye and necessarye purposes to rule and maister their Princes by at their pleasure that as often as their doings like them not they may freely disobey and say it is not ▪ Gods word wherof the interpretation they referre to them selues And so farre it serueth some of them and the moste zealouse of them that nowe their Prince though Supreme gouernour and iudge in al causes Ecclesiastical may not by Gods worde appointe them as much as a Surplesse or Cope to be worne in the Churche or Priestlike and decent apparell to be worne of thē otherwise Yea some of them of whom we haue already spoken haue found a way and that by Gods woorde to depose the Quenes Maiesty from al manner of iurisdiction as well temporal as spiritual and that by Gods holy worde Whereof these men make a very Welshemans hose to say the truth and amonge other M. Horne him selfe for all his solemne admonition For we plainly say that this kind of supremacie is directly against Gods holy worde M. Horne The .22 Diuision pag. 15. b. And this to be Christes order and meaning that the Kings of the Nations should be the supreme gouernours ouer their people not only us temporal but also in Spirituall or Ecclesiasticall causes .57 the blessed Apostles Peter and Paule doe plainly declare The supremacie of Princes they set foorth vvhen they commaund euery soule that is euery man vvhether he be as Chrysostome saith an Apostle Euangelist Prophete Prieste Monke or of vvhat so euer calling he be to be subiect and obey the higher povvers as Kings and their Lieutenants or gouernours vnder them And they declare that this supreme gouernement is occupied and exercised in or aboute the praysing furthering and aduauncing of vertue or vertuous actions and cōtrary vvise in correcting staiyng ād repressing al maner of vice or vicious actiōs vvhich are the propre obiect or matter herof Thus doth Basilius take the meaning of the Apostles saiyng This semeth to me to be the office of a Prince to aide vertue and to impugne vice Neither S. Paule neither the best learned among the aunciente Fathers did restreine this povver of Princes onely to vertues and vices bidden or forbidden in the second table of Gods commaundementes vvherein are conteined the duties one man ovveth to an other But also did plainely declare them selues to meane that the authority of Princes ought to stretche it selfe to the maintenaunce praise and furtheraunce of the vertues of the firste table and the suppression of the contrary vvherein onely consisteth the true Religion and spirituall Seruice that is due from man to God S Paule in his Epistle to Timothe teacheth the Ephesians that Kings and Rulers are constituted of God for these two purposes that their people may liue a peaceable life thourough their gouernmente and ministerie both in godlines vvhich is as S. .58 Augustine interpreth it the true and chiefe or propre vvorshippe of God and also in honestie or semelinesse in vvhich tvvo vvoordes Godlines and Honestie he conteined vvhat so euer is cōmaunded either in the first or second Table S. Augustine also shevveth this to be his minde vvhen describing the true vertues vvhich shall cause princes to be blessed novve in Hope and aftervvard in deed addeth this as one especiall condicion required by reason of their chardge and callinge If that saith he they make their power which they haue a seruaunt vnto Gods Maiestie to enlarge most wide his worshippe Seruice or Religion To this purpose also serue all those testimonies vvhiche I haue cited before out of S. Aug. against the Donatists vvho in his booke De. 12. abusi●e num gradibus teacheth that a Prince or Ruler must labour to be had in avve of his subiectes for the seueritie against the traunsgressours of Goddes Lavve Not meaning only the transgressours of the seconde table in temporall matters But also against the offendours of the first table in .59 Spirituall or Ecclesiasticall causes or matters VVhich his meaning he declareth plainely in another place vvhere he auoucheth the saiyng of S. Paule The Prince beareth not the sworde in vaine to proue therevvith against Petilian the Donatist that the povver or authority of Princes vvhich the Apostle speaketh of in that sentence is geuen vnto them to make sharpe Lavves to further true Religion and to suppresse Heresies and Schismes and therefore in the same place he calleth the Catholique Churche that hathe such Princes to gouerne to this effect A Church made strong whole or fastened together with Catholique princes meaning that the Church is vveake rent and parted in sonder vvhere Catholique Gouernours are not to maintaine the vnitie thereof in Churche matters by their authoritie and povver Gaudentius the Donatist found him selfe agreeued that Emperors shuld entremeddle and vse their povver in matters of religion affirming that this vvas to restreine men of that freedome that God had set men on That this vvas a great iniurie to God if he meaning his religion should be defended by men And that this vvas nothing els but to esteeme God to be one that is not able to reuenge the iniuries done against him selfe S. Augustine doth ansvvere and refute his obiections vvith the authoritie of S. Pauls saiyng to the Romaines Let euery soule be subiect to the higher powers c. For he is Gods minister to take vengeance on him that doth euill interpreting the minde of the Apostle to be that the authoritie and povver of Princes hath to deale in Ecclesiastical causes so 60 vvel as in Temporal And therfore saith to Gaudentius and to you al Blotte out these saiyngs of S. Paule 13. Rom. if you can or if you can not then set naught by them as ye doe Reteine a most wicked meaning of al these saiyngs of the Apostle leaste you loose your freedome in iudging or els truely for that as men ye are ashamed to doe before men crie out if you dare Let murtherers be punished let adulterers be punished lette all other faults be they neuer so heinous or ful of mischief be punished by the Magistrate we wil that only wicked faultes against religiō be exēpt from punishmēt by the lawes of kings or rulers c. Herken to the Apostles and thou shalt haue a great aduantage that the kingly power cannot hurt thee doe wel and so shalt thou haue praise of the same power c. That thing that ye doe is not only not good but it is a great euill to witte to cut in sunder the vnity and peace of Christ to rebelle against the promises of the Gospel and to beare the Christian armes or badges as in a ciuil warre against the true and highe King of the Christians The .18 chapter declaring how Princes haue to gouerne in cases of the first Tables answering to certain places out of the Canonicall Epistles of the
except you tell vs withal and proue it to that in such reformation the whole clergy and the temporalty tooke the Kinge and not the Pope to be the supreame head Gouernour and directer thereof and of al other Ecclesiastical causes also Verily your own authors shewe playnely the cōtrary And the Popes authority was at this tyme takē to be of such weight and force that the great league made betwē our Kīg ād the Frēch King was cōfirmed by the Pope Ye wil perhapps replie and say the Popes whole Authority was abolished a commaundement being geuen vpon paine of drowninge no man shoulde bring into the realme any kinde of letters from the Pope Ye wil tel vs also of certaine letters that the Kinge sent to the Pope admonisshing him to leaue his disordered doings and when that woulde not serue he redressed them by acte of Parliament Why doe ye not M. Horne laye forth the tenour of those letters which as yet I finde not in any of your marginall authours Belyke there lieth some thing hidde that ye woulde be loth your reader should knowe least yt bewray your weake and feble argumente as yt doth in dede Neither that only but directlye proueth the Popes primacy Did this Kinge wene you M. Horne cal the Pope Antichrist as ye doe Or wrote he him self supreame head of the Churche of England Or did he abolishe the popes authority in England Harken then I pray you euen to the beginning of his letters Sanctissimo in Christo Patri Domino Clementi diuina prouidentia sacrosanctae Romanae ac vniuersalis Ecclesiae summo pontifici Edwardus eadēm gratia rex Francorum Angliae dux Hiberniae deuot a pedum oscula beatorum To the most holy father in Christ the Lorde Clement by Gods prouidence the high bisshop of the holy and vniuersall Churche of Rome Edward by the same grace King of Fraunce and England and Duke of Ireland offereth deuoutly to kisse his holy feete He calleth the Pope Successorem Apostolorum Principis the successour of the prince of the Apostles he desireth the pope to consider the great deuotion and obedience that the King the Cleargie and the people had shewed hitherto to the Sea of Rome He saieth vt nos nostri qui personam vestrā sanctiss sanctam Rom. Ecclesiam dominari cupimus vt debemus c. that he and all his did desire euen as their dutie was that his holy person and the holy Churche of Rome might gouerne and rule Now M. Horne vnlesse vppon some sodayne and newe deuotiō ye intende to haue the pope beare rule in England againe and will also offer your selfe yf neede be to kysse the Popes fote to wich thing this great and mighty Prince was not ashamed to say tell vs no more for shame of these letters Neither tel vs of disorders reformed nowe almost two hundred yeares agoe to make thereby an vnseasonable and fonde argumente to abolishe all the Popes authority in our Dayes The effecte then of those letters were to pray and that most humbly the Pope that he woulde not by reseruations collations and prouisions of Archbishoprykes Bishoprykes Abbeis Priories and other dignities and benefices bestowe any ecclesiasticall lyuinges in Englande vppon straungers and aliens The whych thyng hath bene euer synce straitly sene to and there were two Actes of parliament made in this Kinges dayes agaynst the sayed prouisions And yet did the popes ordinarie and laufull authoritie in matters and causes ecclesiasticall remayne whole and entiere as before Neyther doe I fynde nor take it to be true that suche persons as were promoted by the Pope were expelled the realme Nor did the statute take place againste suche as had taken before the enacting of the same corporal possession As for Nauclere it is no maruell yf he being a straunger doth not write so exactely of our matters And no doubte he is deceiued in writinge that the kinge forbad any letters to be browght from the Pope But what say I he is deceiued Nay you that should knowe Englishe matters better then he especially such as by penne ye set abrode into the face of the worlde are deceiued and not Nauclerus Yea rather ye haue wilfully peruerted Nauclerus and drawen his sentence as Cacus did Hercules oxen backwarde into your Cacus denne and to beguile and deceiue your sim●le reader and to bring him into a fooles paradise therin fondly to reioyce with you as thoughe this King abolisshed all the Popes authority and Iurisdiction For thoughe Nauclerus his wordes be general yet they may be wel vnderstanded and restrayned to suche letters as conteyned any suche collatiō or prouision inhibited by the statute But you least this shoulde be espied haue altered the forme and order of your authours wordes placing that firste that he placed laste As before cōtrariewise ye placed in Paulus Aemilius that laste whiche he placed firste Then haue ye falsly trāslated your authour to wrye him to your wrōgful purpose He expelled sayeth Nauclerus all persons promoted to any benefice in his realme by the Pope commaundinge vnder payne of drowning that no man shoulde exequute there the Popes letters what so euer they were Your authour speaketh not of bringinge letters into the Realme those are your owne wordes falsly fathered vpon him but of exequutiō And therefore the generall wordes following what so euer are to be restrayned to the exequution of the Popes letters contrarie to the order taken against the sayde prouisions and of none other Whiche statute doth no more take away the Popes ecclesiastical and ordinary authoritie then this kinges royall authority was taken away because the Parliament vppon reasonable causes denied him a certaine paymente that he there demaunded And yet yf I shoulde followe your vayne and humour in your newe rhetoryke I might thereby aswell inferre that the people toke him for no king as you by as good argumentes inferre the abolishing of the Popes authority Nowe as towching theis prouisiōs they were not altogether abolished against the Popes will For this matter was lōg in debate betwene the Pope and the king and at lengthe yt was agreed by the Pope that he woulde not practise anye more suche prouisions And on the kinges parte it was agreed that Archbishoppes and Bishops should be chosen by the Chapter of the cathedral Church without any interruption or impedimente of the king As appeareth aswell in the sayde epistle sente by the king to the Pope as by our chroniclers M. Horne The .137 Diuision pag. 82. b. Next to Levves vvas Charles the .4 chosen Emperour vvho helde a councel at Mentze vvith the Prelates and Princes in the yere of the Lorde 1359. vvherein he much reproued the Popes Legate for his disorders and cōmaunded the Archbishop of Mentze to reforme his Clergy and the disorders amongest them for othervvise he would see to it him selfe .451 The Popes Legate seing hovv the Emperor tooke vpon him gate
them for the more better discharge of their cure and that by the mouth of God thei may not exercise any iurisdictiō ouer thē they may not visit thē they may not reforme thē they may not order nor correct them without a further cōmission frō the Q. hignes Suerly my good L. these thinges are so straūge vnto me and so contrary to al that I haue rede that I am not hable to satisfie my consciēce therin Your L. aunswer vvas that for as much as al Spiritual iurisdictiō and authority to make Lawes and to iudge the people in courtes Ecclesiastical to visit thē to reforme thē to order ād correct thē doth depēd only vpō the positiue Lawes of Kings and Princes ād not vpō the Law of God therfore neither did the Apostles of Christ neither the Bishops and their successours may exercise any iurisdictiō vpō the people of God iudge thē visit thē refourme order ād correct them without authority and cōmissiō of the King and Prince M. Horne It is very true that after ye had quarelled muche in sondry thinges touching vvoordes and termes expressed in the Act of Parliament and in the interpretation of the Othe Yee did neuerthelesse finally agree in the vvhole matter thereof finding onely doubt in one point of mine assertiō namely touching iurisdiction Spirituall or Ecclesiastical al vvhich you affirmed contrary to mine assertion to be committed by Christe to Bishops and priestes as p●oprely apperteyning to their office and calling vvithout further commission or authority from Princes or any other povver The distinction that I made of Ecclesiastical iurisdiction I vvil first repete and than put mine ansvveare to your argumentes Spiritual Iurisdiction is diuided into tvvo sortes the one is called Cohibytiue the other not Cohibityue That vvhich is called not Cohibityue is that iurisdiction or povver that is exercised and vvoorketh in the invvarde and .563 secrete courte of consciēce that is .564 the preachinge of the Ghospell ministration of the Sacramētes and the absoluing and reteininge of sinnes by the vvoorde of God in the publique mynistery This therfore they call not Cohibityue bicause in the Court of conscience no man is bound or lovvsed vnvvillingly or against his vvill To exercise this kind of Iurisdictiō neither Kinges nor ciuill Magistrates neither any other persone may challendge or take vppon him onlesse he be lavvfully called thereunto Iurisdiction Cohibityue hath .565 tvvo partes the one consisteth in the exercise of excommunication and circumstaunces thereunto required by Christes institution the vvhich povver or Iurisdiction belongeth to the Church onely and .566 not to the Prince Bishoppe or Priest for no man hath authority to excommunicate but onely the Churche and those vvho receiue authority therevnto by commission from the Church The other kinde of Cohibitiue Iurisdiction is a povver or authority that consisteth and is exercised in foro causarum in the courte of causes and apperteineth ad externum publicum forum to the externall and publike Courte and is defined to be saith Antonius an authority or povver to declare the Lavv geue sentence and to iudge in all controuersies pertayninge to the Courte vvhat is euery mans righte and in summe to doo those thinges that iustice dooth require accordinge to the Lavves Ioannes Quintinus defineth Iurisdiction to the same effect but openeth the nature therof more plainely saying Iurisdictiō is an office and authority to declare the Law that is to admynister iustice and equity and to gouern the people with right ād Lawes whā I name an office saith he I meane that iurisdictiō hath in it selfe a necessity to declare the Lawe for office is that which euery man is bound to doo to declare the lawe is to exercise iudgementes wherevppon commeth iurisdiction be meaneth that iurisdiction hath the name and is so called of exercising iudgementes iudgementes are exercised onelye of thē that haue iurisdictiō that is power to iudge Iurisdiction consisteth only in the contentions or debating of matters in Courte or iudgements This authority to iudge dooth discende nowe from the .567 Prince alone in whome only is all power By vertue of .568 this iurisdiction saith Antonius the Churche ministers accordinge to theire offices rightly enioyned vnto them may lawfully visite enquire of mens manners punishe the faulty send foorth apparitours or sommoners cyte the sturdy and stubborne represse their malepartnes call and sommon meete personnes to the Synode prouinciall or generall confirme the matters decreed in the Synode or Coūcell .569 pardone faultes chaunge or mitigate the penaūce enioyned for confessed faultes condemne Heretiques and their writinges examine all mens writinges who so euer before they be set foorth or published and after due examination iudge whether they conteyne sounde or pestilent doctrin ordeine Decrees Lawes ceremonies and rytes constitute Bisshoppes and other Church ministers also depose degrade make them irreguler and vnhable to haue holy orders determine illegitimation in personnes for maryage bestowe Ecclesiasticall benefices and exact tythes and annates These and many other thinges may be lavvfully doone by those that haue the povver of this Cohybitiue Iurisdiction which is not saith he properly signified by the name of the keyes for although it may be named in some respect a Church key yet it differeth very much from the keyes of the first Courte that is of the Courte of Conscience For the vse of those keyes that are occupied in the Courte of conscience belongeth onely to the Euangelicall Priestes But this Iurisdiction may lawfully be exercised of those that are not ministers of the woorde and Sacramentes and are not Priestes As the tvvo former partes of Ecclesiastical iurisdiction haue their vertue povver and institution of Christe immediatly euen so this third part vvhich is saied to consist in foro causarum vvith those things vvhich may be vsed or exercised by vertu thereof doth depende vpon the .570 positiue Lavves of Christian Magistrats or vvhere such vvanteth vpō the positiue rules and orders of that Church vvhere such orders must be practised and not immediatly vpon the Lavve of God The .7 Chapter Howe M. Horne restraineth the Othe to one kinde of iurisdiction thereby to auoide M. Fekenhams vnuincible Argument taken out of Gods woorde Stapleton AMonge other obiections that M. Fekenham made against the supremacy in the conference at Waltham this was one That Bisshops had their warrante and commission for their exercise of their spiritual function and office by the expresse woorde of God therefore he could not with quiet conscience allowe the othe that geueth the Prince supremacy in all causes spiritual with al priuileges and preheminences in any wise touching any spirituall iurisdiction He misliketh that Bisshops hauing such commission by Gods worde may not visite and reforme their cures without a further cōmissiō from the Queenes highnes M. Horne thinketh to wipe al this away with a distinction borowed as he saith of one Ioānes Antonius Delphinus If any
iudgements and trialles forinsecal also by excommunication depriuation or such like ecclesiastical punishmēts without a new commission from the Prince and to bringe nor reason nor authority nor Scripture nor Doctour nor coūcel nor exāple in Christes Church at any time practised for the cōfirmatiō of yt but only a decree of laye men contrary to their own Pastours and bishops it is such a kind of persuasiō as wel may be forceable to the hād ād the mouth to extort frō thē an outward cōsent for feare of displeasure but to the hart and cōsciēce of a Christē mā professing obediēce to Christ and his dere Spouse the Church ād perfourming the same it shal neuer be able to perce vnto As for the Sequele of M. Feckēhās argumēt whereof you say the most simple cā iudge as though it were but a simple sequele to infer vpō the Bishops authority in the old law the Iurisdictiōs of the bishops in the new Testament or vpon the example of Eleazar to inferre forinsecall as you call it iurisdiction in bishoppes it appereth by that hath ben said both that the deductiō frō the old law to the new is right good and such as your self most plētifully haue vsed in the first part of your book yea so far that you charge M. Fekn though vntruly for a Donatist for seeming to auoid such kind of prouf and also it appereth that a vaine thing it were for bishops now after the example of Eleazarus to haue the directing feeding and ordering of Gods people if thei had not withal power and authority to cal back such as goe a stray to punish the offenders to visit their cures to refourme disorders to make lawes for order to be kept c. in vain I say seing that the one without the other neither was at any tyme auaylable neither can by any reason possibly be auailable M. Fekenham The .165 Diuision pag. 110. a. The seconde in the newe Testament like as our Sauiour Christe did committe and leaue the whole Spiritual gouernement of his people and Churche vnto his Apostles and to the Bisshoppes and Priestes and the successours of thē So they did practise al Spirituall gouernment ouer them they did execute and geue iudgement in the Churche of Christe they did refourme order and correcte all disorder therein and that without all commission ayde or authority of any Temporall Magistrat King or Prince for the space of three hundreth yeres in the primatiue Churche of Christe vnto the time of Constantine he being the first Christian Kinge and Emperour which did ioyne his sworde to the maintenaunce of Gods worde M. Horne Like as the Apostles had in commission povver from Christe our Sauiour to vvhome al povver vvas geuen both in heauen and in earth so faithfully they executed the auth●rity and charge committed vnto them not seeking their ovvne honour by vsurpation but the glory of Christ by the abasing them selues euen vnto the death Their commission regestred by S. Mathevv appeareth in these vvordes Goe and teache al the nations baptizing them in the name of the father and of the sonne and of the holy ghost teaching them to kepe all things which I haue commaunded you Hovv faithfully they exercised this authority according to the commission S. Luke shevveth in his Chronicle called the Actes of the Apostles and setteth forth one notable example hereof in Paules oration made to the Elders of Ephesus called to Miletum He taketh them to witnesse that he kept nothing backe from them that might be for their profit but shewed them al the councel of God It is much 592 maruail that Paul shevved al Gods councel vnto them and yet made no mention of any Forinsecal iurisdiction as geuen them by the commission of Gods vvorde The godly Bisshops that succeded the Apostles for manye yeres after follovved the doctrine and examples of the Apostles yet .593 neuer exercising iurisdictiō Forinsecal neither iudging reforming ordering or correcting othervvise than bye preaching publikely or priuately vvithout especial consent and commission of their Churches during the time thei had no Christian Prince or Magistrate Constātinus as I haue said vvas not the first Christian King But he vvas the very first Emperour as your ovvne vvriters doe vvitnesse that .594 gaue Bisshops authority to iudge and exercise iurisdiction ouer their Clergy and that gaue to the Bisshop of Rome povver and .595 authority ouer other Bisshops as iudges haue the King ouer them and that gaue to him povver and iurisdiction ouer al other Churches if that Donation be not forged vvhich Gratian citeth And Petrus Bertrandus a Bisshop a Cardinal and one of your best learned in the Canon and Ciuil lavves in his treatise De origine iurisdictionum affirmeth that Theodosius and Carolus Magnꝰ did 596 graunt vnto the Churche al iudgementes For the proufe vvhereof he auoucheth diuerse decrees and .597 addeth That such grauntes were afterwards abrogated The .9 Chapter Of Spirituall Iurisdiction exercised by bisshops without Princes commissions and before Constantines time Stapleton MAister Fekenham bringeth now forth certain autorities of the new testament for the iustifying of his purpose as that Christ committed to his Apostles and to their successours the whole spiritual gouernement and that they did practise and exercise the same .300 yeres together without any maner of commission from Princes euē to the tyme of Cōstantin the great M. Horn thinketh it a sufficient answere with stoute asseueration voyde of al maner of probation to auouche that they had a commissiō he dareth not say now of their Princes being al or almoste al infidels but of their Churches Yea well and sone saide M. Horne but yf ye would withall haue layde before your reader but one authour old or new good or badde vnlesse perchaunce ye may bring some of your own fellowes and but one example for these .300 yeres we would the better haue born with you Now ye tel vs the Apostles did preach and baptise and other such extraordinary matters leauing the thing vnproued wherein lieth al the question betwene yow and M. Feckenham Your assertion is altogeather incredible and a very peeuishe fantasticall imagination that no man of the clergy or Laiety these 300. yeres was excōmunicated for any manner of offence no priest was forbydde to minister the Sacraments or deposed for his defaults by his bishoppe but by a speciall commission of the prince or whole Churche Ye may aswel pul downe the towre of London M. Horne with your litle finger as ye shall be able to proue this fonde assertion But yet before Cōstantinus the great his time ye think your self cock sure Let vs then see howe sure ye are euen of this your onely example Verely I suppose that no man lyuinge vnlesse he hath a brasen face would for shame of the worlde thus demeane him self in so graue and weighty matters and linck so many Lies together as lynes as you doe
A COVNTERBLAST TO M. HORNES VAYNE BLASTE AGAINST M. Fekenham Wherein is set forthe A ful Reply to M. Hornes Answer and to euery part therof made against the Declaration of my L. Abbat of Westminster M. Fekenham touching The Othe of the Supremacy By perusing vvhereof shall appeare besides the holy Scriptures as it vvere a Chronicle of the Continual Practise of Christes Churche in al ages and Countries frō the time of Constantin the Great vntil our daies Prouing the Popes and Bisshops Supremacy in Ecclesiastical causes and Disprouing the Princes Supremacy in the same Causes By Thomas Stapleton Student in Diuinitie Athanas. in Epist. ad solita vitā agentes pag. 459. When was it heard from the creation of the worlde that the Iudgement of the Churche should take his authoritie from the Emperour Or when was that taken for any iudgement Ambr. lib. 5. epist. 32. In good sooth if we call to minde either the whole course of Holy Scripture or the practise of the auncient times passed who is it that can deny but that in matter of faith in matter I saie of faith Bisshops are wont to iudge ouer Christian Emperours not Emperours ouer Bisshops LOVANII Apud Joannem Foulerum An. 1567. Cum Priuil REgiae Maiestatis Gratia Speciali Concessum est Thomae Stapletono Anglo librum inscriptum A Counterblaste to M. Hornes Vaine Blaste c. per aliquem Typographorum admissorum tutò liberè imprimendum curare publicè distrahere nullo prohibente Datum Bruxellis .27 Maij Anno. 1567. Subsig Pratz TO M. ROBERT HORNE THOMAS STAPLETON VVISHETH Grace from God and true repentance of al Heresies IF the natural wisedome and foresight M. Horne described of our Sauiour in the Gospel by a parable had bene in you at what tyme you first set penne to paper to treate of the Othe of Supremacy you would not I suppose so rashly haue attempted an enterprise of such importance The Parable saith VVho is it amonge you that minding to build a Castle sitteth not doune first and reckoneth vvith him self the charges requisit thereunto to see if he be able to bring it to passe lest that hauing layed the foundation and then not able to make an ende al that see him begin to laugh him to scorne saying beholde this man beganne to builde but he hath not bene able to make an ende The matter you haue taken in hande to proue is of such and so greate importaunce as no matter more nowe in Controuersie It is the Castle of your profession The keye of your doctrine The principal forte of all your Religion It is the piller of your Authority The fountaine of your Iurisdiction The Ankerholde of all your proceedinges Without the right of this Supreme Gouernement by you here defended your cause is betrayed your doctrine dissolueth your whole Religion goeth to wracke The wante of this Right shaketh your Authoritye stoppeth your Iurisdiction and is the vtter shipwracke of all your Procedings Againe it toucheth you say the prerogatiue of the Prince It is the only matter which Catholikes stand in by parliamēt enacted by booke Othe required vpō greate penalty refused Other matters in cōtrouersy whatsoeuer are not so pressed Thirdly you haue takē vpon you to persuade so great a matter first to a right lerned and reuerēt Father in priuat cōferēce and next to al the realme of Englād by publishing this your Answer as you cal it The weightier the matter is and the more confidently you haue taken it vpō you the more is it looked for and reason would that you did it substantially lernedly ād truly and before you had entred to so great a worke to haue made your reckoning how you might bring it to perfection But now what haue you don Haue you not so wrought that all your faire building being cleane ouerthrowen mē beginne as the Ghospell saieth to laughe you to scorne saying Beholde this man beganne a great matter but beinge not able to finishe it he is fayne to breake of You will say These be but woordes of course and a certain triumphe before the Victory Haue I not groūded this work of myne vpō the foundatiō of holy Scriptures Haue I not posted it vp with the mighty stronge pillers of the most learned Fathers Haue I not furnished it with a ioyly variety of Stories deducted from al the most Christian Emperours Kinges and Princes of more then these .xij. hundred yeares Haue I not fensed it with inuicible rampars of most holy Councels both general and national And last of al haue I not remoued all such scruples and stayes of conscience as though it were brambles and briers out of the waye to make the passage to so fayre a Forte pleasant easy and commodious You haue in dede M. Horne in owtwarde shewe and countenance sette a gay gloriouse and glistering face vppon the matter A face I say of holy Scriptures of Fathers of the Canon the Ciuill and the lawe of the Realme of manye Emperours Kinges and Princes for proufe of a continuall practise of the like Supremacye nowe by Othe to the Q. Highnes attributed in the auncient Churches of England Fraunce Germany Spayne Italy Grece Armenia Moscouia Aethyopia But all is but a Face in dede and a naked shewe without Substāce of Truth and matter It is like to the Aples and grapes and other fruits of the countrey of Sodome and Gomorre which growing to a full rypenes and quantitye in sight seeme to the eye very faire and pleasant but when a man cometh to plucke of them and to tast he shal finde them vnnaturall and pestilente and to smoder and smoke away and to resolue into ashes Such is the effect of your whole booke It beareth a countenance of truth of reason of learning But coming to the trial and examination of it I finde a pestilent ranke of most shamefull Vntruths an vnsauery and vaine kinde of reasoning and last of al the whole to resolue into grosse Ignorance For proufe hereof I wil shortly lay forth an abridgement of your whole demeanour And wherewith shal I better begin thē with the begīning and foundatiō of al sciēces and that is with grāmer it self Whereof I neuer heard or read in any man bearing the vocation that you pretēde either more grosse ignorance or which is more likely and much worse more shameful and malicious corruptiō You English Conuenit which is it is mete and conuenient into it ought which is the English of oportet not of conuenit You English Recensendam to be examined and confirmed where it signifieth ōly to be read or rehersed Item where your Author hath Priuilegia irrogare that is To geue priuileges you translate it quyte contrarye To take avvaye Priuileges Againe in the same Author pro quauis causa which is for euery cause you trāslate it for any cause as if it were pro qualibet or quacūque causa Al which foule shiftes of howe much importaunce they were I referre
defence if any would charge me so chiefly for these two causes First for that many things in this booke pertaine to certaine priuat doinges betwixt M. Feckenham and M. Horne of the which I had no skil Secōdely for that a number of such priuate matters touching the state of the Realme occurred as to them without farder aduise I could not throughly shape any answer Howbeit afterward it so happened that by suche as I haue good cause to credit there came to my knowledge such Instructions as well for the one as for the other that I was the better willing to employ some study and paines in this behalfe Not for that I thinke my self better able thē other but for that I would not it should seme that there lacked any good wil in me either to satisfie the honest desire of my frēdes or to helpe and relieue suche as by such kinde of bookes are already pitefully inueigled and deceiued or to stay other yet standing that this booke be not at any time for lacke of good aduertisement a stombling stocke vnto them I haue therefore by such helpes as is aboue saied added my poore labour thereto and with some diligence in the reste shaped to the whole booke a whole and a full Reply Wherein I rather feare I haue saied to much then to litle But I thought good in a matter of suche Importance to be rather tedious to make al perfitte then shorte and compendious to leaue ought vnperfecte Before then that thou shalt enter good Reader into the Replie it selfe it shal be well to take some aduertisement with a certaine vewe by a shorte and summary comprehension of the whole matter Whereby bothe to the Cōtrouersy in hande thou shalt come better instructed and what in the whole worke is to be looked for thou shalt be aduertised M. Hornes Answer as he calleth it resteth in two partes In the first and chiefest he plaieth the Opponent laying forthe out of the holy Scriptures bothe olde and newe out of Councelles bothe Generall and Nationall out of Histories and Chronicles of all Countres running his race from Constantine the greate downe to Maximilian greate grādfather to the Emperour that nowe liueth taking by the way the kinges of Fraūce of Spaine and of our owne Countre of England since the Conqueste all that euer he could find by his own study and helpe of his frends partly for proufe of the like gouuernement of Princes in Ecclesiastical causes as the Othe attributeth nowe to the Crowne of Englande partly also for disproufe of the Popes Supremacy which the Othe also principally intendeth to exclude In the second and later parte he plaieth the defendant taking vpon him to answer and to satisfie certaine of M. Feckenhams Argumentes and scruples of conscience whereby he is moued not to take the Othe Howe wel he hath plaied bothe his partes the perusal of this Reply wil declare The doings of eche part vpon what occasion they rose thou shalt vnderstād in our Answer to M. Hornes Preface For the more lightsome and clere Intelligence of the whole that is and shall be saied to and fro I haue diuided the whole Processe into foure bookes keping the same order and course that Maister Hornes Aunswere did leade me vnto To the first parte of the Aunswere wherein he layeth forthe his proufes for defence of the Othe I Replie in three Bookes Comprising in the firste booke his Obiections out of Holy Scripture In the Second his Obiections out of the first six hundred yeres In the third his Obiections out of the later 900. yeares vntil our owne dayes Eche booke I haue diuided into seuerall Chapters as occasion serued In the seconde and third bookes where we enter the course of tymes I haue noted at the toppe of eache page in one side the yeare of the Lorde on the other side the name of the Pope Prince or Councell or other Principal matter in that place debated to th entent Gentle Reader that at the first sight euen by turning of a leafe thou mightest knowe both where thou arte and what is a doing both the Age and tyme which exceedingly lighteneth the matter and also the Pope Prince or Councel of that tyme. In these three bookes what I haue particularly done yf thou lyst shortly to see at the ende of the thirde booke thou shalt find a briefe Recapitulation of the whole To the second part of M. Hornes Answer I haue replied in the fourth Booke By perusing wherof it shal wel appeare both what strong and inuincible Argumentes M. Fekenham right lernedly proposed as most iuste causes of his sayed Refusall and also what seely shifts and miserable escapes M. Horne hath deuised to maintayn that obstinatly which he ons conceyued erroniously Especially this thou shalt find in such places of the fourth book where thou seest ouer the Head of the leaues in this letter The Othe The Othe Now good Reader as thou tendrest thy own Saluatiō and hopest to be a saued soule in the ioyful and euerlasting blisse of Heauē so cōsider and weigh wel with thy selfe the importance of this matter in hand First Religiō without Authority is no Religion For no true Religion saith S. Augustine can by any meanes be receiued without some weighty force of authority Then if this Religiō whereby thou hopest to be saued haue no Authority to ground it self vpon what hope of Saluation remayning in this Religiō canst thou cōceyue If it haue any Authority it hath the Authority of the Prince by whose Supreme Gouernement it is enacted erected and forced vpō thee Other Authoritye it hath none If then that Supreme Gouernement be not dewe to the Laye Prince but to the Spiritual Magistrate and to one chiefe Magistrate among the whole Spiritualty thou seest thy Religiō is but a bare name of Religion and no Religion in dede Again if this Supreme Gouernmēt be not rightly attributed to the Laye Magistrate in what state are they which by booke othe do sweare that it ought so to be yea and that in their Consciēce they are so persuaded Is not Periury and especially a wilful Continuance in the same a most horrible and dānable crime in the sight of God And doth not Gods vengeaunce watche ouer them which slepe in Periury I wil be a Quicke witnesse to Periured persons saith God by the Prophet Malachie Nowe if that Supreme Gouernement may dewly and rightly appertayne to our Liege Soueraigne or be any Principall parte of a Princes Royall power as Maister Horne stoutelye but fondely auoucheth or of his dutifull seruice to God which neuer Prince in the Realme of England before the dayes of king Hēry the .8 vsed or claimed which neuer Emperour Kinge or Prince whatsoeuer without the Realme of Englande yet to this present howre had or attempted to haue which the chiefe Masters of the Religion nowe Authorised in Englande doe mislike reproue and condemne namely Martin Luther Iohn Caluin Philip Melanchthon and the
damnationem quia primam fidem irritam fecerunt Incurring damnation because they haue broken their first promise Againe in the first yeare of our gratious Queene the Acte of Parliament for making and consecrating of Bisshoppes made the .28 of kinge Henrye was reuiued And yet the Bisshoppes were ordered not accordinge to the acte but according to an acte made in kinge Edwarde his dayes and repelled by Quene Marye and not reuiued the sayde first yeare And yf they will say that that defecte is nowe supplied let them yet remember that they are but parliament and no Churche Bisshoppes and so no Catholike Bisshoppes as being ordered in such manner and fasshion as no Catholike Church euer vsed But thys is most to be considered and to be lamented of all thinges that wheras no Acte of Parliament can geue anye sufficient warrant to discharge a man from the Catholike faythe and wheras yt was aswel in king Hēries dayes by Acte of Parliament as euer before through out all Churches of Christendome sithens we were christened taken for playne and open heresie to denie the reall presence of Christes bodye in the Sacramente of the aulter for maynteining of the which heresie there is no acte of Parliamēt God be thancked neither of king Edwardes tyme nor in the tyme of our graciouse soueraygne Ladie and Quene that nowe is yet doe these men teache and preache and by writing defend and maynteine the saied greate and abhominable heresie with many other for the which they can shewe no warrante of anye temporall or spirituall lawe that euer hath bene made in Englande All this haue I spoken to shewe it is most true that I haue saied that there will neuer be redresse of errour and heresie or any staie where men are once gone from the vnitie of the See Apostolike which is the welspring and fountaine of all vnitie in the Catholike faith And touching this question of the Supremacie that we haue in hand if we wel consider it we shall find that we doe not agree either with the other Protestantes or with our selues For in this pointe that we make the Prince the supreme head of the Churche we neither agree with Luther him selfe or his scholers which denie this primacie nor with Caluin and his scholers the Sacramentaries Caluin saieth They were blasphemers that called King Henrie head of the Church One of his scholers Iacobus Acontius in a booke dedicated to the Queenes Mai. blameth openly the ciuil magistrate that maketh him selfe the Iudge of controuersies or by the aduise of other commaundeth this doctrine to be published that to be suppressed Nowe some of Caluins scholers and our owne countriemen haue taken forth such a lesson that they haue auouched in their bookes printed and publisshed to the world that a woman can neither be head of the Church nor of any Realme at all Againe manie of the Protestants though they will not the Pope should haue the chiefe gouernement because they like not his true doctrine yet they thinke it meete and conuenient that there be some one person ecclesiasticall that maie haue this supreme gouernement for matters of the Church It is also to be considered that the wordes of the Othe nowe tendered for the mainteining of the Princes Supremacie are other then they were in King Henries or King Edwardes daies with a certaine addition of greatest importance and such as to a ciuil Prince specially to the person of a woman can in no wise be with any conuenient sense applied I meane of these wordes Supreme Gouernour aswell in all spirituall or ecclesiasticall thinges or causes as temporall Such large and ample wordes were in neither of the foresaied Kings times put into the Othe And yet had they bene more tolerable in their persons for that men be capable of spiritual gouernmēt frō the which a woman is expresly by nature and by scripture excluded then they are nowe These wordes are such I saie as can not with any colourable pretext be excused Neither is it inough to saie as the Iniunctions doe that the Quenes Maiestie entendeth not to take more vpon her then King Henrie her father or King Edward her brother did what so euer that were more or lesse but it must be also considered what she or her Successours may take vpon her or them by the largenes of these wordes for an Iniunction can not limit an Acte of Parliament and whether there be any either Scripture or other good doctrine ecclesiastical sufficient to satisfie their consciences that refuse especially this Othe Which doth not only as it did before exclude the Apostolical See and all Generall Councelles also as though not in plaine wordes yet in effect in excluding the ecclesiastical Authoritie of al foren persons and Prelates but doth further adioyne the foresaied newe addition lesse probable and lesse tolerable then was any other parte of the former Othe And therefore certaine Protestants of some name and reputation being tendred this Othe by commission haue refused it Yea and how well trow you is this supreme Gouuernement liked of those Ministers which withstand the Quenes iniunctions touching the order of semely Apparell c Thus ye perceyue that as we are gone from the constante and setled doctrine of the Church touching this primacy so we agree not no not among our selues either in other pointes or in thys very Article of the Supremacy Neither shal we euer fynd anie cause of good and sufficiente contentation or constancye in doctrine vntill we returne thither from whence we first departed that is to the See Apostolike Which of al other people our Nation hath euer most reuerenced and honoured and ought of al other most so to doe As from whence both the Britaines and Saxons receiued first the Christian faith This returne God of his mercie graunt vs when it shall be his blessed pleasure Amen In Louaine the last of September An. 1567. Thomas Stapleton ¶ An Aduertisement to the Lerned Reader TOuching certain Authors alleaged in this Reply about matters of our own Countre it is to be vnderstanded that of certayne writen Copies not yet printed which we haue vsed as of Henricus Huntingtonensis and Gulielmus Neubrigensis or Noueoburgensis or Neoburgensis many thinges are in the said Copies which seme not to be writen of thē but of Some others As in the Copie of Henricus Huntingtonensis certayne thinges are founde which seme not to be writen of him but to haue bene gathered out of his workes and to haue bene writen by some other whom we coniecture to be Simeon Dunelmensis Also in the Copie of our Neubrigensis many thinges are added both at the beginning and at the ende which seme not to haue ben writen by Neubrigensis him self but by some other And that which is added at the beginning was writen as we vnderstand nowe of one Alphredus Beuerlacensis who liued vnder king Steuen The additions which do followe who wrote we yet knowe not except it were Roger Houeden This I
withoute measure of bloudshedde by taking vppe of the Kings rentes in Gasconie and the Prouince by possessing by violence his principal townes Rhone Orleans Lions and suche other by murdering most traiterouslie his General Captaine the noble Duke of Guise haue shewed their godly obedience to their Soueraigne Princes For the better and more large deciphering of all these tragicall feates wrought by the Caluinistes in the Realme of Fraunce I referre you Maister Horne to an Oration made of this matter expresselye and pronounced here in Louaine and translated eloquently and printed in our Englishe tongue What loyall subiectes the Caluinistes in Scotland haue shewed them selues towarde their Queene and Soueraigne Knokes and his band the flight of the Nobles ād the murdering also of her most dere Secretary euē within her graces hearing with other bloudy practises yet hot and fresh beareth open witnesse before al the worlde It is euident that beside and against the Princes authority your Religion M. Horne hath taken place there To come to the outragious enormities of the low Countries here what tongue can expresse what penne can deciphre sufficiently the extremity thereof These men liuing vnder a most Catholique moste clement and moste mighty Prince the loyaltie of their profession is suche they neither reuerence his Religion nor consider his clemencie nor feare his power but contrary to his open edictes and proclamations abusing his rare clemencie in remitting vnto them the rigour of the Inquisition proceede daylie to ouerturne the Relligion by him defended to prouoke his iuste indignation and to contemne his Princely power For a graunte beinge made of the mollification thereof for a season vntill the Kings pleasure were farder knowen at the humble suite of certaine Gentlemē put vp to the Ladie Regent the .5 of April in the yere .1566 which graunt also was expressely made vpō conditiō that nothing should be innouated in matters of Religion in the meane while these men yet hauing an inche graūted them tooke an elle and the rodde being cast aside fel streight to more vnthriftinesse then before For sone after flocked downe into these lowe Countries a number of rennegate preachers some out of Geneua and Fraunce some out of Germanie some Sacramentaries some Lutherās and some Anabaptists Who lacking not their vpholders and staies fel to open preaching first in Flaunders and then next in Antwerp the .24 of Iune of the said yeare .1566 After at Tournay and Valencenes in Holland and Brabant in al Townes wel nere except onely this noble Vniuersitie of Louaine which God only be praised therefore hath continued in al these garboiles troubles and disorders not only free from all spoiles of their Churches and Chappelles yea and of all Monasteries round about as few townes beside haue done namely Bruxels Bruges Lyle Mounts in Henaut Arras Douay and no towne els of importance as farre as I can remember but also hath remained free from all schismatical sermons in or about the towne Whiche of no great towne in all Brabant and Flanders beside can be said God onely be praised therefore for whose only glory I write it For as this towne and vniuersitie was aboue al other townes in al this Land moste spyted and threatened of these rebellious Protestantes by reason of the Doctours and Inquisitours here whose rigour they pretended as a cause of their malice so was it by Gods singular mercy from their speciall malice most singularly preserued To him onely be the glorie and honour thereof Els mans policie was no lesse and the power of resistance was greater in other townes then in this But God I trust hath shewed his singular mercie vppon this place to stoppe the gaping Rauens mouthes the hereticall broode as well of this lande as otherwhere which thirsted after the bloud of the learned Doctours and Catholique Students of this place To returne to our matter the sermons beginning at Antwerpe without the towne walles at the first fewe at the second and thirde preachings and so foorth greate numbers assembled The more halfe alwayes as gasers on and harkeners for newes then zealous Gospellers as they call them selues The number then bothe of the audience and preachers increasing a proclamation came from the court and was published in Antwerp the .vj. of Iulie that none of towne should repaire to suche forraine preachings vppon a paine This was so well obeyed that to the Kinges owne Proclamation printed and fastened vpon the South doore of S. Maries Church in Antwerpe it was in the very paper of the Proclamation vnderwriten by a brother of your Gospell M. Horne Syrs To morow ye shall haue a Sermon at suche a place and time As who woulde saye a figge for this Edicte and as the traiterouse brethern in Antwerp haue not sticked openlie to saye Schij●e op die Conning We will haue the woorde what so euer oure Kinge saie or commaunde to the contrarye How thinke you M. Horne Doe these men acknowledge their Prince Supreame Gouernour in all Spirituall causes But lette vs goe on To let passe the continuance of their preachings without the walles whiche dured aboute six or seuen wekes the Prince of Orenge gouernor of the towne labouring in the meane season a greate while but in vaine to cause them to surcease from their assemblies vntill the Kinges pleasure with the accorde of the Generall States were knowen they not admitting any suche delaie or expectation as them selues in a frenche Pamphlet by them published in printe without the name of the Author or place of the printing doe confesse foreseeing as thei said that no good would come thereof and therefore obeying the Magistrat as much as them listed found the meanes to bring their assemblies into the town it self so farre without the Kings or the Regents authoritye as if they had had no King at al out of the land nor Regent in the land But the meanes which they found to bring this feate to passe was singular and notable Wheras the .19 of August the Prince of Orenge departed frō Antwerp to Bruxels to the court that being then in the Octaues of the Assūptiō of our Lady a special solemnitie in the chief Church of Antwerp town the brethren both for the Gouernors absence emboldened and in despite of that solēnity more enkendeled the .xx. of August beīg Tuesday toward euenīg at the Antemne time betwene v. and .vj. of the clock began first by certain boyes to play their Pageāt mocking and striking by way of derision the Image of our Lady thē especially visited and honored for the honorable memorial of her glorious Assūptiō At this light behauiour of the boies som stirre being made as wel by the Catholiks then in the Church as by the factiō of the Caluinists there also thē assēbled the Catholikes fearing a greater incōuenience began to depart the Churche and the brethren at the rumour therof increased very much Herevpō incontinētly the Margraue of the towne the chief
Officer in the Gouernours absence being sone aduertised by the Catholikes of some tumult like to arise drew in al hast to the Church But the brethren by this time were become Lordes of the Church and had shut the dores against the Margraue Notwithstāding at length the Margraue going from doore to dore gat in and approching to the assemblie of the Caluinists willed and cōmaūded thē in the Kings name whose Officer he was to depart the Church and not to interrupt Gods seruice as they had begun Thei answered thei came also to do God seruice and to sing a few Psalmes in his honor that being a place most cōueniēt therfore Many wordes passing betwen the Margraue and them their number being great and increasing stil the Margraue departed the Church nothing preuailing neither by faire wordes nor by foule The Magistrate being thus reiected as vnhable in deede to withstande the faction of the Rebelles as it appeared well euen that night the holy brotherhode went to their druggery First they song Psalmes pretending that only to be the cause of their meeting there at that time At their Psalmodie rushed in great numbers of people some to see and be gone againe some to remaine and accompanie them I was my self present at the beginning of this Tragedy coming by chaunce to the towne that afternone and I saw after the Margraue was gone out of the Churche and their Psalmodie begonne not past I verely suppose threescore persons assembled Mary there rushed in continually greate numbers of such as taried still with them All this was before six of the clock From that time foreward their melodie sone ended they proceeded to sacrilege to breaking of Images to throwing downe of Aulters of Organes and of all kind of Tabernacles as well in that Churche as in all other Churches Monasteries and Chappelles of Antwerpe to stealing of Chalices to spoiling of Copes to breaking vppe of seates to robbing of the Churche Wardens boxes as well for the Churche as for the poore And heerein I will reporte that whiche I sawe with myne eyes In Sainte Iames Churche the spoyle there being not so outragiouse as in other Churches al the settles benches and seates made aboute the Churche pillers and Aulters for folke to sitte and kneele in were in maner left whole one onelye excepted placed at the west ende of the Churche in the which were diuers little scobbes and boxes of gatherings for the poore These scobbes lo onlye were broken vp and the contents visited for to them was their chiefe deuotion All the reste remained whole and vnspoyled To be shorte al that night which to him that had bene present thereat as I then was might well seme Nox Siciliana the Zelous brotherhood so folowed the chase that they lefte not one Churche in Antwerpe greate or smal where they hunted not vp good game and caryed away fleshe good store Chalices patens and cruets of golde and of siluer copes and vestiments of silke and of veluet fyne linnen and course none came amisse They tooke al in good parte and tooke no more then they founde What shal I speake of the very libraries spoiled and burned namely of the grey fryers and of the Abbye of S. Michael To describe particularly the horrible and outragious sacrileges of that night an eternal documēt of the ghospellike zele of this sacred brotherhood woulde require a ful treatise of it selfe Only this much I haue shorthly touched that you may see ād palpably feele M. Horne if any common sense remaine in you what obedient subiects your brethern are which with in .24 myles of their Princes Courte which contrary to the expresse admonition of the Magistrat then present contrary to all law reason right or conscience vnder pretence forsothe of your ghospels zele the zele truly of Christes ghospell was neuer such feared not in great numbers to committe such open robbery thefte felony sacrilege and treason But let vs procede This Noble Strategeme was a way to bringe their preachinges within the towne walles for now they had I trow well deserued of the towne and were right worthy of all fauour and libertye Therefore the Thursdaye after they preached openly in our lady Churche and the Saterday in in the Burge Churche and required to haue places in al the Churches to preache But at the first two and then fowre and at last all the Catholiks Churches being forebidden thē they obtayned yet certain places in the new towne to build them new Churches which they did with great spede The Caluinists builded foure and the Lutherans two This much grounde they gotte by one nightes worke But was it possible that such a beastly beginning should haue eyther long cōtinuance or any good ending We shal see by the issue In this moneth of August not in Antwerp only but in Gant Ypres Valencene and diuers other towns in Flādres Hartoghēbuske Lyre and other in Brabant in diuerse towns also of Hollād in some in Zelād and throughout wel nere al these low coūtres Churches wer robbed ād spoiled though in few so outragiously or so vniuersally as in the town of Antwerp The storme of this sodayne spoiles being somwhat asswaged ād stopped by policy ād spedy resistāce yet the new preachīgs took place about al towns ōly Louain as I haue said excepted this beīg the ōly maidē toun of any importance in al Brabāt and Flandres for being free both within and many a myle aboute no lesse from al schismatical preachings then frō all sacrilegious spoiles God only as I haue said be praised therefore But to procede soone after these sacrileges thei fel to opē rebelliō For whē al wēt not foreward as it liked the Ministres by their persuasions townes began to rebelle and to shut their gates against the Kings souldiars which to haue iustice don vpō Church robbers and to stay farder enormities the Prince cōmaūded to be admitted Such were Tournay Valencens Hartoghenbaske ād Hassels in Lukelād But Tournay being soone recouered and the protestātical rebelles subdewed Valēcens held out euē to the battery of the wals before which time all Catholiks being driuē out of the toune that opēly would shew thē selues for such al monasteries being ouerthrowen the churches being turned into barns or storehouses for their corne the brethern of Antwerp enuying at the ioly liberty and audacity of the Valēceners attēpted diuers times to obtayn the like in their town also Witnesses hereof the tumult made about the grey fryers Church the 19. of Septēber the Prince of Orēge being present skāt able to stay it The spoyl renewed in S. Maries Church in the moneth of Nouēbre whereof six the next day were hāged by the Conte Hochstrat thē the Prince of Orenge his deputy The burning of a great part of the grey fryers Church and cloister in the first Sōday of Lēt And last of al the opē manifest and notorious rebelliō made by the caluinists in Antwerp the 13. of March last whē thei possessed
the artillery of the town plāted their ordināce in the great Maire a strete so called stoode there in armes against their Prīce required opēly the kayes of the gates ād of the town house the banishmēt of al religious persons ād priests ād brefly as the cry thē wēt about the stretes des Coopmās goet en Papē bloet the goods of the Marchāts ād the blood of the Priests These I say are manifest clere ād euident witnesses that the Caluinistes of Antwerp attēpted no lesse rebelliō thē the town of Valēcens practised in dede But of this Notorious attēpt and of the whole maner ende and beginning thereof toward the end of this book I shall more largely speak to the which place I remitte the Reader Now what a great and sodayn ouerthrowe God hath geuē to al these trayterous attēpts of ghospellīg protestāts and how they haue wrought therein their own destructiō for had they not attēpted the dominiō it self their heresies we feare would longer haue ben winked at and perhaps not repressed at al how first the caluinists in Antwerp were by mayne force of the Catholiks the Lutherās ioyning in that feate with thē cōstrayned to lay downe their weapons and to crye Viue●e Roy God saue the king how sone after vpon palmesonday the towne of Valencenes was taken by the kings Captaynes how straight after Easter the preachers were driuen to departe Antwerpe and al other townes and Cyties of these lowe Countries how their newe Churches are made a pray to the kings souldyars briefely how al is restored to the olde face and coūtenāce as nighe as in so short a time may be how wonderfully mercifullye and miraculously God hath wrought herein neither my rude penne is able worthely to expresse it nether my smal experience can sufficiently report it I leaue it therefore to a better time and occasion of some other more exactly and worthely to be chronicled This is lo M. Horne the obedience of the Caluinistes in these low coūtres here as we hear daily with our eares and see with our eyes And truly experiēce hath to wel shewed that Protestāts obey vntil they haue power to resiste Whē their faction is the stronger syde as they resiste bothe Prelats and Popes so they laye at bothe Kinges and Keysars And to this the law of their Gospel enforceth them as their own Ministers persuade them So by the persuasiō of Theodore Beza Caluins holy successour now at Geneua the villayne Poltrot slewe the Duke of Guise his Princes Capitain General By the Authority of Hermannus a knowen rennagate now in Englande and a famous preacher here as before in Italy for open baudery no lesse infamous the towne of Hassels in Lukelande rebelled By the encouragement and setting on of the Ministres who for the time were the chiefe Magistrats there the towne of Tournay for a season also rebelled and sent out ayde to the rebelles of Valēcens who sped according to their desertes being to the number of ij M. or there aboute intercepted by the kings souldyars and slayne within the twelue dayes at Christmas laste And it is wel knowen namely by the first execution made after the taking of Valencenes aboute witsontyde laste that the Ministers themselues were the chiefe Authours of the lōge and obstynat rebellion of that towne Such supreme gouuerment of the Prince ouer causes Ecclesiastical your dere brethern here M. Horne the Caluinistes doe acknowledge and practise Which that it renewe not to a farder rebelliō we for the peace of Gods Churche and for our owne safty doe pray and you for sauing your poore honesty had nede to praye Except your harte also be with them M. Horne though your penne condemne them Nowe for the purgation of the Catholiks against whom this man so falsly and maliciously bloweth his horne yt may seame a good and a conueniente proufe of their quietnes and obedience that al this .8 years and more there hath not ben in the realme no not one that I can heare of that hath bene conuicted of any disloyalty for worde or dead concerning the Princes ciuil regiment which they all wishe were as large and ample and as honorable as euer was our noble countreymans the greate Constantines And albeit I knowe quòd non sit tutum scribere contra eos qui possunt praescribere Yet for matters of conscience and relligion wherein onely we stande we poore Catholikes moste humblye vppon our knees desire her highnes that we may with moste lowlye submission craue and require to be borne withall yf we can not vppon the sodayn and withoute sure and substantial groundes abandon that faith that we were baptized in and as we are assured al our auncetours and al her Maiesties own most noble progenitors yea her owne most noble father King Henry the eight yea that faith which he in a clerkly booke hath most pythely defended and therby atchieued to him and his and transported as by hereditary succession the worthy title and style yet remayning in her highnes of the defendour of the faith Other disobedience then in these matters yf there be any thing in vs worthy that name wherein as I haue said our first and principal obedience must wayt vpon God and his Catholik Church I trust her highnes hath not nor shal not find in any true Catholick Let vs nowe turne on the other syde and consider the fruits of M. Horn his euangelical bretherne and their obedience that by woordes woulde seame to recognise the Quenes Maiesty as supreame gouernour in al causes ecclestical Who are those then I praye yow M. Horne that repine at the Quenes maiesties iniunctiōs and ordinances for the decente and comly apparrel mete for such as occupie the roome of the clergy Whence came those .16 Ministres to Paris and what Ministres were they but roundecappe Ministres of England fleying the realme for disobedience Who wrote and printed a booke at Rhone against the Queenes Maiesties expresse cōmaundment of priestly apparel Was it not Minister Barthelet that published before the infamous libel against the vniuersall Churche of God bothe that nowe is and euer hath bene As fonde nowe and peuish against his owne congregation as he was wicked before and blasphemous against the whole Churche of God Who are they that haue preached withe a chayne of golde abowte their neckes in steade of a typpet Who are those that preache euen in her highnes presence that the Crucifixe her grace hathe in her chappelle is the Idoll withe the red face Who are those I pray yow that write Sint sanè ipsi magistratus membra partes ciues Ecclesiae Dei●imo vt ex toto corde sint omnes precari decet Flagrent quoque ipsi zelo pietatis sed non sint Capita Ecclesiae quia ipsis non competit iste primatus Let the magistrates also be members and partes and cytizens of the Churche of God yea and that they may be so it
behoueth vs al with al our harte to pray let them be feruente in the godly zeale of religion but they may not be heads of the Churche in no case for this Supremacy doth not appertayne to them These are no Papistes I trowe Maister Horne but youre owne deare brethern of Magdeburge in their newe storie ecclesiastical by the which they would haue al the worlde directed yea in that story whereof one parcel Illiricus and his fellowes haue dedicated to the Quenes Maiesty that beare the worlde hand they are the true and zelouse schollers of Luther In case ye thinke their testimony not to haue weight enowgh then herkē to your and their Apostle Luther who writeth that it is not the office of Kings and princes to cōfirme no not the true doctrine but to be subiecte and serue the same Perhaps ye wil refuse and reiecte bothe the Magdeburgenses and Luther to as your mortal enemies yow being a sacramentarye and such as take yow and your fellowes for stark heretiks A hard and a straunge case that now Luther cā take no place amōge a nōber of the euāgelical brethern What say yow then to Andreas Modreuiu● Surely one of the best lerned of al your sect How lyke yow then him that saieth there ought to be some one to be taken for the chiefe and Supreame head in the whole Churche in al causes ecclesiastical Wel I suppose you wil challenge him to as a Lutherane Yf it muste neades be so I trust M. Caluin your greatest Apostle shal beare some sway with yow I know ye are not ignorante that he calleth those blasphemers that did call kinge Henry the eight Supreme heade of the Churche of Englande and handleth the kinge hī selfe with such vilany and with so spitefull woords as he neuer handled the Pope more spitefully and al for this title of Supremacy which is the key of this your noble booke Can ye now blame the Catholikes M. Horne yf they deny this supremacy which the heads of your owne religion aswel Lutherans as Zwingliās doe deny and refuse O what a straunge kinde of religion is this in Englande that not onely the Catholikes but the very patriarches of the new euangelical brotherhod doe reiecte and condemne Perchaunce ye wil saye Wel for al this there is no Englishe man of this opinion Mary that were wonderfull that if as we be sequestred and as it were shut vp from other countres by the great Ocean sea that doth enuyrō vs so we should be shut vp from the doctrine as wel of the Catholiks as also the Protestants of other cōtreis and that with vs the Lutherans and Zwingliās should finde no frendes to accompany them in this as wel as in other points But contente your self M. Horne and thinke you if ye do not alredy that either your self or many other of your brethern like the quenes supremacy neuer a deale in hart what so euer ye pretēd and dissemble in words Think ye that Caluin is so slenderly frended in Englād his bookes being in such high price and estimatiō there No no it is not so to be thought The cōtrary is to wel knowē especially the thing being not only opēly preached by one of your most feruēt brethren there in England euen since the Queenes maiesties reigne but also before openly and sharply writen against by your brethren of Geneua Especially one Anthonie Gilbie Whose wordes I wil as wel for my discharge in this matter somewhat at large recite as also to shew his iudgement of the whole Religion as well vnder King Henrie as King Edward and so consequently of the said Religion vnder our gracious Quene Elizabeth nowe vsed and reuiued that all the worlde may see that to be true that I said of the Supremacie as also that the feruent brethren be not yet come to any fixe or stable Religion and that they take this to be but simple as yet ād vnperfit In the time saith he of King Henrie the eight when by Tindall Frith Bilney and other his faithfull seruauntes God called England to dresse his vineyarde many promised ful faire whome I coulde name but what fruite followed Nothing but bitter grapes yea bryers and brambles the wormewood of auarice the gall of crueltie the poyson of filthie fornication flowing from head to fote the contempt of God and open defence of the cake Idole by open proclamation to be read in the Churches in steede of Gods Scriptures Thus was there no reformation but a deformation in the time of the Tyrant and lecherouse monster The bore I graunt was busie wrooting and digging in the earth and all his pigges that followed him but they sought onely for the pleasant fruites that they winded with their long snoutes and for their owne bellies sake they wrooted vp many weeds but they turned the ground so mingling good and badde togeather sweet and sower medecine and poyson they made I saye suche confusion of Religion and Lawes that no good thing could growe but by great miracle vnder suche Gardeners And no maruaile if it be rightlye considered For this Bore raged against God against the Diuell against Christe and against Antichriste as the some that he caste out againste Luther the racing out of the name of the Pope And yet allowing his lawes and his murder of many Christian souldiars and of many Papists doe declare and euidentlie testifie vnto vs especially the burning of Barnes Ierome and Garrette their faithfull preachers of the truthe and hanging the same daye for maintenaunce of the Pope Poel Abel and Fetherstone dothe clearelie painte his beastlines that he cared for no Religion This monsterous bore for all this must needes be called the Heade of the Churche in paine of treason displacing Christe our onely head who ought alone to haue this title Wherefore in this pointe O Englande ye were no better then the Romishe Antichriste who by the same title maketh him selfe a God and sitteth in mens consciences banisheth the woorde of God as did your King Henrie whome ye so magnifie For in his beste time nothing was hearde but the Kings Booke the Kings Procedings the Kings Homilies in the Churches where Gods woorde onelie should haue ben preached So made you your King a God beleuing nothing but that he allowed I will not for shame name how he turned to his wonte I will not write your other wickednesse of those times your murders without measure adulteries and incestes of your King and his Lordes and Commones c. Loe Maister Horne howe well your Protestante fellowe of the beste race euen from Geneua lyketh this Supremacie by plaine woordes saiynge that this title whiche you so stoutlye in all this your booke auouche displaceth Christe who owghte and that onely to enioye it And whereas ye moste vntruely saye heere that we make the Pope our God in earth Maister Gilbie saieth that you make your Prince a God in attributing to her this wrong title
wherin Christ wil haue no cōpartener Surely we make no God of the Pope and sometimes perhappes no good man neyther And yet we reuerence him for his office and authoritie that Christe so amplie and honorablie gaue him for preseruation of vnitie and quietnes in his Church Your wisedome with like truth also appeareth in that you call the Pope the Archeretike of Rome naming no man And so your woordes so liberallie and wantonly cast out doe as wel comprehend S. Peter S. Clement and other holy Martyrs and Bishops there as anye other I promise you a wel blowen blast and hansomly handeled With like finenesse you call him Archeretike that is the supreme Iudge ouer all Heretikes and heresies too and that hath already iudged you and your Patriarches for Archeritikes I wisse as well might the fellon at the barre in Westmynster hall to saue his life if it mighte be call the Iudge the strongest theef of all and doubtles had he a Prince on his side his plea were as good as youres is Now where ye say we would haue the Pope to raigne here in the Quenes place procedeth frō your lik truth ād wisedom For albeit the Popes autority was euer chief for matters eccleastical yet was there neuer any so much a noddie to say ād beleue the Pope raigned here The Pope and the King beīg euer two distinct persons farre different the one from the other in seueral functions and administrations and yet wel concurrant and coincident togeather without any● imminution of the one or the others authoritie Wel ye wil perhap say that albeit M. Gilbie misliketh this title in the Prince yet he liketh wel the religiō especially such as now is and such as was in King Edwards daies which is all one Herken then I pray you what his censure and iudgement is therof I will name saith he no particular thinges because I reuerence those dayes meaninge of King Edwarde sauing only the killing of both the Kings vncles and the prisonment of Hoper for Popes garmentes God graunt you al repentant hartes For no order or state did anye parte of his duetie in those daies but to speak of the best wherof you vse to boast your Religion was but an English Mattins patched foorth of the Popes Portesse many things were in your great booke superstitious and foolish All were driuen to a prescript seruice like the Papists that they should think their dueties discharged if the number were sayed of Psalmes and Chapters Finallye their coulde no discipline be brought into the Churche nor correction of manners I trust nowe M. Horne that you will somewhat the more beare with the Catholikes if they can not wel beare the seruice and title which your companions so yll liketh Yet because ye are so harde maister to M. Fekenham and his fellowes to haue their doing a preparation to rebellion against the Quenes person for defēding Ecclesiastical authority which nothīg toucheth her person or croun as without the which it hath most honorably continued and florished many hūdred yeres and shal by Gods grace continew full well and full long againe when it shall please God let this title and iurisdiction Ecclesiasticall goe which al good Princes haue euer forgon as nothing to them apertaining Let vs come to the very temporall authoritie and lette vs consider who make any preparation of rebellion the Catholikes or the Protestants Who are they I pray you that haue set foorth deuises of their owne for the succession of the crowne withoute the Princes knowledge Surely no Catholikes but the very Protestants them selues Who blewe the first blast of the trompet I pray you Who are those that haue set foorth in open printed bookes in the English tongue that neither Queene Marie nor this our gracious Quene were lawfull inheritours of the Croune And finally that it is againste the Lawe of God and nature that anye woman shoulde inherite anye principalitie or Kingdome No Catholique I warrante you but your holye brethren so feruente in the woorde of the Lorde Yea amonge other M. Iohn Knoxe the new Apostle of Scotlande It is not birth onely saith he or propinquitie of bloud that maketh a King lawfully to reigne aboue the people professing Iesus Christ and his eternal veritie but in his election muste the ordināce which God hathe established in the election of inferiour Iudges be obserued Loe this Apostle excludeth al succession as well of men as women and will haue the Kingdome to goe by election that in case there be founde any Prince that fansieth not this newe Apostle that then he may be lawfullye deposed and a newe brother in his roome placed And therefore I feare not saith he to affirme that it had been the dutie of the Nobilitie Iudges Rulers and people of Englande not onelie to haue resisted and against standed Marie that Iesabell whome they call their Queene but also to haue punnished her to deathe with all the sorte of her Idolatrous Priestes togeather with all suche as shoulde haue assisted her Ye shall nowe heare the verdit of an other good man a zealous brother of Caluins schole I knowe saieth he ye will saie the Croune is not entailed to the heires Males onelie but appertaineth as well to the daughters And therefore by the lawes of the Realme yee coulde not otherwise doe But if it be true yet miserable is the answeare of suche as hadde so longe time professed the Gospell and the liuely word of God If it had bene made of Paganes and Heathens whiche knewe not God by his woorde it mighte better haue bene borne withall but amonge them that bare the name of Gods people with whome his lawes shoulde haue chiefe authoritie this answeare is not tolerable And afterwarde If shee had bene no bastarde but the Kinges daughter as laufullie begotten as was her Sister that godlie Ladie and meeke lambe voide of all Spanisshe pride and straunge bloude yet in the sicknes and at the deathe of our lawfull Prince of Godlye memorie Kinge Edwarde the sixte that shoulde not haue bene your firste counsell or question who shoulde be your Queene but firste and principallye who had bene moste metest amonge your brethren to haue hadde the gouernemente ouer you and the whole gouernemente of the Realme to rule them carefullye in the feare of God After this he sheweth his minde more expresselye A woman saieth he to reigne Gods lawe forbiddeth and nature abhorreth whose reigne was neuer counted lawefull by the woorde of God but an expresse signe of Gods wrathe and a notable plague for the sinnes of the people As was the raigne of Iesabell and vngodlie Athalia especiall instrumentes of Sathan and whippes to his people of Israell I dooe here omitte a Sermon made by one of your Prelates that bothe Queene Marie and our graciouse Queene Elizabeth were bastardes And they saye that your selfe Maister Horne did the same at Durham Howe lyke yee this Maister Horne Is this a preparation of
rebellion againste the Queenes person or no Yee will perchaunce to extenuate the matter saye it is the priuate doinge of one or two disanulled by the reste Nay Syr yee shall not so scape I saye this was the commen consente and iudgemente of all your holie brethren of Geneua as well Englishe as other yea of Maister Caluin him selfe as it may be gathered by Maister Whitingham his Preface to the sayed booke of Maister Goodman Maister Christopher Goodman sayeth he conferred his Articles and chiefe Propositions with the beste learned in these parties who approued them he consented to enlarge the sayd Sermō and so to print it as a token of his duetie and good affection toward the Church of God And thē if it were thought good to the iudgement of the godlie to translate the same into other lāguages that the profit therof might be more vniuersal Lo good M. Horne a sermon made at Geneua to al the English brethren not only to depriue the Quene of her title of the Supremacy in causes Ecclesiasticall but euen in temporal too and from al gouernmēt the matter being cōmunicated beside to the best learned there And then M. Caluin and M. Beza too I trowe gaue their verdict to this noble and clerkly worke And so it seemeth to importe the consent of al the gehennical I should haue said the Geneuical Church And who are those now that rule al the rost in England but this good brotherhod Men no doubt well worthy for whose sakes the Catholiks shold be thus hardly hādeled and to whome the Q. Maiesty is who doubteth depelye bounde and they worthie to be so well cherished at her hands as they are These good brethren by their new broched Diuinitie haue found a prety deuise at their pleasure not onelye to depose the Queenes Maiestye and the Quene of Scotland but also the greatest parte of all other Princes such I meane as be women or haue holden their gouernment by their discent from women As did in our Countrie since the conquest Henrie the second the sonne of Maude th' Empresse daughter to King Henrie the firste As did Phillipp Charles the late Emperours Father holde Burgundie and Charles him selfe the Kingdom of Spaine I here omit now Petronilla the Prince of the Arragones Maude of Mantua bothe Iones of Naples Margaret of Norwey and other women Princes els where as in Nauarre and in Loraine But what speake I of women only when Knoxe as I haue shewed will haue all Realmes to goe by election and not by succession So that now whereas the Catholiques yea the starkest Papist of all as these men terme them can be well contente yea with all their hartes to affirme that the Quenes Maiestie may enioye not onely this Realme but euen the whole Empire and wishe no lesse if it pleased God to her highnes and finde no fault but onely with that title that is not competent for her highnes and without the which shee may reigne as nobly as amply as honorably as euer did Prince in England or els where which neuer affected any such title these men who pretēd to the world to professe a wōderful sincere obseruatiō toward God and their Prince do not only spoile her of that title but of al her right and interest to England Fraunce Ireland or els where making her incapable of al manner ciuile regiment Which I trust the Quenes Maiestie ones wel considering wil graciously beare with the Catholiks that do not enuy her the one or the other title but only desire that their consciences may not be streyned for the one of them Whiche they vppon great groūds and as they verely think without any impairinge of her worldlye estate can not by othe assuredlye avouche which thing thei truste they may doe without any iuste suspition of seditiō or rebelliō Wherewith M. Horne moste vniustly chargeth them the sayd note and blame most iustly for the causes by me rehersed redounding vpon his owne good brethern Which thing as he can not truely lay to any Catholike so of al men least to maister Fekēham Whereof I trust certayn right honorables as the Lorde Erle of Lecester the Lord Erle of Bedforde yea the Quenes Maiestye her selfe wil defende and purge him against M. Horns most false accusation Of whose doings in Quene Maries daies the said right honorables with the right honorable my Lord Erle of Warwyke can and wil I truste also reporte being then prisoners and he by the Quenes appointmente sente vnto them M. Secretary Cycil also cā testifie of his doings towching Sir Iohn Cheke knight whose life lāds and goods by his trauail and humble suyte were saued His hope is that the Quenes highnes his soueraygne good Lady wil thus much reporte of him how in the beginning of her highnes troble her highnes then being imprisoned in the courte at Westmynster and before her committy to the towre his good happe was to preache a sermon before Quene Mary and her honorable counsayle in the Courte where he moued her Highnes and them also to mercy and to haue cōsideration of the Quenes highnes that now is then in trouble and newly entred in prison What displeasure he susteyned therefore I doe here omitte to expresse But this I certaynlye knowe that he hath reported and hath most humb●y thanked almighty God and her highnes that her highnes hadde the same in remembraunce at the firste and first and laste talke that euer he had with her in her palace at Westmyster not longe before her highnes Coronation I trust these are sufficient personnages for M. Fekenhams purgation and discharge against your false accusation Wel I beseache almighty God that Maister Fekenham may now at the lengthe after seuen yeares imprisonmente be made partaker of such deedes and doings as he then shewed vnto other men And now let vs procede on to the residewe of your booke The .5 Diuision M. Horne If I knevv you not right vvel I should maruail that you shame not to affirme saying I doe here presently therefore offer my selfe to receyue a corporal Othe and further I shal presently sweare c. Seing that you neuer made to me any motion of such an offer neither did I at anytime require you to take any Othe You thinke and are so persuaded in conscience if a man may trust you that the Quenes highnes is the only supreme gouernour of this Realm and of al her dominiōs and countries and hath vnder God the soueraignty and rule ouer al manner of persones borne vvithin her dominions of vvhat estate either Ecclesiastical or Temporal so euer they be VVhereunto I adde this consequent vvhich doth necessarily follovv Ergo Your holy father the Pope is not as you think in your conscience the supreme gouernour ouer her highnes dominions nor hath the soueraignty or rule vnder God ouer any personnes borne vvithin the same The Quenes maiesty must needs herein take you but for a dissembling flatterer in that you
and beside yea and aboue this is there an other gouernement instituted and ordeined by Christ in a spiritual and a mystical bodie of such as he graciously calleth to be of his kingdom which is the kingdom of the faithful and so consequently of heauen whereunto Christian faith doth conduct vs. In the which spiritual bodie commonly called Christes Catholike Churche there are other heades and rulers then ciuill Princes as Vicars Persons Bishops Archebishops Patriarches and ouer them al the Pope Whose gouernement chieflye serueth for the furtherance and encrease of this spiritual Kingdome as the ciuil Princes do for the temporal Now as the soule of man incomparably passeth the bodie so doth this kingdom the other and the rulers of these the rulers of the other And as the bodie is subiect to the soule so is the ciuill kingdome to the spiritual To the which kingdom as wel Princes as other are engraffed by baptisme and become subiects to the same by spiritual generation as we become subiects to our Princes by course and order of natiuitie whiche is a terrestrial generation Further now as euery man is naturallye bound to defend maintain encrease adorne and amplifie his natural countrie so is euery man bounde and muche more to employ himselfe to his possibilitie toward the tuition and defence furtherance and amplificatiō of this spiritual kingdome and most of al Princes them selues as suche which haue receiued of God more large helpe and faculty toward the same by reason of their great authority and tēporal sworde to ioyne the same as the case requireth with the spiritual sword And so al good Princes do ād haue don aiding and assisting the Church decrees made for the repression of vice and errors and for the maintenance of vertue and true religion not as supreame Gouernours them selues in all causes spirituall and temporall but as faithfull Aduocates in aiding and assisting the spiritual power that it may the soner and more effectually take place For this supreame gouernement can he not haue onlesse he were him selfe a spirituall man no more then can a man be a master of a shippe that neuer was mariner a Maior that neuer was Citizen His principall gouernemente reasteth in ciuill matters and in that respecte as I haue sayed he is supreame Gouernour of all persons in his Realme but not of al their actions but in suche sense as I haue specified and least of all of the actions of Spirituall men especially of those that are most appropriate to them which can not be onlesse he were him selfe a Spiritual mā Wherfore we haue here two Vntruths the one in an vntrue definitiō the other in saiyng that the Prince is the supreme gouernour in al causes spiritual yea euē in those that be most peculiarly belonging to spiritual men beside a plaine cōtradiction of M. Horne directly ouerthrowing his own assertion here The Bisshoply rule and gouernement of Gods Churche saith M. Horne consisteth in these three points to feed the Church with Gods woord ▪ to minister Christes Sacramēts ād to bind and lose To gouern the Church ▪ saith he after this sort belōgeth to the ōly office of Bishops ād Church ministers ād not to Kings Quenes and Princes The lyke he hath after warde Now then these being by his owne confession the actions that properly belōg to ecclesiastical persons and the prīces by his said cōfessiō hauing nothing to do therwith how is it thē true that the prince is the only supreme head ād gouernor in causes ecclesiastical ye in those that do properly belōg to persons ecclesiastical Or by what colour may it be defended that this saying is not plain contradictory and repugnante to this Later saying which we haue alleaged and whereof we shall speake more largelye when we come to the said place Thus ye see M. Horne walketh like a barefoted man vpon thornes not knowing where to tread The .6 Diuision Pag. 5. a. M. Fekenham And of my part I shal sweare to obserue and perfourme my obediēce and subiectiō with no lesse loyalty and faithfulnes vnto her highnes thē I did before vnto Quene Mary her highnes Syster of famous memory vnto whome I was a sworne Chaplaine and most bounden M. Horne Like an .23 vnfaithful subiect contrary to your Othe made to King Hēry and continued al the reigne of King Edvvarde you helpt to spoile Quene Mary of famous memory of a 24. principal parte of her royall povver righte and dignity vvhich she at the beginning of her reigne had enioyed and put in vre The same obedience and subiection vvith the like loyalty and faithfulnes yee vvil svveare to obserue and perfourme to Quene Elizabeth but she thāketh you for naught she vvil none of it she hath espied you and thinketh yee profer her to much vvronge Stapleton M. Horn would haue a mā on s bemired to wallow there stil. Neither is it sin to break an vnlawful othe but rather to cōtinew in the same as wicked King Herod did Now if M. Horne can ones by any meanes proue this gouernemente to be a principall parte or any parte at all of the Queenes royal power I dare vndertake that not only M. Fekenham but many mo that now refuse shal most gladly take the said Othe He wer surely no good subiect that would wissh her highnes any wrong neither can the maintenāce of the Catholik faith wherof shee beareth the title of a Defendor be coūted any iniury to her highnes Nether is it to be thought but if there had ben any wrong or iniury herein done to the Croune some Christiā Prince or other in the world would haue ere this ones in this thousand yeares and more espied it and reformed it too M. Fekenham The .7 Diuision Pag. 5 a. And touching the reste of the Othe whereunto I am required presently to sweare viz. That I doe vtterlie testifie and declare in my conscience that the Queenes highnes is the only supreame Gouernour of this Realme as well in al Spirituall or Ecclesiastical things or causes as Temporal I shal then of my parte be in like readines to receiue the same when your L. shal be able to make declaration vnto me how and by what meanes I may swere thereunto without commiting of a very plaine and manifest periurie which of my part to be committed it is damnable sinne and against the expresse woord of God writen Leuit. Cap. 9. Non periurabis in nomine meo nec pollues nomen Dei tui And of your parte to prouoke mee or require the same it is no lesse damnable offence S. Augustine in witnes thereof saith Ille qui hominem prouocat ad iurationē c. He who doth prouoke an other man to swere and knoweth that he shal forswere him selfe he is worse then a murderer because the murderer sleeth but the body and he sleeth the soule and that not one soule but two as the soule of him whom he prouoketh to periurie
Bales or some such like but as for the olde ordinary Latin Glose I am right sure M. Horn it hath no suche thinge This therefore may wel stande for an other vntruthe As also that which immediatly you alleage out of Deuteron 13. For in al that chapter or any other of that booke there is no such worde to be founde as you talke of And thus with a ful messe of Notorious vntruthes you haue furnished the first seruice brought yet to the table cōcernīg the prīcipal matter How be it perhaps though this be very course yet you haue fyne dishes and dayntycates coming after Let vs then procede The .11 Diuision Pag. 8. b. M. Horne The beste and most Godly Princes that euer gouerned Gods people did perceiue and rightly vnderstande this to be Gods vvil that they ought to haue an especiall regarde and care for the ordering and setting foorth of Gods true Religion and therefore vsed great diligence vvith feruent zeale to perfourme and accomplishe the same Moyses vvas the supreme gouernour ouer Gods people and vvas .38 not chiefe Priest or Bisshop for that vvas Aaron vvhose authority zeale and care in appointing and ordering Religion amongest Gods people prescribing to al the people yea to Aaron and the Leuits vvhat and after vvhat sorte they should execute their functions correcting and chastening the transgressours is manifestly set foorthe in his booke called the Pentateuche The 9. Chapter concerning the example of Moyses MAister Horne willing to seame orderly to procede first bringeth in what scripture commaūdeth Princes to doe and then what they did But as his scripture towching the commaundemēt by him alleaged nothing reacheth home to his pretensed purpose but rather infringeth and plainely marreth the same as I haue saide and fully standeth on our syde So I dowbte nothing yt wil fare with his examples as of Moyses Iosue Dauid Salomon Iosaphat Ezechias Iosias and that they al come to short and are to weake to iustifie his assertion But here am I shrewdly encombred and in a great doubte what to doe For I coulde make a shorte but a true answere that these examples are fully answered alredy by M. Doctour Harding and M. Dorman and referre thee thither to thyne and myne ease gentle reader and to the sparing not onely of penne ynk and paper but of the tyme also whiche of al things is most preciouse But then I feare me woulde steppe forth yf not M. Horne a good simple plain man in his dealings yet some other iolye fyne freshe pregnant wytty fellowe yea and bringe me to the straits which way so euer I did tread Yf I shuld as I said sende the reader to them then should I heare a foole a dolte an asse that can say nothing of his own Then shoulde the cause be slaundered also as so poore and weake that it could beare no large and ample treatise yea with all that their answeres were such as I was asshamed of them and therefore wilylye and wiselye forbeared them with manye suche other triumphant trieflinge toyes Againe yf I shoulde repete or inculcate their answeres then woulde Maister Nowell or some other rushe in vppon me with his ruflynge rhetorike that he vseth againste Maister Dorman and Maister Doctour Hardinge withe a precise accompte and calculation what either Maister Dorman or Maister Doctour Hardinge borowed of Hosius or either of them two of the other And what I haue nowe borowed of them bothe or of either of them And I shoulde be likewise insulted vppon and our cause as feble and very weake slaundered also But on the one syde leaste any of the good bretherne shoulde surmise vppon my silence anye suche distruste I will compendiously as the matter shall require abridge their answeres and that Maister Horne shall thinke that our stuff is not al spente I shall on the other syde for a surplussage adioyne some other thinges to owre opponent accommodate So that I truste either answere shal be sufficient to atchieue our purpose againste Maister Horne Then for Moyses I saye with Maister Doctour Hardinge and Saint Augustyne that he was a prieste aswell as a Prince I say the same with Maister Dorman with Philo Iudeus with Saint Hierom and with Saint Hieroms Maister Gregorie Nazianzene And so consequently Maister Horne that Moyses example serueth not your turne onlesse ye will kinge Henry the eight and his sonne king Edward yea and our gracious Quene to be a priest to but rather quite ouerturneth your assertion And thinke you Maister Horne that the Quenes authority doth iumpe agree with the authority of Moyses in causes ecclesiastical Then maye she preach to the people as Moyses did Thē may she offer sacrifices as Moyses did Then may she cōsecrate Priests as Moyses did cōsecrate Aaron and others Then may it be said of the imposition of her hands as was said of Moyses Iosua the son of Nun was ful of the sprite of wisedom for Moyses hadde put his hand vpon him It must nedes therfore follow that Moyses was a priest and that a high priest which ye here ful peuishly deny I say now further with M. Dorman that put the case Moyses were no priest yet this example frameth not so smothely and closely to your purpose as ye wene For Moyses was a prophet and that such a prophet as the like was not agayne Geue me nowe Maister Horn Princes Prophetes geue me Princes and Lawe makers by speciall order and appointmente ordeyned of God to whose woordes God certainly woulde haue geuen as greate authority as he wolde and commaunded to be geuen to Moyses and then perchaunce I will say that ye saye somewhat well to the purpose Agayne Moyses was suche a speciall Prophet and so singularlye chosen of God to be heard and obeyed in all thinges that he is in the holy scripture euidentlye compared to Christ him selfe compared I say euen in the office of teaching and instructing Moyses in the Deuteronom foretelling the Iewes of a Messias to come saieth The Lorde thy God wil rayse thee vp a Prophet from among thy own nation and of thy brethern such a one as my self him thou shalt heare And this so spoken of Moyses in the olde Lawe is in the new testamēt auouched ād repeted first by S. Peter the chief Apostle and next by S. Stephen the first Martir and applied to Christ. If thē Christ must so be heard and obeied of vs as was Moyses of the Iewes no doubt as Christ is a Kinge a Prophet a Priest and a Bisshop to vs so was Moyses to thē a Prince a Prophet a Priest and a Bisshop As Christ is of vs to be heard and obeyed as wel in al matters Ecclesiasticall as Temporal for no temporal Lawe can haue force against the Law of Christ amonge Christen men so was Moyses to be heard and obeyed of the Iewes in matters and causes as well temporall as spirituall For why The Scripture is plaine Tanquam me
ipsum audietis You shall heare that Prophet euen as my selfe Shew vs M. Horne any Prince in the new testament so conditioned and endewed and then make your argument on Gods name Verely any Prince that now is namely in Ecclesiasticall gouernment compared with Moyses is as the poet saieth Impar congressus Achilli Troilus And the lawier saieth Legibus non exemplis iudicatur We must iudge according to the precise rule of the Law and not by examples Extraordinary doings enforce no ordinary prescriptiō or rule The ordinary rule of Priests iudgmēts without whies and whates and such other triflinge importune instances as ye are wont to make against it by the law of Moyses and by your owne chapter before alleaged in dowbtful cases must absolutelye vppon paine of deathe be obeyed By this rule of the Law you must measure al the examples following of Kings and Princes vnder this Law You must square your examples to the rule and not the rule to the examples onlesse ye will make of the Lawe of God Lesbiam regulam and both vnskilfully and vnorderly worke therewith And this one answere might wel serue for al the Kings doings now followīg Sauing I wil particularly discēde to euery one and for euery one saye somwhat Here I wish to encounter with M. Nowel for his shifts that he maketh to maintain the matter by Moyses and the residue but because it is M. Dormans special and peculiar matter I will leaue it vnto him and be also in the residue as briefe as I maye M. Horne The .12 Diuision Pag. 8. b. After the death of Moses the people as yet not entred and settled in the promised land the charge of chief gouernment ouer Gods people both in causes temporall and .39 Ecclesiasticall was committed to Iosue and not to Eleasar for to him belonged .40 onelie the ministration of the things belonging to the Priestlie office And to Iosue the Prince belonged the ouersight both ouer the priests and people to gouerne guide order appoint and direct eche estate in all things that appertained to eche of their callings Of the one ye seme to haue no doubt at all the other is as plaine For at the appointmēt of Iosue the Priests remoued the Arke of couenant and placed the same He did interprete vnto the people the spirituall meaninge of the tvvelue stones which thei had taken by Gods cōmaundement forth of Iordan to be as Sacraments or signes He circumcised the children of Israel at the seconde time of the great and solempne Circumcision He calleth the Priestes commaundeth some of them to take vppe the Lords Arke other seuen of them to blovv seuē trompets before the Arke and appointeth to them the order of proceding He builded an Aulter vnto the Lord God of Israel according to the Lavv of God be sacrificeth theron burnt sacrifices and burnte offerings He wrote there vpon the stones the Deuteronomie of Moses He read all the blessings and cursings as thei are set forth in the booke of the Lavve And he read al what so euer Moses had cōmaunded before al the congregation of ●srael c. Last of al Iosue to shevv that causes of Religion did speciallie belong to his charge and care maketh a long and a vehement Oration vnto the Israelits wherin he exhorteth them to cleaue vnto the Lorde with a sure faith a constant hope and a perfect loue obeiyng and seruing him with such seruice as he hath appointed in his Lavve And doth zelouslie and with great threates diswade them from al kind of Idolatrie and false Religion The .10 Chapter concerning the example of Iosue Stapleton THE Apologie allegeth as wel the example of Moses as of Iosue his doings with the residue by M. Horne here alleaged M. D. Harding sheweth that allegatiō to import no chief rule in spiritual matters as in deed it doth not Which chiefe rule did rest in the Prieste Eleazarus at whose voice and worde Iosue was commaunded to goe foorth and come in a place deaply dissembled by the Author of the Apologie For the auoiding whereof M. Nowell is put to many shifts first to glose that this place concerning Eleazarus may be restrained for going and comming to and froe the warres whiche as it is true so immediatlye before it is generallye writen Pro hoc si quid agendum erit Eleazar sacerdos consulet Dominum For him meaning Iosue Eleazar shal ask counsel of God when any thing is to be done In which words we see euidently that Iosue what so euer he did touching the gouerning of the people in Ecclesiasticall matters he did nothing of him self but was in al such maters instructed of Eleazarus the high Priest whose part therfore it was alwaies to ask counsel of God when Iosue had any thing to doe And though this place shuld be restrained to warfare only yet the authoritie geuen before by expresse wordes of the law to the high Prieste whose iudgement is cōmaunded in great doubts to be sought ād also followed doth neuer the lesse take place And thervpō foloweth that al the testimonies of holy Scripture brought forth by M. Nowel and before him by M. Horne can not as they do not in deed induce supremacie in causes Ecclesiastical But th' execution of the high Priests or lawes cōmādemēt which in deed we graūt to appertain to the Prince And here I wil not quarel with M. Nowel either for quoting .33.34 for .23.24 and not reformed as he doth with M. Dorman for as smal a matter as for the misquoting of S. Cyprian or for treading M. Hornes steppes and borowing his allegations which not withstanding is a great obseruation with him as a worthy matter ye may be assured against M. Dorman and M. D. Harding This is but a childish and boyish rhetorike not so conuenient I wisse for M. Nowel the scholemaister as for the boyes his schollers whose propretye is to accuse their fellowes of borowing and to borow them selues like truants But for the doing of Iosue I wil further note that then the Priests toke vp the Arke of couenāt ād went before the people But I pray you M. Horne howe was this obserued of late yeres whē the lay men durst aduēture to take the guiding of the Arke and goe before the Priestes and not suffer the Priests to goe before thē And durst alter the state of Christiā religiō against the wil ād minde of the Bishops and the whole Clergy then at their cōuocation assēbled Well let this passe for this present I say no further for Iosue his doings sauing that otherwise also they are not to be drawen into an ordinarie rule for that the Spirite of God was certainelye in him and for that he had parte of Moses glory and the people commaunded to heare him And those things that he did wherof M. Nowell and Maister Horne woulde inferre a Soueraigntie in causes Spirituall he did them by the expresse commaundemente of
God And from suche Princes to all Princes indifferentlie to gather the like praeeminence in al points were no sure and sound gathering and collection Els if you wil haue your examples to proue and cōfirme then as Iosue circumcided so let the Prince baptise and as Iosue sacrificed vpon an Aulter so let the Prince in Cope and Surplesse celebrate your holy Communion Whiche two things as peculiar offices of Bisshops and Priestes M. Nowel excludeth flatly al Princes from yea and saith they oughte to be vntouched of Prince or other person Thus againe either ye iumble and iarre one from an other or els your Argument falleth downe right Choose whiche of both ye will M. Horne The .13 Diuision Pag 9. a. Dauid vvhom God appointed to be the pastour that is the King ouer Israel to feed his people did vnderstand that to this pastoral office of a King did belong of duetie not onelie a charge to prouide that the people might be gouerned vvith iustice and liue in ciuil honestie peace and tranquillitie publique and priuate but also to haue a speciall regarde and care to see them fedde vvith true doctrine and to be fostered vp in the Religion appointed by God him selfe in his lavve And therefore immediatlie after he vvas vvith some quietnes setled in his royall seat the first thing that he began to refourme and restore to the right order as a thing that appertained especially to his princelie charge and care vvas Gods religion and seruice vvhich had ben decayed and neglected long before in the time of King Saul For the better perfourmance vvhereof as the Supreme gouernour ouer al the estates both of the laitie and of the Clergie .41 in all maner of causes after consultation had vvith his chiefe Counsailers he calleth the Priestes and Leuites and commaundeth appointeth and directeth them in all manner of things and causes appertaining to their ecclesiasticall functions and offices He prepareth a semelie place for the Arke in his ovvne Citie He goeth vvith great solemnitie to fetch the Arke of the Lord. He cōmaūdeth Sad●c ād Abiathar the Priests and the chief amōg the Leuites to sanctifie them selues vvith their brethren and than to carie the Arke vppon their shoulders vnto the place apointed He comptrolleth thē that the Arke was not caried before on their shoulders according to the lavv and therfore laieth to their charge the breach that vvas made by the death of Vsa He cōmādeth also the chief of the Leuits to apoint amōg their brethrē Musiciās to play on diuers kinds of inst●umēts and to make melody vvith ioyfulnes He sacrificeth burnt ād peace offerings He blessed the people in the name of the Lord. He appointeth certain of the Leuites to minister continually before the Arke of the Lord to reherse his great benefits to the honour and praise of the Lord god of Israell And for that present time he made a psalme of gods praise and appointed Asaph ād his brethren to praise god thervvith He ordained the priests Leuites singers and porters and in some he apointed and ordered al the officers and offices required to be in the house of the Lord for the setting foorth of his seruice and religion The .11 Chapter concerning the example of Dauid BOTH M. Dorman and M. Doctor Harding affirme that the proceedings of King Dauid are nothing preiudiciall to the Ecclesiasticall authoritie in redressing of disorders before committed or doing suche things as are here rehersed No more then the reformatiō of Religion made by Quene Marie as M. D. Harding noteth which ye wot wel imployeth in her no such supremacie Beside that it is to be considered as M. D. Harding toucheth that he passed other Princes herein because he had the gift of prophecie So that neither those thinges that the Apologie sheweth of Dauid or those that yee and M. Nowell adde thereunto for the fortification of the said superioritie can by any meanes induce it The scripture in the sayed place by you and M. Nowel alleaged saith that Dauid did worke iuxta omnia quae scripta sunt in lege Domini according to all things writen in the lawe of God Wherevnto I adde a notable saying of the scripture in the said booke by you alleaged concerning Dauids doings by you brought foorth touching the Priestes and Leuites vt ingrediantur domum Dei iuxtaritum suum sub manu Aaron Patris eorum sicut praeceperat Dominus deus Israel Kinge Dauids appointmente was that the Leuites and Priestes shoulde enter in to the house of God there to serue vnder the gouernment Of whom I pray you Not of King Dauid but vnder the Spiritual gouernmēt of their spiritual father Aaron ād his successours The gouernour of them then was Eleazarus Where we haue to note first that Dauid appointed here to the Leuites nothing of him self but sicut praeceperat Dominus Deus Israël as the Lord God of Israel had before apointed Secondlye that King Dauid did make appointment vnto them of no strange or new order to be taken in Religion but that they should serue God in the Tēple iuxta ritū suū after their owne vsage custome and maner before time vsed Thirdly and last King Dauids appointment was that they should serue in the house of God sub manu Aaron patris eorum as vnder the spirituall gouernmente of their Father Aaron and his successours the high Priests The whiche wordes of the scripture doe so wel and clearly expres that King Dauid did not take vpon him any spirituall gouernement in the house of God namely such as you attribute to the Quenes Ma. to alter Religion ▪ c. that I can not but very much muse and maruel why ye shoulde alleage King Dauid for any example or proufe in this matter But most of al that ye dare alleage the death of Oza Whiche is so directly against our lay men that haue not onely put their hands to susteine and staye the fal of the Arke as Oza did for which attempt notwithstanding he was punished with present deathe but haue also of their owne priuate authoritie altered and chaunged the great and weightie pointes of Christes Catholike Religion and in a māner haue quite transformed and ouerthrowen the same and so haue as a man may say broken the very Arke it self al to fitters Let them not dout but that except thei hartely repēt they shal be plagued woorse then Oza was if not in this worlde yet more horribly in the world to come As for that you alleage of Dauid that he made Psalmes ordeined Priests Leuites fingers and porters c. thinke you he did al this and the rest of his owne authority because he was King of the people So you would your Reader to beleue But the holy Ghost telleth vs plainly that Dauid did all this because God had so commaunded by the hands of his Prophets And thus you see that by the declaration of the Prophetes Gods Ministers then as
the 2. of Paralip the 17. Chapter And as M.D. Harding and M. Dorman haue writen so say I that ye are they which frequent priuate hylles aulters and darke groues that the Scripture speaketh of Wherein you haue sette vp your Idolls that is your abhominable heresies We also confesse that there is nothing writen in holy Scripture of Iosaphat touching his Care and diligence aboute the directing of ecclesiastical matters but that godly Christiā Princes may at this day doe the same doing it in such sorte as Iosaphat did That is to refourm religiō by the Priests not to enacte a new religiō which the priests of force shal sweare vnto Itē to suffer the Priests to iudge in cōtrouersies of religion not to make the decisiō of such things a parliamēt matter Itē not to prescribe a new forme and order in ecclesiastical causes but to see that accordīg to the lawes of the Church before made the religiō be set forth as Iosaphat procured the obseruatiō of the olde religiō appointed in the law of Moyses Briefly that he doe al this as an Aduocat defendour and Son of the Churche with the Authority and aduise of the Clergy so Iosaphat furdered religiō not otherwise not as a Supreme absolute Gouernour cōtrary to the vniforme cōsent of the whole Clergy in full cōuocation yea and of al the Bisshops at once Thus the example of Iosaphat fitteth wel Christiā Princes But it is a world to see how wretchedly and shamfully Maister Horne hath handled in this place the Holye Scriptures First promysing very sadly in his preface to cause his Authours sentences for the parte to be printed in Latin letters here coursing ouer three seuerall chapters of the 2. of Paralip he setteth not downe any one parte or worde of the whole text in any Latin or distinct lettre but handleth the Scriptures as pleaseth him false translating māgling them and belying them beyonde al shame He telleth vs of the Kings visitours of a progresse made in his own person throughout all his contrey and of Iustices of the peace whereas the texts alleaged haue no such wordes at al. Verely such a tale he telleth vs that his ridiculous dealing herein were it not in Gods cause where the indignity of his demeanour is to be detested were worthely to be laughed at But from fonde coūterfeytīg he procedeth to flatte lying For where he saieth that Iosaphat commaunded and prescribed vnto the chief Priestes what fourme and order they shoulde obserue in the Ecclesiastical causes and controuersies of religion c. This is a lewde ād a horrible lye flatly belying Gods holy word thē which in one that goeth for a bisshop what can be don more abhominable No No M. Horne it was for greate causes that thus wickedly you concealed the text of holy Scriptures which you knew being faithfully sette down in your booke had vtterly confounded you and your whole matter now in hande For thus lo saieth and reporteth the holy Scripture of King Iosaphat touching his dealing with persons rather then with matters ecclesiastical In Ierusalem also Iosaphat appointed Leuites and Priests and the chief of the families of Israël that they should iudge the iudgement and cause of God to the inhabitants thereof How Iosaphat appointed the Leuites and priestes to these Ecclesiastical functiōs it shal appeare in the next Chapter by the example of Ezechias Let vs now forth with the Scripture And Iosaphat commaunded them saying Thus you shall doe in the feare of the Lorde faithfully and with a perfect harte But howe Did Iosaphat here prescribe to the Priestes any fourme or order which they should obserue in controuersies of Religion as M. Horne saieth he did to make folcke wene that Religion proceded then by waye of Commission from the Prince onely Nothinge lesse For thus it foloweth immediatly in the text Euery cause that shall come vnto you of your brethern dwelling in their Cyties betwene kinred and kinred wheresoeuer there is any question of the law of the cōmaundement of ceremonies of Iustificatiōs shewe vnto thē that they syn not against God c. Here is no fourme or order prescribed to obserue in controuersies of Religion but here is a generall commaundement of the King to the Priests and Leuits that they should doe now their duty and vocatiō faithfully and perfectly as they had don before in the dayes of Asa and Abias his Father and grandfather like as many good and godly Princes among the Christians also haue charged their bisshops and clergy to see diligently vnto their flockes and charges And therefore Iosaphat charging here in this wise the Priestes and Leuites doth it not with threates of his high displeasure or by force of any his own Iniunctions but only saith So then doing you shal not sinne or offende The which very maner of speache Christian Emperours and Kinges haue eftesones vsed in the lyke case as we shall hereafter in the thirde booke by examples declare But to make a short end of this matter euen out of this very Chapter if you hadde M. Horne layed forth but the very next sentence and saying of King Iosaphat immediatly folowinge you shoulde haue sene there so plain a separation and distinction of the spiritual and secular power which in this place you labour to confounde as a man can not wishe any plainer or more effectual For thus saith king Iosaphat Amarias the priest ād your bishop shal haue the gouernment of such things as appertayne to God And Zabadias shal be ouer such works as appertayne to the Kings office Lo the Kings office and diuine matters are of distinct functiōs Ouer Gods matters is the priest not as the Kings commissioner but as the priestes alwaies were after the exāple of Moyses But ouer the Kings works is the Kings Officier And marke wel M. Horne this point Zabadias is set ouer such works as belong to the Kings office But such works are no maner things pertayning to the Seruice of God For ouer them Amarias the priest is president Ergo the Kings office consisteth not aboute things pertayning to God but is a distinct functiō concerning the cōmon weale Ergo if the King intermedle in Gods matters especially if he take vpon him the supreme gouernmēt thereof euen ouer the priests themselues to whom that charge is committed he passeth the bondes of his office he breaketh the order appointed by God and is become an open enemy to Gods holy ordinance This place therefore you depely dissembled ād omitted M. Horne lest you should haue discouered your own nakednesse and haue brought to light the vtter cōfusion of you and your wretched doctrine Except for a shift you wil presse vs with the most wretched and trayterous translatiō of this place in your common english bibles printed in the yere 1562. Which for praesidebit shal gouerne doe turne is amonge you For your newe Geneuian bibles which you take I doubte not for the more corrected doe translate
with vs shal be chief ouer you M. Horne The 16. Diuision Pag. 10. b. Ezechias the king of Iuda hath this testimony of the holy Ghost that the like gouernour had not been neither should bee after him amōgest the kings of ●uda For he cleaued vnto the Lord and svverued not from the preceptes vvhich the Lord gaue by Moyses And to expresse that the office ●ule and gouernment of a godly king consisteth and is occupied according to Gods ordinaunce and precept first of al in matters of Religion and causes Ecclesiastical the holy Ghost doth commende this king for his diligent care in refourmīg religion He toke quite avvay saith the holy ghost al maner of Idolatry superstition and false religion yea euen in the first yere of his reigne and the first moneth he opened the doores of Gods house He calleth as it vvere to a Synode the Priestes and Leuits he maketh vnto them a long and pithy oration declaring the horrible disorders and abuses that hath been in religion the causes and vvhat euils folovved to the vvhole realme thereupō He declareth his ful determination to restore and refourme religiō according to Gods vvil He commaundeth them therfore that they laying aside al errours ignoraūce and negligence do the partes of faithful ministers The Priestes and Leuits assembled together did sanctifie themselues and did purge the house of the Lorde from al vncleanes of false religion at the commaundement of the King .46 concerning things of the Lord. That don they came vnto the King and made to him an accompt and report vvhat they had don The King assembleth the chief rulers of the City goeth to the Temple be commaundeth the Priests and Leuits to make oblation and sacrifice for vvhole Israel He appoin●eth the Leuits after their order in the house of the Lorde ●o their musicall instruments and of the Priestes to play on Shalmes according as Dauid had disposed the order 47. by the coūsell of the Prophetes He and the Prince commaundeth the Leuites to praise the Lorde vvith that Psalme that Dauid made for the like purpose He appointed a very solempne keaping and ministring of the Passeouer vvhereunto be exhorteth al the Israelites and to tourne from their Idolatrye and false religion vnto the Lorde God of Israel He made solempne prayer for the people The king vvith comfortable vvoordes encouraged the Leuites that vvere zelous and hadde right iudgement of the Lorde to off●e sacrifices of thankes geuing and to prayse the Lorde the God of their Fathers and assigned the Priestes and Leuites to minister and geue thankes accordinge to their offices in their courses and tournes And for the better continuance of Gods true Religion he caused a sufficient and liberall prouision to bee made from the people for the Priests and Leuits that they might vvholy cheerfully and constantly serue the Lorde in their vocation These doinges of the Kinge Ezechias touching matters of Religion and the reformation thereof saieth the holy ghost vvas his acceptable seruice of the Lord dutiful both to God and his people The 14. Chapter concerning the doinges of Ezechias HEre is nothing brought in by you or before by the Apology as M. Dorman and M. Doctour Harding doe wel answere that forceth the surmised souerainty in King Ezechias but that his powre and authority was ready and seruiceable as it ought to be in al Princes for the executiō of things spiritual before determined and not by him as supreame head newly establisshed So in the place by you cited it is writen that he did that which was good before the Lorde according to all things that Dauid his Father had done So that as Dauid did al such matters because the Prophets of God had so declared they should be done so is Ezechias folowing his Father Dauid vnderstanded to haue done not enactīg any religiō of his own but settīg forthe that which Gods Ministers had published Likewise in your other place according to the Kings and Gods cōmaundemēt So other where he did that which was good ād right before his Lord God and he sowght God with al his harte after the Lawe and commaundemente in al the works of the howse of God And as your selfe shewe he appointed the Leuits according as Dauid had disposed the order And you adde by the councel of the Prophetes as though Dauid had firste done it by the aduise or counsell only of the Prophetes and by his owne authoritie But the Scripture saith Ezechias did thus according as Dauid had disposed because it was the commaundement of God by the hande of his Prophetes So that in al that Ezechias or before Iosaphat did they did but as Dauid had don before That is they executed Gods commaundement declared by the Prophetes This is farre from enactinge a newe Religion by force of Supreme Authoritie contrarie to the commaundement of God declared by the Bisshops and Priestes the onely Ministers of God now in spirituall matters as Prophetes were then in the like M. Horne The .17 Diuision pag. 11 a. Iosias had the like care for religion and vsed in the same sort his princely authority in reforming al abuses 48 in al maner causes Ecclesiastical These Godly Kings claimed and toke vpon them the supreme gouernment ouer the Ecclesiasticall persons of all degrees and did rule gouerne and direct them in all their functions and .49 in all manner causes belonging to Religion and receiued thu witnes of their doings to witte that they did acceptable seruice and nothing but that which was right in Gods sight Therefore it follovveth well by good consequent that Kings or Queenes may claime and take vpon them such gouernment in things or causes Ecclesiasticall For that is right saith the holy Ghost they should than doe vvrong if they did it not The .15 Chapter of the doings of Iosias with a conclusion of all the former examples Stapleton KING Iosias trauailed ful godly in suppressing Idolatrie by his Kingly authority What then So doe good Catholike Princes also to plucke doune the Idols that ye and your brethrē haue of late sette vppe and yet none of them take them selues for supreme heads in all causes Spirituall And ye haue hitherto brought nothing effectuall to proue that the Kings of Israell did so wherefore your conclusion that they did rule gouerne and direct the Ecclesiasticall persons in all their functions and in all maner causes of religion is an open and a notorious lye and the contrarye is by vs auouched and sufficiently proued by the authority of the old Testament wherevppon ye haue hitherto rested and setled your selfe But now that ye in all your exāples drawe nothing nigh the marke but runne at rādon and shoot al at rouers is most euident to him that hath before his eye the verye state of the question whiche must be especially euer regarded of such as minde not to loosly and altogether vnfruitfully imploye their laboure and loose
both their owne and their Readers labour I pray you then good M. Horne bring foorth that King that did not agnise one supreme head and chiefe iudge in all causes Ecclesiasticall among the Iewes I meane the high Priest wherein lieth all our chiefe question Ye haue not yet done it nor neuer shal doe it And if ye could shew any it were not worth the shewing For ye should not shewe it in any good King as being an open breache of Gods lawe geauen to him by Moyses as these your doings are an open breach of Christ and his churches lawe geuen to vs in the new Testament Againe what president haue ye shewed of anye good King among the Iewes that with his laitie altered and abandoned the vsuall religion a thousande yeares and vpward customablie from age to age receiued and embraced and that the High Priest and the whole Clergie resisting and gainsaiyng all such alterations If ye haue not shewed this ye haue straied farre from the marke What euidence haue ye brought forth to shewe that in the olde Law any King exacted of the Clergie in verbo sacerdotij that they shuld make none Ecclesiastical law without his consent as King Henrie did of the Clergie of England And so to make the Ciuil Magistrate the Supreame iudge for the finall determination of causes Ecclesiasticall What can ye bring forth out of the olde Testamente to aide and relieue your doinges who haue abandoned not onely the Pope but Generall Councels also and that by plaine acte of Parliament I saye this partlye for a certaine clause of the Acte of Parliament that for the determination of anye thinge to be adiudged to be heresie reasteth only in the authoritie of the Canonicall Scriptures and in the first foure General Councels and other Councels general wherin any thing is declared heresie by expresse wordes of scripture By whiche rule it will be hard to conuince many froward obstinate heretikes to be heretikes yea of such as euen by the saied fower first and many other Councels general are condemned for heretikes Partly and most of al I saye it for an other clause in the acte of Parliament enacting that no forraigne Prince Spirituall or temporal shall haue any authoritie or Superioritie in this realme in any Spirituall cause And then I pray you if any Generall Councell be made to reforme our misbelief if we wil not receiue it who shall force vs And so ye see we be at libertie to receiue or not receiue any general Councel And yet might the Pope reforme vs wel inough for any thing before rehersed for the Popes authority ecclesiastical is no more forraigne to this realme then the Catholike faith is forraigne sauing that he is by expresse wordes of the statute otherwise excluded Now what can ye shewe that mere laie men should enioye ecclesiastical liuings as vsually they doe among you What good inductiō can ye bring from the doinges of the Kinges of the olde Lawe to iustifie that Princes nowe may make Bishoppes by letters patents and that for suche and so long time as should please them as either for terme of yeares moneths weekes or daies What good motiue cā ye gather by their regiment that they did visit Bishops and Priestes and by their lawes restrained them to exercise any iurisdiction ouer their flockes to visite their flocks to refourme them to order or correcte them without their especiall authoritie and commission therevnto Yea to restraine them by an inhibition from preaching whiche ye confesse to be the peculiar function of the Clergie exempted from all superioritie of the Prince What Thinke ye that yee can perswade vs also that Bishops and Priestes paied their first fruits and tenthes to their Princes yea and that both in one yeare as they did for a while in Kinge Henrie his dayes Verelye Ioseph would not suffer the very heathen Priestes which onely had the bare names of Priests to paye either tithes or fines to Pharao their Prince Yea rather he found them in time of famine vpon the common store Are ye able suppose ye to name vs any one King that wrote him selfe Supreame head of the Iewish Church and that in all causes as well Spirituall as Temporall and that caused an Othe to the Priestes and people the Nobilitie onelye exempted to be tendred that they in conscience did so beleue and that in a woman Prince too yea and that vnder paine of premunire and plaine treason too O M. Horne your manifolde vntruthes are disciphired and vnbuckled ye are espied ye are espied I say well enough that ye come not by a thousande yardes and more nigh the marke Your bowe is to weake your armes to feable to shoot with any your cōmendation at this marke yea if ye were as good an archer as were that famous Robin Hood or Litle Iohn Wel shift your bowe or at the least wise your string Let the olde Testament goe and procede to your other proufes wherein we will nowe see if ye can shoote any streighter For hitherto ye haue shotten al awrye and as a man may saye like a blinde man See now to your selfe from henseforth that ye open your eies and that ye haue a good eye and a good aime to the marke we haue set before you If not be ye assured we wil make no curtesie eftsones to put you in remembrance For hitherto ye haue nothing proued that Princes ought which ye promised to proue or that they may take vppon them such gouernment as I haue laid before you and such as ye must in euery parte iustifie if either ye will M. Fekenham shal take the Othe or that ye entende to proue your selfe a true man of your worde M. Horne The .18 Diuision pag. 11. b. You suppose that ye haue escaped the force of all these and such like godly Kings which doe marueilously shake your holde and that they may not be alleaged against you neither any testimonie out of the olde testament for that ye haue restrained the proufe for your contentation to such order of gouernment as Christ hath assigned in the Ghospel to be in the time of the nevv testament wherein you haue sought a subtil shifte For whiles ye seeke to cloke your errour vnder the shadovve of Christes Ghospel ▪ you bevvray your secrete heresies turning your self naked to be sene of al men and your cause notvvithstanding lest in the state it vvas before nothing holpen by this your poore shift of restraint So that vvhere your friendes tooke you before but onely for a Papist novv haue you shevved your selfe to them plainly herein to be a .50 Donatist also VVhen the Donatists troubled the peace of Christes Catholique Church and diuided them selues from the vnity therof as nor● you doe The godlie Fathers trauailed to confute their heresies by the Scriptures both of the olde and nevve testament and also craued aide and assistaunce of the Magistrates and Rulers to refourme them to reduce them
to the vnitie of the Churche and to represse their heresies vvith their authoritie and godlie lavves made for that purpose to vvhome it belonged of duetie and vvhose especial seruice to Christ is to see care and prouide that their subiectes be gouerned defended and mainteined in the true and sincere religion of Christ vvithout al errours superstitions and heresies as S. Augustine proueth at large in his Epistle against Vincentius a Rogatist in his Epistle to Bonifacius and in his booke against Petilian and Gaudentius letters Against this Catholique Doctrine your auncestours the Donatistes arise vp and defend them selues vvith this colour or pretence that they be of the Catholique faith and that their church is the Catholique church VVhich shift for their defence against Gods truth the Popish sectaries doe vse in this our time being .51 no more of the one or of the other then vvere the Donatists and such like of vvhom they learned to couer their horrible heresies vnder the same faire cloke that the secular Princes haue not to meddle in matters of religion or causes Ecclesiastiall That God committed not the teaching of his people to Kings but to Prophetes Christ sent not souldiours but fishers to bring in and further his religion that there is no example of such order found in the Gospell or nevv Testament vvherby it may appeare that to secular Princes it belongeth to haue care in matters of religion And that as it semeth by that S Augustine by preuention obiecteth against them they subtilly refused all proufes or examples auouched out of the Olde testamente as ye craftely doe also in binding me onelie to the Nevv testament vvhich S. Augustine calleth an odious and vvicked guile of the Donatists Let your friends novv vvhome ye vvill seeme to please so much vvhen you beguile them most of all vveigh vvith aduisement vvhat vvas the erronious opinion touching the authoritie of Princes in causes Ecclesiastical of the Donatists as it is here rightly gathered foorth of S. Augustine and let them consider vvisely these foule shiftes they make for their defence And then compare your opinion and guilefull defences thereof to theirs and they must needs clappe you on the backe and saye to you Patrisas if there be any vpright right iudgement in them deming you so like your graundsier Donatus as though he had spitte you out of his ovvne mouth The .16 Chapter declaring in howe many pointes Protestants are Donatists and by the way of M. Foxes Martyrs Stapleton HITHERTO good Reader M. Horne although vntruely yet hath he somwhat orderlike proceeded But in that which followeth vntill we come to the .20 leafe beside moste impudent and shamelesse lyes wherwith he would deface M. Fekenham he prosequuteth his matter so confusely and vnorderly leaping in and out I can not tel howe nor whither that I verely thinke that his wits were not his owne being perchance encombred with some his domestical affaires at home that he could not gather them together or that he the lesse passed what an hodge potche he made of his doings thinking which is like that his fellowes Protestantes woulde take all things in good gree knowing that poore M. Fekenham was shut vp close inough from al answering And thinking that no Catholique els woulde take vppon him to answere to his lewde booke I had thought M. Horne that from the olde Testament ye woulde haue gone to the newe Testament and woulde haue laboured to haue established your matters therby Belike the world goeth very hard with you in that behalfe that ye doe not so sauing that here and there ye iumble in a testimonie or two I can not tell how but howe vnhandsomly and from the purpose yea against your owne selfe that I wot well and ye shall anon heare of it also In the meane while it is worth the labour well to consider the excellent pregnant witte and greate skill of this man who hath in the former Treatise of M. Fekenham espied out which surely the wisest and best learned of all the worlde I trowe beside M. Horne would neuer haue espied such a special grace the man hath geuen him of his maister the Deuill of mere malice ioyned with like follie that M. Fekenham is an Heretike and a Donatist But yet M. Fekenham is somewhat beholding to him that he saith M. Fekenham hath bewrayed his secrete heresies Wherein he saith for the one part most truely For if there be any heresie at all in this matter surmised vppon him as certainly there is none it is so secrete and priuie that Argus himselfe with al his eyes shall neuer espye it no nor M. Horne him selfe let him prie neuer so narrowly whereas on the other side M. Horn and his fellowes and his Maisters Luthers and Caluins heresies are no secrete nor simple heresies but so manifolde and so open that they haue no waye or shift to saue their good name and honestie blotted and blemished for euer without repentance for the obstinate maintenance of the same Where of many were many hūdred yeares since condemned partly by the holy Fathers partly by General Councels You say M. Fekenham hath secrete heresies and that Donatus is his great grandsi● and the Donatists the Catholikes auncetours but how truly you shal vnderstād anon In the meane while good Syr may it please you fauourably to heare you and your maisters honorable pedegre and of their worthy feares and prowes You haue heard of them before perhaps and that by mee But suche things as may edifie the Catholike ād can neuer be answered by the Heretike Decies repetita placebunt Howe say you then to the great heretik Aerius the Arrian that said there was no difference betwene priest and Bisshop betwene him that fasted and that did not faste and that the sacrifice for the deade was fruitlesse How say you to Iouinian that denied virginity to haue any excellencye aboue matrimony or any special rewarde at Gods handes To the Arrians that denied the miracles done at the saintes tōbes to be true miracles and that the martyrs cā not caste out the diuels and relieue thē that be possessed To the Bogomyles that said the deuils sate at the saints tōbes and did wonders there to illude and deceiue the people to cause the people to worship them To Berengarius condemned in diuers councels first for denying of the real presence in the sacrament of the aulter and then for denying the transubstantiatiō To the Paulicians that saied these wordes of Christe Take eate this is my body are not to be vnderstanded of his bodye or the breade and wine vsed at the celebration of our Lordes maundy but of the holy scriptures which the Priests should take at Christes hand and deliuer and distribute to the people To Claudius and Vigilantius that denied the inuocation of Saintes and inueyed against the blessed reliques and the vse of Lights and other ceremonies in the Church To the Massalians and other heretiks
is not Luther the same man to yow that Donatus was to them doth not one of your greatest clerks there with you now write that Wyclyff begatte Husse Husse begotte Luther and thē addeth a shameful blasphemous note this is the seconde Natiuitye of Christe The Donatists being charged and pressed by the Catholiks to shewe the beginning and continuance of their doctrine and the ordinary successiō of their Bisshops were so encombred that they could neuer make any conueniente answer And are not ye I pray you with your felowes protestāt bishops fast in the same myre If not answer then to my thirde demaunde in the Fortresse annexed to S. Bede The Donatists fynding faulte with Constantine Theodosius and other Catholik princes ranne for succour to Iulianus the renegate and highly commended him And doth not M. Iewel I pray you take for his president against the Popes primacy Constantius the Arrian against Images Philippicus Leo Cōstantinus and such like detestable heretiks by general councels condemned Do not your self play the like parte in the Emperour Emanuel as ye cal him and in other as we shal hereafter declare Now who are I pray you Donatists for the defacing and ouerthrowing of Aulters for vilaining the holy Chrisme and the holy Sacrament of the aulter Which they cast vnto dogs which straitwaies by the ordinance of God fell vpon them and being therin Gods ministers made them fele the smart of their impietie It were a tragical narration to open the great and incredible crueltie that the Donatists vsed toward the Catholiks and especially their horrible rauishment of religious Nonnes And yet were they nothing so outragious as your Hugonots haue bene of late in France and the beggarly Guets here in Flandres namely about Tournaye The Donatists said of the Catholiks Illi portant multorū Imperatorum sacra Nos sola portamus euangelia They bring vs many of the Emperours letters we bring the only ghospels And is not this the voyce of all Protestantes whatsoeuer Only Scripture only the gospel only the word of God And for the first parte what is more common in the mouthes of the Germayn Lutherans of the French Caluinistes and now of the flemmish Guets then this complaint that we presse them with the Emperours Diets with the Kings proclamations and with the Princes placarts To the which they obey as much as the Donatists when they haue power to resiste Wel we wil nowe leaue of al other conference and cōparisons and tarry a litle in one more The Donatists though they were most wicked Murtherers of others and of them selues also killing them selues moste wretchedly without any other outward violence don to them yet were they takē of their confederats for Martyrs Of whome thus writeth S. Augustin Viuebant vt Latrones moriebantur vt Circumcelliones honorabantur vt Martyres They liued like robbers by the high way they died like Circumcellions meaning thei slew them selues they were honored as Martyrs And now where lerned M. Foxe the trade to make his holy canonisation in his deuelish dirty donghil of his fowle heretical ād trayterous Martyrs but of those ād such like scholemaisters As of the Montanists that worshipped one Alexander for a worshipful martyr thowgh he suffred for no matter of religiō but for myscheuous murther And of the Maniches that kepte the day wherein their maister Manes was put to death more solemply then Easter day Haue ye not thē in M. Foxe Sir Iohn Oldcastle and Syr Roger Acton canonised for holy martyrs though they died for high treason yea their names al to be painted dasshed ād florished in the kalender with read letters I thinke because we shoulde kepe their daye a double feaste Whose and their confederates condemnation for conspiringe againste the Kinge the nobilitye and their countreye appereth aswell by acte of parliament then made as by the full testimony of all our English Cronicles Is not dame Elleanour Cobhā a stowte confessour in this madde martyrloge whose banishment was not for religion but for conspiringe King Henry the sixts death by wytchrafte and sorcery by the help and assistance of M. Roger Bolinbroke and Margaret Iordeman commonly called the Witche of Aey The which two were openly executed for the same But nowe is it worth the hearing to know how handsomly M. Foxe hath conceyued his matters wherein he plaieth in dede the wily Foxe and springleth with his false wily tayle his fylthy stale not into the doggs but into his readers eies And as the Foxe as some hūters say when he is sore driuen wil craftely mount from the earth and kepe himself a while vpon the eather of a hedge only to cause the howndes that drawe after him to leese the sente of the tracte euen so for all the worlde hath our Foxe plaied with his reader But I trust I shal trace him and smel him out wel inoughe First then though M. Foxes authority be very large and ample in this his canonisation and such as neuer any Pope durste take vpon him yea and though he hath authority to make martyrs yet I dowbte whether he hath authority to make Knights to for this Sir Roger Onley is neither a Sir but of M. Foxes making nor Onley neither But M. Roger Bolinbroke only put to death for the treason before specified as not onely his owne authours Fabian and Harding whome he doth alleage for the story of Dame Elleanour but al other also doe testifie Truthe it is that Harding writing in English meeter and speaking of this M. Bolinbroke endeth one of his staues with this worde Only which is there to signifie no name but to better and sweate the meeter and is as much to say as chiefly and principally meaning that Maister Roger was the principal worker in this nigromancy The meeters of Harding are these He waxed then strange eche day vnto the King For cause she was foreiudged for sorcery For enchantments that she was in working Against the Church and the King cursedly By helpe of one M. Roger only Whiche last woorde some ignorant or Protestant Printer hath made Oonly And then hath M. Fox added a Syr and a Martyr too and adorned him with no common inke to set foorth and beutify his Martyr withal And so of M. Roger Bolinbroke sorcerer and traitour by a cunning Metamorphosis he hath made Syr Roger Onlye Knight and Martyr Wel wil ye yet see further the craftie dubling of a Fox walking on the eather of the hedge Consider then that for Margaret Iordaman that notable witch least if he had named her and M. Bolinbroke by their own names he had marred al the rost he placeth an other woman that by his owne rule died fortie yeares after And yet can he not hit vpon her name neither but is faine to call her in steed of Ione Bowghton the mother of the Ladie Yong who in deed is one of his stinking hereticall and foolish Martyrs For she craked ful
put in practise whē this of .71 Psalm should be fulfilled and al the kings of the earth shal worship Christ and all nations shall serue him c. As yet in the Apostles time this prophecy saith he was not fulfilled and now ye Kings vnderstand be learned ye that iudge the earth and serue the Lorde in feare with reuerence VVhen the Christian Emperours and Princes saith this Catholique Father shal heare that Nabuchodonozor after he had seene the marueilouse power of almighty God in sauing the three yong men from the violence of the fire walking therin without hurte was so astonied at the miracle that he him selfe beinge before this but a cruell Idolatour beganne forthwith vpon this wonderous sight to vnderstand and serue the Lorde with reuerent feare Doo not they vnderstande that th●●e thinges are therefore writen and recited in the Christian assemblies that these should be exāples to themselues of faith in God to the furtherance of Religion These Christian rulers therefore minding according to the admonition of the Psalme to vnderstand to be learned and to serue the Lord with reuerent feare do very attentiuely giue eare and marke what Nabuchodonozor after said for he saieth the Prophet made a decree or statute for al the people that were vnder his obeissāce that who so euer should after the publicatiō therof speak any blasphemy against the almighty they should suffer death ād their goods be cōfiscate Now if the Christian Emperours ād Kings do know that Nabuchodonozor made this decree agaīst the blasphemers of God surely they cast in their mīdes what they are boūde to decree in their kīgdoms to wit that the self same God and his Sacramēts be not lightly set by and cōtemned Thus farre S. Augustin By vvhose iudgement being also the iudgement of the catholik Church it is manifest that the order rule and gouernment in Ecclesiastical causes practised by the Kinges of the olde Testament being figures and prophecies of the lyke gouernment and seruice to be in the Kinges vnder the nevv Testament is the order of gouernment that Christ left behinde him in the Ghospel and nevv Testament and so directly confuteth your .52 erroneous opinion Stapleton Lo nowe haue we moe testimonies of S. Augustine to proue that for the which he hath alleaged many things out of S. Augustin alredy and the which no man denieth For what els proueth al this out of S. Augustine both now and before alleaged but that Christen Princes ought to make lawes and cōstitutions euen as M. Horne him self expoundeth it fol. 12. b. for the furtherance of Christes Religion This thing no Catholike denieth And for my parte M. Horne that you may not thinke I haue now ben first so aduised vppon sight of your booke I haue forced that argument with many Exāples of Godly Emperours and Princes in my dedicatory Epistle to the Quenes Maiesty before the translated history of venerable Bede Briefly al S. Augustins words force nothing els but that Christē Princes may make lawes to punish heretikes for that in dede was the very occasion why S. Augustin wrote al this and ought to fortifie the decrees of the Priests with the executiō of the secular power when obstinat heretickes wil not otherwise obey Thus it serueth our turne very wel But nowe that Maister Horne may not vtterly leese all his labour herein lette vs see howe these matters doe truely and trimly serue against his deare brethern and M. Foxes holy Martyrs to We saye with S. Augustin that Princes may punishe wicked deprauers of religion And we further say that ye are those We say with saint Augustine that Christian Princes may make a decree yea of death as did Nabuchodonosor against the blasphemers of God and carefully prouide that God and his sacramēts be not lightly cōtēned We say ye are as great blasphemers as euer Christes Church had we say ye be they that haue contēned Christes Sacramentes making of seuē two and vsing those two after such sorte that the olde prouerbe may the more pitye in a maner take place as good neuer a whit as neuer the better We say further that not onely the generall Councell of Trente but that the whole Churche hath condemned your opinions by general and national Councelles manye hundred yeares synce And that Christian Emperours Christian Princes as well in other countries as in Englande especiallye the noble and worthye Kinge Henrye the fyfte haue made many sharpe lawes yea of death against heresies We do not nor neuer did disalowe these their doinges as repugnante either to the olde or new Testamente Why then cal you for this respecte the Catholykes Popishe Donatistes But will ye know Maister Horne who be in this point in very dede the Doltishe Deuelishe Donatists Hearken on well and ye shall heare The Donatistes as S. Augustyne reporteth sayde It was free to belieue or not to belieue and that faith shoulde not be forced Was not this I pray you the cōmō song of the Luterans in Germany and Englande at their beginning Was not this your Apostles Luthers opinion that no man should be compelled to the faith And as there are many dissensions diuisions schismes betwixte you the Sacramentaries and the Lutherans so are you diuided also in this pointe For your M. Caluin writeth that a mā may laufully and by Gods law be put to death for heresie as he practised himself also burning Seruetus the Arrian at Geneua But al Luthers schollers in Germany are not so forward Yea some of your holy martyrs auouche that the King cā make no law to punish any maner of crime by death ād that al such lawes are contrary to the Gospel This was the opiniō of Sir Thomas Hytton priest and yet is he a blessed martyr in M. Foxe his holy Kalēder ād we must kepe his feast the x. of March by M. Foxe Yet in a book of praiers set foorth by the brotherhod anon vpon his death he is appointed to the .23 of February and so either M. Foxe or they misse the marke Except the one day be of his Martyrdom and the other of his Translatiō And whereas M. Fox saith that there remaineth nothing of the saide Sir Thomas in writinge but onely his name which is a lye and more to by a syllable and that I heare saye he is busye to sette forthe a freshe in printe yet ons againe his huge monstruous martyrloge I wil doe so much for him as minister him plenty of good stuffe I warrante you to set forthe and adorne at his next edition this worthy chāpiō withal I do therfore remit M. Foxe to Sir Thomas Mores books There lo is matter inough for M. Fox ād to much to for euē by your own cōfessiō he is no secret but an opē dānable heretik ād a Donatist ād so I trowe no martyr but yet good inowgh ād as good as the residew of this worthy Kalēder But now hath M. Foxe a
far greater busines in hande for he must scrape out S. Iohn Oldcastel knight being not onely a traytour but a detestable Donatiste also Nowe al the weight resteth to proue this substancially to you and to M. Foxe and to stoppe al your frowarde quarrelings and accustomable elusions agaīst our proufes Wel I wil bringe you as I thinke a substancial and and an ineuitable proufe that is M. Foxe him selfe and no worse man For lo thus he writethe of this worthy champion and that euen in his owne huge martyrologe who doubteth but to the great exalting and amplification of his noble work and of his noble holy Martyr The tenth article saieth M. Foxe that manslawghter either by warre or by any pretended law of Iustice for any tēporal cause or spiritual reuelation is expressely contrary to the new Testament which is the law of graceful of mercy This worthy article with a .11 other of lyke sewte and sorte in a booke of reformatiō beilke very lyke to Captayn Keets tree of reformatiō in Norfolke was exhibited in open parliament yf we belieue M. Foxe Nowe you see M. Horn where and vpō whome ye may truely vtter ād bestowe al this nedelesse treatise of yours against M. Fekenhā And therefore we may now procede to the remnāte of your book sauīg that this in no wise must be ouerhipped that euē by your own words here ye purge M. Fekenhā from this cryme ye layde vnto him euen now for refusing proufes taken out of the olde testamente For yf as ye say the order and gouernment that Christ lefte behinde in the Gospel and new testament is the order rule and gouernmēt in Ecclesiastical causes practised by the Kings of the olde Testament then wil it follow that M. Fekenham yelding to the gouernment of the new doth not exclude but rather comprehende the gouernment of the olde Testament also both being especially as ye say alone M. Horne The 20. Diuision Pag. 14. a. Novv I vvil conclude on this sorte that vvhich I affirmed namely that Kings and Princes ought to take vpō thē gouernmēt in Ecclesiastical causes VVhat gouernement orde and dutifulnes so euer belonging to any God hath figured and promised before hande by his Prophetes in the holy Scriptures of the old Testamēt to be performed by Christ ād those of his kingdome that is the gouernmēt order ād dutifulnes set forth ād required in the Gospel or nevv testamēt But that faithful Emperours Kings and Rulers ought of duty as belonging to their office to claime and take vppon them the gouernement authority povver care and seruice of God their Lorde in matters of Religion or causes Ecclesiastical vvas an order and dutifulnes for them prefigured and fore promised of God by his Prophets in the Scriptures of the olde Testament as .53 S. Augustine hath sufficiently vvitnessed Ergo. Christian Emperours Kings and Rulers ovve of duty as belonging to their office to clayme and take vpon them the gouernment authority povver care and seruice of their Lord in matters of Religion or Spiritual or Ecclesiastical causes is the gouernment order and dutifulnes sette foorth and required in the Gospel or nevv Testament This that hath been already said might satisfie any man that erreth of simple ignoraunce But for that your vvilfulnes is suche that you .54 delight only in vvrangling against the truthe appeare it to you neuer so plaine and that no vveight of good proufes can presse you you are so slippery I vvil loade you vvith heapes euē of such proufes as ye vvil seeme desirous to haue The holy Ghost describīg by the Prophet Esay vvhat shal be the state of Christs Church in the time of the nevv testamēt yea novv in these our daie for this our time is the time that the Prophet speaketh of as S. Paul vvitnesseth to the Corinthiās addeth many comfortable promises and amongest other maketh this to Christes Catholike Churche to vvitte Kings shal be Nourishing Fathers and Quenes shal be thy nources Nourishing Fathers saith the glose enterlined In lacte verbi In the mylke of the word meaning Gods vvorde Lyra addeth This prophecy is manifestly fulfilled in many Kinges and Quenes who receiuing the Catholike Faith did feede the poore faithful ones c. And this reuerence to be done by Kings saith Lyra was fulfilled in the time of Constātine and other Christian Kings Certainly Constātin the Emperour shevved himself to vnderstand his ovvn duety of nourishing Christes Church appointed by God in his Prophecy for he like a good tender and faithfull Nource father did keep defend maintein vphold and feed the poore faithful ones of Christ he bare thē being as it vvere almost vveried and forhayed vvith the great persecutions of Goddes enemies and maruelously shaken vvith the controuersies and contentions amongest themselues euen as a nource Father in his ovvn bosome he procured that they should be fedde vvith the svveete milke of Gods vvorde Yea he him selfe with his publike proclamations did exhorte and allure his subiectes to the Christian Faith As Eusebius doth reporte in many places vvriting the life of Constātine He caused the Idolatrous religion to be suppressed and vtterly banished and the true knowledge and Religion of Christ to be brought in and planted amōg his people He made many holsome lawes and Godly cōstitutions wherewith he restrayned the people with threates forbiddinge them the Sacrificing to Idols to seeke after the Deuelish ād superstitious soth saiyngs to set vp 55. Images that they shoulde not make any priuie Sacrifices and to be brief he refourmed al maner of abuses about Gods seruice ād prouided that the Church should be fedde with Gods worde Yea his diligent care in furthering and setting foorth the true knovvledge of Christe vvherevvith he fedde the people vvas so vvatcheful that Eusebius doth affirme him to be appointed of God as it vvere the common or Vniuersal Bishop And so Constantine tooke himself to be and therefore said to the Bisshoppes assembled together vvith him at a feast that God had appointed him to be a Bishoppe But of this moste honorable Bishop and nourshing father more shal be saide hereafter as of other also such like The .17 Chapter opening the weakenesse of M. Hornes Conclusion and of other his proufes out of holy Scripture Stapleton NOw ye may conclude that there is some regiment that Princes may take vpon thē in causes ecclesiastical but if ye meane of such regimēt as ye pretend you make your recknyng without your hoste as a man may say and conclude before ye haue brought forth any prouf that they ought or may take vpon them such gouernment For though I graūt you al your examples ye haue alleaged and that the doings of the olde Testament were figures of the new and the saying of Esaye that Kings shoulde be Nowrishinge Fathers to the Church and al things else that ye here alleage yet al wil not reache home no
not Constantines the great his example Who being an Ethnike became a Christian and to the vttermost of his power set forth Christes religion in al the Empire what then your conclusion of supreame regiment wil not necessarily folow thereof And when Eusebius calleth him as it were a common or vniuersal bishop I suppose ye meane not that he was a bisshop in dede For your self cōfesse that princes and Bisshops offices are far distincted and disseuered and that the one ought not to break in to the office of the other And if ye did so meane Eusebius himself would sone confounde yow if ye reherse Constantines whole sentence that he spake to the Bisshopes For thus he saith to the bisshops Vos quidem eorum quae intus sunt in Ecclesia agenda ego verò eorum quae extra sunt Episcopus à Deo sum constitutus You are bisshops saith he of those things that are to be don within the Churche I am bisshop of outwarde thinges Which answere of his may satisfie any reasonable man for all that ye bring in here of Constantine or al that ye shall afterward bring in which declareth him no supreme iudge or chief determinour of causes Ecclesiastical but rather the contrary and that he was the ouerseer in ciuile matters And the most that may be enferred therof is that he had the procuration and execution of Church maters which I am assured al Catholiks wil graūt But now whereas ye charge M. Fekenham partly with subtil partly with fowle shiftes this is in you surely no subtyle but a blonte and a fowle shamelesse shifte to shifte the Idols into the Image of Christe and his saints and whereas Constantine put doune the paynims Idols to make the simple belieue that the reformation which he made was such as your reformation or rather deformation is For to leaue other things to say that Constantine forbadde to set vp Images is an open and a shamelesse lye for he set vp the Crosse of Christe that is so owtragiously and blasphemously vylayned by you euery where in the steade of the idolles he decked and adorned the Churches euery where with holy Images the remembraunce of Christes incarnation and for the worship of his saints therby to sette forth the truth and the worship of God and to conuert al nations from Idolatrie and deuelishe deceite M. Horne The Diuision 21. Pag. 15. Our sauiour Christ meante not to forbidde or destroy touchinge the rule seruice and chardge of Princes in Church causes that vvhich vvas figured in the lavve or prophecied by the Prophetes For he came to fulfil or accomplish the lavve and the Prophetes by remouing the shadovve and figure and establishing the body and substance to be seene and to appere clearly vvithout any mist or darke couer yea as the povver and authoritie of Princes vvas appointed in the Lavv and Prophets as it is proued to stretch it selfe not only to ciuile causes but also to the ouersight maintenance setting foorth and furtherance of Religion and matters Ecclesiastical Euen so Christ our Sauiour .56 confirmed this their authoritie commaunding all men to attribute and geue vnto Caesar that vvhich belongeth vnto him admonishing notvvithstanding al Princes and people that Caesars authority is not infinit or vvithout limits for such authority belōgeth only to the King of al Kings ▪ but bounded and circumscribed vvithin the boundes assigned in Gods vvorde and so vvill I my vvorde to be vnderstanded vvhen so euer I speake of the povver of Princes Stapleton M. Horne goeth yet nedelessely foreward to proue that Christ did not destroy the rule of Princes in Churche causes figured in the olde Lawe and now at length catcheth he one testimonie out of the new Testament to proue his saiyng which is Geue vnto Caesar that belongeth vnto him Which place nothing at al serueth his turne but rather destroyeth I will not say any figure of the old Testament but M. Hornes foolish figuratiue Diuinitie For it is so farre of that of this place M. Horne may make any ground for the Ecclesiasticall authoritye of Princes that it doth not as much as inferre that we ought to pay so much as tribute to our Princes but only that we may paie it For the question was framed of the captious Iewes not whether they ought but whether they might lawfully paie any tribute to Caesar. Whiche was then an externall and an infidell Prince For if M. Horne will say those woordes importe a precise necessitie he shall haue muche a doe to excuse the Italians Frenchmen Spaniardes and our Nation which many hundred yeares haue paid no tribute to Caesar. But I pray you M. Horne why haue you defalked and curtailed Christes aunswere Why haue you not set forth his whole and entier sentence Geue to Caesar that belongeth to Caesar and to God that belongeth to God which later clause I am assured doth much more take away a supreme regiment in al causes Ecclesiastical then necessarily by force of any wordes binde vs to paie yea any tribute to our Prince And wil ye see how it happeneth that Hosius a great learned and a godly Bishoppe of Spaine as M. Horne him selfe calleth him euen by this verye place proueth against the Emperour Constantius and telleth it him to his face that he had nothing to doe with matters Ecclesiasticall Whose woordes we shall haue an occasion hereafter to rehearse Yea S. Ambrose also vseth the same authoritie to represse the like vsurped authoritie of Valentinian the yonger This ill happe hath M. Horne euen with his first authoritie of the new Testament extraordinarie and impertinentlie I can not tell howe chopped in to cause the leaues of his boke and his lies to make the more mouster and shew But nowe whereas this place serueth nothing for any authoritie Ecclesiasticall in the Prince and least of all for his preeminent and peerlesse authoritie in all causes Ecclesiasticall as M. Horne fansieth Yet least any man being borne doune with the great weight of so mightie a proufe should thinke the Princes power infinite M. Horne to amende this inconuenience of his greate gentlenes thought good to preuent this mischief and to admonish the Reader therof and that his meaning is not by this place to geaue him an infinite authoritie or without limites but such onely as is bounded and circumscribed within the boundes of Gods worde and least ye should mistake him he would himself so to be vnderstanded Which is for al this solemnitie but a foolish and a friuolous admonitiō without any cause or groūd ād groūded only vpō M. Horns fantistical imaginatiō and not vpon Christ as he surmiseth Who willeth that to be geauen to Caesar that is Caesars and to God that is Gods but determineth and expresseth nothing that is to be geuen to Caesar but only paiement of money And yet if we consider as I haue saied what was the question demaunded it doth not determine that neither
Apostles Stapleton HERE is nothinge M. Horne that importeth youre surmised Supremacye The effecte of your processe is Princes haue authoritie to mainteine praise and further the vertues of the first table and to suppresse the contrary wherein onely cōsisteth the true Religiō and spiritual Seruice that is due frō mā to God And that he hath authority herein not only in the vertues or vices bidden or forbiddē in the second table of Gods cōmaundements wherin are conteined the dueties one man oweth to an other This is graūted M. Horn both of the Catholiks and of the soberer sort of Protestants for Carolostadius Pelargus Struthius with the whole rable of th' Anabaptists deny it that Princes haue authority both to further the obseruation and to punish the breach of Gods cōmaundements as wel in the first table as in the second that is as well in such actions as concerne our dutie to God him self as in the dutie of one man to an other But al this is as not onely the Catholike writers but Melāchthon him self and Caluin do expoūd quod ad externam disciplinam attinet as much as apperteineth to external discipline and the Magistrate is the keper and defender of both tables saith Melanchthon but againe he addeth quod ad externos mores attinet as muche as belongeth to external maners behauiour and demeanour For in the first table are cōteined many offences and breaches of the which the Prince can not iudge and much lesse are by him punishable As are all suche crimes whiche proprely belong to the Court of Conscience To wit misbelief in God mistrust in his mercy contempt of his commaundements presumption of our selues incredulitie and such like which al are offences against the first table that is against the loue we owe to God Cōtrarywise true belief confidence in God the feare of God and such like are the vertues of the first table And of these Melanchthon truely saith Haec sunt vera opera primae tabulae These are the true workes of the first table The punishing correcting or iudging of these appertaine nothing to the authority of the Prince or to any his lawes but only are iudged corrected and punished by the spiritual sworde of excommunication of binding of sinnes and embarring the vse of the holy Sacraments by the order and authoritie of the Priest only and spiritual Magistrate Which thing is euident not only by the confession doctrine and continuall practise of the Catholique Churche but also by the very writinges of such as haue departed out of the Churche and will seeme most to extolle the authoritie of Princes yea of your selfe M. Horne as we shall see hereafter Againe whereas the chiefe vertue of the first table is to beleue in God to knowe him and to haue the true faithe of him and in him in externall regimente as to punishe open blasphemy to make lawes against heretiques to honour and mainteine the true seruice of God Princes especially Christians ought to further aide and mainteine the same But to iudge of it and to determine whiche is the true faith in God how and after what maner he ought to be serued what doctrine ought to be published in that behalfe the Prince hath no authoritie or power at all Therefore Melanchthō who in his Cōmon places wil haue Princes to looke vnto the true doctrine to correct the Churches when Bishops faile of their duetie yea and to consider the doctrine it selfe yet afterward he so writeth of this matter that either he recanteth as better aduised or els writeth plaine contrary to him selfe For thus he saieth of the Ciuile Magistrates Non condant dogmata in Ecclesia nec instituant cultus vt fecit Nabuchodonozor Et recens in scripto cui titulus est Interim potestas politica extra metas egressa est Sicut Imperatori Constātio dixit Episcopus Leōtius 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nō sunt cōfundēdae functiones c. Let thē make no doctrines in the Church neither appoint any worshipping of God as did Nabuchodonosor And euen of late in that writing which is entituled the Interim the Ciuile power hath passed her bounds and limites As ones Bishop Leontius said to Constantius the Emperour Thou being set to gouerne in one matter takest vpon thee an other matter The functions of both magistrates are not to be confounded In these woordes you see M. Horne Melanchthon taketh away all authoritie from Princes in iudging or determining of doctrine and wil not haue the functions of both Magistrates Spiritual and temporal to be confounded Yea M. Nowel himselfe with a great stomach biddeth vs shew where they deny that godly and learned Priestes might according to Gods woorde iudge of the sincerity of doctrine As though when the Prince and his successours are made supreme gouernours without any limitation it fal not often out that the bisshop be he neuer so lerned or godly shall not ones be admitted to iudge of true doctrine except the doctrine please the Prince As though there had not ben a statute made declaring and enacting the Quenes Ma. yea and her highnes successours without exception or limitation of godly and vngodly and yet I trowe no bisshops to be the Supreme Gouernour in all thinges and causes as well spiritual as temporal As though you M. Horne had not writen that in bothe the tables the Prince hath authority to erect and correct to farther and restrayne to allow and punishe the vertues and vices thereto appertayning As though the gouernour in al causes is not also a iudge in all causes Or as though it were not commonly so taken and vnderstanded of a thousand in Englande which haue taken that Othe to their g●eat damnation but if they repēt You therefore M. Horne which talke so confusely and generally of the Princes Authority in both tables doe yet say nothing nor proue nothing this general and absolute Authority in al thinges and causes as lustely without exception the Othe expresseth And therefore you bring in dede nothīg to proue your principal purpose to the which al your proufes should be directed Againe where you alleage S. Augustin that the worde Godlynes mētioned in S. Paule to Timothe shoulde meane the true chief or proper worship of God as though Princes hauing charg therof should also haue authority to appoint such worship when yet S. Paule speaketh there of no such or of any authority at al in Princes but onely that by their peasible gouernmēt we might with the more quiet attēd to Gods seruice you doe herein vntruly report S. Augustine or at the leste missetake him For the woorde godlines which S. Augustine will haue so to meane is that which the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods seruice or religiō as himself there expresseth but the word of the Apostle to Timothee is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 godlynes So aptly and truly you alleage your doctors But wil you know M. Horn why
th'Apostles both S. Peter ād S. Paul so earnestly taught at that time obediēce to Prīces This was the cause In the beginnīg of the church som Christiās were of this opiniō that for that they were Christē mē they were exēpted from the lawes of the Infidel Princes and were not bound to pay thē any tribut or otherwise to obey thē To represse and reforme this wrōg iudgmēt of theirs the Apostles Peter and Paule by you named diligētly employed thē selues Whose sayings can not imply your pretensed gouernmēt onlesse yow wil say that Nero the wycked and heathennish Emperour was in his tyme the supreme head of al the church of Christ throughout the empire aswel in causes spiritual as tēporal And yet in tēporal and ciuil matters I graunt you we ought to be subiect not only to Christiās but euē to infidels also being our princes without any exceptiō of Apostle euangeliste prophet priest or monk as ye alleage out of S. Chrysostō As contrary wise the Christian prince him self is for ecclesiastical and spiritual causes subiect to his spiritual ruler Which Chrysostom hīself of al mē doth best declare Alij sunt termini c. The bounds of a kingdome and of priesthood saith Chrysostō are not al one This kingdom passeth the other This king is not knowē by visible things neither hath his estimatiō either for precious stones he glistereth withal or for his gay goldē glistering apparel The other king hath the ordering of those worldly things the authority of priesthod cometh frō heauē what so euer thou shalt bind vpō earth shal be bound in heauē To the king those things that are here in the worlde are cōmitted but to me celestial things are cōmitted whē I say to me I vnderstāde to a priest And anon after he saith Regi corpora c. The bodies are cōmitted to the King the sowles to the Priest the King pardoneth the faults of the body the priest pardoneth the faultes of the sowle The Kinge forcethe the priest exhorteth the one by necessity the other by giuing counsel the one hath visible armour the other spiritual He warreth against the barbarous I war against the Deuil This principality is the greater And therfore the King doth put his head vnder the priestes hands and euery where in the old scripture priestes did anoynt the Kings Among al other bokes of the said Chrysostom his book de Sacerdotio is freighted with a nōber of lyke and more notable sentēces for the priests superiority aboue the Prince Now thē M. Horn I frame you such an argumēt The Priest is the Prīces superiour in some causes ecclesiastical Ergo the Prīce is not the Priests superiour in al causes ecclesiastical The Antecedēt is clerly ꝓued out of the words of Chrysost. before alleged Thus. The Priest is superiour to the prīce in remissiō of syns by Chrysostō but remissiō of sins is a cause ecclesiastical or spiritual Ergo the Priest is the Prīces superiour in some cause ecclesiastical or spiritual Which beīg most true what thīg cā you cōclud of al ye haue or shal say to win your purpose or that ye here presently say that the Prince hath the care aswell of the first as of the seconde table of the commaundements and that S. Paule willethe vs to pray for the Princes that we may lyue a peaceable life in godlines ād honesty In the which place he speaketh of the heathennishe princes as appereth by that which foloweth to pray for them that they may be cōuerted to the faith Or of al ye bring in out of S. Augustin either against the Donatists whereof we haue alredy said inough or that Princes must make their power a seruāte to Gods Maiesty to enlarge his worship seruice and religion Nowe as all this frameth full yllfauoredly to conclude your principle so I say that if S. Augustine were aliue he might truely and would say vnto you as he sayd vnto Gaudentius and as your self alleage against your selfe and your bretherne That thing that ye doe is not only not good but it is a great euil to witte to cutte in sonder the vnity and peace of Christ to rebell against the promises of the ghospell or to beare the Christiā armes or badges as in a ciuil warre against the true and the high King of the Christians he would say yf he were aliue vnto you that as the Donatistes did not deny Christ the head but Christ the body that is his Catholike Churche so doe you He would say that as the Donatistes secte was condemned by Constantin Honorius and other Emperours the high Kings of the Christians so are your heresies condemned not only by the Catholik Church but also by the worthy and moste renowned King Henry the fifte and other Kings as wel in England as else where also by the high Kings of the Christiās that is themperours as well of our tyme as many hundred yeares since And therefore ye are they that cutte in sonder the vnity ād peace of Christes Church and rebell against the promises of the Gospel M. Horne The 22. Diuision Pag. 17. a. Chrysostom shevveth this reason vvhy S. Paule doth attribute this title of a minister vvorthely vnto the Kings or ciuil Magistrates because that through fraying of the wicked men and commending the good he prepareth the mindes of many to be made more appliable to the doctrine of the word Eusebius alluding to the sentence of S. Paule vvhere he calleth the ciuill Magistrate Goddes minister and vnderstanding that Ministery of the ciui● Magistrate to be about Religion and Ecclesiastical causes so .61 vvell as Temporal doth cal Constantine the Emperour The great light and most shril preacher or setter foorth of true godlines The one and only God saieth he hath appointed Constantine to be his minister and the teacher of Godlines to al countreis And this same Cōstantin like a faithful and good minister did throughly set foorth this and he did confesse him self manifestly to be the seruaunt and minister of the high King He preached with his imperial decrees or proclamations his God euen to the boundes of the whole worlde Yea Constantine himselfe affirmeth as Eusebius reporteth That by his ministery he did put away and ouerthrowe al the euilles that pressed the worlde meanīg al superstition Idolatry and false Religion In so much saith this Godly Emperour that there withal I both called again mankīde taught by my ministery to the Religion of the most holy Law meaning the vvorde of God and also caused that the most blessed faith should encrease and growe vnder a better gouernour meaning than had beene before for saith he I would not be vnthankeful to neglect namely the best ministery which is the thankes I owe vnto God of duety This most Christian Emperour did rightly consider as he had bene truelye taught of the most Christian Bisshops of that tyme that as the Princes haue in charge the ministery and
almighty God might be kept and mainteined amōgest al Congregations of the Catholique Churche The first Chapter Of Constantine the Greate and of his diuers dealing in matters Ecclesiasticall Stapleton NOW M. Horne beginneth to walke though not more truly yet more orderly then before Now wil he bring inuincible proufs taken frō the Councels General and National from the Emperoures from Kings and finallye from the continuall practise of Christendome In deede he beginneth here with Constantinus the Emperoure and runneth on from Emperour to Emperour with a continuall race euen to the late Maximilian Graundfather and next predecessour to Charles the fift Then haue we about a ten Kings of Spaine and about twelue of Fraūce and as many of England also and that sins the Conqueste with diuers other Kings and Princes yea he hath in his side as he saith Moscouia Graecia Armenia and Aethiopia As for Councels what Generall what Prouinciall he hathe made a great mouster of them and hath them all redy to serue him as he braggeth at the least one halfe hundred Beside all these he is armed and fenced euen with the Popes Canon lawes and with a number of Popes them selues For the residue of his Authors they are in great plentie But I can not tell for what pollicy whereas they driue the Catholiks to six hundred yeares and pinne vppe their proufes within those boundes this man by some speciall prerogatiue by like and for some deepe consideration vnknowen to mee and perchaunce to him self too buildeth moste vpon those that were after the six hundred yeares yea a greate number of them by one six hundred yeares later And with these proufes he cōmeth now continually forth on whole 70. leaues But now alas how shall poore M. Fekenham abide the brunt of such a strong and a mighty force It semeth he must nedes be borne quite ouer And surely so he should be if they could ones hitte him But thanked be God ther is one hūdred miles betwen him ād their strokes And as farre doth M. Horne straggle from the very matter he taketh in hand to proue Wherfore good Reader I pray the haue good eye and regard to the thing that ought to be proued by M. Horne and then shalt thou plainely see that M. Fekenhā is out of al danger of this terrible armye as that commeth nothing nigh to him by many a faire mile Let vs now in Gods name beginne with Constantine who cōmeth first to hād whose doings good Reader by M. Horne here alleaged for thy more ease and for the better vnderstanding of M. Hornes whole drift I wil orderly digest and shortly dispose by certaine Articles The first then is for āswere to this present point that Cōstātine repressed idolatry ād false superstitiō of the Painims but this proueth no principality such as our plat fourme requireth And of this we haue also said somwhat before M. Horne The .29 Diuision fol. 20. a. He did not only abolish al superstitions and false religions vvhich had ben amongst the Gentils but also he repressed .71 by his authority lavves and decrees al such heresies as sprong vp amōgst the Christiās sharply reprouing and correcting the authors or mainteinours of heretical doctrines as the No●atiās Valentinians Paulianes and Cataphrigians as Eusebius saith of him And Theodoretus doth recite a part of an Epistle that Cōstantine vvrote vnto the Nicomedians vvherin the Emperor hath this saying If we haue chast bishops of right opiniō of curteous behauiour we reioice But if any be enflamed rashly and vnaduisedly to cōtinue the memory and cōmendation of those pestilēt Heresies his fool hardy presumptiō shal forthwith be corrected and kept vnder by my correctiō which am Gods minister Constantinus also gaue Iniunctiōs to the chief minister of the churches that thei shuld make special supplicatiō to God for him He enioyneth al his subiects that they should kepe holy certaine daies dedicated to Christ and the Saturday He gaue a lawe vnto the rulers of the Nations that they should celebrate the Sōday in like sort after the appointment of the Emperour And so the daies dedicated to the memory of Martyrs ād other festiual times c. And al such things saith Eusebius were done according to the ordinaunce of the Emperour He commaunded Eusebius the Bishop to dravv certaine Instructions and lessons as it vvere Homilies forth of the holy Scriptures that they might be reade in the Churches VVhich vvas done incontinente according to the Emperours commaundement Stapleton Constantine saith M. Horne by his lawes repressed the Nouatians Valentinians and other heretikes And so woulde he represse you and your heresies too if he were now liuing as no Bishops continuing the memory and commendation of pestilent heresies that I maye truely vse your owne phrase neither for al that should he be any supreme head of the Church If Constantine of his owne authoritie had first of all men the matter of those heretiques standing in controuersie determined the same and pronoūced them as a Iudge to be heretikes then had ye said somwhat to the purpose But now he found them by the Bishops ād the Church declared before he was borne for heretikes So therefore he toke them and so therfore he made sharpe lawes against them So that this place proueth onely Constantine to haue put in executiō the decree of the Bishops and so it serueth very well against you for the Supremacie of the Bishops in such matters As doth the next also for the holy daies ye alleage dedicated to Christ as Sonday and other For these holy daies the Emperour did not first ordeine but they were ordeyned to his hand of the Church before he was Christened Namely the Sōday as it may appere by the Coūcel of Nice it self And he like a good Prince was careful by his Emperial authority to cōfirme the same that the people drawen frō worldly busines to the desire of heauenly things might fruitfully obserue thē So that not ōly the Sōday for the honour of Christes Resurrection but also many other dayes were dedicated to the memory of the Martyrs of whom ye speake before Constantines time as appeareth well by S. Cyprian Tertullian and Origen And thinke ye if Constanstantine were now aliue that he woulde well beare to see the aūciēt Martyrs festiual daies abolished or that his eares would not glow for shame to heare that it were a superstitious thing to pray for al Christen soules his own soule being praied for as sone as he was deade by the good and deuout people which as Eusebius writeth did therein to him an acceptable seruice Also to heare that it were plaine Idolatrie to pray to any Sainte in heauen him selfe building a noble and a sumptuous Church in the honour of the Apostles thinking therby to doe a thing that should be profitable and holsome for his soule Vt precibus quae eo loci ad honorē Apostolorū futurae essent dignus haberetur That he
in al Ecclesiastical causes the supreme rule to Emperours is but a great vntruthe boldly auouched but no maner of way yet proued as hath bene declared nor hereafter to be proued as it shall by Gods grace appeare Againe that he saieth All Churche matters did depende of the Emperours and for witnesse thereof alleageth Socrates is an other no lesse vntruthe also For this prety syllable All is altogether M. Hornes and not Socrates pretely by him shifted in to helpe forwarde a naughty matter The very text alleaged by M. Horne hath not that worde nor speaketh not so generally But it is no rare matter with men of M. Hornes brotherhood to ouerreache their Authours and therefore the lesse to be wondered at though not the lesse to be borne with And to this place of Socrates I haue before answered in my Returne against M. Iewel That which foloweth out of Eusebius proueth M. Hornes purpose neuer a deale Except M. Horne thinke some waight to lye in those words where the Emperour is called a Common or Vniuersall Bis●hop as though we shoulde gather thereby that the Emperour was then as the Pope is nowe and hath allwaies bene Except these woordes helpe M. Hornes primacy nothing is there that wil helpe it reade and consider the place who listeth But as for these woordes what sense they beare no man better then Constantine him selfe by the report of the same Eusebius also can tell vs. Constantin in dede was called of Eusebius as a commō bisshop that is as a common ouerseer by reason of his passing zele and singular diligence in furdering Gods true Religion But that he exercised therein no such supreme gouernement as M. Horne fancyeth neither made him selfe bisshop of bisshoppes but stayed him selfe within the limites and boundes of his owne Iurisdiction it appeareth manifestly by these his woordes spoken to a great number of bisshoppes as Eusebius recordeth it in his own hearing to haue bene said I am also saith the Emperour a bishop 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 But you are bisshoppes or ouerseers of those thinges that are within the Churche But I being by God sette ouer those thinges that are without the Church am also as it were a bisshop or ouerseer Marke wel these words M. Horne Your allegation auoucheth not the Emperor absolutely to be a bisshop but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Appointed of God as a certain cōmō bisshop that is resembling for his great zeale to Gods Church the very office and person of a bisshop But here the Emperour distinctly expresseth the tru● bisshops office and vocation to be different from his own office and calling He confesseth I say expressely that the bisshoppes are appointed of God to be the Rulers ouerseers and directers of those things that are within the Church that is that doe concerne the gouernment of spiritual causes and matters mere ecclesiastical But him selfe he acknowledgeth to be ordayned of God ouer those things that are without the Churche as of wordly and ciuil matters ouer the which he being the Emperour was the supreme gouernour and in that respect he thought he might after a sorte call him self also a bisshop which soundeth an Ouerseer Ruler and Guyder of such things as are to his charge committed And verily after the paterne and example of this Noble first Christian Emperour first I say that opēly professed and defended the same it may wel be thought the words spoken to Christian Princes at their Coronatiō time haue ben cōceiued and vsed The which also that the Reader may see how distinct ād differēt in dede the vocatiōs are of Prīces and Bisshops and yet how in some sorte thei both are bisshops that is Ouerseers of Gods people as Cōstantine professed hī self to be I wil here insert the very words vsually rehersed to Princes at their coronatiō time by the bishops annointing them These are the words Accipe Coronā regni tui quae licet ab indignis episcoporum tamē manibus capiti tuo imponitur In nomine Patris Filij Spiritus Sancti Quam sanctitatis gloriā honorē opus fortitudinis intelligas significare per hanc te participē ministerij nostri non ignores Ita vt sicut nos in interioribus Pastores restoresque animarum intelligimur ita tu contra omnes aduersitates ecclesiae Christi defensor assistas regnique tibi à Deo dati c. Take the Crowne of your kingdom which is put vpon your heade by the handes of bisshops though vnworthy in the name of the Father the Sonne and the Holy Ghost The which Crown you must vnderstand doth signify the glory ād honour of Godlynes and the worke of Fortitude By this also vnderstād that you are partakener of our Ministery So that as we are knowē to be the pastours and gouerners of mens soules in matters internal so you also shoulde assiste as a defendour of the Church of Christ and of the kingdom geuē to you by God against al aduersites You see here M. Horne that as in the words of king Iosaphat in the old law and of Cōstantin the first Christiā Emperour so to this day in the Coronatiō of al Christē Princes there is made a plain distinctiō betwene the Emperours or Princes Office and the Office charge and cōmission of a bisshop cōmissiō I say cōmitted to him not of the Prince but of God And dare you then to cōfound thē Or dare you for shame M. Horne make the world beleue that Cōstantin bore himselfe for a Supreme Gouernour in al causes ecclesiastical or spiritual when he him self in plain woordes confesseth that of spiritual or Ecclesiastical matters the bisshops are of God not of him appointed the Rulers and ouerseers but he hath of God cōmitted vnto him the Charge and rule of those matters that are out of the Church that are in dede no Church matters but matters of policy matters of ciuil gouerment matters of this world and cōcerning this present life only M. Horne The 34. Diuision Pag. 22. a. The Ecclesiastical histories make mention of many Synodes or councelles called or assembled at the appointment and order of this Emperour But the most famous and notable vvas the Nicene Councel about the vvhich consider and marke vvhat vvas the occasion by vvhose authority it vvas summoned and called together and vvhat vvas the doings of the Emperour from the beginning vnto the dissolution thereof and yee shal see plainely as in a Glasse that by the order and practise of the Catholik Church notified in the order of this general Councel the .82 supreme gouernment in Ecclesiastical causes is in the Emperor and and ciuil Magistrates and your 83. opinion condemned by the vniforme agreement of .318 of the most Catholik Bisshops in the vvorlde commending and allovving for most godly vvhat so euer the Emperour did in or about this councel The occasion of this famous and most godly councell vvas the
of the question betwene M. Horne and M. Fekenham here For S. Ambrose wil haue the conference and trial of the faith to appertain to Priests chiefly and onely For these wordes he spake against the yong Valentinian who being seduced in his minoritie as our late Soueraine King Edwarde was would haue the matter of faith to be tried in Palaice before him and his benche as matters of faithe are nowe in the Parliamente concluded Contrarywise M. Horne will haue the supreme iudgement of matters of faith to rest in the Prince and all thinges measured by that rule and square that the Prince prescribeth You see howe the iudgement of the Auncient Fathers accordeth with the opinion of vpstarte Protestants But will you knowe M. Horne what Constantine intendeth in that his exhortation made to the Bisshoppes He findeth fault and worthelye with suche as were faultye for their diuision and dissention in Relligion and doth referre them to holye Scripture that dothe euidentlye instructe vs of Gods minde But wherein your liegerdemaine bursteth out you shufle in of your owne this syllable All. a pretye knacke I promise you to swete your answeare withall It is true that we must measure and discusse our controuersies by Scripture and neuer resolue against Scripture So where there is no plaine Scripture there the Apostolicall traditions the decrees or Generall Councelles the authoritye of the vniuersall Churche make a good plea. And these Nicene Fathers added vnto the common Creede this woorde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 expressinge liuely the vnitie of Christes Diuinitie in one substaunce with the Father though the word appere not in scripture and though the Arrians would neuer receiue or allowe it Eutiches the Archeheretique deniyng that Christ had two natures was wonte to aske of the Catholiques In what scripture lye the two natures To whom Mamas the Catholike Bishop answered where find you Homousion in the Scripture Well saith Eutiches in case it be not in the holy scripture it is foūd in the expositiō of the holy Fathers Thē replied Mamas Euē as Homousiō is not foūd in the scripture but in the Fathers expositiō and interpretatiō So is it with these wordes two natures of Christ which wordes are not in Scripture but in the Fathers Ye may hereby perceiue M. Horne that ye must not sequester and sonder the Scripture from the cōmon allowed exposition of the Fathers nor geue iudgement in all causes by bare scripture only as ye woulde make vs beleue but take the faith and faithfull exposition of the Fathers withal In like sorte obiected the Eunomians against Gregory Nazianzen for the Godhead of the holy Ghost 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 From whence bring you vs foorth this straunge and vnwriten God But Gregory Nazianzen answereth them and you withal M. Horne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The loue of the letter is a cloke to them of their wickednesse Thus you see M. Horne how wel Patrisas and howe like you are to your progenitours and auncetours auncient heretiques Arrians Eutychians and Eunomians Is this the grounde M. Horne that moued you among other Articles proposed to the fellowes of the new Colledge in Oxforde to make this one also vnto the which they shoulde sweare or rather forsweare that out of holy Scripture all controuersies might sufficientlye be conuinced I wish here if I speake not to late to that godly foūdation to the which being though vnworthy a member sometime thereof I ought of duety to wish the best rather to forsake as many God be praised haue done the comfortable benefit of that societie then by absolute subscribing to such a daungerouse Article a snare in dede against many Articles of our Faith to fall to the approuing of your heresies and so to forsake the Catholique societie of all Christendome and of that Churche wherein our Godlye founder Bishope Wicame of famous memorie liued and died Thus muche by the waye To returne to you M. Horne a vehement persequutour of that yong company I tel you again to make your maters more apparāt ye haue slilye shifted in this prety sillable All. The like part hath the Author of your Apologie plaied with S. Hierome turning him to their purpose and yours here against Traditions saying Omnia ea quae absque testimonio scripturarum quasi tradita ab Apostolis asseruntur percutiuntur gladio Dei All things say they which without the testimonies of Scriptures are holden as deliuered frō the Apostles be throughlye smitten doune by the sworde of Gods worde Where to frame the sentence to his and your minde ye haue by like authoritie set in this syllable All also M. Horne The .37 Diuision pag. 24. b. VVhen they had agreed of the chiefe pointes vvherefore they vvere assembled the Emperour him selfe calleth foorth Acesius a Bisshoppe at Constantinople of the Nouatians religion and .94 examineth him openlye touching these Articles vvherevnto the vvhole Councell had agreed and subscribed He vvriteth his letters to the Churche at Alexandria vvhere the controuersie touching the Diuinitie of Christ began declaringe that he him self together vvith the Bysshops in the Coūcel had taken vpon him .95 the searching foorth of the truthe and therefore assureth them that al things vvere diligently examined to auoid all ambiguitie and doubtfulnes vvherfore he exhorteth and vvilleth them all that no man make any doubte or delaies but that cherefully they returne againe into the most true vvaye He vvriteth an other to all Bisshoppes and people vvhere so euer vvherin he commaundeth ▪ that no vv●itinge of Arius or monument conteyninge Arius doctrine be kept openly or secretly but be burnt vnder paine of death After that all the matters vvere conclūded and signed vvith their handes subscription the Emperour dissolueth the Councell and licenseth euery one of them to returne home to his ovvne bisshopricke vvith this exhortation that they continue in vnitie of faith that they preserue peace and concorde amongst them selues that from thence forth they abide no more in contentions and last of all after he had made a long oration vnto them touching these matters he commaundeth them that they make prayer continuallye for him his children and the vvhole Empire Stapleton There is no matter heere greatly to be stayed vppon The matter of Acesius proueth litle your purpose Onlesse perchaunce ye thinke that Constantine examined Acesius of his faith and heard his cause as King Henrie did Lambert the sacramentaries cause sitting vpon him as Supreme head and pronouncing by his Vicegerent Cromwell final sentence against him For the whiche sentence M. Foxe wonderfully reueleth with the King and reuileth him too which discourse if any man be desirous to see I remit him to M. Foxes madde Martyrologe The talke of Constantine with Acesius the Nouatian was onely priuate as both Socrates and Nicephorus doe reporte it Open examination no Writer mentioneth It is Maister Hornes vntruthe His Proclamation that no man should kepe Arius
booke all in fewe words easie to be answered and auoyded For this kind of confirmation is not nor euer was required as though their ordinaunces were voyde and frustrate without it as al that ye now doe haue don or shal doe in your synodes and conuocations without the ratification of the Quenes Maiesty Which thīg for decrees of the Churche ye doe not ye haue not nor euer shal be able to proue But to this ende were the Emperours required to confirme Councels that the willing and towarde people might haue the better lyking in them and be the more allured carefully and exactly to obserue them vpon the good lyking of their prince And withal that the frowarde and malignāte people that make no great accompte of the censures of the Churche because yt doth not presently touche the body or any temporal losse might for feare of ciuil and temporall punishement be brought the soner to keepe and obserue thē And this litle short but so true an answere as ye shal neuer with al your cūning honestly shift it of may suffice to euacuate and emptye a great part of your boke resting in this point But to shew in this place ones for al how emperors haue dealed ād may deale in General Coūcels either for calling them or for confirming them or for their demeanour in them I wil put certayne points or Articles and note thereby what the practise of the Churche hath bene in this behalfe to th entent that the Reader maye knowe what it is that we defende and what had bene your part to haue proued least walking alwaies in generalities we spende words without fruit and bring the cause to no certaine issew And this I professe to take of one of your own special authors M. Horne the Cardinal of Cusa out of whō you alleage afterwarde a longe processe as one that made wholy for you And in very dede he speaketh as much for the Emperour and for his prerogatiue in ordering of generall Councels as he could possibly finde by the continual practise of the Church from Constantines tyme down to his which was to the late Councell of Basil vnder Sigismunde the Emperour in the yere 14.32 The first poīt thē is that Kīgs ād Prīces ought to be careful and diligēt that Synods ād Coūcels may be had as the especial aduocates of the Church and as of greatest power to procure quiet paisible passage to Coūcels abyding there ād returnīg home againe Exāple in an admonitiō of S. Gregory to Theodorike the Frēche King exhorting to see a Synod called in his realme for the repressing of Simony The seconde point is that to such Synods Princes ought to come with all mekenesse reuerence and humility and with gentle exhortations Examples are Riccharedus Sisenādus and Chintillanus Kīgs of Spayne as we shal hereafter more largely declare in certain of the Toletane Councels The third point is that as Kīgs and Prīces for their own prouinces do cal prouincial Synods so the Emperorus for the whole corps of Christēdō do cal General Coūcels Nō ꝙ coactiuè sed exhortatoriè colligere debeat Not that by force or cōstraint but by way of exhortatiō he ought to cal thē Examples are the Councel of Aquileia vnder S. Ambrose the 4. General Councell vnder Pope Leo the sixt vnder Agatho the 7. vnder Adriā the first with the rest as of eche in their places we shal declare The fourth that the Emperor in case of a general schisme ought first to certifie the Pope of the necessity of a Councel and require his consent to haue it in some certain place assembled So did Valentiniā and Martiā the Emperours to Pope Leo for the Chalcedon So did Constantin the 4. to Pope Agatho for the sixt general Councel The fift point is that the Pope summoneth and calleth al general Coūcels far otherwise thē do the Emperours For the Pope as the chiefest and as hauīg power to cōmaund ouer al other bisshops for the principality of his priesthood by the power cōmitted to him ouer the vniuersal Church hath to cōmaund al faithful Christiās especially bisshops and priests to assemble and mete in Councel But the Emperour exhorteth and inuiteth bisshops but cōmaundeth the lay to a Councel And the Canons do cōmaūde that without the Authority of the bisshop of Rome no Councel cā be holdē Not so in the Emperor For the Ephesin cōuēticle was disanulled because Leo his legates were reiected though Theodosiꝰ the yōger did cōfirm it and allow it So the great Coūcel of Ariminū was cōdemned because Pope Damasus sent not thither though Constantius themperour summoned it and allowed it And the greate Coūcel of Sardica preuailed because by Pope Iulius it was called and allowed though Cōstātius thē Emperor resisted it and refused it And thus much for the first beginninges of the Coūcel Now in the Coūcel it self what is the Princes part ād what the bisshops it shal appeare Let thē the sixt point be that at the Councel being the Princes office and care ought to be to prouide that altumult ād d●sorder be auoyded and to remoue such as are to be remoued ▪ So did the iudges in the Chalcedō Coūcel remoue Dioscorꝰ frō the bēch ād admit Theodoret the one by pope Leo cōdēned the other recōciled So when the parties waxed warm they did their best to brīg thē to a calm So did also Cōstātī in his own person in the first Nicene Councel as M. Horne hath himself alleaged and as Eusebius reporteth Seuenthly the Lay Magistrates or Princes being placed in the Councel in the roomes of Emperours and kings Non habent vocem Synodicam sed solum audire debent haue no voice as a parte of the Synod but ōly are there to heare This practise is clere in al the Councels as it shall appere in the particulars hereafter The iudges therefore and Princes delegates mencioned in the Chalcedon and other Councels are in the Councels much after a sorte as the Speaker in our Parliaments To open and set forth to the Councel all matters to be treated vpon To appointe by the aduise of the Councel the next metings to breake of the present session to promulge the Councels Sētence and such like matters as belong to more orderlye and quiet proceding in al things Eightly the force and Vigour of the Sentence in Coūcel dependeth only of the Bisshops which make the Coūcel non ex Imperiali commissione and not of the Emperours Commission whose Authority is inferiour to the Synod saieth Cusanus And so the Continuall practise will proue Ninthly the Emperour the Princes and their Oratours do subscribe as witnesses of that is done but as iudging and determining only the bisshops in all Councels haue subscribed Tenthly for the ende and consummation of all Councels the Emperours and Princes ought to prouide that such things as are decreed and determined by the holy Councels
willing and to him that will hartely seke for grace at Gods hande The which I praye him of his mercy sende yowe And learne I praye you to fynde faulte with your self as ye haue greate cause rather then with this good vertuouse bishop faultlesse I dare saye for suche matters as ye take for greate faultes in him But to ende this matter I must commende yowe for one thinge for ye haue scaped one scoringe that your fellowe M. Iewell did not scape for writing that Leo did kneele with other bishops which the wordes of his authour Liberatus by you here truelie rehersed do not importe M. Horne The .47 Diuision Pag. 3● a. Marcianus a godly Emperour and very studious about the Christian Religion succeded Theodosius vvho besides that of him selfe he vvas much careful to suppresse al heresies and to refourme the Churches restoring Religion to purity vvithout error vvas also hastened hereunto by the earnest sute of Leo bisshop of Rome vvho in diuerse and sondry epistles declaring vnto him in moste humble vvise the miserable state of the Church doth beseche him that he vvould vouchsaulfe to cal a general councel Many other bisshops make the same sui●e vnto the Emperour and to the same ende complaining vnto him of the miserable destructiō and horrible disorders in Church causes An example and paterne of their supplications vvherby 138. may appeare that they acknovvledged the Emperour to be their Supreme gouernour also in Ecclesiastical causes or matters is sette foorth in the Chalcedon councel in the supplicatiō of Eusebius the bishop of Dorelaum vnto the Emperour vvho maketh humble supplication as he sayth for him selfe and for the true or right faith we flie vnto your godlines saith this bishop vnto the Emperour bicause both we and the Christian faith haue suffered much wrong against al reason humbly crauing iustice and for that Dioscorus hath doon many and that no smal offences both against the faith of Christ and vs prostrate we beseche your clemency that you wil cōmaund him to answere to the matters we shal obiecte against him .139 wherein we will proue him to be out of the catholike faith defending heresies replete with impietie VVherefore we beseche you to directe your holy and honourable commaundement to the holy and vniuersal councel of the moste religious Bishoppes to examen the cause betwixt vs and Dioscorus and to make relation of al thinges that are doon to be .140 iudged as shal seeme good to your clemency The Emperour protesting that they oughte to preserue the furtheraunce of the right fayth and Christian Religion before al other affaires of the commō vvealth sendeth their letters of summons to all bishoppes commaundinge them to repaire to Nice a citie in Bithinya there to consulte and conclude an vnitie and concorde in religion and matters perteining thereunto that hereafter all altercation and doubtfulnesse be taken cleane avvay and an holesome trueth in Religion established addinge .141 threates and punishement to them that vvould refuse to come at the time appointed VVhā thassembly vvas made at Nice of all the bishops and that the Emperours could not come thither to be present in the Synode personally vvhich they had promised and did much coueite they vvrite vnto the vvhole Synode vvilling thē to remoue from Nice vnto Chalcedon vvithout delay vvhere they assembled at the Emperours .142 commaundement to the number of .630 bishoppes The 12. Chapter Of the Emperour Martian and of his calling the Councel of Chalcedon Stapleton M. Horne is nowe harping againe vpon his old string of calling of Councelles and would establish Marcianus ecclesiasticall primacy thereby But eyther his eies his lucke or his mater was not good to happe vpō no better place then he doth which doth beare him quyte ouer and setteth forth pope Leo his primacye sending his ambassadours and vicegerents to Cōstantinople to reforme heresies and to pardon and recōcyle such heretical bishops as were poenitente vnto whome he adioyneth as his delegate euen the Bishoppe and Patriarche of Constantinople And declareth this his doings in his letters as wel to the Emperour him selfe as to Anatolius the Patriarche Nowe what yf pope Leo requireth a councell at the Emperours hands what doth this blemish his authority more thē yf the Pope now shuld require the Emperor the french and Spanishe kings and other princes as he did of late to sende their bisshops to the councel Verely that the Emperour so should doe it was of all times moste necessarie in Marcian his tyme the .3 patriarches of Alexandra Antiochia and Hierusalem with a great number of Bishops in the East taking then the Archeheretike Eutyches part against the good and godly Catholike byshop Flauianus whome Dioscorus with his factiō murdered Was it not then high time to seke al ayde and helpe both spiritual and temporal Or is it any diminution to the spirituall power when the temporall power doth helpe and assist it Or thinke yow would this perniciouse pestilent fellow Dioscorus and his faction any thing haue regarded Pope Leo his ecclesiastical authority which before had so notoriously transgressed both Gods lawes and mans lawes onlesse the good Emperour had ioyned his assistaunce vnto it And this maye be answered for the calling of many other generall Councels by the Emperours especially of the firste seuen hundred yeares after Christ when the Patriarches them selues were Archeheretikes and the matters not like easily to be redressed by the Churche authoritie onely Yet neyther did any Catholique Prince call or could call a Councell without or against the Popes wil and consent If ye thinke not so as in dede ye doe not then thinke you farre a wrong And the godly and learned Bisshop Leo as you call him is able if you be capable and willing toward any reformation sone to refourme your wrong iudgement Who declareth expresselye that euen the Councell of Chalcedo was summoned by the commaundement of the Emperours with the consent of the See Apostolique Surely it was a rule and a Canon in the Church aboue .12 hūdred yeares now past that no Councell could be kept as Socrates witnesseth without the authoritie of the Bisshop of Rome And that by a speciall prerogatiue and priuilege of that See This prerogatiue Leo also doth signify speaking of this Emperour Marcian who called the Chalcedon Councel but yet saith he without any hinderance or preiudice of S. Peters right and honour that is by and with his consent being S. Peters successour in the Apostolique See of Rome I meruail much that ye frame this supremacie of Marcian by the supplication of the Bishop Eusebius desiring the Emperour to procure by his letters that he coūcel would heare his cause against Dioscorus which serueth rather for the Councels primacy The remouing also of the Councel frō Nicaea to Chalcedo doth serue to as litle purpose For the cause of the trāsposing was for that Leo by his ambassadours had signified
ordinary and an vsual course by the Bishops first deposed But because the matter is not cleare on your side and if it were it did not greatly enforce by reason Anastasius him selfe was a wicked hereticall Emperour and so no great good deduction to be made from his doings I let it passe M. Horne The .60 Diuision pag. 35. b. About the election of Symachus Platina mentioneth vvhat great diuision and sedition arose in so muche that the parties vvere faine to agree to haue a Councell holden for the determination of the matter And there was a Councell appointed at Rauenna saith Sabellicus to the end that the controuersy might be decided according to right before the king Theodoriche before vvhome the matter vvas so discussed that at the last this Pope Symachus vvas confirmed Neuerthelesse this fyer vvas not thus so quite quenched but that foure yeares after it blased out sorer againe VVhereat the king saieth Platina beinge displeased sente Peter the Bisshoppe of Altine to Rome to enioye the See and bothe the other to be .164 deposed VVherevpon an other Synode vvas called of 120. Bisshops vvherein saith Sabellicus the Pope him selfe defended his ovvne cause so stoutlye and cunningly and confuted saith Platina al the obiections laid against him that by the verdict of them all he vvas acquited and all the fault laied to Laurence and Peter Stapleton What may be said for the doings of Princes in the election of the Clergie and how your examples agree not with our practise I haue already saied somewhat and that I say to this too But in the Diuision folowing we shall saye to this more particularlye M. Horne The .61 Diuision pag. 35. b. But to th entent it may the better appere vvhat vvas the Kings authority about these matters mark the fourth Romaine Synode holden in the time of this Symachus and about the same matter of his vvhiche although it be mangled and confusedly set forth in the Booke of Generall Councels bicause as it may seeme that they .165 vvould not haue the vvhole trueth of this dissention appaare yet vvil it shevv much that the Princes had .166 no small entermedling and authority in Synodes and Churche matters This Synode vvas summoned to be kept in Rome by the .167 commaundement of the most honorable Kinge Theodoriche He declareth that many and grieuous complaintes vvere brought vnto him againste Symachus Bisshoppe of Rome Symachus commeth into the Synode to ansvvere for him selfe geaueth thankes to the King for calling the Synode requireth that he may be restored to suche things as he had loste by the suggestion of his ennemies and to his former state and then to come to the cause and to ansvvere the accusers The more parte in the Synode thoughte this his demaunde reasonable Decernere tamen aliquid Synodus sine regia notitia non Praesumpsit Yet the Synode presumed not to decree any thing without the Kings knowledge Neyther came it to passe as they vvisshed for the King commaunded Symachus the Bisshoppe of Rome to ansvvere his aduersaries before he shoulde resume any thing And .168 so the King committed the vvhole debating and iudging of the mater to the Synode vvhich concludeth the sentence vvith these vvords Vvherfore according to the Kings will or cōmaundement who hath committed this cause to vs we refourme or restore vnto him to Symachus what right so euer he ought to haue within the Citie of Rome or without Stapleton Here hath M. Horne an other fetch to proue Princes to haue the chief interest in maters ecclesiastical as for the depositions of Bishops yea of the Pope him selfe And first he is angry that this mater in the boke of Councels is so mangled and confusedly set foorth But it is an other thorne then this that pricketh him that he will not disclose to all the worlde For to saye the truthe he seeth in his owne conscience that of all Councelles the selfe same Councell that he here alleageth dothe so set foorth the Popes Primacie that the grieuouse remembrance therof causeth him to speake he can not tel what Verelye if M. Horne had stepped foorth but one fote further and turned his eie vpon the next leafe there should he haue found a clercklie worke made by Eunodius in the defence of the Councell that he is in hand withall There should he haue founde most euident authorities for the Popes Supremacie vppon all states temporall and spirituall He should also finde the same booke to be confirmed by CC. and .xxx. Bishops assembled at Rome in a Synode Leaue of therfore M. Horne this complaint and complaine of that that grieueth you in dede and that is not of confusion but of the confession ye find there of all the Bishops concerning the Ecclesiasticall praeeminence liyng so open and thicke like a great block in your way that ye coulde not passe ouer to these your allegations that you haue here patched in but that you must needes stumble and breake your shinnes therat which grieueth you ful sore But let vs now see what good and holsome herbes ye being so cunning a gardener haue gathered out of this garden that as ye thinke lieth so vnhāsomlie and sluttishly Ye say first that this Councell was called by the cōmaundement of the right honorable King Theodoriche Make him as honorable as ye wil. But other then an Arrian shal ye not make of him Yf ye knew he was an Arrian your honour might haue bene better bestowed els where If ye knewe it not then is your reading to small I trow to furnish such a boke as this is And yet to say the truthe small reading will serue the turne too Ye say he called a Councell So he did But how did he call it Forsoth with the cōsent of the Pope Symachus though the Coūcel were called against him For when the Bisshops had tolde the King that the Pope him selfe ought to call Councels by a singular priuilege due to the See of Rome because to that See first the merite ād principality of S. Peter ād after the authority of Coūcels singulorum in Ecclesijs tradidit potestatem gaue power ouer euery thing in the Churches the Kinge made aunsweare that the Pope had declared his consente to it by his letters Yea and the Bishops not satisfied with the Kings so saiyng required a sight of the Popes letters which the King shewed vnto them out of hād The Pope also him self being present licensed the Bishops to examine his own matter And a litle after Affectu purgationis suae culmen humiliat For desire of purging himself he hūbleth his high authority or dignity Yet M. Horne addeth the Synode presumed not to decree any thing without the Kings knowledge Yf they had saied they ought not then had ye said somwhat But presume not and may not are two things farre a sonder Though yet in one sense in dede they might not nor ought not to haue proceded with
had the Bisshops at his commaundement to kepe Councels and conuocations at his pleasure yea and that they referred their Decrees to his iudgement But now so it is in dede that neither the Prince proceded herein by way of meare commaundememente neither the bisshoppes referred to him any such Iudgement ouer their determinated Sentence For proufe of the first both the Bisshoppes in this very Councel at Orleans doe say to the Kinge that they haue deliberated vpon these matters secundùm vestrae voluntatis consultationem according to the cōsultation kept by your wil and the Bisshoppes of an other Councell holden after this at Toures in Fraunce also doe say of this Synode quam inuictissimus Rex Clodoueus fieri supplicauit which the mighty King Clodoueus made sute to be called But because as the lawiers do note the wil of a Prince and the wil of a father doe not differ from their commaundement therefore that Councel which the King by suite and supplication obtayned to be called is yet termed to be done praecepto iussione by commaundement of the Bisshoppes themselues at the Councell For proufe of the seconde I bring you the woordes of the Councel which you in telling your tale thought good to leaue out The bishoppes doe say vnto the Prince Definitione respondimus c. We haue by determining answered to the intent that yf those thīgs which we haue decreed be approued right also by your Iudgement the Sentence of so many bisshoppes may confirme and strenghthen the Authority of such a consent as of the Kinge and greate Stuarde to be obserued In which wordes they referre not the Definition to his Iudgement but doe shewe that yf his consent doe concurre then his Authority is confirmed by the verdite of Bisshops so great and so manye But ye say they confesse him to haue the superiority And those wordes ye couche craftely among the rest to make your Reader thinke that the King had the Superiority in approuing doctrine But this is an vntruth They cal hī in dede Regem ac Dominum maiorem their Kinge or greate Stuard Which is in respecte of temporal things and of his worldly principality not of any Superiority in allowing or disallowing their Synodical decrees And I praye you good Sir was Saphoracus deposed by the Kinge or by the Bishops and was he as you say deposed for his iuste demerits It had bene wel done to haue tolde vs why he deserued to be deposed But I suppose either ye know yt not or else ye wil not be knowen thereof lyke a wyly shrewe Forsurelye as farre as I can gather yt was for that he being a Bisshoppe vsed the company of his wyfe which he maried before he was prieste contrarye to the olde canons and a late order taken in the Councell at Orlyans Yf it be so in what case be you with your madge pretending her to be your lawfull wyfe yea and that after your takinge of holye orders M. Horne The .64 Diuision pag. 37. a. Theodobertus Kinge of Fraunce calleth a Synode at Auerna in Fraunce for the restoring and establishing the Church discipline Gunthranus the King called a Synod named Matisconēs .2 to refourme the Ecclesiastical discipline and to cōfirm certein orders and ceremonies in the Church vvhich he declareth plainly in the Edict that he setteth foorth for that purpose VVherein he declareth his vigilant and studious carefulnes to haue his people trained and brought vp vnder the feare of God in true Religion and godly discipline for othervvise saith this Christian King to whom God hath committed .176 this charge shall not escape his vengeaunce He shevveth the bisshops that their office is to .177 teache cōfort exhort to reproue rebuke ond correct by preaching the vvorde of God He commaundeth the elders of the Church and also others of authority in the common vveale to iudge and punish that they assiste the bisshops and sharpely punishe by bodely punishement such as vvil not amende by the rebuke and correction of the vvorde and Church discipline And concludeth that he hath caused the Decrees in the Councel touching discipline and certein ceremonies to be defined the vvhich he doth publishe and cōfirme by the authority of this Edict Stapleton We haue nowe two Kings more of Fraunce But in both these to proue your purpose you haue nothing King Gūtranus himself confesseth in the place by you alleaged that God hath committed to the Priests the office of a fatherly authoritye And sheweth to what ende the Princes medle withe matters of religion that is that the sworde may amende such persons as the preachers worde can not amende And yt is worthy to be considered that among other decrees that this Councel made and the King confirmed yt was ordayned that the Laye man where so euer he mette a priest should shewe him reuerence and honour And in case the Prieste wente a fote and the Laye man ridde the Laye mā should a light and so reuerence him as now the Christians are cōpelled to doe in Turkey to the Turks And so I trowe this Councel maketh not al together for your purpose and supposed Primacy Only it maketh to encreace the nombre of your vntruthes For wheras you first talke of the Princes vigilant and studiouse carefulnes to see the people brought vppe in true religion and godly discipline you adde as the Princes woordes Otherwise I to whome God hath committed this charge shall not escape his vengeaunce In making the Prince to saye this charge you woulde make your Reader thinke the Prince acknowledged a Charge ouer true Religion c. And therefore you put in the margin to beutifie your booke withal A princes charge But the Prince speaketh of no such charge as shall anone appeare And when you adde to this that the Prince shewed the bisshoppes that their office is to teache c. there you leaue out absque nostrae admonitione without our admonishment by which appeareth the Bishops knew their office though the Prince held his peace and that it depended not of the Princes supreme gouernment as you would haue folcke to think These couple of vntruthes shal now euidently appeare by the whole wordes of the King as they were in order by him vttered which you haue confusely set out putting the later parte before the first and the first laste adding in one place and nipping in an other thus to blinde and bleare your Readers eies whome plainly you ought to instruct For these are the wordes of Kinge Guntranus to the bishops of Mascon Althoughe without our admonition to you holy bisshops specially belongeth the matter of preaching yet we thinke verily you are partakeners of other mens sinnes if you correct not with dailye rebuking the faultes of your children but passe them ouer in silence For neither we to whom God hath committed the kingdome can escape his vengeaunce yf we be not hofull of the people subiect vnto vs.
write with teares entreateth the Emperour that the Churches might be restored to the Arrians The Pope was then belike an Arrian him selfe Surely the simple Reader can gather none other thing by you especially the same being dasshed in the margent to Ye haue not done well to tell half the tale and to tell it so suspitiouslye The cause then of his earnest suite was that otherwise Theodorike threatened to shutte vppe all the Catholique Churches in Italie and vnder his dominion Yea your Author Martinus writeth that he menaced to kill all the Catholikes in Italy whome he calleth Christianos This was the cause of his ernest suite not for the fauour he bore to the Arriās but for the fauour he bore to the Catholiques and their Churches Iustinus receiued those Ambassadours as you truly say honorably And as Sabellicus writeth the Emperour was not onelye crowned of Pope Iohn but at his first cōming most humbly and reuerētly fel at his feet before him and honoured him But Iustinus did not so honorably entertaine him at Constantinople but Theodorike at his returne did deale with him as homly casting hī into prison at Rauēna where what for hunger what for lothsome filthines of the prison shortly after he died a Martyr About which time or a litle after he slew the honorable Senatours Symachus and Boetius Whiche thing al your three Historiographers doe write Where ye wil vs to note that not onely the Pope shewed his obediēce and subiectiō to the godly Emperor but also that the secular Princes ordeined lawes ecclesiastical c. Your double note wil proue but a double vntruthe For the Pope in this supplicatiō obeied not the godly Emperour Iustine but the Arrian King Theodorike Neither was it obedience of dutie but a submission of charitie partly to qualifie the furie of the Arrian tyrant partely to saue harmelesse the whole nūber of Catholikes in Italy which by th' Emperours edict should cōsequently haue ben destroyed Againe this decree of Iustine was no ecclesiasticall mater cōcerning any alteration of religion any deposing of Bishoppes any order of Church discipline or such like but ōly a decree for banishīg of Arrian heretikes and of ouerthrowing their Synagogs which maner of decree being of denoūced heretiks belongeth properly to the ciuile Magistrate and is an external or tēporal mater no spirituall or ecclesiasticall cause namely such as we ioyne issue with you King Phillip hath banished heretikes out of this land and hath cōmaunded their Syn●gogues to be ouerthrowen But he is not therfore taken for Supreme gouernour in al causes or in any cause ecclesiastical Neither do or euer did his subiects swere to any suche Title M. Horne The .66 Diuision pag. 38. a. VVithin a vvhile after this ●hon vvas Agapetus Pope vvhome Theodatus the King sent on his Ambassage vnto the Emperour Iustinianus to make a suit or treaty in his behalfe VVhen the Emperour had enterteined this Ambassadour vvith much honour and graunted that he came for touching Theodatus he earnestly both vvith faire vvordes and soule assailed this Pope to bring him to become an Eutychian the vvhich vvhen he could not vvinne at his handes being delighted vvith his free speache and constancy he so liked him that he foorthvvith .183 deposed Anthemius bisshop of Constantinople bycause he vvas an Eutychian and placed Menna a Catholike man in his roume Agapetus died in his legacy in vvhose roume vvas Syluerius made Pope by the meanes or rather as Sabellicus saieth by the commaundemente of the Kynge Theodatus the which vntil this time was wōt to be done by the authority of the Emperours saith Sabellicus for the reuenge whereof Iustinianus was kyndled to make warres against Theodatus Syluerius vvas shortly after quarrelled vvithal by the Emp●resse through the meanes of Vigilius vvho sought to be in his roome and vvas by the Emperours 184 authority deposed The vvhich act although it vver altogether vniust yet it declareth the autority that the Prince had ouer the Pope vvho like a good Bisshop as he vvould not for any threates do contrary to his cōscience and office so like an 185 obediēt subiect he acknovvleged the Princes authority being sent for came being accused vvas ready vvith hūblenes to haue excused and purged him self and vvhan he could not be admitted thervnto he suffred him selfe 186 obediētly to be spoiled of the Bissoplike apparaile to be displaced out of his office and to be clothed in a Monasticall garement The same measure that Vigilius did giue vnto Syluerius he himselfe being Pope in his place receiued shortly after vvith an augmentation for he vvas in like sorte vvithin a vvhile 187 deposed by the Emperours authority bicause he vvould not kepe the promise vvhich he had made vnto the Emperesse and vvas in most cruell vvise dealt vvith all vvhich cruelty vvas the rather shevved to him by the meanes and procurement as Sabellicus noteth of Pelagius vvhom Vigilius had placed to be his Suffragan in his absence The .19 Chapter Of Iustinian the Emperour and diuerse Popes and Bisshoppes vnder him Stapleton ALL this standeth in two pointes First that an other Pope Agapetus by name was againe sent in Ambassage of Theodatus the King But this as Liberatꝰ writeth was a tyrannical force made bothe to the Pope and to the whole Senat of Rome These Arrian and barbarouse Gothian Kings are no fit examples of gouernmente due to godly Catholik Princes And their vtter destructiō folowed immediatly after vnder Belisarius Iustinians Captain Such blessed presidents M. Horne hath foūd out to build his imagined Supremacy vpon The next point is in the deposing of two Popes by the Emperour Iustinian wherin we nede by so much the lesse to enlarge our aunsweare for that M. Horne freely and franckly of him selfe confesseth that they were vniustly deposed Againe that you say the Pope suffered him self obediently to be spoiled c. If your tale wer true that were you know but an homly obedience but now he suffred not that spoile as you imagine obediently but was brought to that point by a very craft and traine as in Platina and Liberatꝰ it may be sene This therfore may passe for an other of M. Horns vntruths So hard it is for such Protestāt Prelats to tel a true tale With the like truth you write that the Pope like an obediēt subiect acknowleged the Princes autority And why Because forsoth he suffred himself to be cloistred vp by force of Belisarius or rather his wife the Emperours Captain If such patience parforce proue a subiection then is the true man an obediente subiecte also to the theefe when he yeldeth him vppe his purse in the high waie to saue his lyfe But we say if there had bene iuste cause to depose them yet neither themperour nor the Councel could lawfully haue deposed them And because good Reader thou shalt haue a shorte and a ready proufe and that framed to thy hand
curtesy and mercye Totilas being afterward in possession of the City ▪ and fearing warres frō the Emperour Iustinian sent Pelagius to Iustinian to trauaile with him for peace sending him withall worde that in case he would inuade Italye he would destroye Rome and plucke it downe faste to the ground Totilas toke an othe of Pelagius and hys other ambassadours to doe hys message faythfullie and to returne againe they re ambassade exployted Pelagius most pitefullye and withe manie teares layethe before Iustinian the miserable state and the vtter destructiō and desolation of Rome impedente onlesse he woulde forbeare warre with Totilas yea he ād hys fellowes fell vpon theire knees most humblye beseching him to haue compassiō of the citye But in fyne Iustiniā would not relent Wherevpon sone after their returne Rome was set al on fier by Totylas and no lyuing creature man woman nor childe suffered there to inhabite Prye nowe M. Horne and pycke out here what ye can to establishe your primacye your folye is to open to be in this matter withe many words refuted Here is no one matter Ecclesiastical and that ye see wel inowghe and therefore your selfe as faste as ye can wou●de steale away from yt and proue your matter otherwise But Sir ye shall not so steale awaye but beside the note of extreme folye to busie your selfe and your Readers with that which your self can not deny nothing to towch spiritual matters but that ye shal carry with you a lie or two Els tel vs why you wil haue vs to note the Popes subiection to Totylas seing that neither Pelagius was then Pope Vigilius yet liuing at Cōstantinople neither was he any other way subiect then as to a Tyrant For Totilas who for his rage and crueltyes was called Flagellum Dei the Scourge of God at that tyme tooke Rome and entred with the conquest Pelagius did that homage to him to obtayne mercy for his poore Cytyzens And when Totylas seing him coming towarde him said What meaneth this ô Pelagius comest thou to me as a suppliant Pelagius answered sayinge Yea Sir I come to you seing God hath made you my Lorde But haue mercy I beseche you vpon ●our seruaunts haue mercy vpon the poore Captiue Cytie And this lo was the subiection of Pelagius made to Totylas which you wishe to be noted M. Horne as though it made any thing for the Popes subiection in spiritual matters Tel vs also whye ye write that he departed with reproche What reproche had he at Iustinians hand Your authour Sabellicus sheweth of none But see the mans folish wilynes In dede Sabellicus writeth that Pelagius was noted as a fauorer of Anthimus but then saith he withall that Pelagius did detest it of all thinges to seme to fauour him Wel to supply this defect of his superfluous liyng talk of Pelagiꝰ be brīgeth forth a decree against symony made by Pelagius and Narses th' Emperors deputy This is no mater of faith M. Horne no nor no new decree of maners but such as had bene decreed long before And therefore but an execution of the old Canons which Narses might medle withal wel inoughe There is then to make vp the mater yet ones againe a declaration concerning the interest of the Emperour in the election of Bishoppes and Popes too wherevnto at this time we nede not greatly to say any thing so much hath ben said hereof before M. Horne The .70 Diuision pag. 40. a. About the time of Pelagius the first his Papacy vvas there a Councel holden at Tovvers in Fraūce by the licence and consent of Arithbertus the King for the reformation of the Churche discipline vvherein appeareth that the Kings authoritie vvas .196 necessarily required to confirme and strengthen the discipline For vvhere they decree of the maides or vviddovves that shall not be maried vvithoute the consente of the parentes vvhiche is an especiall matter Ecclesiasticall they declare .197 the strength thereof to depend vpon the commaundement of the Prince Not onely say they the Kings Childebert and Clotharius of honourable memory kepte and preserued the constitutiō of the lawes touching this matter the which nowe the King Charibert their successour hath confirmed or strengthened by his precept Stapleton Nowe is Maister Horne reuolted to Fraunce againe but not to tarie there long For sodainly he returneth againe to Constantinople His short tale consisteth in two lyes First when he saieth the Kings authoritie was necessarily required to confirme the discipline of the Churche For that neither is in the Councell neither can be gathered out of it The second is that the Coūcel declareth that the strength of their Decree being a speciall matter Ecclesiastical dependeth vppon the commaundemente of the Prince For the Councell declareth onely that those good Kings of Fraunce kept the Constitution of the Churche in that behalfe and forced by lawe the due obseruation thereof Like as Iouinian the Emperoure made it death by lawe to defile a Virgin or Nonne Though that sinne before was by the Churche condemned All this doth but multiplie woordes It proueth nothing your imagined Supremacye Mary if you will knowe M. Horne what this Councell by youre selfe alleaged maketh for the Popes Supremacie I will not lette to tell it you The Fathers of the Councell do saye What Priest is he that dare be so bolde as to doe contrarye to suche Decrees as come from the See Apostolique And a litle after And whose authoritie may take place if it be not theirs whome the Apostolique See sendeth and maketh his deputies or Referendaries Our Fathers haue euer kept that which their authoritie commaunded Thus you fight well for vs but nothing for your selfe M. Horne The .71 Diuision pag. 40. a. The Emperoure Iustinianus calleth the Bisshoppes of all Churches vnto a Generall Councell at Constantinople the vvhich is called the fifte oecumenicall Synode to represse the insolence of certaine Heretiques vvho taught and mainteined Heresies and Schismes to the greate disquieting of the Churche againste the doctrine establisshed in the foure forenamed General Councelles In the time of this Councell Menna the Bisshoppe of Constantinople departed out of this life in vvhose roome the Emperour placed Eutychius The Emperour gouerneth and directeth all things in this Councell as the Emperours before him had done in the other Generall Synodes as appeareth by the vvriting vvhiche he sente vnto the Bisshoppes vvherein he shevveth that the right belieuing godly Emperours his auncestours did alvvaies labour to cutte of the heresies sprong vp in their time by calling together into Synode the most religious Bisshops and to preserue the holy Church in peace and the right faith to be sincerely preached and taught He allegeth the'xāples of Cōstātinus Magnus Theodosius the elder Theodosius the yonger and Martianus the Emperours vvho saith he called the former generall Councelles vvere present them selues in their ovvne personnes did aide and helpe the true confessours and tooke great trauaile vppon
he can and as farre as he durst to obscure and disgrace him M. Horne The .78 Diuision pag. 45. b. Richaredus King of Spaine rightly taught and instructed in the Christian faith by the godly and Catholique Bisshoppe Leander Bisshop of Hispalis did not only bring to passe that the vvhole natiō should forsake the Arrianisme and receiue true faith but also did carefully study hovv to continue his people in the true Relligion by his meanes nevvelye receiued And therfore commaunded all the Bisshops within his Dominions to assemble together at Toletum in the fourth yeare of his reigne and there to consult about staying and confirming of his people in true faith and religion of Christ by godly discipline VVhan the Bisshoppes vvere assembled in the Conuocation house at the Kings commaundement the King commeth in amongest them he maketh a short but a pithy and most Christian oration vnto the vvhole Synode VVherein he shevveth that the cause vvherfore he called them together into the Synode vvas To repaire and make a .218 newe fourme of Churche discipline by common consultation in Synode vvhich had bene letted long time before by the heretical Arianisme the whiche staie and lette of the Arrian● Heresies it hath pleased God saith he to remoue and put away by my meanes He vvilleth them to be ioyfull and gladde that the auncient maner to make Ecclesiasticall constitutions for the vvell ordering of the Churche is novve through Gods prouidence reduced and brought againe to the bounds of the Fathers by his honorable industrie And last of al he doth admonisshe and exhort them before they begin their consultation to sast and pray vnto the Almighty that he vvill vouchsaulfe to open and shevv vnto them a true order of discipline vvhich that age knevv not the senses of the Clergy vvere so much benummed vvith long forgetfulnes VVherevppon there vvas a three daies fast appointed That done the Synode assembleth the King commeth in and fitteth amongest them he deliuereth in vvriting to be openly read amongest them the confession of his faith in vvhich he protesteth vvith vvhat endeuour and care being their King he ought not only to studie for him self to be rightly geuen to serue and please God vvith a right Faith in true Religion but also to prouide for his subiects that they be throughly instructed in the Christian faith He affirmeth and thereto taketh them to vvitnes that the Lorde hath stirred him vppe inflamed vvith the heate of Faith both to remoue and put avvay the furious and obstinate Heresies and Schismes and also by his vigilant endeuour and care to call and bring home againe the people vnto the confession of the true faith and the Communion of the Catholique Churche Furder alluding to the place of S. Paul vvhere he saith that through his ministery in the Ghospell he offereth vppe the Gentils vnto God to be an acceptable Sacrifice he saith to the Bisshops That he offereth by their mynisterie this noble people as an holy and acceptable Sacrifice to God And last of all vvith the rehearsall of his Faith he declareth vnto the Bisshoppes That as it hath pleased God by his care and industrie to winne this people to the Faith and vnite them to the Catholique Churche so he chardgeth them nowe to see them stayed and confirmed by theyr diligente teaching and instructinge them in the trueth After this Confession vvas read and that he him selfe and also his Queene Badda had confirmed and testified the same vvith their handes subscription the vvhole Synode gaue thankes to God vvith manye and sundry acclamations saiyng That the Catholique King Richaredus is to be crouned of God with an euerlasting croune for he is the gatherer togeather of newe people in the Churche This King truely oughte to haue the Apostolique reward reward who hath perfourmed the Apostolike office This done after the Noble men and Bisshops of Spaine vvhom the vvorthy King had conuerted and brought to the amity of faithe in the Cōmunion of Christes Church had also geuen their confession opēly and testified the same vvith subscription the King vvilling the Synode to goe in hand to repaire and establissh some Ecclesiastical discipline saith to the Synode alluding to S. Paules saiyng to the Ephesians to this effect That the care of a king ought to stretch forth it self and not to cease til he haue brought .219 the subiects to a full knowledge and perfect age in Christ and as 220 a king ought to bend al his power and authority to represse the insolēce of the euil ād to nourish the cōmon peace and trāquility Euē to ought he much more to study labour ād be careful not only to bring his subiects frō erours and false religiō but also to see thē instructed taught and trained vp in the truth of the clere light and for this purpose he doth there decree of 221 his own authority cōmāding the Bisshops to see it obserued that at euery Cōmuniō time before the receit of the same al the peple with a loud voice together do recite distīctly the Simbol or crede set forth by the 222 Nicē coūcel VVhē the Synode had cōsulted about the discipline and had agreed vpon such rules and orders as vvas thought most mete for that time ād churche and the King had cōsidered of them he doth by his assent and 223 authority cōfirme and ratify the same and first subscribeth to thē and then after hī al the Synod This zelous care and careful study of this and the other aboue named princes prouiding ruling gouerning and by their Princely povver and authority directing their vvhole Clergy in causes or matters Ecclesiasticall vvas neuer disalovved or misliked of the aūcient Fathers nor of the bisshops of Rome til novv in these later daies the insaciable ābitiō of the clergy and the ouermuch negligēce and vvātones of the Princes vvith the grosse ignorance of the vvhole laity gaue your holy father 224 the child of perditiō the ful svvay to make perfect the mystery of iniquity yea it may appe●e by an Epistle that Gregorius surnamed great B. of Rome vvriteth vnto this vvorthy King Richaredus that the B. of Rome did much cōmend this careful 225 gouernmēt of Princes in causes of religion For he most highly commendeth the doings of this most Christian King He affirmeth that he is asshamed of him selfe and of his ovvne slacknes vvhen he doth consider the trauail of Kings in gathering of soules to the celestial gaine Yea what shal I saith this B. of Rome to the King answere at the dreadful dome when your excellēcy shal leade after your sel● flocks of faithful ones which you haue brought vnto the true faith by carefull and continuall preaching c. Although I haue medled and don nothing at al with you doing this 227 altogether without me yet am I partaker of the ioy with you Neither doth Gregory blame this King as one medling in Churche causes
vvherin he is not Ruler but he praiseth God for him that he maketh godly constitutions against the vnfaithfulnes of miscreants and for no vvorldly respect vvilbe persvvaded to see them violated Stapleton We are now vpon the soden returned into Spaine But wonderful it is to consider howe M. Horne misordereth and mistelleth his whole mater and enforceth as wel other where as here also by Richaredus that whiche can not be enforced that is to make him a Supreme head in al causes Ecclesiasticall Ye say M. Horne he called a Synod to repaire and make a newe fourme of the Churche discipline But I say you haue falsly translated the worde instaurare which is not to make a new thing but to renew an olde whiche differeth very muche For by the example of the firste Queene Marie repaired and renewed the Catholique Religiō By the report of the second you made in dede a new fourme of matters in King Edwardes dayes neuer vsed before in Christes Churche You say also he remoued from Spaine the Arrians heresies I graunt you he dyd so But thinke you M. Horne if he nowe liued and were prince of our Coūtre he would haue nothing to say to you and your fellowes as wel as he had to the Arrians Nay He and his Councell hath said something to you and against you already as we shall anon see You say he cōmaunded the Bisshops that at euery cōmunion time before the receit of the same the people with a lowde voice togeather should recite distinctly the Symbole or Crede set foorth by the Nicene Councell It happeneth wel that the Nicene Councell was added I was afeard least ye would haue gonne about to proue the people to haue song then some such Geneuical Psalmes as now the brotherhod most estemeth Wherevnto ye haue here made a prety foundation calling that after your Geneuical sort the Communion which the Fathers call the body and bloud of Christ and the King him selfe calleth the cōmunicating of the body and bloud of Christ. Now here by the way I must admonish you that it was not the Nicene Crede as ye write made at Constantinople that was apointed to be rehersed of the people The which is fuller then the Nicene for auoiding of certain heresies fuller I say as cōcerning Christ conceiued and incarnated of the holy ghost which thing I cā not tel how or why your Apologie as I haue said hath left out with some other like This Councell then hath said somewhat to you for your translation and muche more for your wicked and heretical meaning to conuey from the blessed Sacrament the reall presence of Christes very bodie But now M. Horne take you ād your Madge good hede and marke you wel whether ye and your sect be not of the Arrians generation whiche being Priestes contrary to the Canons of the Church which thei as mightely contemned as ye do kept company with their wiues but yet with such as they laufully maried before they were ordered Priestes Who returning to the Catholike faith frō their Arianisme woulde faine haue lusked in their leacherie as they did before being Arians Which disorder this Coūcel reformeth The same Councell also cōmaundeth that the decrees of all Councels yea and the decretall Epistles of the holye Bisshops of Rome should remaine in their full strength Bicause forsoth by Arrians they had before ben violated and neglected as they are at this day by you and your fellowes vtterly despised and contemned So like euer are yong heretikes to the olde Vnū nôr is omnes nôr is And this is M. Horne one part of the repairing and the making as you call it of a newe fourme of the Church discipline ye spake of But for the matter it selfe ye are al in a mūmery and dare not rub the galde horse on the backe for feare of wincing Now all in an il time haue ye put vs in remembrance of this Councel for you must be Canonically punisshed and Maistres Madge must be solde of the Bisshoppes and the price must be geuen to the poore I would be sory shee should heare of this geare and to what pitifull case ye haue brought her by your own Coūcel Marke now your margent as fast and as solemnely as ye will with the note The duetifull care of a Prince aboute Religion with the note of a Princes speciall c●re for his subiects and with such like I do not enuie you such notes In case now notwithstanding ye are so curstly handeled of King Richaredus and his Councell ye be content of your gentle and suffering nature to beare it al well and wil for al this stil goe forward to set foorth his Primacie be it so What can ye say therein further I perceiue then ye make great and depe accompt that he subscribed before the Coūcell wherof I make as litle considering here was no newe mater defined by him or the Fathers but a cōfirmation and a ratification made of the first foure Councels Which the King strengtheneth by all meanes he coulde yea with the subscription of his owne hande because the other Kings his predecessours had ben Arians Otherwise in the firste .7 Generall Councelles I finde no subscription of the Emperours but onely in the sixte proceding from the said cause that this dothe that is for that his predecessours were heretikes of the heresie of the Monothelites but not proceding altogether in the same order For the Emperour there subscribeth after al the Bisshops saying onely We haue read the Decree and doe consent But the Bishop of Cōstantinople saith I George by the mercy of God Bisshop of Constantinople to my definitiue sentence haue subscribed after the same sort other Bishops also set to their handes And this was because the mater was there finally determined against the Monothelites In case this subscriptiō wil not serue the mater M. Horne hath an other helpe at hand yea he hath S. Gregory him self that as he saith cōmendeth Richaredus for his gouernmēt in causes Ecclesiastical and this is set in the margent as a weighty mater with an other foorthwith as weighty that this Richaredus called Councels and gouerned Ecclesiasticall causes without any doing of Pope Gregory therin But by your leaue both your notes are both folish and false Folish I say for how shuld Pope Gregory be a doer with hī being at that time no Pope the coūcel being kept in the time of Pelagiꝰ .2 S. Gregories predecessour in the yere .589 as it appereth by th● accōpt of Isidorꝰ liuing about that time and S. Gregory was made Pope in the yere .592 by the accompt of S. Bede False I say for Richaredus called not Councelles but one onely Councel yea and false againe For there was no gouernement Ecclesiasticall in Richaredus doings Neyther is there any such word in the whole Councel by M. Horn alleaged nor any thing that may by good consequence induce such gouernement I say then further ye doe moste
impudently in going about to make your Readers belieue that Richaredus and other Princes after him were takē for Supreme heades of the Church till now in these later daies and most blasphemously in calling the Pope for this mater the childe of perdition As wel might you for this cause haue called Gregorie so too Who is surnamed as ye here write the Great But God wotteth and the more pitie not very great with you and your fellowes Of al bookes his writinges beare most ful and plaine testimonie for the Popes singular praeeminence whiche thing is in an other place by me largely proued that though the matter here semeth to require somewhat to be said I neede not say any thing but onely remit the Reader to that place where he shal finde that S. Gregorie practised this Supreme authoritie as wel in Spain as other where throughout the whole Christened world But what saith S. Gregorie Forsothe that the King Richaredus by his carefull and continuall preaching brought Arrians into the true faith S. Gregorie saith wel And yet you wil not I trow say The Prince himself preached in pulpit to the Arrians What then Verelye that which he did by his Clergie and to the which he was a godly promoter that he is saied to doe him selfe As to preache to conuert heretiques to decree this or that and briefely to gouerne in causes Ecclesiastical All which the Prince in his owne person or of his owne authority neuer dothe But by his furderance such things being done he is saied sometimes as here of Saint Gregorye to doe them him selfe We might now passe to the next mater sauing that as ye without any good occasion or bettering of your cause bring in that Richaredus woorked these thinges without Pope Gregorie So it may be feared ye haue a woorse meaning and that ye doe this altogeather craftely to blemishe and deface Sainte Gregorye with the ignoraunte Reader Els tell me to what purpose write ye that Saint Gregorye was asshamed of him selfe and his owne slacknesse Why bringe you in these woordes of Sainte Gregorye What shall I aunsweare at the dreadfull doome when youre excellencye shall lead with you flockes of faithfull ones which ye haue broughte into the true faithe by careful and continuall preachinges I muste then either to refourme your ignorance if ye knew it not before or to preuent your readers circumuention by your wilye handeling of the mater like to be perchaunce miscaried if ye knewe it before admonish you and him that this is spoken of S. Gregorye in deede but as proceeding from a maruelouse humilitye and lowlines In like maner as he wrote to Sainte Augustine oure Apostle in the commendation of his doings wherein yet vndoubtedly he was a great doer him selfe many wayes as by the Historie of Bede clerely appeareth Otherwise though Richaredus doings be most gloriouse and worthy of perpetuall renoune yet shal S. Gregory match him or passe him Neither shal he altogether be voide of his worthy cōmendation concerning his care for the refourming of Spaine and repressing of heresies there either by his authority or by his learned woorkes Verely Platina witnesseth that by the meanes of this Gregorie the Gothes returned to the vnite of the Catholike faithe Whiche appeareth not at that time any otherwhere then in Spaine Hearken farder what Nauclerus one that you ofte reherse in this your booke writeth of him In super Beatus Gregorius c. Beside this Saint Gregorie compelled the Ligurians the Venetians the Iberians which had confessed their schisme by their libell to receiue the Decrees of the Councell of Chalcedo and so broughte them to the vnitye of the Churche He reduced them from Idolatrye partely by punnisshmente partlye by preaching the Brucians the people of Sardinia and the husbandmenne of Campania By the good and mightye authoritie of his writings and by Ambassadours sente in conueniente time he sequestred from the bodye of the Churche the Donatiste Heretiques in Affrique the Maniches in Sicilie the Arrians in Spaine the Agnoites in Alexandria Onely the Heresie of the Neophites in Fraunce rising by Symoniacall bribes as it were by so manye rootes was spreade farre and wide againste the whiche he valiauntlye foughte labouring mightelye against it to the Queene Brunechildis and to the Frenche Kinges Theodoricus and Theodobertus till at the lengthe a Generall Councell beinge summoned he obteined to haue it vtterlye banned and accursed This saith Nauclerus of other Countries Now what nede I speake of our Realme the matter being so notoriouse that by his good meanes by his studye and carefulnes we were brought from most miserable idolatrie to the faith of Christe And therefore as our Venerable Countreyman Bede writeth we maye well and oughte to call him our Apostle Rectè nostrum appellare possumus debemus Apostolum Quia cum c. For saith he wheras he had the chiefe Bisshoprike in all the worlde and was the chiefe Ruler of the Churches that long before were conuerted to the faithe he procured oure Nation that before that time was the Idols slaue to be the Church of Christ. So that we may well vse that saiyng taken from the Apostle All were it that he were not an Apostle to other yet is he our Apostle We are the seal of his Apostlesship in our Lord God It appeareth that S. Gregorie had to doe in Ireland also by his Ecclesiastical authoritie Thus much haue I here spoken of S. Gregorie either necessarily or as I suppose not altogether without good cause Surely not without most deape harte griefe to consider how farre we are gon from the learning vertue and faith whiche we nowe almost one thousande yeares past receiued at this Blessed mans handes Which altogether with our newe Apostle M. Horne heere is nothing but Grosse ignorance And this blessed and true Apostle of our English Nation no better then the child of perdition That is as he meaneth in dede a plaine Antichriste I pray God ones open the eyes of our Coūtrie to see who is in dede the true Antichrist and who are his messengers and forerunners thereby carefully and Christianly to shun as well the one as the other Christ is the Truth it selfe as him selfe hath said Who then is more nere Antichriste then the teacher of Vntruthes And what a huge number hath M. Horne heaped vs vppe in that hitherto hath bene answered being litle more then the third part of his boke Yea in this very Diuision how doe they muster Some of them haue already ben touched But now to the rest more at large let vs ouer runne the Diuision shortly againe First besides his false translation putting for repairing the order of Ecclesiasticall discipline to make a new fourme thereof as though that King altered the old Religion of his realme and placed a newe neuer vsed before in Christes Churche as M. Horne and his fellowes haue done in our Countrie beside this pety
sleight and diuers other before noted he hath so maimed and mangled the wordes of King Richaredus wherein the whole pithe of this Diuision resteth to make some apparence of his pretensed Primacie that it would lothe a man to see it and weary a man to expresse it Namely in the text where his Note standeth of a Princes speciall care for his subiectes The whole woordes of the King are these The care of a King ought so farre to be extended and directed vntill it be found to receiue the full measure of age and knowledge For as in worldly things the Kings power passeth in glorie so oughte his care to be the greater for the welth of his subiectes But now moste holy Priestes we bestow not onely our diligence in those matters whereby oure subiectes may be gouerned and liue most peaceablye but also by the helpe of Christe we extend our selues to thinke of heauenly matters and we labour to knowe how to make our people faithfull And verely if we ought to bend all our power to order mens maners and with Princely power to represse the insolency of the euill if we ought to geue all ayde for the encrease of peace and quiet muche more we ought to study to desire and thinke vppon godly things to looke after high matters and to shew to our people being now brought from errour the trueth of cleare light For so he dothe whiche trusteth to be rewarded of God with aboundant reward For so he dothe which aboue that is cōmitted vnto him doth adde more seing to such it is said what so euer thou spendest more I when I come againe will recompence thee This is the whole and ful talke of Richaredus the king to the Councel touching his duetyfull care aboute religion Compare this gentle Reader with the broken and mangled narratiō of M. horne and thou shalt see to the eye his lewde pelting and pelting lewdnesse Thou shalt see that the king protested his care in gods matters to be not his dew charge and vocatiō as a king but an additiō aboue that which was commytted wnto him and to be a work of supererogatiō and that he extēded him selfe of zeale aboue that which his duety ād office required Al which M. Horn left out bycause he knewe it did quite ouerthrowe his purpose He saieth againe of kyng Richaredus that he decreed in the Councel of his owne Authority commaundyng the bisshops to see it obserued which wordes also he hath caused to be printed in a distinct lettre as the wordes of his Author alleaged But they are his owne wordes and do proceede of his owne Authority not to be found in the whole processe of the Kings Oration to the Councell or in the Coūcel it selfe But contrariwise the Councell expressely saith of this Decree Consultu pijssimi gloriosissimi Richaredi Regis constituit Synodus The Synode hath appointed or decreed by the aduise of the most godly and gloriouse King Richaredus The Synode M. Horne made that Decree by the aduise of the King The king made it not by his own authority commaunding c. as you very Imperiously do talke Againe where you saie that S. Gregory did much commend the carefull gouernement of Princes in causes of Religion S. Gregory speaketh not of any suche gouernement at all It is an other of your Vntruthes Last of all where Saint Gregorie sayeth of humilitie as we haue before declared to the king Et si vobiscum nihil egimus Although we haue done nothing with you You to amplifie the matter enlardge your translation with a very lying liberalitie thus Although I haue medled and don nothing at all with you doing this altogether without mee For these wordes medle at all and dooing this altogeather without me is altogeather without and beyond your Latine of Saint Gregorie Whome you ouerreache exceeding much Making him not so muche as to meddle with the Kings doings and that the king did altogeather without him Which yet if Nauclerus your common alleaged Author be true of his woorde did verye muche with the King and furdered many wayes the conuerting of the Arrians in Spaine to the Catholique faith But so it is As in al your proufes you ouerreach mightely the force of your examples cōcluding Supreme gouernmente in all causes when the Argumente procedeth of no gouernemente at all but of execution and so foorth euen so in your translations wherein yet you looke singularlye to be credited scarse ones in tenne leaues bringing one sentence of Latine you ouer reache marueilouslye your originall Authorities Suche is your vntrue and false dealing not onely here but in a manner throughout your whole booke And nowe to ende this Seconde booke with a flourishe of Maister Iewels Rhetorique to sweete your mouth at the ende Maister Horne that so with the more courage we may proceede after a pause vppon this to the Thirde and Fourthe let me spurre you a question What M. Horne Is it not possible your doctrine may stande without lyes So many Vntruthes in so litle roome without the shame of the worlde without the feare of God Where did Christe euer commaunde you to make your Prince the supreme gouernour in all causes By what Commission by what woordes Or if Christ did not who euer els cōmaunded you so to do What lawe What Decree what Decretall what Legantine what Prouinciall But what a wonderfull case is this The Supreame gouernemente of Princes in al causes Ecclesiastical that we must nedes swere vnto by booke othe yea and that we must nedes belieue in conscience to be so auncient so vniuersal so Catholique so cleere so gloriouse can not now be founde neither in the olde Law nor in the new nor by anye one example of the first 600. yeares THE THIRDE BOOKE DISPROVING THE PRETENSED PRACTISE OF Ecclesiastical gouernmēt in Emperors and Kings as wel of our own Countre of Englande as of Fraunce and Spayne in these later .900 yeres from the tyme of Phocas to Maximilian next predecessour to Charles the V. of famous memory M. Horne The .79 Diuision Fol. 47. b. Next after Sabinianus an obscure Pope enemy and successour to this Gregory succeded Bonifacius 3. VVho although he durst not in playne dealing denie or take from the Emperours the authoritie and iurisdiction in the Popes election and other Churche matters yet he vvas the first that .228 opened the gappe thereunto for as Sabel testifieth vvith vvhom agree all other vvriters for the moste parte This Bonifacius immediatly vpon the entraunce into his Papacy dealte with Phocas to winne that the Church of Rome might .229 be head of all other Churches the which he hardely obteined bicause the Grecians did chalenge that prerogatiue for Constantinople After he had obteyned this glorious and ambitious title of the bloudy tyrant Phocas and that vvith .230 no smal bribes like vnto one that hauing a beame in his ovvn eie vvent about to pul the mote out of
matter to brue by litle and litle first he obteined to .231 be the chiefe ouer al the Bisshops then to couer vice vvith vertue and to hide his ambicion he condemned al ambicion in labouring Spirituall promocion and in the election of Bishoppes vvhere the confirmation before vvas in the Emperours bicause the Emperour gaue him an I●i●he he toke an ell bicause he had giuen him a foote he vvould thrust in the vvhole body and tourne the right ovvner out For .232 leuing out the Emperour he putteth in the Princes of the Cities from vvhome he might as easely aftervvardes take avvay as for a shevve he gaue falsely that vnto them that vvas none of his to giue graunting vnto them the allovvance of the election but to him self the authority of ratifying or infringing the same choose them vvhether they vvould allovve it or no. And to shevve vvhat authoritie he vvould reserue to him selfe borovving of the tyrant speaking in the singuler nombre Sic volo sic iubeo so wil I so do I commaunde for the more magnificence in the plurall nombre he princely lappeth vp all the matter vvith volumus iubemus we will and commaunde VVhich vvordes like the Lavve of the Medes and Persians that may not be reuoked if they once passe through the Popes holy lippes must nedes stand allovve or not allovve vvho so list vvith full authoritie the matter is quite dashed But thankes be to God for al this the decre is abolished folovveth immediatly For .233 shortly after Isacius the Emperours Lieutenant in Italy did confirme and ratifie the election of Seuerinus the first of that name for saith Platina The electiō of the Pope made by the Clergie and people in those daies was but a vaine thing onlesse the Emperour or his Lieutenant had confirmed the same Stapleton WHeras ye say this Bonifacius lefte out the Emperour who had the confirmation of them before in his decree concernyng the election of Bishops and put in the princes of the citie and gaue falslie that to them which was none of his to geue yf ye mark the words of the decree wel the Emperour is not left out but lefte in as good case as he was before Onlesse ye think the Emperour is prince of no city or that all cities were at this tyme vnder the Emperour wheras euen in our Europa the Emperour had nothing to doe in England Fraunce Germanie Spaine no nor in manie places of Italie And I must put you in remembraunce that before this tyme when Iustinian was Emperour king Theodatus did confirme the electiō of pope Agapetus as you reherse out of Sabellicus Neither did the pope as of him self and of newe geue anie authority to princes in election more thē they had before But by his decree renewed the old order of electiō of bishops Which was wont to passe by the cōsent of the clergie prince and people with the popes confirmation afterward Therefore ye say vntruly surmising that the decree of Bonifacius was in this poynt immediatly abolished Verely your example of Isacius the Emperours Lieutenāt litle serueth your purpose who shortly after you say confirmed and ratified the election of Pope Seuerinus For first betwene this confirming of Seuerinus and the deathe of this Bonifacius foure Popes came betwene and wel nere .30 yeres Againe as touching this ratifieng and confirmation that Isacius the Emperours Lieutenāt practised will you see how orderly it proceded Verely by mere violence by spoyling the treasure of the Church of S. Iohn Lateranes At the distribution of which treasure afterwarde so orderly obtayned by the Emperour Heraclius the Saracens fel out with the Christiās because they had no parte thereof with the Greke and Romayn Souldiours forsoke the Emperours seruice got from the Empire Damascus al Aegypt and at lēgth Persia it self and embraced Mahomet then lyuing and his doctrine which synce hath so plaged all Christendome So well prospered the doinges of this Isacius and such holsome examples M. Horne hath piked out to furnishe his imagined supremacy withall M. Horne The .81 Diuision pag. 48. a Sisenandus the king of Spain calleth forth of all partes of his dominions the Bishops to a City in Spaine called Toletum The purpose and maner of the kynges doynges in that councel the Bishoppes them selues set forth first as they affirme They assemble together by the praecepts and cōmaundement of the king to consult of certaine orders of discipline for the Church to refourme the abuses that were crept in about the Sacramētes ād the maners of the Clergy The king vvith his nobles cōmeth into the coūcel house He exhorteth thē to careful diligēce that therby al errors and abuses may be vvypt a vvay clere out of the Churches in Spayn They folovve the kinges .234 directiō ād agree vpō many holsom rules VVhē they haue cōcluded thei besech the kīg to cōtinu his regim●t to gouern his peple with iustice ād godlines And vvhē the King had geuē his assent to the rulers of discipline vvhich they had .235 agreed vppon they subscribed the same vvith their ovvn handes The like Synode Chintillanus king of Spaine did conuocate at Toletum for certain ceremonies orders and discipline vvhich vvas confirmed by his precept and .236 decree in the first yeere of his reigne And an other also by the same king and in the same place and for the like purpose vvas called and kept the second yere of his reigne Chinasuindus King of Spaine no lesse careful for Churche matters and Religion than his predecessours .237 appointeth his bisshops to assemble at Toletum in conuocation and there to consult for the stablishing of the faith and Church discipline vvhich they did Reccessiunthus King of Spaine commaunded his Bisshops to assemble at Toletum in the first yere of his reigne and there appointed a Synode vvherein besides the Bisshops and Abbottes there sate a great company of the noble men of Spaine The Kinge him selfe came in amongest them he maketh a graue and verye godlye exhortation vnto the vvhole Synode he professed hovve careful he is that his subiectes should be rightly instructed in the true faith and Religion He propoundeth the fourme of an Othe vvhich the clergy and others of his subiectes vvere vvonte to receiue for the assurance of the Kings saulfty He exhorteth them to ordeine sufficiently for the maintenance of godlines and iustice He moueth his nobles that they vvill .238 assist and further the good and godly ordinaunces of the Synode He promiseth that he vvil by his princely authority ratifie and maineteine vvhat so euer they shal decree to the furtherance of true Godlinesse and Religion The Synode maketh ordinaunces the clergy and nobility there assembled subscribeth them and the Kinge confirmeth the same vvith his .239 royal assent and authority He called tvvo other Synodes in the same place for such like purpose in the seuenth and eyght yeeres of
his reigne The 2. Chapter Of other kinges of Spayne and of the Toletane Councels holden in their raignes Stapleton WE are yet ons againe come to Spayne and we haue nowe seuen councels summoned there by theis foure kings that M. Horn here nameth But surely there is nothing wherby to fasten this primacy vppon them But here are manie playne and open things that do so blemish and spotte M. Horn and his Madge and their childrē with a most shamful reproche of perpetual infamy as theis coūcels here by him alleaged may seme to remayne in this his boke lyke the salt Stone wherinto Lothes wyfe was turned that is as a perpetual monumente of his shame and dishonestie for euer For where is the clericall crowne that theis fathers require in M. Hornes head What a nomber of decrees appeare in theis councelles by M. Horne rehersed againste the filthie fornication and mariage of such persons both men and wemen as had professed chastytie For the which Potamius the bishop of Bracarie is deposed as was before Saphoracus whome as ye heard M. Horne browght in for an example of his proufe in Fraunce And here haue yowe that not onlie Maistres Madge shall be a slaue but her children to thus incestuously begotten shall be made bond men I praye yow then what doe all theis Councells so muster here onlesse yt be to represente to vs and to all that shall reade and see M. Hornes boke hereafter that he can alleage no Councells but suche as make against him For beholde howe manye thinges these Councells decree of whiche M. Horne and his pewfelowes obserue neuer a white Els where are the hallowed tapers to be vsed in the vigils decreed in those Councels Where is the Masse so expresly in those Councells mentioned Where is the order and discipline decreed there against renegate Nonnes But to let these things passe what hath M. Horne in al those Coūcels to iustifie his primacy by Verely in the first Councell by him alleaged Sisenandus the kyng entring in to the Synod began his talke to the bishops Coram sacerdotibus Dei humi prostratus lyenge flat groueling on the ground before the priestes of God And in al that Councel he only exhorted the bishoppes to make some decrees for reformation of the Church In the second Councel by him alleaged wher he saieth the Synod was confirmed by the princes commaundement and decree the wordes of the Councel write expresly the contrary For the bishops there of their conclusion in that Synod do say Ex praecepto eius decreto nostro sancimus This we ordaine by the kinges precept and our decree It is their decree M. Horne not the princes And so in the next Councell folowing this Synod is called the bishops constitution or decree not the kinges In the third Councell by you alleaged the bishops confesse they were there assembled Regis salutaribus hortamentis absque impedimento by the holsome exhortations of the king without let signifiyng that by the kinges meanes they were quietly assembled and nothing els As also in the next Councell folowing they saie Studio serenissimi Regis caet by the endeuoure or fauoure of our most gratiouse kinge Nay in the next Councel by you alleaged the kinge and his nobles confesse them selues subiectes to the bishops in such matters The king speaking to the bishops saieth En Reuerendi patres excelsiori mihi venerationis honore sublimes coram vobis aduenio c. Beholde Reuerend fathers highe to me in a more higher degree of honour I come before you c. And touching his nobles of whome as M. Horne noteth there sate in the Synod a greate Company he chargeth them vt nihil à consensu praesentium patrum sanctorúmque virorum aliorsum mentis ducant obtutum that in no point they should direct their intention from the consent of the fathers and holy men there present In which words you see M. Horn his nobles were not there to gouerne to direct or to ouerrule the bishops but rather to be gouerned directed and instructed of the bishoppes And then as I saied what is there in all these Councells that may any waies furder this vehement imaginatiō of your supremacy And how much is there that ouerturneth the same and establisheth the Clergies supremacy in such causes to them apperteyning For beside all this lo what the Fathers in this very Councell do yet farder protest They saie that Christ is the head and the bishops the eyes They say that they being of the highest doe rule by the highnes of theire order and doe gouerne the multitude of people vnder their subiection And therevppon they say that Bisshoppes amonge other their vertues must excell in kepinge of chastitye And they further doe declare that such as be faultye therein shal be thruste oute of theire bisshoprikes Yet one thinge there is that semethe colowrablye to serue Maister Horne that is that the nobility also subscribeth Which should seame to imploye a voyce and a consente Vnto the which our former answer may serue wel enough that the Bisshops decreed and ruled not the Nobles Again this may serue that here in al these Councels was no new matter of faith determined but most of all this I am assured will serue to say that many thinges were in those Coūcels enacted for the assurance and succession of the Prince and of other cyuill and polityke matters to the whiche noble men may subscribe wel inowghe M. Horne The .82 Diuision Fol. 49. a. Vitalianus beinge chosen Pope sente his messengers vvith Synodicall letters according to the custome saith Gratian to signifie vnto the Emperour of his election In this Popes time saith the Pontificall came Constantinus the Emperour to Rome vvhome this Pope vvith his cleargy met sixe myles out of the City and did humbly receiue him It is vvonderfull to consider although the Historians being Papistes for the most part .240 couer the matter so muche as may be vvhat practises the Popes vsed to catche .241 from the Emperours to them selues the superiority in gouerning of Churche matters vvhen they savve that by stovvte and braue presumption their ambitious appetites could not be satisfied they turned ouer an other leafe and couering their .242 ambitious meaning vvith a patched cloke of humility and lovvlinesse they vvan muche of that vvhich vvith pride and presumption they had so often before this tyme attempted in vaine VVith this vvily lovvlinesse Donus the next sauing one to Vitalianus .243 brought vnder his obedience the Archebisshop of Rauenna There had been an olde and .244 continual dissention betvvixt the Archebisshop of Rome and the Archebisshop of Rauenna for the superiority The Rauennates accompting their sea .245 equall in dignity and to ovve none obedience to the sea of Rome for they vvere not subiect therevnto To finishe this matter and to vvinne the superiority
office is an honorable office Wel let yt be honorable to I suppose for all that it shal not make hym supreame heade of the Churche withall And so hath M. Hornes argument a great foyle M. Horne The .90 Diuision Fol. 53. a. The bishops and Clergy vvhich vvere of the Prouince of Antioche vvhan Macarius vvas deposed by the iudgement of the Synode do make supplication vnto the Iudges the Emperours deputies and counsailours that they vvilbe meanes vnto the Emperour to appoint them an other Archbishop in the place of Macarius novve deposed Stapleton And wil ye play me the Macariā styl M. Horne Good reader cōsider of M. Horns dealings euē in this coūcel that I haue ād shal declare whether M. Horn doth not altogether resemble Macarius shameful practise in his allegatiōs One of your reasons thē M. Horn to proue Cōstantines supremacy by is that the Antiochians sewed to themperour to appoint an other Archbisshop in the place of Macarius The appointment of an Archbisshop imployeth no supremacy Diuerse Kings of England haue appointed bisshops and Archebisshops in their Realm And yet none euer toke vpon them either the name or Authority of a Supreme Gouernour in al causes Ecclesiastical vntil in this our miserable tyme heretikes by authority of Princes to establishe their heresies haue spoiled Gods Ministers and the Church of her dewe Authority and gouernement And I haue told you before M. Horne that this Cōstantin himself hath disclaimed your supremacy of supreame iudgement in causes ecclesiastical Wherof also the very next matter immediatlye rehersed before the thing you alleage is a good and a sufficient proufe I wil therfore demaunde a question of you Ye see Macarius is deposed and that as you confesse here your selfe by the Iudgement of the Synod Might now themperour kepe him stil ād that laufully in his bisshoprik if he had so would or no If ye say he might not thē is he no Supreame Head Except ye wil say he was lawfully deposed as an heretike and therfore thēperour could not kepe him in This also as yet maketh against your supremacy For thē the Iudgemēt of the bisshops is aboue themperours power But I wil further aske you whether yf Macarius had bene hartely poenitent and had recanted his heresy to themperour might thē haue kept him in Now take hede ye be not brought to the streights which way so euer ye wind yourself Yf ye say he may as ye must yf ye wil haue themperour Supreme Gouernour in al causes ecclesiastical then is the whole Coūcel against you vtterly denying him al hope of restitution though the Iudges at thēperours cōmaundemēt being moued with mercy proposed this questiō to the Synod Yf ye say he may not then do ye your self spoile thēperour of his Primacy Thus ye perceiue euery way ye are in the bryers being conuicted by the very place by your self proposed M. Horne The .91 Diuision Fol. 53. a. The Iudges make them aunsvvere that it vvas the Emperours pleasure that they should determine amongest them selues vvhom they would haue and bring their decree vnto the Emperour At the last the vvhole Synod doe offer their definition subscribed vvith their hands to the Emperour besechīg him to .274 examen and confirme the same The Emperour vvithin a vvhyle saith vve haue redde this definition and geue our consent thereunto The Emperour asked of the vvhole Synod yf this definition be concluded by vnifourme consent of al the Bishops the Synod ansvvered VVe al beleue so we be al of this mind God send themperour manye yeares Thou hast made al heretiks to flie by thy meanes al Churches are in peace accursed be al Heretiks In the vvhich curse the vvhole Synode curseth Honorius Pope of Rome vvith the great curse vvhome the Synode nameth in .17 Action one of the chiefest of these Heretiques vvho are here cursed The Emperour protesteth that his zeale to conserue the Christiā faith vndefiled .275 vvas the only cause of calling this Synode He shevveth vvhat vvas their partes therein to vvyt to weighe consideratly by Gods holy Scriptures to put away al noueltye of speche or assertion added to the pure Christiā faith in these latter daies by some of wicked opiniō and to deliuer vnto the Church this faith most pure and cleane .276 They make a cōmendatory oration vnto thēperor vvith much ioyfulnes declaring that this his fact about this Synod in procuring to his subiectes true godlynes and to al the Church a quiet state was the most comely thing the most acceptable seruice the most liberall oblatiō or sacrifice that any Emperour might or coulde make vnto God And declaring the humble obedience to his precept or sommons of the Bisshop of Rome vvho sent his Legates .277 being sicke him self and of them selues being present in their ovvne persones they doe most humbly beseche him to set his seale vnto their doinges to ratifie the same with the Emperial wryt and to make edictes and constitutiōs .278 wherewith to confirme the Actes of this Councel that al controuersie in tyme to come may bee vtterly taken away Al vvhich the Emperour graunted vnto them adding his curse as they had done before so vvel against al the other Heretikes as also against Honorius late Pope of Rome a companion fautour and cōfirmer saith he of the others heresies in al pointes After this the Emperour directeth his letters to the Synode at Rome of the VVesterne Bisshoppes vvherein he commendeth their diligence about the confuting of the heresies He describeth the miserable estate the Churche vvas in by meanes of the Heresies for saith he the inuentours of Heresies are made the chiefe Bisshoppes they preached vnto the people contention in steade of peace they sovved in the Churche for●vves cockle for vvheate and all Church matters vvere troubled and cleane out of order And because these things vvere thus disordered and impietye consumed Godlines wee sette forwarde thyther whereunto it becommed vs to directe our goinge meaninge to seeke by al meanes the redresse of these disorders in Churche matters wee labour with earnestnes for the pure faith wee attende vppon Godlines and wee haue our speciall care aboute the Ecclesiasticall state In consideration vvhereof vvee called the Bisshoppes out of farre distaunte places to this Synode to sette a Godly peace and Quietnes in the Churche matters c. To this epistle of the Emperour Leo the seconde Bisshoppe of Rome maketh aunsvvere for Agatho vvas deade bye letters vvhereof this is the effecte I geue thankes vnto the Kinge of Kinges vvho hath bestovved on you an earthly Kingdome in such vvyse that he hath geuen you therevvith a mind to seeke much more after heauenlye thinges Your pietye is the fruite of mercy but your authoritye is the keper of Discipline by that the Princes minde is ioyned to Godde But bye this the subiectes receyue reformation of disorders Kinges ought to haue so muche care to refourme and correcte naughtynes
Gregory to the Physitian from all sinnes meaninge from the paynes of synnes He sent it to the two Noble men vt per quam omnipotens Deus superbientem perfidum hominem peremit per eam vos qui eum timetis diligitis praesentem salutem aeternam habere valeatis To th entent that as by that keye God miraculously shewe a proude and wretched man so by it you saieth he to them whiche feare God and loue God may haue also bothe present sauegarde and euerlastinge This was M. Horne the popes meaninges and intentes in sendinge to deuoute persons to Noble men and to princes such relikes of keyes from the Confession that is from the body or chappell of S. Peter And thus whereas M. Horne by his wonderfull inuentyue wytte had made a straunge metamorphosis of a Relique from S. Peters body into al the preeminence dignitie and Iurisdictiō of the Pope aboue other Churche Ministers they are nowe agayne by a happy reuolution God be thanked returned to their former shape and appere as they did before in their owne natural likenesse And that wythe more truthe a greate deale then Lucians Asse hauing trotted many yeres ouer downes and dales came at lengthe by eating of red roses to be Lucian him selfe agayne as it was before and as they saie it was neuer other But if M. Horne notwithstanding al this wil yet vphold his straunge metamorphosis and delight him selfe stil therin the rather bicause S. Gregory in al those places speaketh but of a keye and not of keyes as Gregory the .3 is saied to haue sente to Charles Martell then lo M. Horne for your ful satisfaction in this poynt yet an other place of S. Gregory wherein he sendeth euen keyes also Writing to Columbus a bishop of Numidia at the ende of his letters he sayeth Etiam Claues beati Petri in quibus de cathenis ipsius inclusum est tibi pro benedictione transmisi I haue sent you also by this bearer the keyes of S. Peter in which there is of his chayne 's enclosed for a benediction Lo M. Horne here are sent to a bishop of Numidia not the keyes from or of S. Peters Confession which you see are but keyes of or from his toumbe or body as to Charles Martell onely were sent but the very keyes of S. Peter him selfe But what Had that bishoppe therefore all the popes preeminence and Iurisdiction sent him Nay this notwithstandinge what Iurisdiction and supreme gouernement thys verye pope practised ouer Numidia and all Afrike to bothe in these very letters partlye appereth and more largely it maye appeare if you vóuchesafe M. Horne to reade that litle onely which in this matter I haue saied to your pewefelowe M. Iewell in my laste Returne of vntruthes vppon his moste lyinge Replie And here you heare S. Gregory saie he sent him these keyes pro benedictione For a benediction not for a Iurisdiction For a holy Relike not for a supreme dignitie For a deuoute remembraunce not for a princelye preeminence As you moste fondelye and ignorantlye do pronounce Yea and this you so folowe and pursewe from hence forewarde as the very grounde and foundation of all the Supreme gouernement whiche you woulde so fayne fasten vppon princes heads a thinge of them neuer yet so much as desired or dreamed of For lo vpon this ioyly grounde you buylde and say The heyres and successours of this Charles Martell did keepe these keyes from rustinge Verely I thinke in dede bothe he and his godly successours vsed that Relike and many other deuoutely and did not suffer it to ruste aboute them A poynt for this relike say you I saie They exercised the same iurisdiction and gouernement in Ecclesiastical causes that the Emperours and kings had done from the time of Constantine caet Verelye and so thinke I to But you see nowe Maister Horne at leste euery discrete Reader seeth that from the time of Constantin hytherto neuer Prince but heretikes as Constantius and Anastasius wythe a fewe suche gouuerned in causes Ecclesiasticall Namely in al things and causes as you by Othe make folke to sweare I should say forsweare But as touchinge thys Charles Martell and Carolomanus his sonne whom you call his nephewe and kinge Pipins sonne and their gouuernement in Ecclesiasticall causes gouuernement they had none nor exercised none You tel vs of such a thinge but you proue no such thinge The whole dealing of Gregory the .3 with Charles Martel and of pope Zachary with Carolomannus his sonne was onely that they shoulde take the Churche of Rome in to their protection beinge then the moste mighty princes in this parte of Christendom seinge the Emperours of Constantinople had by heresy as Leo then the Iconomache and other crueltyes rather forsaken it and oppressed it then succoured it and defended it And therefore of this facte of Gregory the .3 Sabellicus a moste diligente chronicler writeth thus Tum primùm Romanae vrbis Apostolicaeque sedis tutela quae ad Constantinopolitanos principes si quid grauius accidisset omnia sua desideria conferre consueuisset Gallorum est Regum facta Then began the Frenche princes to take vpō thē the protection of the Cyty of Rome and of the See Apostolike which had bene wonte before to referre al their griefes to the Emperours of Constantinople if any weightyer matter had befallē And againe Suscepit nihil grauatè pientissimū patrociniū Carolus Pōtificis rogatu Charles at the request of the pope toke vpon him willingly that most charitable or godly protection And this lo was that which Pope Gregory by sendīg keyes frō S. Peters Cōfessiō to Charles Martel did seke ād fewe for at his hāds M. Horn shooteth farre wide to imagine herin al the popes Iurisdictiō dignite and preeminēce to be sent away by ship into Frāce And as for Carolomanus of whose supreme gouernmēt M. Horn fableth here so much within .4 yeres after this great Authoryty exercised wēt to Rome offred hī selfe to the pope ād was shorē in for a Mōke And what or wherin cōsisted his Authoryty He summoned a Coūcel you say and many decrees were made there by his Authoryty Yea but why tel you not that pope Zacharias at the request of Bonifacius gaue to him ād to this Carolomanus a speciall Cōmissiō by his letters to cal this Synod ād to decree therin such things as Bonifacius should think behoueful for that time Why in your very narratiō do you euē in the middest of your allegatiō where you talk of this Bonifacius leaue out quite and nippe of these wordes Qui est missus S. Petri. Who is the Popes Legat Why deale you not trulye and why tell you not al Forsoth because truth is none in you and al maketh against you In Nauclerus you may see and reade at large the Popes Commission to Bonifacius and to the Prince for keping this Synod and for orderīg the same Yet
you tell all for the Emperour as though the Pope had don nothing O wilful malice and malicious wilfulnesse M. Horne is not content to be blinde him selfe He wil also make his readers blīd And because he loueth not the truth or the truth loueth not him therfore he would his Reader should learne the falshood and be as false as him self is But againe what impudency is this to bring Carolomanus doinges by the which euen in your own narration the holy Chrisme the masse and other orders of the Churche that ye haue abolisshed are confirmed and your whordome with M. Madge is punished by derogation penance and otherwise euen by your own supreme head Corolomanus Which did not degrade any priest actually him self or caused any to be degraded by his supreame authoritye as ye seame by a false sense to inferre but caused them by the ordinary meanes and according to the rules and canons to be degraded Who also made him selfe no Churche lawes as M. Horn here vntruly noteth but did al by the authority of Pope Zacharias who as I haue said and as in Nauclere it appeareth gaue Commission to Bonifacius the Bisshop to kepe a Synod in the Dominion of this Carolomanus in which Synode all these Churche lawes were made All which euidently proueth the Popes Primacy at that tyme not the Princes M. Horne The .95 Diuision pag. 58. a. About this tyme vvas one Bonifacius not Pope but as they call him the great Apostle of the Germanies the like for all the vvorld to our Apostle here in Englande Augustinus Anglorum Apostolus Either of them .299 might be called the Popes Apostles vvhose greate champions they vvere And euen suche Ecclesiasticall matters as our Apostle treateth of hath this Apostle in his Epistles to the Pope as this He asketh his holines when fatte bakon should be eaten The Pope answereth when it is wel smoke dried or resty and then soddē Likewise he asketh whether we shall eate Dawes Crowes Hares and wilde Horses The Pope biddeth him to beware of them in any wise Also he asketh him howe if Horses haue the falling sicknesse what we shall doe to them The Pope aunswereth hurle them into a ditche He asketh what we shall doe with Beastes bitten with a madde dogge the Pope biddeth him kepe them close or hurle them into a pitte He asketh if one Nonne may washe an others feete as men may the Pope answereth yea on Goddes name Also he asketh howe many Crosses and where aboutes .300 in his bodye a man shoulde make them These and a greate manye suche like are the Popes and his Apostles Ecclesiasticall matters But leauing these trifles note that in those Ecclesiasticall matters vvhich he did to anye purpose the laye Princes hadde the entermedling as appeareth .301 by the Pope Zacharias Epistle to this Boniface It is no marueile thoughe this Kinge Charoloman as also Charles the greate and other noble Princes after their tyme established by their authority in Synodes manye superstitions and .302 idolatrous obseruaunces as of Masses Chrysmes and such like abuses beinge moued vvith the zeale that all Princes ought to haue but vvanting the pure knovvledge that good and faithfull Bisshoppes should haue instructed them vvithal seinge suche .303 blind bussardes as this Boniface had the teaching of them vvho like blinde guides ledde them in the bottomles pitte of all superstitions and false religion The .9 Chapter Of S. Boniface the Apostle of Germany and of S. Augustin our Apostle Stapleton HEre is interlaced a lying slaunderouse patche al from the principal matter against our apostle S. Augustyn and S. Boniface an English man and a blessed Martyr slayne in Phrisia by the infidels commonly called the Apostle of Germanye But what a Ghospel is this that can not come in credite but by most slaunderouse vilany and that against S. Augustin whome we may thank and S. Gregory that sent him that we are Christē mē S. Gregory cōmendeth him for learned and vertuous and setteth forth the miracles wonderfully wrought by him in our Countre And think you now M. Horn that you with al your lewde lying rayling or M. Iewel either can stayne and blemishe that blessed mās memory No no ye rather amplifie ād auaunce his glorious renown and proue your selues most wretched and detestable lyers as I haue sufficiētly of late declared in my Return vpō M. Iewels Reply They nede not M. Horn your cōmendatiō which in such a person as ye are were rather their discōmendatiō For the ill mans discōmendation is to a good man a very commendation as contrary wise to be commended of an il man is no true prayse but rather a a disgracyng and a dispraise Therefore where ye cal these blessed mē ād other bishops of this tyme blīd bussards ād say that in Charles the great ād other Princes then lacked pure knowledge ye declare your self what ye are a very blinde hob abowt the howse neither able to kepe your self frō lying nor yet frō cōtradictiō For M. Horne I would to God either your self or a great sort of your fellowes Protestāt bisshops had beside his vertue the learning of Charles the great being well sene aswel in the Greke as the Latin tōge And see nowe how well your tale hangeth together For the very leafe before Gregorye the .3 was passinglye well learned both in diuine and prophane learning and no lesse godlye And the fowrth leafe after your selfe bringe forthe Alcuinus an Englishman of greate learninge as ye saye that saieth as ye write that God incomparably honored and exalted Charles the great aboue his auncetours with wisedome to gouerne and teache his subiectes with a godlye carefulnes Which wisedome stode as your selfe declare in ordering matters Ecclesiasticall And Pope Zacharias that ye here speake of was well also sene in the Greeke tonge Into the which he trāslated out of Latin S. Gregories Dialoges And now what a blinde bussarde are you that pleade vpon this Zacharias epistles to Bonifacius to proue this Charlemains supremacye wherein the Popes primacy is euidently and openly declared as I haue before shewed yf ye were of this ignorant or what an impudent and a maliciouse person are you yf ye wittinglye and willingly alleage that for you which is most strong against you For this Councel that ye grounde your selfe vpon was called in dede by Pipyn and Caroloman but according as the Pope had geuen them Commission in his letters And this Bonifacius was the Popes Legate there For concealing wherof you left out Qui est missus S. Petri Who is the Popes legat And the Princes were but ayders and assisters vnto him And Boniface proceding very well and canonically deposed the false the adulterouse and the schismaticall priestes Which so yrketh M. Horne at the very heart remēbring that if him selfe were wel and canonically handeled he should beare a muche lower saile then to beare either any
Rome ād those also which were banished with him Also he saieth he wēt to the Emperour ad vitandas seditiones to auoyde the tumultes that were rising in the Cytie which clause M. Horne nipped quyte of in the middest of hys allegation Belike M. Horne hym self thought not good to rest in that argumente and therfore he seketh a new ād that is that the Pope came to excuse hym self of hys vnlawfull consecratiō done without the cōsente of thēperour And to make his way brought a most bewtiful crowne of golde one for hym and an other for the Empresse wherof followed as Nauclerus saith that he obtayned what so euer he asked of the godlye Emperour But Maister Horne how your wherof followeth yt would trouble a wiseman yea your selfe to tell For to say the truth yt can not followe Nauclerus maketh mention as I haue sayde what hys demaundes were but of no suche crowne Neither your other Authours Sabellicus and Platina But as well Platina as Volaterranus sayth the Emperour deliuered to the Pope at his returne a weightye and a massie Crosse of golde that he gaue to Sainte Peters Churche Now Syr do so much for me againe or rather for your selfe to proue your selfe a true man and somwhat to better your own tale to tel vs but one Author by name good or bad that writeth as ye say cōcerning the .ij. Crownes the Pope brought with him and of his purgatiō and pardō that he should craue of the Emperour What M. Horne may do hereafter good Reader let him selfe wel consider But I pray thee in the mean ceason consider that he allegeth no better matter than this that our Englissh Chronicles Bale belike or some such honest man and againe as some writers affirme doe plainely saye so Now though the creditte of our English Histories in this case be very slender yet ye see good Reader how he playeth and dallieth with you neither daring to name any Originall Chronicler nor any other that doth name the said Chronicler But maketh his proufe onely vpon some sayes and heare sayes M. Horne The .103 Diuision pag. 64. a. Immediatl●e after the death of Stephen Paschalis .1 vvas chosen Pope He being encouraged ▪ by all .332 likelihode by his Predecessours like entraunce thinking to entreat the Emperour so easely as Stephen had done And boldened vvith a late made Canon by Stephen suffied him selfe to be enstalled and consecrate vvithout the Emperours inuesturing leaue and authoritie Neuertheles being better aduised mistrusting his presumptuous and disobedient fact vvould displease the Emperour as it did in deede he sent by and by his Legates to the Emperour to excuse him selfe and laieth al the fault on the people and clergy Th'Emperour accepting this excuse for that time warneth the people and Clergie of Rome that they take good hede that they do no more offend against his Maiestie but that hereafter they doe warely obserue and kepe the old orders and cōstitutions He calleth this attempt .333 plaine treason This Emperour called a Coūcel at Frankeford he bestovved spirituall promotions and .334 instituted his brother Drogo the chiefe Minister or Bisshop at Mettes In the meane vvhile die●h Pope Paschalis next to vvhome follovved Eugenius but elected not vvithout contention and liued but a vvhile after vvhom succeded Valentinus vvho liued in the Papacie but forty daies Next vnto him vvas chosen Gregorie the fourthe who was of so great modesty saith Platina that being elected Pope of the Clergie and people of Rome he would not take vpon him the office before he had his confirmation of th' Emperours Embassadours whō th' Emperor had sent to Rome for that purpose and to examin diligētly that election And Lodouicus th' Emperour did not this of pride but that he woulde not loose the priuileges and rightes of th' Empire Note al these things vvell the Pope on the one part vvhā he vvas chosen vvithout any contentiō yet vvould he not be cōsecrat vvithout th' Emperors cōfirmation othervvise he thought it an vnmodest part Th' Emperor on the other side not only sendeth his Embassadours to cōfirm but or euer they confirm hī to examin and diligētly to discusse after vvhat sort he cam in ād vvhether he vver elected laufully or no. And this he did not of a pride say thei much lesse of any vsurpatiō but becaus he vvold not lose or diminissh the right herein that belonged to the Emperial .335 Maiest Here say they he did it of purpose because he vvould not lose his right ād not his only but the right of the Empire But least it shuld seme he did tirannously herein and oppressed the church or infringed her liberties it folovveth almost vvoorde for vvorde in both these vvriters Platina and Nauclerus For he was a mild merciful and most gētle Prince of nature and one that did alwaies mainteine the righte and dignity of the Church Lo hovv great clemēcy this is compted in him and the defence of the dignities and rightes of the Church the vvhich aftervvardes and novv of the Popes is compted the greatest tyranny and oppression of the Churche that can be But further to approue this deede of Lodouike the foresaid authors recite many Canons Decrees and Constitutions that this Emperour made in Ecclesiastical causes and things and especially for the reformatiō of the disordered behauiours of the Bisshops ād Clergy In so much that Platina cōparing the dissolutenes of the church mē in his time crieth out would God O Lodouike thou were aliue in these our times for now the Church wanteth thy most holy ordinaunces and thy discipline The selfe same Lodouicus saith Platina called a Councell of many Bisshoppes at Aquisgrane to Gods honour and the profite of the Church dignitie The Prelates in the Preface to this Synode dooe declare vvhat vvas the care and authoritie of this godly Emperour in this Synode They affirme that the most Christian Emperour had called an holy and Generall Congregation or Coūcell at Aquisgrane He began therin throughly to hādle the matter vvith vvisedom void of curiositie he counsailed yea vvarned the Holie Sinod assembled vvhat vvas nedeful to be don touchīg certain chief Ministers of the Churches He vvarned thē further to dravv out of the holy Canōs and the sayīgs of the holy fathers a fourm of institutiō for the sīple sort of ministers vvherby they might the more easily learn to vvalke in their dueties vvithout offēce The Synod geueth God thāks that he had preferd so holie wise and deuout a Prince to haue the .336 charge and ouersight of his Church and the Churches nedefull businesse or matters The Synode accordinge to the kings aduertisement furthered also vvith his helpe othervvise collecteth a fourme of Institution vvherin is cōteined at large after vvhat sorte the Prelates oughte to fra●e their liues rule or gouerne the people cōmitted to their cures c. This done they bring 337 to the Prince their fourm of Institutiō
had they re consente aswell as the Emperour And so can ye not make thys election to be a platte forme for your elections nowe in Englande Your nexte vntruth in this narration is that ye say that Luithprandus sheweth howe the Emperour dissolued the Councell For he speaketh no worde of the dissoluing of the councell but that he gaue licence to many of hys souldiers to departe vppō wich occasion Pope Iohn maketh a new hurly burley And Benedictus of whome ye speake that was set vppe in Iohns place after Iohns death by the Romans was thrust owte and Leo restored againe The whiche Benedictus was not deposed by thēperour in the coūcel ye speake of Neyhter did the Emperour sommon any Councell for his depositiō but only by fine force constrained the Romaines to admitte Leo ād to sweare vnto him as both Nauclere and Platina do write of whom you take your matter But it was the Pope hym self who gaue sentence against hym deposed hym and depriued hym as well from hys vsurped papacie as from all bishoplie and priestly dignity yea and banished him also from Rome Yet at the Emperours request who effusis lachrymis rogauit Synodū with teares requested the Synode for some mercye for him the pope suffred him to remaine in the order of a deacon but yet to liue in banishment not at Rome And this declaration which ye haue so slyly and craftely passed ouer is a most euident argument against your false assertion in this your boke yea and sheweth that it is not the Emperour as ye imagī but the clergy ād the pope chiefly that hath the supreame authority in the deposing of bishops Whereas ye say further that this Leo with his Synode gaue to Otho the creation of the Popes and the consecration of Archebishops and Bishoppes you belye the Decree For it graunteth not to the Emperour the whole creation and cōsecration but only the inuesturing of bishops ād that the popes electiō shuld not be takē as effectual with out themperours consent Therefore in the middest of your allegation you nippe quite of after the worde Consecration vnde debent From whence they ought whereby is declared that as the inuesturing and confirming is graunted to the Emperour so the Consecration is referred to that order according to whiche before by the Canons it ought to be And therfore the Decree at the ende saith If anie be chosen Bisshop of the Clergie and the people except he be cōmended and inuested by the King of Italie let him not be consecrated By which words it is euident that both the choise and the Consecration or ordering of Bishops and Archebishops is reserued to the Clergie and people But thereto is required the cōmendation inuesturing and cōfirmation of the Emperour whiche as I haue before shewed at large impaireth no iote the Popes Primacie but rather cōfirmeth it as a thing due to the Emperour rather by the gifte and confirmation Apostolicall then otherwise and due vnto him for order and quietnesse sake not as any parte of his Princelie power M. Horne The .111 Diuision pag. 70. a. VVhen this godlyPrince vvas dead vvhilest his sonne Ottho .2 vvas busied in the vvarres against the Sarazēs and after him his Son Ottho .3 vvas yet in nonage the Popes began to vvaxe so euil and the state of Christes Church to decaie asmuch as euer it did before So daungerous a mater it is to vvant godly Princes to gouerne Gods Church and to ouersee the Ministers therof Stapleton It is well you call Otho the first a godly prince For then I trust all that we haue so largely shewed concerning hys obedience to the See of Rome yea to that Pope Iohn so naughty a man as thanked be God neuer in our remembrance the like by many partes liued you will M. Horne allowe for good and godly Which if you doe we shall soone be at a point touching this matter betwene you and M. Fekenham and wil I hope recante and subscribe your selfe M. Iewell perhaps will beare you company All that you adde of the euil popes in the time of Otho the .2 and in the noneage of Otho .3 is but a slaunderous lye For as there were in that time some euill popes so were there also right good as Donus the .2 and Benedictus .7 who ruled the Church .8 yeres And the other were not so badde as M. Horne maketh them but by the reason of factions were much molested and traiterously vsed not for wante of the princes gouernement in causes ecclesiasticall but for lacke in dede of the Princes Iustice in orders temporall For to see external Iustice ministred is a matter temporall not ecclesiasticall Which for the reasons by M. Horne alleaged ceased in dede for a time in Italy the Emperours being allwaies in maner absent So necessary it was to reduce that Coūtrie to seueral Signories as it now liueth in and hath these many yeares in great quiet liued M. Horne The .112 Diuision pag. 70. b. About this time Hugh Capet the French king looked better to his Clergy in Fraūce and callinge a Coūcel at Rhemes of all the Prelates of Fraūce .367 deposed Arnulphus vvhome Charles had made Bishop there and made Gilbert the Philosopher Bishoppe vvhom aftervvards Otto .3 made Archebishoppe of Rauenna After Hugh Robert his sonne succeded a Prince very vvel learned and a diligent labourer about diuine or Churche matters whiche is the propre parte of a righte king saithe Sabellicus VVhen Ottho .3 surnamed for his excellent vertues in that .368 vitious age Mirabilia mundi the maruailes of the worlde herde of the great misorder in Rome for the reformation therof he came into Italy but or euer he entred into Rome Pope Iohn .17 died and there fel no contention saith Nauclerus in the Popes Election bicause the Prince .369 appointed by his commaundement Bruno to be pronunced Pope who was called Gregory .5 So soone as the Emperour departed from Italy the Romaines thrust out Gregory and placed one Placentinus vvhom they call Iohn .18 The Emperour hearing hereof came to Rome hāged vp the Consul and put out Iohns eyes and restored Gregory into his sea againe I maruail that the historiās saith Platina do rekē this Iohn amōgest the popes which vndoubtedly was in his Papacy a theef ād a robber for he entred not in by the dore as of right he should haue don For he came in by a factiō corrupting with mony ād large gifts Crescētius the Cōsul a most couetous wretch ād no lesse ābitious VVherby the sharpe iudgemēt of the Emperour is declared to be but vpright iustice So 370 that Platina makīg Gregory to be the true Pope ād to haue entred in by the dore of vvhom he saith Ottonis .3 authoritate pōtifex creatur he is created Pope by thēmperors autority and declaring the other that cam in vvithout thēmperors cōsent to be a theef and a robber semeth to be of this
armies came into the fielde in their ovvn persones and fought tvvo cruel and bloudy battailes and so ruled the 380 Schismatical Church vvith Paules vvorde Peters keyes being fast locked frō thē both in Christes Churche til thēperor sent Otto the Archebisshop of Collein geuing him ful authority as he should see cause to set in order the Church matters VVhā Otto came to Rome vvith this large commission he did sharpely reproue Alexander at the first Because he had takē vpō him the Papacy without thēperours cōmaundement and cōtrary to that order which the Law it self and the longe custome also hath prescribed VVhose vvords Nauclerus telleth thus How cōmeth this to passe saith he my brother Alexander that cōtrary to the maner of old time hitherto obserued and agaīst the law prescribed to the Romain bishops many yeares agoe thou hast takē vpō thee the Romain Papacy without the commaundemēt of the King and my Lord Hēry and so beginning frō Charles the great he nameth many Princes by vvhose authority the Popes vvere either chosen cōfirmed or had their electiō ratified and vvhan Le vvas going forvvard in his oratiō Hildebrand Tharchdeacō taketh the tale .381 out of his mouth saying in great heat O Archbisshop Otto themperors and Kings had neuer any right at al or rule in the electiō of the Romain Bisshops Tharchbisshop gaue place to Maister Archedeacō .382 by and by For Hildebrand knevv vvel inough saith .383 Sabellicus that Otto vvould relent easely and agree vvith him In such sort also haue other godly Princes been .384 beguyled trusting ouer much popish Prelats vvith their embassages VVihin a vvhile after vvhan thēperour heard of these doinges he sent streight to Pope Alexander to gather together the Prelats promising that he hīself vvould come to the councel to .385 set an order in the Church matters that al things might be don in his own presence vvho vsed Alexander very gētly and friēdly vvhervvith the Pope aftervvards vvas so moued and savv hovv he hīself had bē abused by Hildebrāds instigatiōs against so gētle a Prīce that he vvas greatly sory that he had attēpted to be pope vvithout his assent VVherupō saith Bēno whā Alexāder vnderstode that he was elected ād ēstalled by fraude ād craft of Hildebrād ād other thēperors enemies in his sermō to the people he plaīly declared that he would not sit in the Apostolik sea without the licence and fauour of thēperour and further said openlye in the pulpit that he would sende foorthwith his letters vnto the Emperour for this purpose so greatly he repented him of his vsurpation without the Emperours authority Hildebrande vvho had long avvayted and .386 practised to be Pope impacient of any longer tariaunce immediatly after the death of Alexander gatte to be made Pope and vvas called Gregory the seuenth of vvhose electiō Abbas Vrspurgens saith ▪ next to Alexander succeded Hildebrande vnder whome the Romain common weale and the whole Church was endaungered and brought in a great perill with newe errours and schismes such as haue not been heard of who climbed vp to this high dignity without the consent of the Prince and therefore there be that affirme him to haue vsurped the Papacy by tyranny and not Canonically instituted for which cause also many did refuse him to be Pope In this election Hildebrande .387 made poste haste for feare ●e had come shorte of his purpose In so much that Nauclerus saith before the exequies of Alexander vvere finished the Cleargy and people that came to the buriall cried out that S. Peter had chosen Maister Archedeacon Hildebrande to be Pope vvhereupon the Cardinalles vvent a side and elected Hildebrande But Benno vvho vvas a Cardinall at Rome the same tyme saith that the selfe same euening and hovver vvhen Alexander died Hildebrande vvas enstalled by his souldiours vvithout the assent of either Priest or people fearing lest delay vvoulde breede peril to vvhose election not one of the Cardinales did subscribe in so much that Hildebrande said to an Abbot that came short to the election brother Abbot yee haue taried ouer longe to vvhome the Abbot ansvvered ād thou Hildebrād hast made ouer much hast in that thou hast vsurped the Apostolik sea agaīst the Canōs thy Maister the Pope being not yet buried By vvhich post hast īportune clamours and violēt electiō it is easie to see hovv Platina and those that follovv him do no lesse 388 lie than flatter in praysing this Pope ād settīg foorth so comely a form of his electiō Nauel protesteth and promiseth in the tellīg of this Popes life to kepe an indifferēcy and fidelity in the report of the Chronicles and first reporteth the state of the Church vnder this Pope vvord for vvord as I haue rehersed out of Abbas V●spurg .389 and to declare his further vprightnes in the matter he telleth vvhat he founde vvriten in a fine stile amongest the Saxon histories that the Bisshops of Fraunce moued the Prince not to suffer this election vvhich vvas made vvithout his consent for if he did it might vvorke to him muche and greuous daungier the Prince perceiuing this suggestion to be true sent immediatly his Embassadours to Rome to demaunde the cause vvherefore they presumed vvithout the Kinges licence against the custome of their auncestours to ordeine a Pope and further to commaunde the nevve elected Pope to forsake that dignity vnlaufully come by onlesse they vvoulde make a reasonable satisfaction These Embassadours vvere honorably receiued and vvhen they had declared their message the Pope himselfe maketh them this ansvvere He taketh God to witnesse that he neuer coueted this high dignity but that he was chosen ād thrust violently thereunto by the Romaines who would not suffer him in any wise to refuse it notwithstanding they coulde by no meanes perswade him to take the Papacy vpō him ād to be cōsecrate Pope till he were surely certified that both the Kinge and also the Princes of Germany had geuen their assente VVhē the King vvas certified of this ansvveare he vvas contente and vvillingly gaue commaundement that he should be ordered Pope He also reciteth out of Blondus and other vvriters That the Kinge gaue his consente vnto the Popes election sending the Bisshop of Verselles the Chauncellour of Italy to confirme the election by his authority as the maner had bene the which thing also Platina saith he seemeth to affirme Aftervvardes the Emperour called a .390 Councell vvhich he helde as Sabellicus saith at VVormes vvhereat vvere al the Bisshops of Fraūce and Germany excepte the Saxons The Churchmen of Rome sent their epistles vvith greuous complaints against Hildebrand vnto this Councel In quibus Hildebrandum ambitus periurij accersunt eundemque plaeraque auarè superbeque facere conqueruntur hocque reiecto alium pastorem postulant VVherein they accuse Hildebrande of ambition and periury complainning that he dothe manye thinges proudly and couetouslye and therefore desire
to the Scottes theyr firste Bishop Palladius as Prosper writeth a notable Chronicler of that age Why dyd he also send into thys Ileland S. Germaine Bishoppe of Antisiodorum to bryng by the Apostolicall Authoritie the Britaynes from the heresye of the Pelagians as the sayed Prosper witnesseth Lett vs nowe come to the tyme of the Saxons conuerted by S. Augustine And then shall we fynd so manie and so full testimonies both of the popes primacie and of the princes subiection as I trowe M. Horne him selfe as impudent as he is can not nor will not denie them Which I do ouerpasse by reason they are readely to be foūd in our worthy coūtriemā S. Bede lately set forth by me in the English tongue and in the Fortresse also adioyned to the same storie I will nowe adde this only that from the time wherin Beda endeth his storie to the conquest of the foresaied William there appeareth in our domesticall stories a perpetuall and continuall practise of the saied primacie in this realme by the popes as well in those bookes as be extant in printe as in other As in Asserius Meneuens that continueth the storie from the death of Bede to the yeare of our Lorde 914. in Henricus Huntingtoniensis Gulielmus Malmesburiensis Alphredus Beuerlacensis Rogerus Houedenus Florilegiū siue Mattheus Westmonasteriensis Chronica Iohānis Londoniensis and many other yet not printed that I haue not sene and which are hard to be sene by reason of the greate spoyle of such kind of bookes of late made in the suppressing of monasteries and colleges The which suppression and it were for nothing else but for the losse of so many worthy Chroniclers can not be to much lamented the losse being incomparably greater then the losse of any princes treasure The case is nowe to be pityed for that the verie Librarie of the Vniuersitie of Oxforde hath felt the rage of this spiteful spoile not so much as one booke at this howre there remaining This is one of the worthy fruits of your new ghospel M. Horne As appereth also by the late vprores in these low Coūtries wher by the Gueses not onely the Monasteries but the Libraries also namelye of the grey friers in Antwerpe be most shamefully defaced the bookes burnt to ashes and the olde monuments destroyed The naming of Oxforde bringeth to my remembrance the noble and worthy foūder of the vniuersity there I meane Kinge Alurede In whose tyme there was at Rome a special schole or colledge for English mē priuileged ād exēpted frō al taxe ād tollages by pope Martin the .2 at the desire of this King Who sent to him for a gift a peece of the holy crosse This King beīg learned hīself loued entierly learned mē especially Ioānes Scotus that trāslated out of the Greeke tōg the works of Dionysius Areopagita whoō he vsed moste familiarly This Alurede being but yet yong was sent by the Kinge Edeluulphus his father to Rome accompanied with many noble men where pope Leo the .4 did confirme him and toke him as his sonne by adoption and did also annoynte and consecrate him King of Englande The manifolde practise of the said primacy continued from this Kings tyme euen to the tyme and in the tyme of blessed S. Edward the immediate predecessour of William sauing Harolde who reigned not one full yeare In the twenty yeare of the said King Edwarde the blessed man Wulstanus that was before a monk and prior there was consecrated bisshop of Worceter A man of suche notable vertue and such austerity of lyfe as he resembled the olde vertuouse and renowned religiouse men As one that among all other his notable qualities continued so in praying studiyng and fasting that somtymes in foure dayes and foure nights he neuer slepte and that litle reste which he toke was vpon a foorme in the Churche vsing none other bolsterre but his booke wherin he prayed or studied This man I saye was made bisshop and confirmed by the popes Legats being then in the realm before the Cōqueste Our authour doth not write this of vncertain heresay but of certain knowledge as a mā of that age and one that as it semeth had sene this blessed man ād talked with him To discourse vpon other particularities as vpon the continual appeale to Rome vpon willes charteres and such other writings sent from Rome to auoide tediousnes I doe purposely forbeare But I will nowe notifie to the good reader two thīgs only First that from the tyme of the good Kinge Offa in the yere of our Lord .760 who gaue after the example of Inas not long before him to the Pope as to the Vicare of S. Peter the Peter pence euen to the cōquest the payment of the said Peter pence hath continued and they were frō tyme to tyme leuied the Kings taking good diligent order for the sure paymente of the same Secondly that from the tyme of S. Augustine the first Archebisshop among the Saxons both he and al other Archebishops euen to the conquest receaued their palle from Rome an infallible token of their subiectiō to the Pope as Peters successour vpon whose holy tombe the palle is first layed ād after taken of and sente to the Archebisshop As these two tokens of subiection cōtinued frō tyme to time to the conqueste so they continewed also without any interruption onlesse it were verie seldome and for a litle space by reason of some priuate controuersie betwixte the Pope and the Kinge euen from thence to our freshe memorie beside many notable things otherwise in this realme since the conquest continually practised that serue for the declaration and confirmation of the said primacy Perchaunce M. Horne wil say to me Sir though I specifie nothing before the conquest to iustifie the princes supremacy yet in the margent of my booke I doe remitte the reader to a booke made in King Henry the .8 days Wherein he may see what doinges the Kings of England had in this realme before the conquest for matters Ecclesiastical A prety and a clerklie remission in dede to sende your reader for one thowsande of yeares together in the which ye shoulde haue laide out before hī your best and principal proufs to seke out a book he wotteth not where and which whē it is at lēgth foūd shal proue your matter no more substātially then ye haue done hitherto your selfe And therefore because ye worke by signes and profers only and marginal notes I wil remitte both you and my reader to a marginal note also for your and his ful aunswere Nowe then lette vs goe forwarde in Gods name and see whether Kinge William conquered bothe the lande and the Catholike faithe all at ones Lette vs consider yf this Kinge and the realme did not then acknowledge the Popes Supremacy as much and as reuerently as any Christian prince doth now liuīg I say nothing of the othe he toke the day of his coronation
by Fabian and by Polychronicon that he would sometime like a cōquerour for his owne lucre and safetie both displace the English prelats as he did the Knights and Nobles of the realme to place his owne Normans in their roome and also haue a peece many times of his owne mind cōtrary to the precise order of the Canōs and lawes ecclesiastical And this not only Fabian and Polychonicon but before them both Williā of Malmesbury doth also witnes Such faults therfore of Williā Cōquerour ād of others that your authour and other reporte in discōmendation serue you notwithstāding such beggarly shiftes you are forced to vse for good argumēts ād substātial bulwarks to build your newe supreamacy vpō And nowe might I or anie wise mā much meruail to cōsider how that ye haue ladē and freighted this one page of your boke with no lesse then .6 quotatiōs of the Polychronicō and yet not one of them seruing for but rather againste you yea eche one ouerthrowing your purpose And therfore because ye would be the lesse espied as throughout your whole discourse so here ye neither name boke nor chapter of your authour Beside that it is vntrue that ye write as out of Polychronicon that the popes Legates kept a Councell before which was kept at Winchester For he speaketh of none other but of that where Stigādus that we spake of was degraded and afterward kept streighly in prison by Williā Conquerour And the Bishops and Abbats ye speake of were not deposed by the King but as your self write by the kings meanes and procuremēt Which was as Fabiā reporteth all to the entent he might preferre Normans to the rule of the Church as he had preferred his Knightes to the rule of the temporaltie that he might stand in the more suertie of the lande M. Horne The .119 Diuision pag. 77. a. In like maner did his sonne William Rufus vvho made Anselm Bishop of Yorke and aftervvard trāslated him to Cantorbury But within a while strife and cōtention fel betwene him and Anselm for Anselm might not cal his Synods nor correct the bishops but as the kīg would the king also chalēged the inuestiture of bisshops This king also forbad the paying of any mony or tribut to Rome as saith Polychronicon The like inhibition made Henry the first and 417. gaue Ecclesiastical promotions as his auncestours had doone vvherefore Anselme fel out vvith the kinge and vvould not consecrate suche Prelates as he beynge a Lay man had made but the Archebishop of Yorke .418 did consecrate thē and therefore Anselme .419 fledde the Realme In an other councel at London the spiritual condescended that the kinges officers should punish Priestes for whoordome The cause of this decree as it seemeth vvas that a Cardinall named Ioannes Cremensis that came to redresse the matter after he had enueighed againste the vice vvas him selfe the same nyghte taken tardy In the which councell also sayth Polydore the kinge prouided many thinges to bee enacted which shoulde greatly helpe to leade a Godly and blessed life After this the kinge called an other Councell at Sarisbury Sommoning thither so well the chief of the Clergy as the people and swore them vnto him and vnto VVilliam his sonne Whereupon Polydorus taketh occasion to speake of the order of our Parliamente though it haue a French name yet in deede to be a councell of the Clergy and the Laitie vvhereof the Prince hath a full ratifiyng or enfringing voyce And not only saith he this king did make Bisshoppes and Abbottes vvhich he calleth holy rites Lavves of religion and Church ceremonies as other likevvyse cal it ecclesiastical busynes but the Princes of euery natiō begane euery wher to claim this right vnto thē selues of namīg and denouncing of Bisshops the which to this daie they hold fast with toothe and nayle Also Martinus here noteth Vntil this time and frō thence .420 euē til our daies the king of Hungary maketh and inuestureth according to his pleasure Bisshops and other Ecclesiastical persons within his Dominions Stapleton Ye shal nowe good reader see a more euidente testimonie of M. Hornes meruelouse newe logike and diuinity wherof I spake euen now For ys not this a worthy and a clerkly conclusion The wicked king Rufus woulde not suffer the blessed and learned archbishop of Caūterbury Anselme to cal hys Synodes and correcte the Bishoppes he challenged the inuestiture of Bishoppes he woulde paye no tribute to Rome Ergo the Quene of Englande is supreame head of the Church of Englande The losenes and fondnes of thys argumente euery childe may sone espie By this argument he may set the Popes crowne vppon the head of the wycked and heathen Prince especiallie the tyrāte Licinius with whome Eusebius cōparing the good and Christian Emperour Constantine cōpartner with hym in the empire ād not in hys wyckednes writeth thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. First then he watched and obserued the Priestes of God that were vnder hys gouernemente and wheras they had nothing offended hym he by curiouse and subtyle working deuised pretensed matter to trouble and vex● them When he could fynd no iuste matter to accuse them withall he made a proclamatiō that the Bishoppes for no maner of matter should assemble together and that yt shoulde not be lawfull to any of them to repayre to theire neighbours Churches or to call any Synode or place to consulte and debate vppon suche thinges as apperteyned to the commoditye of the Churche Thys was hys dryfte by the wich he sowght they re destruction For either the Bishoppes were in daunger to be punished ▪ yf they trāsgressed his law or yf they kepte the lawe they broke the order and custome of the Churche For they could not aduise thē selues in any weighty matters but in a Synode And thys wicked mā hated of God gaue thys commaundement that he might worke quite contrarye to the doeinges of good Constantyne whome God loued For he such was his reuerēce to God suche was his studie and endeuour to haue peace and agreemente assembled Gods priests together Th' other cōtrariwyse wēt about to dissolue those things that were wel ordeined and to breke peace ād agreemēt Thus farre Eusebius of the heathen tyran Licinius Ye play therfore M. Horn like a very spider that gathereth nothīg but poison out of sweet herbes and so doe you out of good chronicles Ye are like to the flie that loueth to dwell in the horse dong I would to God your Reader M. Horne would either aduisedly weigh what an ill King this Williā Rufus was by the most agreable consent of all writers and what straūge and wōderful tokēs were sene in his time ād how he ended his life being slaine by the glaūsing of an Arrowe as he was a hūting or the excellēt learning cōstancy and vertue of the B. Anselmus and the great miracles that
God wrought by him as wel before as after his death set foorth by the best Historiographers of that time especially of Henry Hūtington Williā of Malmesbury and one Edmerus Who hath made .ij. special Treatises the one cōcerning Anselmus doings with this king and king Hēry the other cōcerning his priuat life The which I would wish the gētle Reader to read to know the better the worthines of this man and withal the state of the cōtrouersy betwixt hī and the two kings Williā Rufus and Hēry Which in effect cōcerning William Rufus rested in that the said William would not at the admonitiō of this good man as wel leaue of other faults as also the inuesturing of Bishops the pilling of the spiritualty ād tēporalty and the selling of bisshopriks which was bought and solde as plainly as other marchandize as M. Hornes Author Fabian beside others dothe declare The beginning of the Kings displeasure against Bishop Anselme rose principally for that he woulde not according to his expectation geue him in the way of thanks a thousand pounds for making hī Archebishop of Caūterbury And yet as naught as this king was he neuer denyed the Pope to be Supreme Heade or Iudge of the Church no nor the paiment of the tribut called Rome shot but for a time pretending he knew not who was the true Pope the church of Rome thē being troubled with schisme and he seeming for the time to fauour rather the false then the true Pope which was Vrbane Whom this notwithstanding he acknowledged for the true Pope ād receiued Walter the Popes legat that brought the Palle for Anselme and receiued Anselme also into his friendship Henry of Huntington writeth that the king him selfe sent for the Palle the which being brought to Caūterburie and set vpon the Aulter was for the honor of S. Peter kissed of al men most humblie kneeling We haue now shewed how and after what fasshiō the king forbod the tribut to be paid to Rome the which I marueile why ye tell it rather out of Polichronicō then Fabian which saith it as well as the residue ye alleage But not for any of his good dedes For describing the death of this Williā he telleth that the day whē he died he held in his hands the three Bisshopriks of Caūterbury of Winchester ād of Salisbury and diuers Abbeies of the which he let some to farme Also he restrained the mony that of old time was paid to Rome called Rome shot Al which is told of Fabiā and the other Chroniclers to shew what a couetous man he was and iniurious to the Church not to shewe any practise of due and laufull Authoritie thereby Yet this serueth notwithstanding M. Hornes purpose very wel What M. Horne Wil you haue our Princes now like to William Rufus and his Father the Conquerour to taxe and pille both the Spiritualty and Temporalty of their realme as they out of measure did For so both Polichronicon and Fabian report which you conceal that notwithstanding the staie of this tribute to Rome yet did this William pill and shaue his people with tribute and misuse them with diuers other disorders Or as Fabian saith He pilled the Spiritualtie and Temporalty with vnreasonable taskes and tributs Such a one you bring foorth as a worthy example of your new Supremacie and yet can ye not fasten it vppon him neyther But much lesse shal ye fasten it vpon king Henry folowing who though he were for a time displeased with Anselme for that he would neyther consecrate those Bishops nor communicate with them whom the King had inuestured and because the Pope had so commaunded the matter yet stāding in controuersie did not flie as ye write but at the Kings desire went to Rome to see if he could mollifie the Pope And afterwarde the king was perfitly reconciled to him and the King made an ordinaunce and a decree that from that time foreward nor Bishop nor Abbat should be inuestured by the king or any other laie man by the pastorall staffe and the ring This writeth Henrie Archedeacon of Huntington a writer then liuing The like also Edmerius Anselmes cōpanion in his exile writeth And that the king was very gladde that he had made peace and accorde with Anselme And had great hope that he should the soner subdue Normandie Euen as it chaunced for he had a notable victorie and toke prisoners his brother Robert and other Princes that assisted Robert The whiche thing he certified Anselme of by his letters sent to him into Englande and all men of those daies imputed his victorie to the agreamente made with Anselme Tel me nowe in good faith M. Horne who was the Supreme Heade the king that yelded to the Pope for inuesturīg or the Pope that would neuer yelde to him nor the Emperour Henrie the .4 neither in this matter but did excommunicate the Emperour and king Henry was faine to forsake him and his doings though he were him selfe a mighty Prince and the Emperours Father in law by Maude the Empresse his daughter I now also perceiue that a Horne wil not lightly blush for if it could ye would neuer for shame haue tolde your Reader of these Priestes that were punnished for whoredome for sauing of your own and Maistres Madges poore honestie And yet your whoredome infinitely excedeth theirs For they were punished for keping company with their concubines or their wiues whome they had laufully maried before they were ordered But you after Priesthod doe marie which neuer was allowed but euer condemned as wel in the Greke Churche as in the Latine And now decke your margent as thicke as ye will with Fabiā Simeon Dunelmens Rogerus Houedenus Henricus Huntingtonꝰ Matheus Parisiēs Matheus Westmonasteriēs and Polidorus ād blow out as it were out of your own horne your own dishonesty and shame as long as ye will and see what supreamacy ye shal buyld vpon such a fickle and filthy foundation Verely your owne authours doe witnesse that this king kept a great Councel at London where among al other Decrees saieth Fabian one was that priestes should forgoe their wiues And if the popes Legate was taken as ye write in whoredome who yet as Mattheus Westmonast writeth was no priest but a correctour of priests and thereby excused his fault what doth that relieue your cause or wherein doth it saue your honestie For the king did not punish these fornicatours but by the clergies consent Wherein they were by thier rashe graunte ouerseen and circumuented For the King tooke a greate masse of money of the parsons that were faultye and so dismissed them Ye tell vs nowe out of Polidore that the parliament is in dede a Councel of the clergie and the Layetie If ye meane an Ecclesiasticall councell then Polydore neither saieth it nor meaneth yt For as he maketh the parliamente an assemble for politike matters to the which the prelates also
come as Barons so for matters ecclesiasticall he appointeth specialle the conuocation Truthe yt is that before the conqueste and in William Conquerours tyme to as appeareth by old recordes writen as it semeth abowt the cōquest the proctours of the clergye sate in the Lower howse And the sayde recordes do shewe that the Parliament properly standeth and consisteth in .3 degrees that is of the proctours of the clergye of the knightes of the sheere and of the Burgeses and Citizens For they represent the people and comminaltie of the realme As for the noble men bishoppes and oth●r be there for their owne persons and not for other yf we shal beleue the said auncient records Nowe though these many yeres for matters politike the cōuocation haue had nothing to doe yet as of● as any paiemēt is to be made it taketh no place by vertue of Parliamēt against the Clergy onles the Clergie do cōsent Yf this be true in mony maters and if in aūciēt time the Clergy had to do in ciuil maters also the which prerogatiue belik they left volūtarely that they might the better attend their owne spirituall vocatiō what an accōpt ought of all good reason to be made of the late parliament wherein mere Laie men haue turned vpsidowne the state of the Catholique faythe againste the full mindes of the Clergie I leaue it to euery wiseman well to consider But as I beganne to saye If Polidore meaneth not the Parliamente to be a Councell of Spirituall matters to what purpose or with what great wisedome haue ye alleaged him or that he calleth the making of Bisshops ād Abbats holy rites lawes of religiō and church ceremonies seing that the King gaue ouer the electing of bishoppes and seing that your Authour doth shew that Anselme rebuked the King therefore Nowe to those matters of Englande M. Horne addeth a greate Vntruthe of the Kyng of Hungarie tellyng vs out of Martinus that the Kynge of Hungarie vntill this time which is the yeare of grace 1110. and from thence euen til our daies maketh ād inuestureth according to his pleasure bisshops c. Thys I say is a great and flat vntruth For Martinus here saieth plainly the cōtrary thus At this time the King of Hūgary saieth Martinus writing many aduertisements to the Pope by his letters gaue ouer the inuesturing of Bishops and of other prelats which vntil that time the kinges of Hungary were wonte to make These are the true wordes of Martinus in this place Now what passing impudency is this of M Hornes That which his Author telleth for the Popes primacy this man wresteth it to the Princes And therefore whereas Martinus telleth only that vntill that time kinges of Hungary inuested the Bishops and addeth farder that at the same time the kinge of Hungary gaue ouer the same into the Popes handes M. Horne bothe lewdely concealeth that and also of his owne most impudentlye and shamelessely addeth and from thence euen til our dayes which Martinus not only auoucheth not but telleth also plainely the contrarye to witte that at that time the king gaue ouer al such matters Farder to make the matter soūd more princely you make Martinus say that the kinge of Hungary inuested Bishops according to his pleasure Which wordes according to his pleasure are not in Martinus at al but it is a poynt of your descant vpō his playne and a fitte of your owne volūtary at your pleasure In dede this soūded pleasauntly in M. Hornes eares that by this exāmple he might also goe for a Bishop made at the Princes pleasure and to be remoued againe at her highnes pleasure But you hearde before by the forme of Paschalis his graunte made to Henry the .4 that though the Prince haue the inuesturing and confirming of Bishoppes graunted him yet it was neuer so graūted to Princes that their ōly pleasure suffised to make a man a true Bishop For first whom the Prince inuested and confirmed he shoulde be liberè praeter violentiam simoniam electus chosen freely without violence or simony on the Princes part Which great faultes both the Emperours of Germanie and the kinges of oure land such as had the inuesturing of Bishops in their owne handes namely Henrie the .4 Emperoure and William Rufus of England most grieuouslie and daily committed Secondarelye though he were inuested and confirmed of the Prince yet post inuestituram Canonicè Consecrationem accipiant ab episcopo ad quem pertinuerint after the inuesturing let them saith Paschalis be consecrated of the Bisshop to whom they belong So likewise Leo .8 in his graūt made to Otho the .1 geuing to the Emperour the inuesturing of Bishops addeth Et consecrationem vnde debent and to be consecrated where they ought to be Which words vnde debent where they ought you for the nonse lefte out in your alleaging of this graunt made to Otho to th entent that your inuesturing of the Prince being without any cōsecration at al of your Metropolitane him self poore man being no Bishop neither might seme to be good and sufficient and to haue example of antiquitie For that purpose also ye make Martinus here to say that the king of Hungarie made Bishops according to his pleasure But you see nowe it is not the Princes only pleasure that maketh a Bisshop but there must be both free election without eyther forcing the Clergy to a choise or forcing the chosen to filthie bribery and also there must follow a due consecratiō which in you and al your fellowes doe lacke And therefore are in deede by the waye to conclude it no true Bisshoppes neither by the lawe of the Churche as you see neyther yet by the lawes of the Realme for wante of due Consecration expressely required by an Act of Parliamēt renewed in this Queenes dayes in Suffragane Bisshoppes much more in you M. Horne The .120 Diuision pag. 74. b. And he●e sithen I am entred into the noting of the practises of other Coūtries in this behalfe I might not onely note the doings about .421 this time of Frederike King of Cicill and Iames the King of Spaine his brother in reformation of Relligion in their dominions as appeareth in their Epistles vvritē by Arnoldus de noua Villa but also make a digressiō to the state of other parts in Christēdō as of the churches of Grece of Armenia of Moscouia c. that acknovvledged not any but .422 only their Princes to be their supreme gouernours in al things next to Christ as especially also to note that most auncient part of Christēdom southvvard in Aethiopia conteining .62 kingdomes vnder the ruling of him vvhō vve misname Presbyter Ioannes as vvho say he vver a Priest and head Bisshop ouer those christian Realmes hauing such a povver vvith them as the Popes 423 vsurpatiō hath chalēged here in Europe to be an head or vniuersal Priest ād king If vve may beleue Sabellicus vvho saith that
that in thre thinges especially First in ruling and ordering of the Church by the Curates ād how they should order their diuine Seruice and minister the Sacrament of matrimonie as it was in England and other Christian Regions The seconde was how that the Lay people should behaue them selues towards their Curats and in what wise they should pay and offer to God their tithes The thirde was for making of their testamentes The .21 Chapter Of King Stephen King Henry the .2 and S. Thomas of Caunterbury Stapleton MAister Horn hath a maruelouse grace to dwel stil in such matters as nothing relieue his cause that is in the inuesturing of bisshoppes the which neither the Quenes Maiesty or her graces noble progenitours in our tyme haue challenged nor yet any other prince in England these many hūdred yers Neither is it likely that King Stephen reserued the inuestitures to him self aswel for that his immediat predecessour King Henry after so long sturre about them gaue them ouer as that the Pope had so lately excōmunicated al such Princes Polychronicō which work ye cite saith no such thing Verily King Stephen for a perpetual confirming of the clergies immunites made this solemne othe as it is recorded in Williā of Malmesbury Ego Stephanus Dei gratia c. I Stephen by the grace of God by the assent of the clergy and of the people chosen to be King of England and consecrated thereunto of Williā the Archebishop of Caūterbury ād Legat of the Church of Rome cōfirmed also afterward of Innocētius the bishop of Rome in the regard ād loue of God I graūt the Church of God to be free and do cōfirme the dew reuerēce vnto her I promise I wil do nothing in the Church or in ecclesiastical matters by simony neither suffer any thing to be so don I affirm ād cōfirm the Iustice the power and the orderīg of Ecclesiastical persons and of al clerks and their matters to be in the hāds of the bishops I do enact and graūt the promotiōs of the Churches with their priuileges cōfirmed and the customes thereof after the old maner kept to cōtinue and remayn inuiolated And while such Churches shal be void of their ꝓper pastours that both the Churches ād al the possessiōs therof be ī the hād ād custody of the Clerks or of honest mē vntil such time as a Pastour be substituted according to the Canons Thus far William of Malmesbury Now that kīg Hēry the .2 shuld reserue the said inuestitures to hīself which your author Polichronicō saith not and that the blessed Saint and Martyr S. Thomas whō ye cal Thomas Becket was sworn to the same this tale verily hath no maner of apparāce or colour This was none of the articles for the which the king ād S. Thomas cōtēded so much the which articles appere in the life of S. Thomas That in dede which ye recite is one of thē but how ye may proue your new supremacy therby that were hard for the wisest man in a coūtrey to tel Yea much rather yt serueth to the cōtrary and proueth the Popes supremacy who disallowed the said article with many other the King also beīg at lēgth fain to yeld therin The like I say of the Kings doīgs in Irelād wherof ye write which things as euē by your own cōfessiō he did by the helpe of the primat of Armach so Giraldus Cambrēsis one that writeth of the kins doīgs ther ād one that was sent thither by the kīg saith he kept many coūcels ther but by the popes wil ād cōsent And Polidorꝰ sayth that the King obtayned the title of Irelond by the Popes authoritie Guilielmus Newburgensis writeth much lyke of Williā Conquerour praemonstrato prius Apostolico Papae iure quod in regno Angliae habebat licentiaque haereditatem conquirendi impetrata that before he inuaded England he did intimate his right and interest to the Pope and obtayned of him licence to atchiue and conquere his inheritaunce Here perchaunce wil many of your secte maruaile why ye haue either named S. Thomas or passed ouer the story so sleightlye and wil think that ye are but a dissembler and a traytour to their cause or at the least a very faynt patrone for thē especially seing M. Fox hath ministred you so much good matter prosequuting the matter .xj. leaues and more Your own frends wil say your allegations are but simple ād colde and in a maner altogether extrauagante and that ye might haue founde in M. Foxe other maner of stuffe as a nomber of Kinge Henry the seconde his constitutions and ordinaunces playne derogatorie to many of the Popes Lawes yea playne commaundemente that no man should appeale to Rome and that Peter pence should be no more payed to the Apostolicall see or that yf any man should be founde to bring in any interdict or curse against the Realme of England he should be apprehended without delaye for a traytour and so executed And finally that no maner decree or cōmaundemente proceding from the authority of the Pope should be receiued You shall there finde wil they say concerning the said Thomas his parson and doinges that he was no Martyr but a very rebell and traytour and that all his contention stode not vppon matters of faith religion true doctrine or sincere discipline but vpon worldly thinges as possessiōs liberties exemptions superiorities and such like In deede these and suche other lyke thynges we finde in M. Foxe but he storieth these thynges with as good fayth and trouth as he doth all his other And here I would gladly for a while leaue M. Horne and take him in hand and shape him a full answere But in as much as this would require a long processe and for that this my answere allready waxeth lōg I will forbeare the diligent and exact discussiō of the whole and wil open so much only to the vnlearned reader as may serue hī for the true knowledge of the matter and for the discouering of M. Foxes crafty and vntrue dealing and withall for a full answere to these friuolouse and false arguments producted by M. Horne And here first not S. Thomas but the Kings stoutnes and sternnesse semeth to be reprehēded that would nedes haue an absolute answere of him and would not be contented with so reasonable an answere as he made Saluo ordine meo sauing my order No nor afterward with this exception Saluo honore Dei sauing the honour of God This modification or moderation may serue to any indifferent man that aduisedly considereth the kings articles proposed to S. Thomas such as might excuse him frō all stoutnes and stubbornes that M. Foxe and his aduersaries lay to him I intend not nowe to enter into any serious or deape examination of the sayd articles ▪ but this I wil say that yt is against al the olde canons of the Church yea and againste reason to that an Archbishop shulde be iudged of his
holie belief of the eternall deitie in this they re owne wickednes offende three together that is God they re neighbour and them selues God I saye whiles they do not knowe the faythe that they shoulde haue in God nor his counsayle They deceyue theire neighbours whiles vnder the pretēce of spirituall and ghostly feadinge they feade them with pleasaunt wicked heresie But they are most cruell to them selues whiles beside the losse of theire sowles as men making no accompte of lyfe but rashelye seeking death take a pleasure to bring theyr bodies to most payneful death the which they might by true knowledge and by a sownde and strong faythe auoyde and whiche is a most greauouse thing to be spoken they that remayne a lyue be nothing afrayde by they re example We can not staye and refrayne our selues but that we must plucke owte our sworde and take worthie vengeance vppon suche being enemies to God to them selues and to other persequuting them so muche the more earnestly by how muche the more they are iudged to spread abrode and to practise their wycked superstition nighe to Rome which is the head of all Churches Thus farre Friderike the Emperour Let nowe Mayster Foxe take this as a fytte ād worthie condemnation of al his stinking martyrs And take you this also Mayster Horne and digeste yt well and then tel me at your good leasure when ye are better aduised what ye haue wōne by this your supreame head or by what colour ye can make hym Supreame Head that confesseth the Church of Rome to be the Head of al Churches who also fealt the practise of the Popes Supreamacy aswel by excommunicatiō as by depryuation frō his empire that followed the sayde excommunicatiō the electours proceding to a new election at the Popes commaundemente As for Frideryke hym self for matters spirituall he acknowledged the Popes Supreamacy as ye haue heard and as yt appeareth in Petrus de vinea his Chaūceler that wrote his epistles though he thowght the Pope did but vsurpe vppon certaine possessions which Friderike notwithstāding his former othe made to the contrarie did afterwarde challenge The matter of S. Peters patrimony I will not medle withall as not greatly necessarye for our purpose the which when the Church of Rome lacked yet did not the Pope lacke his Supreamacie neither should lacke the sayde Supreamacie thowghe he should lacke the sayde patrimony hereafter or though his Bishoppricke were not indewed with one foote of land For it is no worldly power or temporal preeminence that hath sett vp the Popes primacy or that the Popes primacy consisteth in but it is a Supreme Authorytie ouer all Christes flocke such as to his predecessour S. Peter Christ him selfe gaue here on the earthe such as by generall Councels is confirmed and acknowledged and such as the continuall practise from age to age without intermission dothe inuincibly cōuince And for this Supreme gouernment ouer Christes flocke in Spiritual matters neither this Friderike neither any other Christian Emperour whatsoeuer except it were Constantius the Arrian euer striued or contended for with the Bishoppes of Rome To conclude therefore this onlye for this time I saye that your dealing with this Emperour Mayster Horne is to intolerable thus to misuse your readers and not to be ashamed so confidently to alleage this Emperour for the confirmation of your newe supreamacie Now thinck yow that Auentinus a man of our age and as farre as I can iudge a Lutheran and most certaynelie verie muche affectionated to thēperours against the Popes is of suche credite that because he sayeth yt therefore we muste belieue him that this Friderike was an other Charles the greate and moste profitable for the Christian common wealthe Howbeit let this also passe For the praise or dispraise of this Emperoure to oure principall matter which is whether the Quene be supreame head and Iudge of al causes ecclesiastical is but impertinent And therfore we shall now procede to the residue M. Horne The .127 Diuision pag. 79. a. In whiche time Henrie the .3 king of Englande held a solemne Councell in the whiche bothe by the sentence of the King and of the Princes not a fewe priuilegies were .435 taken awaie from the order of Priesthode at vvhat time the Popes Legate required a .436 tribute of all the Glergie but it was .437 denyed him Robert Grosthead vvhome yee call Saint Robert wrote vnto the Pope a sharpe Epistle because he grieued the Church of England with taskes and paiementes against reason of whiche when he sawe no redresse he with other Prelates of the lād cōplained vnto the King of the wast of the goodes and patrimonie of the Churche by the Popes neare kinsemen and other alient Bisshops whom the king auoided out of the Realme To vvhome also the Emperour Frederike vvrote that it vvas a shame for him to suffer any longer his Realme to be oppressed vvith the Popes tyrannie The .25 Chapter Of King Henrie the third Stapleton KING Henry the .3 toke away many priuileges from the order of Priesthode the clergie denied a tribute to the Popes Legate Roberte grostheade writeth sharply against the Popes exactions Frederike the Emperour writeth to the King that he shoulde not suffer his Realme to be oppressed with the Popes tyrrannie Ergo M. Fekēham must take an othe that the Quene is Supreme Head Yf these and such like arguments conclude Maister Horne then may you be bolde to blowe your Horne and triumphantly to reioyce like a Conquerour But nowe what if the matter of your argumentation be as yll or worse then the forme of yt Ye ought to proue that in this kings dayes the lyke regimente was for matters Ecclesiasticall as is nowe and that the kinge toke vppon him all supreamacy Ecclesiasticall The contrarie whereof is so euidente by all our Chroniclers and by the authours your selfe alleage and otherwise in this shorte declaration of king Henry the .3 ye do so friuolously trifle and excedingly lie as ye haue done and will doe in the reste that I muste beside all other matters by me before rehersed cōcerning the Donatists saye of you as S. Augustine sayd of them He sayd of the Donatistes that in theyr reasoning with the catholykes before Marcellinus Nimium patienter pertulit homines per inania vagantes tam multa superflua dicentes ad eadem toties conficta redeuntes vt gesta tātis voluminibus onerata pene omnes pigeret euoluere c. He suffred with ouer much patience those felowes wandring about trifles and so full of superfluous talke and returning so ofte to the selfe same matters fayned and forged that the Acts of that cōferēce were so lodē with such huge volumes that it would wery any mā to reade thē ouer ād by the reading to know how the matter was debated Yea their extraordinary vagaries were so thick ād so many that Marcellinus was fayn as Frāciscus
Balduinꝰ noteth almost 600. times by his sentēce interlocutory to cut of their friuolous elusiōs We haue nowe nead of such an other Marcellinus to be styckler an arbitrer betwen you and M. Fekenhā Againe the sayd S. Augustine sayd of the Donatistes as Baldwine noteth that he did meruaile if the Donatists had any bloud in their body that being so often taken in manifeste and open lies yet neuer blushed I say then to you M. Horne that this kinge was not the supreame head but the pope who practised his supremacy in this kinges dayes as much as any pope hath done in this realme in our tyme or sithen this king Henries tyme. Was not the Priour of Canterbury deposed by the Pope Were not a nomber of the clergy that helde with the Barons againste the kinge depryued of their Ecclesiasticall lyuinges and fayne to send to Rome for their absolution Was not the Archbisshop of Canterburies election annichilated and frustrated by the pope Did not the Archbishop of Canterbury Edmond goe to Rome for the dispatche of his Ecclesiasticall affayres Were not S. Hewe of Lincolne and the foresayd S. Edmonde S. Richarde bisshop of Chichester and S. Thomas of Canterbury by the popes authority translated in this kings tyme Was not the kinge hym selfe with Pandulphus the popes Legate presente at the sayd translation at Canterbury Did not Octobonus the popes legate make certayne constitutions ecclesiasticall which are euery where to be had in prynt Did not the king hym selfe procure the Popes curse vppon the Barons that rebelled againste hym Was not the Pope the Iudge in controuersy depēding betwene the kinge and the Archbisshop of Canterbury Did not the kinge hym selfe procure to be absolued and discharged of his othe by the Pope as supreame Iudge in matters spirituall Did not this kinge send his bisshops to the greate councell holden at Laterane wherof we haue spoken aswell as other princes did Did not this kinge helpe with his money the Pope againste themperour Frederike thowghe he were allied vnto him And shall all this superiority quayle onely for such bare and friuolouse matter as you laye forth But what yf yt be not only friuolouse M. Horne but starke false I maruayle suerly yf this kinge toke away anie priueleges from the Clergy Why M. Horne What kinge was yt thinke yow that gaue the priuileges for the clergy and the commōs yea and the nobylity to cōteyned in magna charta but this kinge Who caused the bishops of this realme beinge arayed in theyr Pontificalibus solemly to accurse in Westmynster hall the king him selfe and his nobility being present the infringers of the same but this king Hēry the .3 Who gaue vnto the Church of Poules in Londō such priuileges as the city of Londō had and least the citie of London should take any domage therby gaue to the city out of his checker an yearely rente of seuē pounds euer syns vsually payd but this kīg Hēry Lo M. Horn you heare of great priuileges gratiously graunted and geuen to the clergy But what priuileges or when any were taken away from thē I can not yet fynd No sayth M. Horn can ye not fynd it Why doe ye not then take a litle paynes to reade my authour Polidor to whome I doe remit my reader Yes M. Horn that paynes haue I taken and that shall ye full well vnderstand I wil reherse your own allegation in your authours own words Nowe was saieth he the .1226 yeare of our Lorde God and the .9 yeare of kinges Henries raigne come In the whiche yeare there was an assemble of nobility In this assemble by the consente of the kinge and the nobilitie manie liberties and priuileges were geuen to the order of priesthod and to the commons and many ordinances were made which the kings that followed did so allowe that a good part of the Law is gathered thereof as appeareth in the great Charter and in the Charter of the Foreste Howe say yow M. Horne is there any more bludde left in your body then was in the Donatists of whom S. Augustin complayneth what a Macarian pageante haue ye here played What Thinke yow as Cyrces turned Vlysses companie into hoggs that ye maye so enchaunte all your readers by this your supreame lying supreamacy that they shall be so swinishe as to beleue yow in this poynte or in any other beinge here taken with the maner and as the ciuilians say 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 What colourable shifte can ye nowe pretende to saue your poore honesty Is not this the very place that your ●elfe translate out of Polidorus Doth yt not say the quite contrary to that for the which ye alleage yt The matter is so opē that I wil refuse no arbitrers no not your owne protestante fellowes It is beside the matter of the story wherin your own author cōdemneth you a law matter Cal me therfore a quest of Lawiers Let thē tel you whether Hēry the .3 in this coūcel toke away the Charter or made and graūted the Charter Yf perchaunce ye wil appeale from thē to the Grammarians and say that irrogare priuilegia is to take away priuileges which in dede is your extreme miserable refuge against al truth and the words and meaning of your author I am cōtent ye chose a quest of thē neither therin wil I vse any peremptory challenge but am content to stand to the iudgment of your nigh neighbours in the famous schole of Wīchester or if ye wil of M. Cooper the dictionary maker better acquaynted with these matters thē perchaūce your self are But see M. Horn how as accordīg to the old sayīg vnum malū non venit solum So with yow vnum mendacium non venit solum But that as thowgh there were a game set vp for lying ye adde for the with an other lie Ye saye there was a tribute demaunded of all the clergy by the Legate but yt was denied him Your author saith he demaunded the tenth of the clergie to mainteyne warre against the Saracens and yt was sone graunted him Your authour reciteth also after the minde of some writers that in a conuocation Ottho the Popes Legate demaunded a certayne yerelye paymente which was denied him but he doth improue those that so write And so withal it is not a single but a double or rather a treble vntruth that ye write concerning this tribute For this demaunde yf yt were made was not made at that tyme as you say when that Councel that ye call the solemne Councel was holdē and wherin the great Charter was graunted and where as ye most falsly say yt was disanulled but in a conuocation at an other tyme. Now putting the case there were any such payment denied doth that spoile the pope of his supremacy By as good reason ye may conclude yf any thing be denied the King that he demaundeth in the parliament that therefore he is no King This former answere
may serue you also for that ye alleage concerning Robert groshead sauing that I may adde this withall that he were a very Groshead in dede that would belieue you either when ye say to M. Fekenham whome ye call S. Robert seing M. Fekenham speaketh no woorde of this Robert no more then he doth of Robyn goodfellowe or that this story should make against the Popes primacie seing that your owne authour Fabian saith that this Robert being accursed of the Pope Innocentius appealed from his courte to Christes owne cowrte A manifeste argument of the popes supremacy As for Frederyk the Emperours episte to Kinge Henry what so euer he writeth against the Pope ye would be loth I suppose it shuld take place in Englād For then farewel your goodly Manours as Walthā Farnhā ād such other Neither were your gētleman Vssher like to ride before you barehead but both he and you to goe a foote or rather your self to go barefoted al alone M. Horne The .128 Diuision pag. 79. a. Levves the Frenche King called S. Levves vvho as Antoninus saith was so instructed euen from his infancy in all the wisedom of diuine and good orders that there was not found his like that kept the law of the high God c. made a lawe against those that blasphemed the name of the Lorde adioyning a penalty of a whote yron to be printed in the transgressours forehead Also in the yere of the Lorde .1228 He made a Law against the Popes fraudes concerning the preuentions and re●eruations of the reuenues and dignities Ecclesiastical complayning that the Pope had pulled from him the collations of all Spirituall promotions ordeining that from hence foorth the election of Bisshops Prelates and al other whatsoeuer should be free forcible ād effectual to the electors Patrones ād collatours of thē Also the same yere he set forth an other Law agaīst Simony cōplainīg of the bieyng ād sellīg of ecclesiastical dignities He made also certain godly Lavves against vvhoredome and Fornicatiō Laste of all in the yeere of the Lorde .1268 he set foorth the Lavve commonly called Pragmatica Sanctio vvherein in amongest other Ecclesiastical matters against the Popes pollinges he saith thus Item in no case we wil that exactions or greuous burdens of money being laide on the Churche of our Kingdome by the Courte of Rome whereby our Kingedome is miserably impouerished be leuied or gathered nor any hereafter to be layed excepte only for a reasonable godly and moste vrgent cause of necessity that can not be auoided ād that the same be don by our expresse .438 biddinge and commaundement of our own accord .439 The .26 Chapter Of S. Lewys the French King Of Manfred and Charles King of Sicilia and Apulia Stapleton LEwes his Lawe against those that blasphemed the name of God maketh not him supreame head of the Churche Ye mowght haue put in as your authour doth those also that blaspheme the name of his blessed mother But the mention of this woulde haue greaued some of your sect that haue compared our Ladie to a saffron bagge making her no better then other women And what yf you or your confederats had liued then that say it is Idolatrie to pray to her and to praye her to pray for vs to her sonne Iesu Christe shoulde not ye haue had suppose you great cause to feare the printe of the hotte yron ye speake of As for the collations of spiritual promotions this Lewys bestowed none such as his predecessours by especial licences and priuileges had graunted vnto them frō the bisshops of Rome And that as I haue ofte said proueth no superiority of gouernemēt in Ecclesiastical matters except by the same reason you wil make euery Patrone of a benefice to be supreme gouernour in all Ecclesiasticall matters to his owne Vicar and Curate The embarringe of Exactions from the Courte of Rome is nothing derogatorye from the Spiritual power or Iurisdiction of the Churche of Rome For they are not vtterly embarred but the excesse of thē is denied ād in any reasonable godly or vrgent cause of necessity they are graunted as your selfe alleage But to better a litle your badde cause you haue with a double vntruthe ended your allegation For where the King saieth Nisi de spontaneo expresso cōsensu nostro not without our voluntary and expresse consent you turne it by our expresse bidding and commaundement and that it might seme to hāge of the Kings pleasure only you leaue out ipsarum Ecclesiarum regni nostri and of the Churches of our kingdom But what nede we lese more time in making more ample answer seing it is moste certaine that this Kinge and his realme acknowleadged the Popes Supremacye as muche then as euer since euen to this daye For where was your newe great Charles Friderike the seconde deposed from his Empire by Pope Innocentius the fourth but at Lyons in Fraunce And in whose Kinges dayes but of this Lewys Who defended many yeares together the Popes of Rome Innocentius the .4 Alexander the .4 Vrbanus the .4 and Clement the .4 againste the Emperour Frederike who therefore by treason went about to destroye him but this Kings Lewys Who warred him selfe in person againste the Sarracens at Thunys at Clement the Popes request but this Lewys Who also before that making his voyage into the holy lāde against the Souldā tooke benediction and absolution of Pope Innocentius the .4 lying thē at the Abbye of Cluny in Fraunce but this Lewys And did not the sayed Clement make by his Authoritye Charles this Lewys his brother King of Sicilia and Apulia And wil you make vs nowe beleue M. Horne that this Kinge was suche a Supreme Gouernour as you imagine Princes ought to be or that in his tyme the Popes Supremacy was accompted a forrayne power in Fraunce as it is with you in Englande No. No. M. Horne Seeke what age and what Countre you wil you shal neuer finde it while you liue M. Horne The .129 Diuision pag. 79. b. Conradus Conradinus and Manfredus .440 stil kepte the priuilege of the foresaide Ecclesiastical matters in Sicilia and Apulia Shortly after this tyme Charles the King of Sicilia and Apulia had .441 al or most of the dooing in the elelection and making of diuerse Popes as of Martyn .4 Celestyn .5 Boniface .8 c. Stapleton To these matters of Sicilie I haue already more then ones answered and doe now say again that this priuilege consisted only in inuesturing of bisshops graunted by Alexander the .3 and after reclaymed by Innocentius the .3 Whereby it wel appereth that this allegation maketh rather with the Popes Primacy then against it but most of all in this place For Pope Alexander the .4 declared this Manfredus the Romain Churches enemy as he was in dede and a traytour also both to Conradus his brother and to Conradinus his nephewe both inheritours to that kingdome both
whome he went about to poyson By reason of which outrages he was as I said denounced enemy to the Church of Rome by Alexander the .4 and shortly after Charles Kinge Lewys his brother was made King of Sicilie by Clemens the .4 paying to the Pope a tribute and holding of him by faithe and homage Such Supreme heads were your Conradus Conradinus and Manfredus As for Charles who only by the Popes Authority came to that dignity as I haue said it is not true that he as you say had all or most of the doing in the election or making of diuerse Popes For the Cardinalls only had the whole doing Truth it is that a strief and contention rising amonge the Cardinals for the election and many of them being enclined to serue Charles expectation they elected those which he best liked of But what can all this make to proue the Prince Supreme Gouernour in al ecclesiastical causes yea or in any ecclesiastical cause at al Prīces euē now adaies find some like fauour sometimes at the electiō of Popes But thīk you therfore thei are takē of their subiects for Supreme Gouernours c You may be ashamed M. Horne that your reasons be no better M. Horne The .130 Diuision pag. 79. b. Edvvard the first King of Englande about this time made the Statute of Northampton So that after that time no man should geue neither sel nor bequeath neither chaūge neither bye title assign lāds tenemēts neither rētes to no mā of Religiō without the Kīgs leaue which acte sence that tyme hath bē more straightly enacted and deuised with many additiōs thereunto augmēted or annexed The which Law saith Polidore he made .442 bicause he was Religionis studiosissimꝰ c. most studiouse of Religion and most sharpe enemie to the insolency of the Priests The .27 Chapter Of King Edward the first of Englande Stapleton LEaue ones Maister Horne to proue that wherein no man doth stande with you and proue vs that either Kinge Edwarde by this facte was the Supreame Head of the Churche or that the Popes Primacie was not aswel acknowledged in Englād in those dayes as it hath ben in our dayes None of your marginal Authours auouch any such thinge Neither shall ye euer be able to proue it Your authours and many other haue plentiful matter to the contrarye especially the Chronicle of Iohannes Londonensis which semeth to haue liued aboute that tyme and seemeth amonge all other to haue writen of him verie exactlye Lette vs see then whether Kinge Edwarde tooke him selfe or the Pope for the Supreame Head of the Churche This King after his Fathers death returning from the holie Lande in his iourney visited Pope Gregorie the tenthe and obteyned of him an excommunication against one Guido de monte forti for a slawghter he had committed Two yeares after was the famouse Councell holden at Lions at the which was present the Emperour Michael Paleologus of whome we haue somewhat spoken And trowe ye Maister Horne that at suche tyme as the Grecians which had longe renounced the Popes authority returned to their olde obedience againe that the realm of Englande withdrewe it selfe from the olde and accustomable obedience Or trowe ye that the true and worthye Bisshops of England refused that Councell as ye and your fellowes counterfeite and parliament bisshops only haue of late refused the Councel of Trente No no. Our authour sheweth by a verse commonly then vsed that it was frequented of all sorte And the additions to Newburgensis which endeth his storie as the said Iohn doth with this King saith that plures episcopi cōuenerunt de vniuersis terris de Anglia ibidem aderant archiepiscopi Cantuar. Ebor. et caeteri episcopi Angliae ferè vniuersi there came thither manye bisshops from al quarters and from Englād the Archbisshops of Canterburie and Yorke and in a maner all the other bisshops of the realme In this Kinges tyme the Pope did infringe and annichilate the election of the Kings Chauncelour being Bisshop of Bathe and Welles chosen by the monks and placed in the Archebisshoprike of Caunterbury Iohn Pecham In this Kings tyme the yere of our Lorde .1294 the prior of Caunterburie was cited to Rome and in the yeare .1298 appeale was made to the Pope for a controuersie towching the election of a newe Bisshop of Elie. Thre yeres after the bisshop of Chester was constrayned to appeare personally at Rome and to answere to certayne crymes wherewith he was charged Wythin two yeares after was there an other appeale after the death of the Bisshoppe of London towching the election of the newe Bisshoppe Yea the authority of the Pope was in highe estimation not onely for spirituall but euen for temporal matters also The Kinges mother professed her selfe a religiouse woman whose dowrie notwithstandinge was reserued vnto her and confirmed by the Pope For the greate and weightye matters and affaires standing in controuersie and contention betwene this King Edward and the Frenche Kinge the Pope was made arbiter and vmpier who made an agreament and an arbitrimente which being sente vnder his seale was reade in open parliamente at Westmynster and was well liked of all The Kinge and the nobility sendeth in the yeare of our Lorde 1300. letters to the Pope sealed with an hundred seales declaring the right of the crowne of England vpon Scotlād and they desire the Pope to defende their right and that he would not geue a light eare to the false suggestiōs of the Scots There are extant at this day the letters of Iohn Baliole and other Scots agnising the said superiority sent to this Kinge Edwarde In the foresaide yeare .1300 the Kinge confirmed the great Charter and the Charter of the Forest and the Archebisshoppe of Caunterburie with the other Bisshoppes pronounced a solemne curse vpon al suche as would breake the sayd liberties This Kinge was encombred with diuerse and longe warres aswell with Fraunce as Scotlande and therefore was fayne to charge the clergy and laity with many payments But in as much as Pope Bonifacius consideringe the wonderfull and intolerable exactions daylie layed vppon the clergy of they re princes had ordeyned in the councell at Lions that from thence forth the clergy shuld pay no tribute or taxe without the knowledge and consente of the see of Rome Robert Archbishop of Canterbury being demaunded a tribute for him self and his clergie stode in the matter not without his great busines and trouble And at the length vpon appellation the matter came to the Popes hearing The kinge had afterwarde by the Popes consente dyuerse payments of the clergy Many other thinges could I lay forth for the popes primacy practised at this tyme in Englande And is nowe M. Horn one onely Acte of Parliament made against Mortmaine of such force with yow that it is able to plucke frō the Pope his triple Crowne and set yt vppon the kynges head Yf
if it were so that king Philip deposed a Bishop for heresie yet shuld you M. Horne of al mē take smallest reliefe therby For yf Philip your supreme head were now lyuing and you vnder his dominiō he might also depriue you and your fellowes for heresie being as I haue before shewed very Paterās And now you that make so litle of Generall coūcels ād stay your self and your religiō vpō the iudgmēts of lay princes haue heard your cōdēnation not only frō the notable General Coūcel at Liōs but frō your new Charles the Emperour Frederike and from your faire King Phillip This this Good Reader is the very handie woorke of God that these men should be cast in their owne turne and geue sentence against them selues And as hotte as ernest and as wilie as they are in the first enterprise of their matters yet in the pursuit of their vngratious purpose to cause them to declare to all the worlde their small circumspection prouidence and lesse faith and honesty Many other things might be here brought for furder aunsweare to M. Horne as that he saieth that this King by the Councell of Aegidius the Romaine Diuine went about the reformation as M. Horne calleth it of matters Ecclesiastical and that Paulus Aemilius should be his Authour therein which is a double vntruth For neither is it true that Aegidius was any counsailer or aider to refourme the Churche or rather defourme it after the order of M. Hornes Relligion nor Aemilius saith it Againe Sabellicus is eyther twise placed in M. Hornes Margent wrōg or he alleageth Sabellicus altogether wrōgfully But this may goe for a small ouersight M. Horne The .132 Diuision pag. 80. b. About the time of this Councel at Vienna the famous scholman Durandus setteth forth a booke vvherin as he reckeneth vppe diuerse great enormities in Churche matters so for the reformation of them he alvvaies ioyneth the King and secular Princes and the Prelates and to this purpose citeth the fourme of the auncient Councelles and many times enueigheth against and complaineth vppon the vsurped .430 authority of the Romaine Bishop vvarning men to bevvare hovv they yeelde vnto him and prescribeth a rule for the Princes and the Prelats to refourme all these enormities not by custome vvere it neuer so auncient but by the vvord of God Stapleton Answere me M. Horne directly and precisely whether Durandus in any worke of his taketh the laye prince for the head of the Church If ye saye he doth not to what purpose doe ye alleage him Yf ye say he doth then his bokes shal sone conuince you And what boke is it I praye you that ye speake of Why do ye not name yt Whie doe you tel vs of a boke no man can tel what The boke there is intituled de modo concilij celebrādi which he made at the commaundemente of the foresayde Clemente Wherein thowghe he spake many thinges for the reformation of the cowrte of Rome yet that aswell in that boke as in all his other he taketh the Pope for the supreame head of the whole Churche is so notoriouse that a man maye iudge all your care is to saye something againste the Pope without any care howe or what ye saye And that ye fare much like a madde dogge that runneth foorth and snatcheth at all that euer commeth nigh him And to geue you one place for all M. Horne that you maye no longer stagger in thys matter behold what thys famouse Scholeman as you call him Durandus saieth of the Popes primacie Illius ●raelatus Papa c. The prelate of the whole Church is called Papa that is to say the father of Fathers vniuersal because he beareth the principal rule ouer the whole Church Apostolicall because he occupieth the roome of the Prince of the Apostles chief Bishoppe because he is the Head of al Bishops c. Lo M. Horne what a ioly Authour you haue alleaged against M. Fekēham Verely such an aduersary were worth at al tymes not only the hearing but also the hyring But alas what tole is ther so weak that you poore soules in such a desperat cause will refuse to strike withal You must say somwhat It stādeth vpō your honors and whē al is said it were for your honesties better vnsaid M. Horne The .133 Diuision pag. ●0 b. About this time also the Emperour Henry the .7 came into Italy vvith great povver to reduce the Empyre to the olde estate and glorie of the auncient Emperours in 431. this behalfe And on the day of his coronation at Rome according to the maner of other Romaine Emperours he set forth a Lawe or newe authentique of the most high Trinity and the Catholique faith Stapleton What matter is this M. Horne to enforce M. Fekēham to denie the popes primacy Wil you neuer leaue your trifling and friuolous dealing If ye wil say any thing to your purpose ye must shewe that he toke not the pope but him selfe onely and his successours for supreame heades of the Church and that in al things and causes which ye shal neuer be able to doe while ye liue neither in this nor in any other Emperour King or prince what so euer M. Horne The .134 Diuision pag 80. b. Nexte to Henry .7 vvas Levves .4 Emperour vvho had no lesse but rather greater conflictes vvith the Popes in his time .432 about the reformatiō of abuses thā any had before hī the Pope novv claiming for an 433 Ecclesiastical matter the confirming of the Emperour as before the Emperours vvere vvonte to confirme the Popes About vvhiche question the Emperour sent and called many learned Clerkes in .434 Diuinitie in the Ciuil and Canō Lavve from Italy Fraunce Germany Paris and Bononia vvhich al ansvvered that the 435 Popes attēpts were erroneous and derogating from the simplicity of the Christian religion VVherevppon the Emperour vvilled them to search out the matter diligently and to dispute vppon it and to gather into bookes their mindes therein vvhich diuerse did as Marsilius Patauinus Ockam Dante 's Petrarche c. By vvhom vvhen the Emperour vnderstoode the Popes vsurpation he came to Rome called a Councell and .436 deposed the Pope and placed an other in his roome In vvhich Councel the Romaines desired to haue their olde order in the Popes election ratified by the Emperour to be renevved This Emperour called also a very great Councell at Frankeforth where besides the Spirituall and Secular princes of Germanie the King of .437 Englande and the King of Beame were present where by the greater and sounder parte the Popes aforesaid vsurpation was abolished VVhich sentence the Emperoure confirmed and published vvriting thereof that his authoritie dependeth not of the pope but of God immediatly and that it is a vaine thing that is wonte to be sayed the pope hath no superiour .438 The Actes of this .439 Coūcell against the Popes processe vvere ratified by
a notorious enemy to the See Apostolike namely to Nicolaus the first going drunke to bed was miserably slayne by his beds syde forsaken of al his frēds And thus much of the Greke Emperours and of the East Church only Valentinian excepted The first of al the Germain Emperours that notoriously disobeyed the See of Rome and that was therefore by the Pope excommunicated openly was Henry the .4 whome Gregory the seuēth otherwise called Hildebrād excōmunicated His end was as it hath before ben declared that being first deposed of his own son after much resistance and misery appealīg but to late to the See of Rome seing hīself forsaken almost of al the states of the Empire in affliction and extreme persecution died Friderik the first called Barbarossa a man that many yeres persecu●ed the Church of Rome ād therfore worthely excōmunicated of Alexāder .3 to whō also he was forced at lēgth to submit himself though against his wil afterward in Cicilia being strong and mery sodenly bathing him selfe in a ryuer he was loste Philip an Emperour made against the consent of Pope Innocētius .3 and a persecuter therefore of the Pope in the towne of Bromberge reposing him selfe after diner in his pryuey chamber was slayne of the Countie Palatyne Otho the fourth deposed and excommunicated of the Pope for his enormious cruelties and iniuries cōmitted in many places of Italy was of Philipe the French king assaulted in these lowe countries and put to flight and shortly after in Saxony died as a priuat man Frederike the second a prince brought vp in the Court of Rome and set in the Empire by the procuremēt of pope Innocentius the .3 became yet afterwarde a most cruel ād tyrānical persecutor not only of that See but of al the Clergy vnder his dominions This man being excommunicated of Innocentius .4 was poysoned in Apulia as some write or strangled as other write by his bastarde sonne Manfredus Not onely this Emperour him selfe but al his stocke after him perished by violent deathes or imprisonmēt His sonne and Heyr Conradus being excommunicated also of Innocentius .4 for the great outrages and oppressions by him commytted against the Church by the meanes also of the sayd Manfredus was poysoned in Apulia This Manfredus commyng by these trayterouse meanes to the kyngdomes of Apulia and Sicilia and afflictinge the Churche of Rome as his father and brother had done was excommunicated by Alexander the .4 and after of Charles the Frenche kynges broother whome Vrbanus the fourth made kyng of Sicilia and Apulia he was vanquished and slayn in the fyeld Conradinus sonne to Conradus and clayming after his fathers Titles was of this Charles also vanquished and put to death Entius likewise an other sonne of Friderike the .2 and one that had longe and many yeres in his fathers warres done great myschief to the See of Rome was at length takē in battayle of the Bononyans and committed to perpetual prison Thus al the stock of this Frederike the .2 who had so greuously persecuted the Church of Rome was in few yers vtterly extinguished Which thing al historiās do worthely note though some more sharply them other yet al herein agreing that for their desertes God plaged thē so notoriously in this worlde Lewys the fourth the last Emperour by maister Horne alleaged being excōmunicated twise of the See of Rome first of Iohn the .22 and after of Clement the .6 vnder whō and in whose fauour those poetes and oratours Petrarcha and Dante 's Marsilius and Ockam the scholeman wrote against the Popes temporalties as he was a hunting was taken with a soden palsey fel from his horse and died Such endes had they in this life that most practised the supreme gouernement by M. Horn here defended And his best exāples and proufes to proue his strange primacy haue bene drawen from the doyngs of these forenamed Emperours And verely like as in the old lawe Saul Achab Iorā Ochozias Ioas Amasias Ozias and Achas kynges of Iuda and Israel died al by violent and miserable deathes for disobeying the prophetes and priestes of God Samuel Elias Elizeus Micheas ād Esaie ād as their such deathes were manifest argumentes of Gods indignation and recounted for suche in holy scripture so these forenamed Emperours ād princes in Christes Church Constantius Mauritius Valēs Anastasius Constans Michael Henry the fourth Friderike Barbarossa Philip Otho .4 Friderike the second Cōradus Conradinus Manfredus ād Lewys the .4 hauing such violent and miserable endes vppon their notorious disobedience to Christes vicaires in earth the bishoppes of the See Apostolike Liberius Gelasius S. Gregory the firste Martinus the firste Nicolaus the firste Gregory the .7 Alexander .3 Innocentius the .3 and .4 Alexander the .4 Iohn the ●2 and Clement the .6 are vnto vs professing the faith of this Church vndoubted argumentes of Gods iuste indignation and plage in their behalfes and may well serue for holsome presidentes to other Christen princes not to attempt the like But nowe to returne to M. Horne and to treade as he leadeth vs haue out of Germany into France an other while M Horne The .135 Diuision pag 81. b. In Fraunce king Charles .443 denied the Pope the tenthes of his Clergie But Philip de Valois that follovved reformed and tooke avvay many late vpstart Ecclesiasticall abuses in the Clergy and Prelates in his Realme of the vvhich diuerse complaints being made vnto the kinge he ca●led a coūcel at Paris and summoned thither the bishops as appeareth by his letters vvherein he complaineth that they haue enchroched from him and his officers a great many of rightes bringing in their nouelties not due and vnwonted grieues vnder the p●etence of Ecclesiastical causes whereby they haue broken the concorde of the Clergy and the Laity and therfore willing to prouide so much as he can by Goddes help an healthful remedy He requireth and neuerthelesse commaundeth them to appeare before him at Parys personally c. The Prelates appearing at the day assigned before the kinge in his Palayce Archebisshoppes Bisshoppes and making reuerence to the kinges maiestie being set down with his councel and certein Barons assisting him a certeine knight of the kinges councell spake publykely for the kinge in the presence of them al taking for his theme this texte Geue that vnto Caesar that belongeth to Caesar and that vnto God that is due vnto God c. The kinges admonition being made a great many complaintes vvere put vp vnto the king by his nobles and officers againste the Clergies vsurpation in medling vvith contractes of mariages in their priuileges of ●lerkes In citations to their Courtes in their excommunications in vvilles and hereditamentes in calling of prouinciall councells in making synodall Decrees ād statutes in medling vvith realties in perēptory vvrites in examinations of mens beleues in enioyning of money penaunces In shauing of childrē and vnlauful persons making them Clerkes in vvhoordome and
Lawe good maister Horne and no Lawe at all of Kynge Philippe made by yowe I say with as good authoritie and truthe as the damnable articles were made in your late conuocation Howe so euer yt be here is nothinge amended but abuses which to be amended no good man will I wene be angrie withall But what say yow nowe maister Horne to the whole ecclesiasticall iurisdiction that the Frenche clergie practised What became of yt Did the king take yt away or no Whie are ye tounge tyed M. Horne to tell the truth that so freelie and liberally yea and lewdly to lie againste the truth Wel seing that ye can not wynne yt at Maister Hornes hands good reader ye shal heare it otherwise The effecte and finall resolution then of this debate was that the kinge made answere to the forsayd bishop of Sans demaunding his resolute answere in the behalfe of the whole clergy that the prelates shoulde feare nothinge and that they shoulde not lose one iote in his tyme but that he woulde defende them in theire righte and customes neither woulde he geue to other an example to impugne the Churche Wherevppon the Bisshoppe in the name of the whole clergie gaue to the kinge moste humble thankes Howe saye yowe good reader hath this man any more shame then hath a very Horne And dareth he to looke hereafter any honest man in the face Yet he wil say that Paulus Aemilius sayth that the King was fayne to make this sharp and seuere Lawe Why Cā Paulus Aemylius tell better what was done then your other authour Bertrande being presente and playing the chiefe parte in this play and setting yt forth to the world to your perpetual ignominie with his own penne Wel tel vs then what Paulus sayeth Marie saye yowe Paulus reporteth that composuit rem sacerdotum he did set in order the matters of the Priestes But who speaketh of your sharpe and seuere Lawe Wil not cōponere rem sacerdotū agree with al that I haue told out of Bertrand himself Is now cōponere rē sacerdotū to be englisshed to make a sharpe and a seuere law Suerly this is a prety expositiō ād a try me tricke of your new grāmer Your Authour Aemilius vseth his word cōposuit valdè aptè compositè very aptly and fytlie But you M. Horne with your gaye and freshe interpretation doe nothing else but Lectori fallacias componere deceyue and be guyle your reader or to speake more fytely to our purpose ye doe nothing else but Legem Philippi nomine componere counterfeyte a lawe in Philippes name whereof your authour Aemilius speaketh nothing For Aemilius declaring a notable victory that this King had ouer his enemies saith that the victory obteyned and after that he had made his prayers and geuen thankes therefore to God and to his blessed Martyres composuit rem Sacerdotum he set in order the Priestes matters Then doth he shortly specifie that the foresaide Petrus Cunerius complained vpon the clergy for the hearing of many matters that appertayned to the kīges secular cowrte and that the foresaid Bertrandus made him answere declaring amonge other thinges that their beste Kinges in Fraunce the most florisshing and the most notable were euer the greateste patrons and defenders of the clergies liberties and that the other that impugned the same came to a miserable and wretched ende He saith further that the Kings answere being from day to day prolōged the said Bertrandus with a nomber of the prelates vpō S. Thomas of Canterburies day went to the Kinge admonishīg him that S. Thomas in the defence of the Church liberties vppon that daye spente his bloud and lyfe The King at the length answered that he wuld rather encrease than impayre the Churches right Wherevpon all rendred vnto him thankes and the Kinge purchased himselfe thereby the name of a Catholike King Ye heare good reader an other maner of exposition of ●om●osuit remsace●dotum by theauthour him self then is M. Hornes gaye lying glose made in his theeuish Cacus denne And therfore with these words wherewith Aemilius beginneth his narration M. Horne endeth the narration to putte some countenance vpon his false and counterfeite Lawe The clergy then enioyed still their liberties and iurisdiction which ordinarilye they had before either by Law or by custome and priuilege though as I said many causes were but temporall Al the which tēporal causes the said Petrus Cunerius by the way of cōsultation only and reasoning declared by some coulorable arguments to belong to the Kings cowrte onely But for excōmunicatiōs synodical decrees examinatiōs of mēs beliefes ād such like he maketh thē not as ye bable tēporal matters nor abridgeth the clergies iurisdiction therein but onely reproueth certayne abuses therin committed forthe which and for the other the clergy promised a reformation Let vs nowe see your policie ād to what benefit of your cause ye doe so lie Imagyne yf ye wil that al were true ād for ones we will take you for Philip the French King and your Law made in your Cacus denne to be in as good force as yf yt had ben made in open parliament in France What issue ioyne you thereof what due and ordinate consequēt is this the Frenche King maketh a seuere lawe against the clergie vsurping his iurisdiction Ergo the Pope is no Pope or ergo the King of England is the Pope of Englande Agayne yf al are temporal matters howe standeth yt with your doctrine especially of this booke that ye and your fellowes shoulde busie your selfe therewith Neither will yt ease you to say that ye doe yt by the Princes commissiō for Cunerius vppon whome ye grounde all this your talke dryueth his reason to this ende that spirituall men be not capable of temporall iurisdiction and therefore this commission will not serue you And yf ye holde by commission take heade your commission be well and substancially made But of this commission we shal haue more occasion to speake hereafter M. Horne The .136 Diuision pag. 82. b. In England at this tyme many abuses about Ecclesiasticall causes vvere refourmed although the Pope and his Clergie did earnestly .448 mainteine them by Kinge Edvvard the .3 vvho vvrote his .449 letters to the Pope admonishing him to leaue of his disordered doings and vvhan that vvould not serue he redressed them by act of parliament and as Nauclerus saith he commaunded that from thence forth no body should .450 bring into the Realme any kind of the Popes letters vnder the paine of drowning and expelled al persones out of his kingdome that were by the Pope promoted to any benefice The .32 Chapter Of Edward the .3 King of England Stapleton THis argument also is right futely to the precedent as resting vpō the reformīg of abuses in matters Ecclesiastical But I pray you tel vs no more M. Horn of reformīg of abuses if you wil ani way furder your presēt cause
Churche to be for that the Pope vvould not suffer free and General Councels to be called by the Emperours according to the aūcient custome and that his authority is not by the lavve of God but by the positiue Lavves of Princes graunted only because that than Rome vvas the greatest Citie in the vvorld and hath no prerogatiue of Christ or Peter more then any other Bisshoprique Stapleton A faire pleasurely for one Schismatique to plead vppon the Authority of an other Schismatike As if you would say M. Horne Aske my fellow if I be a theefe For both the Author Nilus and the first setter forth therof Flaccus Illyricus are knowen and notorious the one a Schismatike the other an Heretik And therfore what so euer ye here bring oute of Nilus bookes it weigheth no more then if yowe brought Illyricus him selfe or Luther his Maister And to saye the truth it is nothing but an heape of vntruthes not only on your Authours parte but on youres also ouerreaching him shamefully as I shall anon declare But as for your authour if he would haue considered no more but his owne predecessours the Archbisshoppes of Thessalonica he should haue found that they almost one thousand yeares before had an other and a better iudgement of the Popes authoritie and were at that time the popes Legates for the Easte partes as well appeareth by Pope Leo his epistles to Anastasius Bishop there And that the Pope had the principal charge of al churches by Gods owne ordinaunce contrary to the saying of your schismatical authour of so late yeres And yet as bad as he is he doth litle relieue yow For he graūteth the Pope to be Patriarche of the Weste Churche And so is he thowgh he were not the Chiefe absolutelye yet our patriarche and cheif Bishop and therfore cheiflie to be consulted in all greate and weighty ecclesiastical affayres Againe though he be badde inoughe yet is he the worse for coming into your fingers For where you make him to say the only cause of diuision betwene the Greke and the latine Churche was for that the Pope wil not suffer free ād general Coūcelles to be called by the Emperours c. There is no suche thinge in Nilus I haue of purpose perused him ouer neither in the Greke nor in the Translation of Flaccus Illiricus It is your own Captayne and Notorious vntruth M. Horne The .139 Diuision pag. 83. a. Kinge Richarde the .2 called a Councel at VVestminster saieth Polydore wherein it was thought good to the Kinge and the Princes for the weale of his realme of Englande if a parte of the Popes authority were bounded within the limites of the Occean sea he meaneth that it vvere driuen out of the Isle of Britaine .454 wherefore it was decreed that hereafter it shoulde be lawfull to no man to trie .455 any cause before the Bishop of Rome nor that any man be publikly pronoūced wicked or enemy of Religion that is to wit as the cōmon people terme it be excōmunicate by his authority nor that if any mā haue any such cōmaūdemēt frō him they execute the same The penalty ordeined to those that violate this lawe was that losing all his goodes he shoulde be caste into perpetual pryson The .34 Chapter Of Richarde the seconde Kinge of Englande Stapleton HEre lo M. Horn at lēgth strayneth vs very sore For nowe all suytes to Rome are quite cut of Neither can the Pope send any excommunication into Englande What may we then say to helpe our selues Shall I lette the matter goe and let yt shifte for yt selfe as yt may and reason againste the man and not the matter and tel M. Horne least he waxe to proude and want on for this great triumphaunte and victoriouse argumēte that yf a man that is excommunicated is as he expoundeth yt a wycked man and a enemie of religion that him self and his fellowes had neade to loke wel abowt them beinge accursed not only by many Popes which now M. Horne careth not a rushe for but by many national and general coūcelles also Or shal I tel him that suyte to Rome for excommunicatiō is but one braunche or arme of the Popes authority And that the residewe of his authority stoode in strengthe and force styll And so that he proueth not the lyke regimente that nowe is in the which the whole papal authoritye is vtterly bannished Or shall I say that God punished the kinge for his attempte and as he toke away the Popes authority so he loste all his owne very shortly after and loste bothe crowne and kingdome miserably Or shall I say this lawe died with the kinge and was neuer after vntill our dayes put in vre Or shall I say that thowghe all the Popes authoritie were bannished by this statute out of England M. Hornes newe supreamacy will not therof followe but that the supreamacy in matters ecclesiasticall remayned in the Bishoppes especially in Thomas Arondell Archbishop of Canterbury who kepte coūcelles and synodes and determined matters ecclesiasticall without the kinges cōsente therunto by whose prouincial constitution Mayster Horne and his fellowes are declared excommunicate parsons and heretikes for the hereticall doctrine that he and they maynteyne contrarie to the catholike faith Or shall I yet ones againe appeale not to Rome leaste M. Horne charge me with a terrible premunire but euē to some domesticall Iudge and I greatly passe not yf yt be to a quest of lawyers of his best frendes to be tried by them yf they can fynde any suche lawe in the Statutes of oure Realme Againe shall I appeale to an other Queste euen of his owne nighe neighbours in Winchester schole to be tried by them yf I falsly accuse M. Horne of a moste vntruth and false translation Or shal I appeale to his deare frendes the Logitioners at Oxford or Cambridge and be tried by them yf I say not true saying now and auouching to M. Hornes owne face that his owne allegation out of Polidore directly proueth the Popes Primacie and especially the customable and ordinarye suytes to Rome I will then holde my self at this stay and I will ioyne with him for these three poyntes First then I auouche that there is no suche presidente to be shewed among the statutes of our realme and further that neuer any suche was made in the tyme of this kinge Secondly I affirme that M. Horne hathe either of deape and grosse ignorance or of cankered malice maymed or mangled his authours narration and depraued and peruerted his manifeste meaning by a false and counterfeite translation The wordes of Polidore are these Concilium habitum est ad Westmonasterium eo in Concilio regi pariter atque principibus visum est è republica sua Anglicana fore si pars aliqua imperij Romani Pontificis Oceano terminaretur quod multi quotidie vexarentur ob causas quas Romae non facilè cognosci posse putabant
Quapropter sancitum est vt nulli mortalium deinceps liceret pro quauis causa agere apud Romanum Pontificem vt quispiam in Anglia eius authoritate impius religionisque hostis publicè declararetur hoc est excommunicaretur quemadmodum vulgò dicitur néue exequi tale mandatum si quod ab illo haberet Sincerely translated thus they stande A Councel sayeth he was called at Westmynster wherin yt was thowght good to the king and his Princes for theire common weale in Englande yf a parte of the Popes authority were bounded within the lymytes of the Occean sea because many were dayly troubled and vexed for causes which they thowght coulde not be well hearde at Rome Wherfore yt was decreed that yt should be lawfull for no man to sue to the Pope for euery cause to haue any man in Englande by his authority publikely pronounced a wicked man and an enemie of religion that is as the people commonly terme yt to be excommunicated And that if any man haue any suche commaundement he doe not exequute yt The statute then doth not embarre as ye most shamefully pretend all suites to Rome nor all excommunications from the Pope but only that it should not be lawfull to sue to Rome and procure excommunications indifferently as wel in temporal as in spiritual matters as it seemeth many did then And this doth nothing acrase the Popes ordinarie authoritie Now that this is the meaning your Authour him selfe sufficiently declareth First when he speaketh but of a parte of the Popes authoritie then when he sheweth that men sued to Rome for suche causes as were thought could not be heard there which must nedes be temporall causes And therefore ye ouerhipped one whole line and more in your translation thinking by this sleight so craftely to conueie into your theeuish Cacus denne this sentence that no man should espie you And for this purpose where your Authour writeth pro quauis causa agere that is to sue for euery cause Ye translate to trie any cause As though it were al one to say I forbidde you to sue to Rome for euery cause and to saie I forbidde you to sue to Rome for any cause And as though your Authour Polidore had writē pro quacunque causa agere to trie any cause at al. The statute therefore doth not cut of al suites but some suites that is for suche matters as were temporal or thought so to be Wherevppō it wil followe that for all spiritual matters the Popes iurisdiction remained vntouched and nothing blemished For these woordes of the statute that men shoulde not sue in euerie cause to Rome imploye some causes for the whiche they might sue to Rome And so for all your gaie Grammar and ruffling Rhetorique the Popes authoritie is confirmed by this statute whiche ye bring againste it And this King Richard confirmed it and was redie to mainteine it not by words only but by the sworde also And therefore caused to be gathered fiftene thousand fotemen and two thousand horsemen and sent them out of the realme to defende Pope Vrbane against his ennemie and Antipope Clement You on the other side in this your victoriouse booke haue brought a iolie sorte of souldiers to the field to fight against the Pope but when all is well seene and examined ye doe nothing but muster lies together against the Pope as he did men to fight for the Pope A farre of and vppon the sodaine an vnskilfull man would thinke ye had a iolie and a well sette armie but lette him come nigh and make a good view and then he shal finde nothing but a sorte of scar crowes pricked vppe in mans apparell M. Horne The .140 Diuision pag. 13. a. The Churche of Rome at this time vvas marueilouslie torne in sunder vvith an horrible Schisme vvhiche continued about fortie yeares hauing at ones three heades calling them selues Popes euerie one of them in moste despitefull vvise calling the other Antichriste Schismatique Heretique tyraunt thiefe traitour the sonne of perdition sovver of Cockle the child of Beliall c. Diuerse learned men of that time inueighed againste them all three as Henricus de Hassia Ioan. Gerson Theodorych Nyem Secretarie before this to Pope Boniface vvho proueth at lardge by .456 good reasons by the vvoorde of God and by the Popes Decrees that the refourmation of these horrible disorders in the Chuche belong to the Emperour and the Secular Princes Sigismunde the noble Emperour vnderstanding his duetie herein amongest other his notable Actes called a Councell togeather at Constantia and brought againe to vnitie the Churche deuided in three partes whiche Councell saithe Nauclerus beganne by the Emperours cōmaundemente and industrye in the yeare 1414 To the vvhiche Councel came Pope Iohn before thēmperors cōming thinking to haue 457 outfaced the Councell vvith his pretensed authoritie till the Emperoure came vvho geauing to all men in the Councel free libertie to speake their mindes a great companie of horrible vices were laied straight way to his chardge To the vvhich vvhen he vvas not able to ansvvere he vvas .458 deposed and the other tvvo Popes also and an other 459 chosen chieflie by the Emperon●s meanes called Martin the fifte After these things finished they entred into communication of a reformation bothe of the Clergie and the Laitie to vvhiche purpose the Emperour had deuised a booke of Constitutions and also vvilled certaine learned Fathers there but specially the Bisshoppe of Camera a Cardinall there presente to deuise vvhat faultes they could finde and hovve they shoulde be ●edressed not sparing any degree neyther of the Prelates nor of the Princes themselues VVhiche the Bisshoppe did and compiled a little booke or Libell entituled A Libell for reformation of the Churche gathered togeather by Peter de Aliaco c. And offered to the Churche rulers gathered togeather in Constaunce Councel by the commaundemente of the Emperoure Sigismunde cet In this Libell of refourmation after he hathe touched the notable enormities in the Pope in the Courte of Rome in the Cardinalles in the Prelates in Religious personnes and in Priestes in exactions in Canons and Decretalles in collations of benefices in fastings in the Diuine Seruice in Pictures in making festiuall daies in making Sainctes in reading theyr legendes in the Churche in hallovving Temples in vvoorshipping Reliques in calling Councelles in making Relligious souldiours in refourming Vniuersities in studying liberal Sciences and knovvledge of the tongues in repairing Libraries and in promoting the learned After all these thinges being .460 Ecclesiasticall matters or causes he concludeth vvith the dueties of Princes for the looking to the reformation of these matters or any other that needeth amendement The sixth saieth he and the last consideration shall be of the refourminge of the state of the Laie Christians and chieflie the Princes of whose manners dependeth the behauiour of the people cet Let them see also that they
repell all euill customes contrarie to the lawe of God and the lawe of man in their subiectes by the Councell of Diuines and other wise men Also lette them see that they pul vppe by the rootes and destroy more diligently then they haue done Magicall Artes and other superstitions condemned by the lawe of God and all errours and heresies contrarie to the Faith Item that they watche and care earnestly for the exalting of the Faith and the honour of Goddes seruice and the refourming of the Churche that they labour and trauaile diligently for the reformation of althose things which are mentioned afore or here folowing or anye other thinges profitable caet VVhen this booke vvas thus compiled it was offered vppe to the Councel saith Orthvviuus that the most Christian Emperour Sigismunde had called togeather not so much for the agreemente of the Churche as for hope of a generall reformation of their manners hoping verelye that the Prelates woulde put to their helping handes but the Romaine craft beguiling the Germaine simplicitie the new made pope featly flouted the vvell meaning Emperoure saying that he vvoulde thinke on this matter at laisure caet Thus vvas Sigismunde the Emperour misused vvhiche othervvise might seeme to haue bene borne to haue restored Christianitie to the vvorlde againe The frustrating of this refourmation vvas on the other side no lesse grieuouse vnto the Frenche Kinge that bothe before the time of the Councell and in the Councell vvhile had greatly trauailed in taking avvay the Popes ex●ctions and other Ecclesiasticall abuses vvhervvith his Realme vvas vvonderfully oppressed as appeareth in the Oration that the Frenche Kings Embassadours made in this Councell vvritten by Nicol. de Clemangijs and set forth in Othvvynus Gratius fardell of notable things After this Councell vvas an other holden at Basil vvhither came the Princes of Spaine Fraunce Hungary and Germany vvhiche dooinges of the Princes made pope Eugenius so to feare that he .461 thought to translat the Coūcel to Bononia But the Emperour and other princes and the prelates whiche vvere at Basill not onlye not obeyed him but tvvise or thrise admonished him to come thither This ●●pe vvas in this Coūcel .462 deposed in the .34 sessiō Of this Coūcel the Emperour Sigismōde vvas the chiefe and protector and in his absence appointed the Duke of Bauaria in his roome He caused the Bohemes to come to this Councell And whan he hearde of those matters in Religion which were generally agreed vppon he allowed them and commaunded them to be obserued The .35 Chapter Of Sigismund and Friderike the .3 Emperours Stapleton MAister Horne for goddes sake remember your self and what ye haue taken in hande to proue to M. Fekenhā that is that the Quene of Englāde owght to be supreame head of the Churche of Englande and not the Pope Remēber I pray you how weighty this is to M. Fekenham as for the which beside this his longe imprisonment he standeth in daunger of losse of lyfe also Goe ones rowndly to your matter and bringe him some fytte and cōuenient proufe to perswade him withal Ye rūne on a thre leaues following with the doinges of the Emperours Sigismonde Friderike and Maximilian and then at length after all your busie rufle and greate turmoyle againste the Pope ye come to kinge Henry the .8 and to our owne dayes Nowe howe litle the doinges of these Emperours proue their supreamacie in all causes ecclesiastical euerie childe may see And to beginne with Sigismond we heare of you that in the tyme of the great and mayne schisme he called a councell at Constantia where three Popes were deposed and that thē Martine the .5 was ●he●st●r by the Emperors meanes chosen We heare of a booke of reformatiō offred to themperour for the abuses of some matters ecclesiastical But in al that boke there is not one word either against the Catholike faythe or for M. Hornes heresies Onely he reherseth vp certayne abuses which he woulde haue amended And as for our matter nowe in hande he sayth expressely that the Church of Rome beareth the Principalyte or chief rule in Christes Church deriued principally from Gods ordinaunce and secondarely from the Coūcels What doth this relieue you M. Horne We heare farder that themperour and other princes would not suffer the pope to trāslate the Councell of Basile to an other place and finally that the pope Eugenius was deposed in the foresayd Councell at Basile But what serueth all this for your purpose Yea what shameles impudencie is this for yow thus to vaunte your selfe vppō the doings of these two councels that cōdemne your great Apostle Wiccliffe for an horrible heretyke and so consequently al your Geneuical doctrine now practised in England And ye must remember that not themperour but the Councel deposed these popes that is the bishops You doe fynde theire sentence definityue in the .34 Session of the Councel of Basill by your selfe alleaged But for the sentēce definitiue of themperour for theis depositions or any matter of religion ye shall not fynd Ergo the bisshops were the heads and not themperour And so are ye nothing the nearer for the deposition of Eugenius Who yet this depositiō notwithstanding continued pope still as M. Iewell him selfe witnesseth against you M. Horne and the duke of Sauoye of whome ye make mention in your nexte argumēt elected in Eugenius his place by the sayde councell was fayne to renounce his papacy as your selfe confesse And notwithstanding so many and so great princes that ye name withstode the translation of yt yet was the councell of Basill translated to Ferraria first and thē to Florence where the greke Emperour and the Grecians were reconciled to the vnity of the Church and among other things acknowledged the Popes Primacy So that ye haue nowe lost all your goodly schismaticall argumentes that ye haue in this your book brought out of Nilus and otherwise for the Grecians rebellion against the sayd primacy But what doe you tell vs here of Theodorike Nyem and of his greate and large proufes that the reformation of the Church belonged to the Emperours In dede proue he would such a matter But as for him bothe his maner of writing is so course and his proufs so weake that you were ashamed to bring any one of thē into the face of the opē Court And in very dede it is but a great vntruth of yours so to reporte of him Namely out of that booke and Chapter which you alleage For ther he bringeth neither good reason nor any parte of the word of God both which you auouche him to bring and that at large but only one sentence of a decree and the exāple of king Theodorike in the matter of pope Symachus which matter as I haue before proued maketh expressely for the popes primacy Such a discrete writer you haue picked out to help forward so badde a matter But to let this mā passe I will nowe
aske yow whether thēperour toke pope Martinus for the head of the whole Church or no Yf ye say he did as the force of truth will cōpell you then to what ende haue ye so busied your self with the doings of this Emperour Yf ye say he did not thē wil I send you to your owne authour Nauclerus of whom ye shall heare that not themperour but the Cardinals elected Martinus and that themperour as sone as he was elected fell flatte and prostrate before him and with much reuerence kissed his feete Now againe if as ye say he allowed and commaunded such thinges as the councell agreed vppon in matters of relligion to be obserued this agreemēt being as it was in dede against your new religiō what doe ye but blowe your own cōdemnatiō making it as strong as may be against your own self How Emperours haue cōfirmed councels I haue oftē declared This therfore I let passe as a stale argumēt according to promise But now let me be so bold as ones to appose you M. Horn. Who was I pray you at this tyme supreame head of the Church in England Did king Henrie the .5 take him selfe trowe ye to be this head I suppose ye dare not say it for shame And if ye dare thē dare I be so bold to tel you it is a most notoriouse lie and withall that in case it were so yet did he euē about the same time that Wiccleff and his schollers were cōdemned in the Coūcell of Cōstantia cōdemne thē as fast by act of parliament in Englād And it was I may say to you high time For your good bretherne had cōspired to adnulle destroy and subuert not only the Christian fayth ād the law of God ād holy Church within the realm but also to destroy the kīg ād al maner of estats of the realm aswel spiritual as tēporal ād all maner of pollicy and finally the lawes of the lād As it is more at large cōprised in an act of parliamēt made at that time In the which it was ordeyned ād established that first the Chauncelor Treasorer Iustices of the one bench ād of the other iustices of peace Sherifs mayors baylifs of cities ād townes ād all other officers hauing the gouernance of people or that at any tyme afterward shulde haue the sayd gouernaunce shuld take an othe in taking of their charge to put theire whole power and diligence to put out cease ād destroy al maner of errours and heresies cōmonly then called Lollardries within the place where they exercised theire offices And thus neither abrode nor at home can ye fynde any good matter for the defence of your newe primacy and your damnable heresies M. Horne The .141 Diuision pag. 84. b. After the death of Sigismonde Frederike the Emperour caused the Duke of Sauoy that vvas made Pope to renounce his Papacy and commaunded by his Decree the Prelates gathered at Basill to dissolue the Councell by a certaine daie This Emperour called a Coūcell at Mentze to make an ende and vtterly to take away the Schisme of the Church and to deliuer it from more greuous daungers He vvriteth to the Frenche Kinge thereof declaring hovv this Schisme did so oppresse his minde and feruētly sollicite him that as well for his loue to Religion as for his office called of God to be the chiefe aduocate of the Churche he did not onely runne with diligence to succour it but stirred vp al kinges and Princes that with a pure sinceritie delighted in the name of Christe to runne with him in this so necessary and healthfull a worke and to this purpose he declareth hovve he hath appointed to all his princes and prelates an assembly at Mentze whereat he entendeth to be personally present and therefore desireth the Frenche kinge also to bee there in his ovvne persone or at the least that he vvoulde sende his Oratours thither instructed distinctly vvith all vvaies and meanes by the vvhiche the Churche might be quiet from the calamities ready to fall on her Pope Eugenius sent to the Frenche king to desire him to take a vvay his .464 pragmaticall Lavve To vvhom the king ansvvered that he vvould haue it kept inuiolatly Then the Pope desidered the king neither to admit ●● Basill coūcel nor yet the coūcel at Mētze that vvas called to the vvhich the kīg ansvvered that he vvold take aduise Stapleton Here is small or no matter for M. Hornes newe Primacie and that he here reherseth maketh rather agaynst him then with him For though M. Horne sayed in the last argument that pope Eugenius was deposed yet is he nowe pope styll and thother set in his place faine to geue ouer And though the princes would not obeye Eugenius for the dissoluing of the Councell of Basile yet nowe it is dissolued by the Emperour Friderike also And what answere so euer the French King made to Eugenius touching the sayed Basile Councell the Councell is no further allowed in the Catholike Church then Eugenius and his successour Nicolaus did allowe the same And as ye shewe your selfe themperour Friderike saieth that by his office he was called of God to be the chiefe Aduocate of the Church He saieth not the chiefe head of the Church the which honour he did attribute not to him selfe but to the Pope only of whome he was crowned as his predecessours were These also are but stale wares and much woren And for such I let them passe As for the Frenche King and hys pragmatical sanction which Charles his predecessour had made and whiche he at the requeste of Pope Eugenius would not reuoke it contained no such matter as you M. Horne doe attribute to princes nowe neyther was that gouernement like to that which you nowe defend This pragmaticall sanction stode most about monye matters It denied to the Court of Rome the great payements which went out of Fraunce about Reseruations collations expectations and cōmendoes of bishoprickes prebendes and benefices Great and long contention there was betwene certaine Kings of Fraunce as Charles the .vij. and the .viij. Loys .xj. and .xij. Frauncis the first and certaine Popes as this Eugenius Pius .2 Sixtus .4 Innocentius .8 Alexander .6 Iulius the .2 and Leo the .10 as Duarenus a vehement writer for the French Kings aduantage mencioneth But notwythstanding all these matters the Popes supreme Authoritie in matters of Fayth and ecclesiasticall Iurisdiction was not denied For witnesse hereof I bring you the wordes of the Court of Paris vttered among the Articles which they proposed to the King about this matter as Duarenus him selfe recordeth them In the number .19 thus they say Ante omnia protestatur Curia c. Before all thinges the Court protesteth that it mindeth not to derogat any thing from the holynesse dignity honour and Authority of the Pope and the holy Apostolike See But rather it is ready to shewe and exhibit all honour reuerence and obedience that
neuer calleth the Emperour supreame gouernour in all matters no not in any matter Ecclesiasticall He sayeth the Emperour is truly called Aduocatus vniuersalis Ecclesiae the Aduocat or protectour of the vniuersall Churche And wherein he declareth out of the .8 Generall Councel For sayth he as the Authoryte to define and determine those thinges that belonge to the right and vniuersall faythe of Christe is committed of God to Priestes so to gouerne to confirme and to preserue those thinges that are of God by the Priestes ordayned it is committed to the holy Empire And this he graunteth to the Emperour onely not to other seuerall princes and kinges bicause he speaketh onely herein of matters touchinge the vniuersall faith of the Church Wherein also he so farre preferreth the pope before the Emperour that he sayeth Si papa qui in Episcopatu fidei principatum gerit electum in fide errare inueniret declarare posset eum non esse Imperatorem If the pope who beareth the principalytie in the bishoply charge of Fayth should finde the Emperour elected to erre in the fayth he might pronoūce him no Emperor In the next chapter he proueth very wel out of the Chalcedon Councell the Councells of Milleuitum and of Cabylon that in matters properly ecclesiasticall belonging to bishops and clerckes Emperours and princes ought not to intermedle Nowe touching the intermedling of Emperours and princes with Councelles firste he sheweth by the examples of Riccharedus Chintillanus and Sysenandus kinges of Spayne in .iij. seuerall Councelles of Toletum which also we haue before shewed with what mekenes reuerence and humilite princes ought to come to Councells And wheras in many Synodes matters also of the common welthe were debated he declareth by the practise of Aunciente time that In Synodicis congregationibus c. In Synodall assemblyes of particular prouinces the office of the kinge is to mete there to exhorte and to strengthē to obey and to execute the ecclesiastical cōstitutions such as belonge to fayth or to the worshipping of God But in such cōstitutions as belonge to the publike state of the common welthe he must together with the bishops define and determine In all which he ouerthroweth clerely your position M. Horne as you see And here after this in the next chapter immediatly foloweth the place by you alleaged By that which is aforesayd it is gathered that Emperors made alwayes the Synodal congregations of vniuersall Councels of the whole worlde c. For this he speaketh only of General Councels adding immediatly in the same sentence which sentence you quyte cutte of from the ende Locales verò nunquam eos legitur collegisse But prouinciall Synodes it is neuer read that Emperours called And in the nexte Sentence he concludeth howe he called the generall Councelles Non quòd coactiuè sed exhortatiuè colligere debeat Not that the Emperour should cal or gather those Councels by the way of force or cōmaundement but by the way of exhortation and aduise And this he exemplifieth very well by the Councell of Aquileia whereat S. Ambrose was present Vnto the which the bishops were so called by the Emperours Gratian Valētinian and Theodosius as in their epistle the Councel agniseth vt episcopis honorificentia reseruata nemo de esset volens nemo cogeretur inuitus that dewe reuerēce beīg reserued to the bishops none was absent that listed to come nor none was forced that listed not to come Nowe the reason why the Emperour may cal only General Councels none prouinciall Cusanus addeth For saieth he when any generall daungers of fayth do occurre or any other thing that vniuersally troubleth the Church of Christ then ought the Emperour him self to attende as a preseruer both of the fayth and of the peace and thē he ought first of all to signifie to the bishop of Rome the necessyte of a Councel and requyre his consent for assembling a Councell in some certayne place As the Emperours Martiā and Valentinian did to pope Leo for the Chalcedō Councell Inuitātes atque rogantes Inuitinge him and desiringe him As Constantin the .4 did to pope Agatho for the .6 general Councell at Constantinople writing thus vnto him Adhortamur vestram paternam Beatitudinem We exhorte your fatherly blessednes vsinge all wordes of gentle intreaty and none of forceable commaundemente as we haue before largely declared To be short Cusanus concludeth al this Imperiall callinge of Councelles in these wordes Ista sunt cat These are the thinges that belonge to the Emperour touchinge the beginninge of a Councell that is to assemble it with exhortation and with sauegarde with all liberty with good custody all partialytie taken away and all necessyte of commaundement Nowe if you wil knowe what difference there is betwene the calling of the Pope and the calling of the Emperour to a Councel Cusanus declareth that also shortly by the practise of the first Councels thus Papa vt primus c. The Pope calleth a General Councel for of such he speaketh as the chief and as hauing a power to cōmaunde through the principality of his priesthood ouer all bisshops touching that assembly which cōcerneth the vniuersal state of the Church in the which he beareth the chiefe charge By the which power committed vnto him he may commaūd the faithful to assemble chiefly al priestes subiect vnto him But the Emperour exhorteth or counselleth the Bisshops and commaundeth the Laye Thus much your own Authour Cusanus M. Horne concerning the Emperours Authority in calling of Councels I suppose if you take his whole meaning your cause wil be but weakely relieued by him And I think you wishe nowe you had neuer alleaged him M. Horne The .143 Diuision pag. 85. b. Next vnto Frederike vvas M●ximilian Emperour to vvhome the Princes of Germany put vp certaine greuaunces in Ecclesiasticall matters that anoied the Empire in number .10 Against Bulles Priuileges Electiōs reseruatiōs expectatiues Annates vnfit pastours pardōs tythes ād the spiritual courtes c. beseching hī to haue some redresse herin VVho being moued vvith the admonitions aduisementes and exhortations of the learned Clergy and the godly Princes at the length called a Councel at Triers and Colayn for the redresse of these and other enormities in the yeere of the Lord 1512. vvhich vvas the fourth yeere of the moste renoumed King of Englād King Henry the eight In this Councel amongest other thinges because there was a suspicion of a Schisme breedinge and of greauaunces in the Churche it vvas necessarily decreed that the Emperour and Princes electours vvith other Princes and states of the Empire should looke about them and vvel cōsult by what means these greeues might be taken away most commodiouslie and the Schisme remoued and euill thinges reformed to edification It was decreed also against blasphemours to paie either a somme of money limited or to suffer death And that all men should knowe this decree it was thought
cause to make much of this earthly Supremacy For had not the clergy and temporalty geuen that to kinge Henry .8 you and your heresies coulde haue had no place now in the throne of that Bishopprike which was ordayned not for Robert and his Madge but for chast prelates and suche as shoulde preferre the soule before the body the kingdome of heauen before the kingdome of the earthe Peter before Nero Christ before Antichrist For so I doubte not to say with the greate Clerke and most holy Bishop Athanasius that a Christian kinge or Emperour setting him selfe aboue bishops the officers of Christ in matters of the faythe is a very Antichrist Which Antichristian facte in dede hathe bene the first gate and entry for all those heresies to enter ▪ which the Prince him selfe then most abhorred and against the which bothe he had lately before made a lerned booke and did publishe after but in vayne for a stay thereof the six Articles In vayne I say for the order of dewe gouernement ones taken away the knotte of vnity ones vndone the heade being cut of howe coulde it otherwise be but false doctrine should take place a separation from the corps of Christendome shoulde ensewe and our Countrie a parte of the body fall to decaie in suche matters as belonged to the Heade to order direct and refourme This horrible sinne Maister Horne woulde make a vertue But all ages all Councels all Princes yea the holy Scriptures are directly against him and doe al witnesse for the Pope and Bishoppes against the Prince and lay Magistrat that to them not to these belongeth by right by reason by practise the Supreme and chiefe gouernement in al causes and matters mere Ecclesiastical and spiritual M. Horne The .145 Diuision pag. 87. a. To this .475 effect also vvriteth Petrus Ferrariensis a notable learned man in the Lavves saying Thou ignorāt mā thou oughtest to know that the Empire the Emperour ones in tymes past had both the swoordes to witte both the Temporal and Spiritual in so much that the Emperours then bestowed .476 al the ecclesiastical benefices through the 477 whole world and more they did choose the Pope as it is in C. Adrianus Dist. 63. And the same Petrus in an other place saith thus Marke after what sorte and how many vvaies those Clergymen do snare the Lay and enlarge their ovvne iurisdiction but alas miserable Emperours and secular princes which doe suffer this and other things you both make your selues sclaues to the Bisshoppes and ye see the vvorlde vsurped by thē infinit vvaies and yet ye study not for remedy because ye geue no heed to vvisedom and knovveleadge Stapleton YF your law be not better thē your diuinity we neade not much to feare our matter And so much the lesse yf that be true that a good mery fellowe and vnto you not vnknowen reading your boke of late sayd that he durst lay a good wager that yf ye were vppon the sodayne well apposed ye were not able to reade the quotations by your selfe in the margent alleaged out of this Petrus and withal that ye neuer readde that which ye alleage out of Quintinus or yf ye did ye do not vnderstande yt or at the leaste ye doe most wickedly peruerte yt But let this goe as merely spoken for thoughe ye neuer read the authour nor can redely at the first perchaunce reade your owne quotations the whole matter being by some of your frēds and neareste affinity brought ripe and ready to your hand we shal be wel cōtēt frō whēce so euer yt come so it come at length to any purpose and effect whereof I for my parte haue litle hope For what if in the old tyme the Emperours confirmed popes What if the cleargy vsurpe and intrude in many thinges vppon the seculer princes iurisdiction Yf ye may herof make a sequele that either the king of Englād is supreame head of the Church or that the vnlawful promisse made by the bisshops by their priesthod which ye esteme as much as yf they had sworne by Robin hode his bowe doth bynde them as a lawfull promisse I will say ye are sodenly become a notable lawyer and worthy to be retayned of councell in greate affayres I am assured of one thinge that howe so euer ye lyke him in this poynte yet for other poynts of this his boke that you alleage you like him neuer adeale As for the inuocation of Saints yea for the Popes Primacie by the which he sayth A periured man which otherwise is reiected may be by the Popes dispensation admitted to beare wytnes and that a clerke irregular can not be absolued but by the Pope Which followeth the very place by yowe alleaged with many such lyke not making very much to your lykinge Nowe what yf I should say vnto yowe that you and your authour to yf he sayth so say vntruely affirminge the Emperour to haue both the temporall and spirituall sworde And what if I should say that there is no more truth in that assertion than in the other that he bestowed all the benefices through the whole worlde For your chapter Adrianus that you alleage speaketh of the Emperour Charles the great who was not Emperour of the whole worlde nor of halfe Europa neither and therfore he coulde not bestowe the benefices of the whole worlde Yf ye wil say that your authour saith truly and ye haue translated truely for the text is per singulas prouincia● I graunt yowe it is so but yet is it vnskilfully and ignorantly translated for ye shoulde haue sayed through out euery prouince or contrey subiect to the Romā empire For the Romans did call all countries that they had conquered Italie excepted prouinces and the people Prouinciales I say nothing nowe that this chapter rather enforceth then destroyeth the popes primacy For Charles had neither authority to bestowe the Ecclesiasticall benefices nor to choose the Pope but as he beinge a mere straunger before toke thempire at the popes hand so did he take also this speciall priuilege and prerogatyue M. Horne The .146 Diuision pag. 87. b. Like as Petrus Ferrariensis attributeth bothe the svvordes that is both the spirituall and the temporall iurisdiction to the Emperour So .478 Io. Quintinus Heduus a famous professour of the lavv in Paris and one that attributeth so much to the Pope as may be and much more than ought to be saith that In solo Principe omnis est potestas in the Prince .479 alone is al power and thereto 480. auoucheth this saying of Speculator De iurisdict omnium iudicum Quod quicquid est in regno id esse intelligitur de iurisdictione Regis that whatsoeuer is in a kingdome that is vnderstanded to be vnder the iurisdiction of the kinge To vvhich .481 purpose he citeth an auncient learned one in the Lavve vvhose name vvas Lotharius vvho saith he did say That the
vntrue that he bringeth in Lotharius to confirme that which Speculatour said For he intreateth of Lotharius before he alleageth Speculator and doth not alleage Lotharius for that purpose ye speake of Fiftly and last Lotharius is not as ye pretende of this mynde that all iurisdiction cometh of the secular Prince For Lotharius meaneth not of the clergies iurisdiction which cometh not of the Prince but of the iurisdiction of Laye men which all together dependeth of the Prince M. Horne The .147 Diuision pag. 87. b. And vvriting of the Kings povver in Eccle. .483 matters or causes he citeth this Canon Quando vult Deus foorth of the decrees vvhereuppon he as it vvere commenteth saying Thus is the reason vvherefore it is leaful for the Prince some vvhiles to determine those things vvhich concerne the Church least the honesty of the mother he meaneth the Church should in any thing be violated or least her tranquilly should be troubled specially of them to vvhom she is committed meaning the Church Ministers Stapleton Leaue ones M. Horne this peuishe pinching and paring this miserable mayming and marring of your authours Your authour M. Horne geueth two rules the first for the authority and matters of the Church saying that in matter of fayth and synne the lawe of the Church is euer to be obserued and therto all princes lawes must yelde whiche rule he proueth at large And thus yow see your owne authour standeth agaīst you for one of the cheif matters of your booke wherī ye wil in al matters to be determined by the Church that the princes cōsent is to be had The .2 rule is touching the prince wherin he sayth that it apperteyneth to the kings and princes of the worlde to desire that the Church theyr mother of whome they are spiritually born be in their tyme in rest and quietnes And this is the reason and so forth as your self reherse What can ye gather of this that is sayde that somtyme the princes may determine of thinges touchinge the Church seyng as ye haue heard before this determination toucheth not fayth or synne nor can be vsed of them generally but sometymes for the quietnes of the Church M. Horn. The .148 Diuision pag. 87. b. If there be any other thing this chiefly is an Ecclesiasticall matter namely to call or conuocate Councelles saith Quintinus But this is the opinion saith he of many learned men that the Emperour may conuocate a general Councel so often and for any cause whan the pope and the Cardinalles be noted of any suspiciō and doo forslowe ād ceasse either for lacke of skil or peraduenture of some euil meaning or of both or els whan there is any schisme Cōstātinus saith he called the first Nicene coūcel the other three general Coūcels Gratianus Theodosius and Martianus themperours called by their edict Iustinianus called the fifte general coūcel at Cōstantinople themperor Cōstātine .4 did cōuocat the sixt general Coūcel agaīst the Monothelytes The authority of the kīg Theodorike cōmaunded the Bishops ād priestes forth of diuers prouīces to assemble together at Rome for the purgatiō of Pope Symachus the first Carolus Magnus as it is in our histories cōmaūded fiue Coūcels to be celebrated for the Ecclesiastical state to wit Moguntinum Remense Cabilonense Arelatense and Turonense The Pope calleth the Bishops to Rome or to some other place the King dooth forbidde them to go or he commaundeth them to come to his Court or .484 Councell the Bisshoppes muste obey the kinges precept not onely in this case but in any other matter what so euer besides sinne for he that dooth not obserue his bounden fidelitie to the kinge whether he be a Bisshoppe Priest or Deacon is to be throwne foorth of his degree or place For the proufe vvhereof he citeth many Canons out of the decrees and concludeth thus to be briefe this is mine opinion whan the kinge calleth together the Prelates to a Councell and to reforme the state of the Church they are bounde to obey yea although the Pope .486 forbidde it Stapleton This is our olde matter of calling of Coūcels by princes wherin you see you authour maketh no general or absolut rule as you doe but for certayne tymes and considerations for the which I will not greatly stande with yowe seinge that your authour confesseth that which we most stand for and ye stande most against that the prince in such coūcels hath not the superiority but the cleargy For he saith I wil that princes be present at such Councelles but not president And therfor Quintinus wil not be aduocat for the bishops that by their priesthod promised that they woulde enacte nothing in their synodes without the kings consente Yet haue ye one prety knacke more in Quintinus to proue the king supreame head and not the pope For if the kinge on the one syde and the pope on the other side call the bisshops to a Councell the Bisshoppes muste obey the kinge and not the pope and not onely in this thinge but in all other thinges what so euer beside synne Happie is it that ye haue putte in beside synne for this putteth you quite beside your cusshion as they say and beside your matter and purpose For this is synne yea and one of the moste horrible kindes of synne that is a schisme for any prince or anie other to holde a councell contrary to the councell summoned by a lawfull Pope Such neuer had anie good successe as the ecclesiasticall stories euery where reporte And as Aarons rodde deuoured the roddes of Iamnes and Mambres and other sorcerers in Aegipte and as his rodde onely among all the roddes of the schismaticall and murmuringe people of Israell did geue forth yong slippes and braunches and for a memoriall was reserued in the tabernacle Euen so those councells that the pope gathered or allowed haue deuoured and abolished all other vnlawful and schismaticall conuenticles They onely florish and be in estimation and are and shal be for euer preserued in the tabernacle of Christes Catholyke Churche I will not walke in the larg felde of this matter that here lieth open The Frenche kinges doinges onely whereof ye talke shall be a sufficiente confirmation for our side and such stories onely as your self haue browght forth for the strēgthnīg as ye thought of your purpose As the coūcel of Rhemes that the kīg Hugo Capet assembled deposing ther as ye write the bishop Arnulphus What was the issue M. Horn Did not Benedictus the .7 summone an other coūcel euē in the very same city ād restored Arnulphꝰ again Was not al that your fayre kīg Philip attēpted agaīst the pope Bonifaciꝰ in his coūcels in Frāce brought to naught by a coūcel sūmoned by the Pope as we haue before declared we haue also shewed how that the Laterā councell abolished the Pisane conuenticle that Lewes the Frenche king and others maynteyned as your self write
Wherfore yf your authour had thus writen neither his tyme is so auncient nor his authoritie so great but that a man might haue sayde that he was wonderfully deceyued But it is not he but you that with your false sleight and craftie cōueiance deceyue your readers Your authour speaketh not of two councells the one summoned by the pope the other by the king but speaketh of bishops that held by fealty and homage lands of the king And then sayth that quoad feuda regalia concernīg theis fealties and royalties the king is aboue the bisshops as he is aboue all his other vassals And therfore if the pope on the one side send for a bisshoppe and the kinge on the other side send for him concerning his fealty and homage matters he ought to goe to the king otherwise he shoulde rather obey the pope thē the king as appereth sayth Quintine in the glose to the which he referreth hym self Theis wordes feuda and regalia haue ye sliely slipt ouer as though Quintinus had auouched the bishops subiectiō in Ecclesiastical matters You could not otherwise haue decked your margent with your gay and freshe lying note that the king is to be obeyed in Ecclesiastical causes and not the Pope And so are ye now sodainly become so spiritual and so good an ecclesiastical man that feuda and regalia are become matters ecclesiastical Which is as true as ye may be rightfully called an ecclesiastical man hauing a Madge of your owne to kepe your back warme in the cold winter nightes and by as good reason ye may cal her an ecclesiastical woman to M. Horn. The .149 Diuision pag. 88. a. The people doth amende or reforme the negligence of the Pastour Can. vlt. dist 65. Ergo the Prince also may do the same If the Bisshop wil not or doe forslovve to heare and to decide the controuersies of his Cleargy the Bisshop being slowe or tarying ouer longe nothing dooth hinder or stay saith the Canon to aske Episcopale Iudicium the bisshoply iudgement of the Emperour If it happen that the Priests be not diligent about the Aultar offices if concerning the temple neglecting the Sacrifices they hasten into kings palayces ▪ runne to wrastlinge places doe prophane them selues in brothelles houses and yf they conuert that which the faithful haue offred to the pleasures of them selues and of theirs wherefore shal not the Princes whome the Catholique Faith hath begotten and taught in the bosome of the Church cal againe and take vpon thē selues the care of this matter and so proueth at large by many examples out of the Histories and the Lavves that this care and charge in Ecclesiasticall .487 matters and causes belongeth to the Princes vnto the vvhich examples he addeth this In our Fathers tyme saith he Kinge Lewes .11 made a constitution that Archebisshoppes Bisshops Abbottes and who so euer hadde dignities in the Church or had the cure of other benefices should within fiue monethes resorte to their Churches and should not remoue any more frō thēse diligently there labouring in diuine matters and sacrifices for the faulfty of the king and his kingdome and that vnder a great paine of losing all their goods and lands Here Quintinus doth greuously complain of the dissolute and moste corrupt maners of the Cleargy vvhereto he addeth saying VVherefore than should not Princes cōpell this Iewde idle kinde of men to do their dueties Stapleton May the people M. Horne amende and reforme the negligence of the pastour And that by the Popes Lawe to Then belyke the headlesse people of Germany and your headlesse bretherne that of late haue made such ruffle in these lowe countres here shal finde some good defence for their doings to saue the reast from the gybet or from the sacke which haue not yet passed that way Then may yt seme a smal matter that the laye people haue by a late Acte of parliamente transformed and altered the olde relligion against the minde of all the Bisshops and the whole conuocation But your authour saieth Ecclesiae nihil est licentius Democratia There is in the worlde nothing more perniciouse to the Church of God then is such vnbrideled libertie of the people which must be taught and not followed as he alleageth out of Pope Celestin ād that but two distinctiōs before that distinction which your self alleage And what great reformation is it M. Horn that your distinction speaketh of Suerly none other but that yf it chaunce all the bisshops of one contrie to die sauing one and yf he be negligent in procuring the electiō and substitutiō of some other in their places that the people may goe to the bisshops of the contrey next adioyning and cause them to ordeine some new bisshops We are also content that yf the bisshops or others be negligent the prince may compell them to doe their dewty But then loke wel to your self For who is more negligent about the Aultars and worthy to be punished therfore thē they that throwe downe Aultars Who neglect the sacrifices but yow that deny the sacrifice and the presence of Christ in the Sacramēt Who be those but you and your fellowes that cōuerte to the pleasures of thē selues and theires that which the faithful hath offred to Christ in laying out the Church goods vpō your self which should haue no parte to thē being become by your mariage a laye man and in the mainteyninge ād purchasing for your vnlawful wyues childrē Now who be they that prophane thē selues in brothel howses let the old constitutions of the Churche tel vs. A man would litle think that ye would euer haue pleaded so agaīst your own self But what can you bring I would fayne know that is not against you in so badde a cause M. Horne The .150 Diuision pag. 88. b. If you delight in antiquites saith he no man doth doubt but that in the primatiue Church the Princes did iudge both of the Ecclesiasticall persones and causes and did oftentimes make good Lawes for the trueth against falsehood Arcadius ād Honorius religious Princes doe .488 depose a troublesome Bisshop both from his Bishoprik sea and name The .13 first titles of the first booke of Iustiniās Code collected out of the Cōstitutiōs of diuers Emperours doe plainly intreate and iudge of those things which appertain to the Bishoply cure For what perteineth more to the office of a Bishop than Faith thē Baptism then the high Trinity than the conuersation of Mōkes the ordeining of Clergymen and Bishops and than many like lawes which doubtles doe concerne our Religiō ād Church But the Nouel Constitutions of themperour Iustinian are full of such Lavves And least peraduenture some man might suspect that this vvas tyranny or the oppression of the Churche Iohn the Pope doth salute this Emperor the most Clemēt Son learned in the Ecclesiastical disciplines and the most Christiā amōgest Princes Epist. inter claras De summa Trin. C.
so haue you for all this ioly fetche fetched in nothing to your purpose but haue fished all this while in Braughton all in vayne Yet is there one thing more we loke for that is to haue an honester man and of better and more vppright dealing and conscience then ye are of to reporte Braughton And then we haue some hope that as you can proue nothing by him for your new primacie So shall we proue euen by your owne authour that by the common lawe of the realme the Pope was then the cheif head of all Christes Churche And me thincke thowghe in your texte there is nothing but the duskishe darke hornelight of an vnfaythfull and blinde allegation that yet in your margent there appereth a glistering day starre and that the sonne is at hande to open and disclose to the worlde by the bright beames and most cleare light of the catholyque faythe shyning in youre owne Authoure either your exceding malice or your most palpable grosse and darke ignorance Wherewith for your desertes and spitiful heart to the catholyke faith God hath plagued you no lesse then he did the Aegiptians Why M. Horne Hath Braughtō thē a Title de Papa Archiepiscopis alijs prelatis of the Pope Archbishops and other prelats What Is there nothing in him but a bare and naked title What sayeth Braughton in his text Doth he say that the Pope hath nothing to doe but in his owne diocese and no more than other Bishoppes haue Doth he say that he is not the head and the superiour of al other Bishopes Or doth he say as ye saie that all Ecclesiasticall iurisdiction commeth from the King only Or doth he say that the Kinge is aboue the the Pope and head of the Churche him selfe Wel. Ye haue seene the starre light in the margent Nowe shall ye see also to the vtter destruction of your newe primacie and to your great dishonestie for this your detestable dealing the bright daye light Ye tel vs out of Braughton that al aswel freemen as bondmen are subiecte to the Kinge his power You tel vs the King hath no Peere what of all this Tel me withall for what the title of the Pope and Archebishope serueth Verely it serueth to direct vs to your own confusion and shame Ye tolde vs euen in the other page of this leafe that Kinge Childebertus exacted of Pope Pelagius the confession of his faith whiche he voluntarily offered But suerly the cōfessiō of this matter wil not come frō you freely and voluntarily but it must be exacted from you and brought from you by the verie violence of the moste stronge and forcible truth Let vs then heare Braughtons owne wordes He saieth There is a difference and distinctiō betwen person and person For some there are that be in excellencie and prelacie and be rulers aboue other As in spirituall matters and those that appertaine to priesthood our Lorde the Pope and vnder him Archebishopes and Bishopes and other inferiour Prelates In temporall matters also Emperours Kinges and Princes for suche thinges as apperteine to the kingdom and vnder them Dukes Erles Barons and such other Againe he writeth thus in an other place Sunt enim causae spirituales c. There are saieth he spiritual causes in the which the seculer iugde hath no cognition neither can put them to execution because he hath no punishement for them For in these causes the iudgement apperteyneth to the ecclesiastical iudges who hath the gouernance and defence of priesthoode There be also Secular causes the knowledge and iudgemente whereof apperteyneth to Kinges and Princes who defende the Kingdome and with the whiche the Clergie shoulde not intermedle seeing that the iurisdictions of them are sondred and distincted vnlesse yt be when one sworde muste helpe the other I truste by this Maister Horne ye doe or may vnderstand what is meante when Braughton calleth the Kinge the Vicar of God and saieth there ought to be none greater then the Kinge in his kingdome Whiche rule woulde haue bene playner if ye had added the three woordes following In exhibitione iuris That is in ministring of euerie man ryght and iustice whiche is altogether ministred in mere prophane and ciuill matters vnder and by the Kinges Authoritie and whiche woordes are by you nipped quite of verie ministerlyke We will yet adde the third Authoritie out of Braughton because it doeth not onely make againste this newe vpstarte Supremacie but aunswereth also as well to the olde Cugnerius as to our newe Cugnerius M. Horne his fonde argumentes against the spirituall iurisction Braughton then after that he hath shewed that there is one iurisdiction that is called ordinarie and an other of delegates and holding by commission and that as well in the temporall as spirituall Courte and that these two iurisdictions be distincted and that the Iudges of eche sorte shoulde take heed that they doe not intrude vppon the other he telleth vs of some particularities of matters apperteyning to the Churche Iurisdiction First that none of the clergy may be called before a secular iudge for anie matter towching the ecclesiasticall courte or for any spirituall matter or suche as be annexed and coherent As when penance is to be enioyned for any sinne or trespase wherin the ecclesiastical Iudge hath the cognitiō and not the kinge for it doth not apperteine to the king or to the temporall Iudge to enioyne penaunce Neither can they iudge of matters coherent and annexed to spiritual things as of tithes and suche other as concerning mouables bequethed in a mans testament nor in a cause of matrimony Nor if a mā promise mony for mariage as he saith he hath before declared For in al theis things the clerke may bring the cause frō the tēporal to the ecclesiastical Iudge And so haue we found M. Horne by the common lawe in Braughtons time the Popes supreamacy in Englande and not that onely but also that aswel Braughton as Quintinus be hard against you and your Petrus Cugnerius for the minishing and defacing of the spiritual iurisdiction and for your vntruth in auowching that the medling with contractes of mariages enioyning of penaūce and suche like are nothing but temporal matters perteining to the kinges iurisdiction And thus in fine to be shorte where your proufes should be strongest there are they most acrased and feble ād your fowre lawyers with your Diuine proue nothing to your purpose but al against yt M. Horne The .152 Diuision pag. 90. a. Thus haue I sufficiently .498 proued that the Emperours and Kinges ought haue and may claime and take vpon thē suche gouernement in Spiritual and Ecclesiastical causes and matters as the Queenes Maiestye novv doothe In confirmation vvhereof I haue bene more large than othervvise I vvoulde but that the proufe hereof doeth reproue and fully aunsvveare the principall matter of your vvhole booke and therefore I maie vse more briefnesse in that vvhiche follovveth
I haue made proufe vnto you sufficient to remoue .499 your ignorance both of the matter and the vvaie vvherby to knovve confessed by you in your Minor Proposition And this haue I done by the selfesame meanes that you require in your issue I haue made proufe of the Supreame gouernment in Ecclesiastical causes to belong vnto Kings and Princes by the expresse .500 cōmaundement of God vvhere he did first describe and set foorth the duety and office of Kings I haue made the same more plaine and manifest by the .501 examples of the moste holy gouernours amongest Goddes people as Moyses Iosua Dauid Salomon Iosaphat Ezechias Iosias the Kinge of Niniue Darius and Nabugodonosor vvho expreste this to be the true meaning of God his commaundemente by theyr practise hereof so hyghly commended euen by the holy Ghost vvhervnto I haue added certaine prophecies forthe of Dauid and Esaie vvherby it is manifestly proued that the holy ghost doth loke for exact and challenge this seruice and .502 Supreme gouernment in church causes at princes handes I haue declared that the Catholike church of Christ did accept and repute these histories of the old Testamēt to be figures and prophecies of the like gouernmēt and seruice to be required of the Kinges in the time of the nevve Testamēt I haue cōfirmed the same by the manifest Scriptures of the .503 nevve Testamēt VVherevnto I haue adioygned the testimonies of .504 auncient Doctours vvith certain exāples of most godly emperors vvho being so taught by the most Catholik Fathers of Christs church did rightly iudge that the vigilāt care ouersight ād ordering of church causes vvas the chiefest and best part of their ministery and seruice vnto the Lord. I haue shevved plainly by the order of supreame gouernmēt in church causes practised set forth and allovved in the greatest and best Coūcels both .505 General and Nationall that the same order of Gouernement hath bene claimed and put in vse by the Emperours and allovved and much commended by the vvhole number of the Catholike Bishops I haue made plaine proufe hereof by the continuall practise of the .506 like Ecclesiastical gouernment claimed and vsed by the kinges and Princes euen vntil the time that you your selfe did allovve confesse and preache the same many yeares togeather All vvhiche to your more contentation herein I haue proued by those Hystoriographers that vvrote not onely before the time of Martine Luther least ye might suspecte them of partialitie against you but also suche in dede as vvere for the moste parte .507 partiall on your side or rather vvholie addicte and mancipate to your holy Father as Platina Nauclerus Abbas Vrspurgensis Sabellicus Aeneas Syluius Volateranus Fabian Polychronicon Petrus Bertrandus Benno Cardinalis Durandus Paulus Aemilius Martinus Poenitentiarius Pontificale Damasus Polydorus Virgilius c. all your friendes and vvhome you may truste I vvarraunt● you on their vvo●rde being the Popes svvorne Vassalles his Chapplaines his Cardinalles his Chamberlaines his Secretaries his Librarie keepers his Penitentia●ies his Legates his Peterpence gatherers his svvorne Monkes and Abbottes as vvell as you and some of them Popes them selues vvhich your friendes saie can .508 neyther lie nor erre from the truth And besides all these the fovver pointes of your issue according to your requeste proued at large for the better reducing of you from vvilfull and malicious ignoraunce to knovve and acknovvlege the inuincible trueth hereof I haue added to your petition a fift pointe vvhiche you tearme a vvoorke of Supererogation For to confirme my proufes vvithall I haue producted for vvitnesses your best learned although othervvise Papishe Ciuilian and Canon lavvyers vvho haue deposed directlie on my .509 side againste you Namely Doctour Tunstall D. Stokesley D. Gardiner D. Bonner D. Thirlbie D. Decius the Glossaries vppon the Lavv D. Petrus Ferrariensis D. Io. Quintinus to vvhome I mighte adde the Ciuilians and Canonistes that vvere in or tovvard the Arches in the last ende of King Henrie and all the time of King Edvvarde vvith all the Doctours and Proctours of or tovvardes the Arches at .510 this time VVherefore you vvill novv I trust yealde herein and recken your selfe vvell satisfied take vppon you the knovvledge hereof and to be readie to testifie the same vppon a booke othe for so haue you promised The conclusion of the three bookes going before with a briefe recapitulatiō of that which hath bene saied Stapleton NOwe doth M. Horne blow out of his iolye Horne a gloriouse and triumphant blaste to signifie to all the world what a renowned cōqueste he hath made vppon poore M. Fekenham He setteth forth his army to the vewe of the worlde wherby he sayeth he hath obteyned this famouse victorie furnished with a number of most holie gouernours amongest Gods people before the comming of Christ as Moyses Iosue Dauid the king of Niniue Darius and Nabuchodonosor furnished with the manifest scriptures of the newe testamente and the examples of the most godly Emperours with generall and nationall councelles with the cōtinuall practise of the Churche with the Popes sworne vassales his chaplaines his cardinalles his chamberlaines his secretaries his librarie kepers his penitentiaries his legates his peterpence gatherers his sworne monks and Abbattes yea to confirme vp his proufes withal with the testimony of Doctour Gardiner D. Tonstal D. Bonner and D. Thirlbie And therfore he trusteth that M. Fekenham will nowe at length yelde and recken hym self wel satisfied and take the othe of the supremacy This is a Royall and a Triumphante conqueste in deede Mayster Horne if it be as you vaunte But yet I would muche soner beleue yt yf I hearde any indifferent man besides your self say as much For thowghe as I heare say you coulde handle your clubbe your buckler and your waster wel and cūningly whē ye were in Cābridge wherof ye wil not sticke as yt is reported now and thē to talke when ye are disposed to bragge of your yowthly partes there played yet to say the truth in this combate with M. Fekenham I see no such manlines in you Neither haue ye plaied so closely but that a man may easely reache you a rappe vppon the head armes or shoulders and cause you there to cratche and claw with your fingers where it ytcheth not Yea ye are beaten quite out of the field with your owne proufes and weapons And as for M. Fekhenhā ye haue not fastened vpon him as much as one blow What speak I of a blowe No not so much as a good phillip And therfore wheras ye so brauely bragge and so triumphaūtlie vaunt that all is yours when in dede ye haue lost al I thinke good to put you in remembraunce of the great wise man that Atheneus writeth of who as often as any ship came to the hauē with marchandize would runne thither with al haste and welcome the mariners with great ioye and gratulation reioycing excedinglie and
of Martian the Emperour for calling of the Chalcedon Councell nextly alleaged M. Horns purpose is no whit furdered but Pope Leo his primacy euidently proued By the Actes also of the sayd Councell the popes and the bishops Supreme Iurisdiction in al ecclesiastical matters to be treated examined iudged and defined throughe out the whole Councel appeareth and M. Hornes purpose remayneth vtterly vnproued I haue farder out of the sayd Chalcedon Councell being the fourthe Generall and so one of the foure allowed in our Countre by Acte of parliament in the reigne of the Queenes Mai. present gathered euident and sundry argumentes for proufe of the Popes and bishops Supremacy in causes ecclesiasticall And here I require M. Horne or any mans els whatsoeuer to shewe howe it is possible without manifeste contradiction to allowe the Authorytie of this fourthe Generall Councel and to bannishe the Popes Authorytie which this whole Councel agnised or to geue to the Prince Supreme Authorytie in al ecclesiastical causes the same by this Councel resting in the bishops only not in the Prince at all In hath consequently ben shewed against M. Horne that his exāples of Leo and Zeno Emperours haue proued nothing lesse then his imagined Supremacy His next examples of three popes Simplicius Felix .3 and Symachus haue al proued so manifest testimonies for their owne Supremacy euen out of the bookes and places by M. Horne alleaged that in this matter he semeth a plaine preuaricatour and one secretly defending the cause which he seemeth openly to impugne Nowe in Fraunce M. Horne your lucke hath bene no better then before in the East Church and in Italy it was Your arguments in this behalfe haue bene to to pelting and miserable But the bishops Iurisdiction in all those matters hath bene as euident Your story of Iustinus the elder nextly by you alleaged but confusedly and out of measure mangled being wholy layed forthe hath plainely proued the popes Supremacy and nothing at al the princes Iustinian your next exaample and largely by you prosecuted hath neuer a whit proued your matter but for the Popes absolute Supremacy hath diuerse waies pronounced not onelye in his behauyour in the fifte Generall Councell but in his Edictes and Constitutions which you for your selfe so thicke haue alleaged In that place also I haue noted by diuerse exāples what euil successe Churche matters haue had whē Princes most intermedled Ther also by the way a Councell in Fraunce by M. Horne alleaged hath openly pronounced for the popes vniuersall Supremacy Your last examples taken out of Spayne haue nothinge relieued your badde cause but haue geuen euidēt witnesse for the Bishops Supremacy in ecclesiastical causes And thus farre haue you waded in the first .600 yeres after Christe without any one prouf for your newe Laicall Supremacy But for the popes and Bishops Supremacy in matters of the Church the Cōtinual practise of that first age and that in al Countres hath clerely pronounced as hath bene at large shewed In the third book as the race your runne is the longer ād triple to that ye ranne in before so is our cause the strōger and yours the febler or rather the wretcheder that in the cōpasse of .900 yeres that of so many Emperors kings and princes of so many Coūcels both General and National of so diuerse parts of the Christened worlde al the East part Italy Fraunce Spayne Germany and our own Countre of Englād yea of the Moscouites Armeniās and Aethyopiās to of all these I say not one Prince Councel or Coūtre maketh for you and not one prince Councell or Countre maketh against vs but all haue agnised the popes primacy and not one in the worlde of so many hundred yeres haue agnised or so muche as hearde of muche lesse sworen vnto the Princes Supreme Gouuernement in all Ecclesiasticall causes Your first proufe belyeth flatly the See of Rome and proueth nothing by any doing of Phocas the Emperour the Supremacy that you woulde proue The Kinges of Spayne and the Toletane Councelles haue made nothinge for you but haue clerely confounded you not only in the principal matters in hande but also in diuers other matters by your lewde heresies denied Your patched proufes and swarming vntruthes in your next narratiō touching certain Popes of Rome and of the Churche of Rauēna haue discouered the miserable wekenesse of your badde cause and nothing relieued yowe the Popes Primacy by your owne examples notwithstanding established Your fonde surmise against the Decree of Constantin .5 Emperour for the prerogatiue of the See Apostolike as it nothing furdered your matter in hande yf it had not bene made so it shewed wel the misery of your cause that to make your paradoxe to beare some credit you were fayne to discredit al the Historiās and writers of that matter calling them Papistes the Popes Parasites and fayners of that which they wrote The practise of Ecclesiasticall gouernement vsed in the sixt general Councel next by you alleaged cōfirmeth both in word and dede the Popes Primacy and the Bisshops Supreme iurisdiction in matters Ecclesiasticall and geueth forth no maner inckling of your imagined Supremacy In which only matter beside twenty vntruthes by you vttered there about you are as much confounded as in any other Councell or Countre before notwithstanding your great obiection of Pope Honorius to the which I haue there sufficiently aunswered Your talke of the three Kings of Spayne next ensewing and of the three Toletane Councells kept in their reignes doth so litle disproue the Supreme iurisdiction of Bisshops in Ecclesiastical causes that it maketh them Supreme iudges euen in ciuil causes So wide you are euer from prouing your purpose The .7 General Councel by you shortly noted doth amply and abundantly confirme the Popes Primacy and nothing in the worlde helpeth your purpose Charles Martel ād Carolomanus his sonne exercised no whit of your imagined Supremacy but haue cōfessed both clerely the Popes Primacy by their doings euē in the matters by your self treated Your most ignorant and ridiculous exposition made of the keyes of S. Peters Confession sent to this Charles and your extreme fonde argument deducted thereof hath vtterly shamed you yf any shame be in you Your slaunderous reproches against S. Augustine our Apostle and S. Boniface the Apostle of Germany and holye Martyr haue redounded to your owne shame and follye your cause thereby nothing in the worlde furdered No yf yt had bene all true which you hadde reported of them Charlemayne for all his callinge of Councelles confirmynge of the same and publishinge of Churche Lawes practised not yet anye like Gouuernement in Ecclesiasticall causes as you haue defended no nor anye Gouuernement at all but was lead and gouerned him selfe in all suche thinges of the Fathers and Bisshoppes then liuing especiallye of the See of Rome The whole Order also of the Councelles by you alleaged
hath plainelye condemned the prophane maner of determinyng causes Ecclesiasticall nowe vsed by mere laye men at the warrant of suche as yowe are But for the Popes Primacye none more clere then this Charlemaine bothe in his doinges as in the cause of Pope Leo the .3 and in his sayinges as in the booke so much by you and your fellowes alleaged and in the decrees it appeareth Lewys the first sonne to this Charlemayne practised no parte of your Supremacye but the Popes at that tyme hadde as full vse thereof as any Popes before or fithens the confirmation of the Pope before elected and chosen notwithstandinge of the which matter in that place I haue aunswered you sufficientlye There also you haue Maister Horne out of the Notable Epistle of Nicolaus .1 to Michael the Emperour and by the practise of the .8 Generall Councell at large declared vnto you both the Popes Primacye in all Spirituall matters and the Emperour or Princes subiection in the same by the Confession of the Emperour himselfe Basilius of Constantinople present in that Councel Arnulphus his example hathe nothinge holpen yowe The bedroll of certaine euill Popes by yow browght in onelye declareth your malice to Gods Vicares and furdereth nothinge your badde cause Your surmise adioyned of the cause of the calamities at that tyme hathe argued your greate folye and ignorance of the stories except we shall say that malice made you blinde Otho the first shewed such obediēce to the See of Rome yea to the naughty Pope Iohn the .12 that he is no fit exāple for the like gouernement in Princes as you maintayne but for the like obedience to the See Apostolike as Catholike Princes and Emperours haue alwaies shewed you coulde not haue brought a more notable or excellent example ād that proued out of the Authours by your selfe alleaged Hugh Capet the Frenche King and Otho the .3 Emperour haue euen in the matters by your selfe treated bene proued obediēt and subiect to the See Apostolike without any colour of the like gouernement as you would fasten vpon them Your great matter of Henry the .4 and Pope Hildebrād hath concluded flatte against you with a great number of your lewde vntruthes in that behalfe discouered and confuted The Popes Primacy in no matter more abundantly and clerely proued The matter of inuesturing bishops your chief matter to proue the Princes Supremacy in al Ecclesiasticall causes in Henry .5 Lotharius and Conradus Emperours hath proued your purpose no deale at al namely Henry .5 resigning vp all such pretensed right to pope Calixtus the .2 But in al these matters how beastly you haue belyed the stories I haue I trust sufficiently declared Frederike Barbarossa speaketh no woorde for your barbarous paradoxe he obeyed no lesse then other Emperors the See of Rome yea and at the last submitted himselfe to the Pope whō before he persecuted not as true Pope but as he thought an intruded Pope He neuer made question whether he ought to obeye the See Apostolike or no but only he doubted who was the true elected Pope and tooke parte with the worste side The question nowe in our dayes is farre vnlike And so are your proufes M. Horne farre and extreme wide from the purpose in hande Nowe for matters of our owne Countre and for Ecclesiasticall gouernement practised therin you are so ouertaken as in no Countre more It hath well appered by that I haue at large sayd and proued that longe and many yeres before the Conqueste at which time you onely beginne your course as well in Brytannie before the Saxons coming as in England after of thē it was so called the Popes Primacy was clerely confessed and practised euen as it is at this day amonge the Catholikes euery where As for the gouernement of William the Conquerour of William Rufus his sonne and of kinge Henry the first it hath bene proued so farre vnlike to that which you pretende of right to appertayne to the Crowne of Englande yea to all princes whatsoeuer that the Popes Supreme gouernement in spirituall matters is by their examples yea euen by the testimony of your owne Authours so expressely proued and so strongely established that a man may well wonder what wytte honestie or discretion you had ones to touche the remembraunce of them for proufe of so badde a cause Your patched adiuncte of the kinges of Hungary hath appeared a greate vntruth on your part and nothing for your purpose except lies can proue your purpose That which foloweth of the Armenians and of the Aethyopians proueth also moste euidently the Popes Supremacy in those Countries but proueth no whit your singular paradoxicall primacy Verely so singular that in no one parte of the vniuersall worlde it can be founde The doinges of King Stephen and kinge Henry the .2 haue proued the popes Supremacy in our Coūtre but that kinde of Supremacy as you imagine they make no proufe of in the worlde The Martyrdome of S. Thomas by the way also is defended against your ād M. Foxes lewed lying about that matter Henry the .6 Philip and Otho the .4 Emperors of Rome haue bene no fitte examples for the like gouernement now in England and your sely argumentes in that behalfe haue bene to to childish and feble Your proufes of kinge Richard the firste and of kinge Iohn haue appeared mere ridiculous Onely by occasion therof the lewed lying of M. Foxe hath bene partly discouered touchinge kinge Iohn Your matters of Fraunce about that time haue proued the popes primacy not the Princes By the discourse of Friderike the .2 his doinges as your principall cause hath taken a great foyle so a mayne number of other your heresies by your own Authours and your owne Supreme head condemned haue geuē a great cracke to al your Religion beside The time of kinge Henry the .3 condemneth alltogether the primacy in your booke defended and pronounceth clerely for the Popes Supremacy by sundry and open practises as Appeales to Rome depositions of prelates by the pope makinge of Ecclesiasticall lawes by his Legate and such other And for your parte in that place you haue vttered your greate ignorance euen in the latin tongue At that time also S. Lewys the Frenche kinge agnised no lesse the popes primacy in Fraunce and therefore can be no fitte example of such Supreme gouernement as by Othe M. Feckenham is required to sweare vnto The like also appeareth by the state of Apulia and Sicilia in those dayes As for kinge Edwarde the firste kinge of England the Popes primacy in his time was so well agnised in the realm of England that euen in temporal matters his Authorytie tooke place Your fonde surmise of the Statute of Mortemayne hath exemplified your lewde lying and encreased the number of your maniefolde vntruthes It hath not exemplified your pretended primacy neither any thinge furdered you for proufe of your matter Philip le
not to be presumed without some euident signe thereof or els a tract of time to be instructed informed and taught that which we neuer lerned before M. Fekenham therefore ād al such as feare God who haue lerned in the ghospell to forsake father and mother wyfe and children goods and landes and al that in this worlde is dere for Christes sake that is for euery truth concerning Christian Religion such I say neither being inspired from God by soden reuelation neither by any of your preachings or writings being yet informed or instructed can not possibly though a thousand acts of parliament should commaund it declare in their conscience declare I say in their very conscience and hart thought that they beleue verely such supreme gouernement in the Prince as the act expresseth and intēdeth Mē may be perswaded to take the othe which is an externall fact by external respects of force feare or fraylty but perswaded to declare the othe in his conscience no man can be without an internall persuasion of hart and minde Cōtrary to this internall perswasion and consent whiche no power of Princes no force of acts no law or statut worldly can euer make who so euer declareth externallye by booke othe and worde of mouth that he so thinketh he incurreth manifestly the horrible crime of periurie ād that of double periurie which God wil neuer suffer vnreuēged without hartie repētance To this most strōg and inuincible reasō M. Horn answereth not a word but maketh his Reader beleue that M. Fekenham putteth a difference betwen testifiyng in cōscience and declaring in cōscience Which he doth not but thus Betwene testifiyng by boke othe and declaring in conscience he putteth a true difference as we haue said largely Now how well M. Horne hath pleaded to perswade M. Fekenhams conscience thou seest good Reader if thou haue diligētly read and cōferred his proufes and our confutation I doubt not but many Catholike men wil be perswaded in conscience at least neuer to take the othe whiche you so singularlie contrarie to all Christendome beside doe defende M. Fekenham And for the persuasion of my conscience in this matter I shall againe ioyne this issue with your L. That yf your L. or any other learned man of this whole Realme shal be able to proue that our Sauiour Christ in his Ghospel and Testament did committe the supreme gouernemēt of al spiritual and ecclesiastical causes in his Church not vnto his Apostles being Bishops and Priests but to Emperours and Empresses Kings and Quenes being for the whole time of Christes abode here vpō the earth Idolatours and Infideles and so continued for the space of .300 yeres after the assension of Christ Constantine the Emperour being the very first Christian Kinge that we reade of when your L. shal be hable to proue this either by sentence or halfe sentence woorde or halfe woorde of Christes Ghospel and last Testament Then I shal yelde in this seconde pointe and with moste humble thankes thinke my selfe well satisfied in conscience And when your L. shal be hable to proue that these woordes spoken of the Apostle Paule at Miletum vnto the Bishoppes of Ephesus Attendite vobis vniuerso gregi in quo posuit vos Spiritus Sanctus Episcopos regere Ecclesiā Dei quam acquisiuit sanguine suo Take hede therefore vnto your selues and vnto the whole flock of Christ wherof the holy Ghost hath appoincted or made you Bishops to gouerne and rule the Church of God whiche he hath purchased with his bloud VVhan your L. shal be hable to proue that these words do not make ful and perfect declaration that the holy Ghost had so appoincted al spiritual gouernment of Christes flocke vnto Bishops and Priestes But that kings Quenes or princes may haue some part of spiritual gouernmēt with them or rather take the supremacy and chiefe part of spiritual gouernmēt from them I shall then yeelde and thinke my self in conscience wel satisfied touching the saiyng of S. Paule M. Horne The .154 Diuision pag. 9 b. That our Sauiour Christe hath committed the Supreame gouernmēt in all Spirituall or Ecclesiasticall causes to the Magistrates and Princes is alreadie proued by perfect vvordes add vvhole .513 sentences of Christes Ghospell and last Testament and therfore if your staie hitherto hathe bene of conscience vnpersuaded through vvante of knovvledge and not of peruerse opinion mainteined vvith the vaine desire of glorie and reputation you must nedes yelde and be vvell satisfied in conscience You auouche this .514 Argument as inuincible The Emperours and Empresses Kings and Queenes vvere for the vvhole time of Christes aboade here vppon the earth idolatours and infidels and so continued by the space of .300 yeares after the Assention of Christe Constantinus the Emperour being the very first Christian King that vve reade of Ergo our Sauiour Christe did not committe the Supreme gouernemente in Spirituall or Ecclesiastical causes to Emperours Kings and Princes This Argument holdeth good neither in matter nor yet in fourme There vvas in the time of Christes abode here vppon earth if vve may beleue Eusebius and Nicephorus the Ecclesiastical historians a King in Edessa vvhose name vvas Agbarus This King beleued in Christ as Eusebius reporteth although as yet vveakelie In his Epistle vvhich he vvrote vnto Christe he saluteth Christ to be Iesus the good Sauiour he thinketh by the miraculouse vvorkes vvhich he hath heard done by Christ that he is either God him self or els Gods sonne and he offereth vnto Christ such fruits of thankefulnes as so yong and tender a faith might for the time bring forth And Christ in his rescript vnto Agbarus affirmeth that he vvas no infidel or idolatour saying Beatus es quòd in me credidisti cùm nō videris me Agbare thou art blessed because thou hast beleued in me whē thou hast not sene me Besides this your ovvn self haue affirmed oftētimes ād so doth your Popissh tales declare that the .iij. vvise mē that came forth of the East to vvorsship the nevv borne King of the Ievves vvere Kings and lie beried in the great doom at Collain as the Colonists make mē to beleue called yet amōgst the vulgar Papists the three Kings of Collain If there be any creditte to be geuen to the narration of Eusebius and Nicephorus touching Agbarus King of Edessa and to the cōmonly receiued opiniō of your Popissh church cōcerning the three Kings of Colain these foure vvere Kings in the time of Christes abode here in earth and yet not Idolatours nor infidels all the vvhole time of Christes aboade here but faithfull vvoorsshippers of Christe VVhereby the former parte of the matter in the Antecedent of your Argument is disproued Neither is that true vvhiche you put in the seconde parte that the Emperours and Kings continued Idolatours for the space of .300 yeares after Christes Assentiō For although for the most parte during that space they vvere such yet vvas there in that
time some Godly Princes that vvere othervvise geuē Eusebius in his Ecclesiasticall History maketh mention of one Philippus a moste Christian Emperour of vvhom and his sonne also being Emperour vvith him Abbas Vrspurgensis vvitnesseth that they vvere the first of al the Romaine Emperours that became Christians vvho also declared by theyr .515 deedes and vvorkes as Abbas saieth that they had in them the feare of God and the most perfect Christian faith Constantinus also the Emperour Father to Constantine the greate did moste diligently of all others seeke after Gods fauour as Eusebius vvriteth of him He did prouide by his gouernment that his subiectes did not only enioye greate peace and quietnes but also a pleasant conuersation in holines and deuotion towardes God Idolatours and dissemblers in Religion he banished out of his Courte and such as confessed Gods truth he reteined and iugded most worthy to be about an Emperour commaunding such to haue the guarde both of his person and dominion He serued and worshipped the only true God He condemned the multitude of Gods that the wicked had He fortified his house with the praiers of holy and faithful men and he did so consecrat his Court and Palaice vnto the seruice of God that his housholde companie was a congregation or Church of God within his palaice hauing Gods mynisters and what soeuer is requisit for a Christian congregation Polidorus in his Historie of Englande affirmeth also of this Emperour that he studied aboue al other thinges to encrease the Christian Religion vvho after his death vvas rekened in the nūber of saincts To these fevve adde Lucius a king of our ovvn country vvho although he vvas not in might cōparable to Cōstantine the mighty Emperor yet in zeale tovvardes God in abolishing idolatry and false religion in vvinning and dravving his subiects by al meanes to the Christiā faith in mainteining ād defending the sincere Christianity to the vttermost of his povver he vvas equall vvith Constātine and in this pointe did excel him that he longe before Constantine brake the Ise gaue the onsette and shapt a patern for Constantine to follovv vvhereby to vvorke that in other parts vvhich he had achieued vvithin his ovvn dominiō This noble king of very loue to true Religion .516 as Polidore testified of him Procured him selfe and his subiectes to be baptised caused his natiō to be the first of al other prouinces that receiued the Gospell publiquely did drawe his people to the knowledge of the true God banished at ones al maner of prophane worshipping of Goddes and cōmaunded it to be leaft Cōuerted the tēples of the Idolatours to be Churches for the Christiās And to be short he emploied and did bestowe al his seruice and power moste willingly to the furtheraūce and encrease of the Christiā Religiō whiche he plāted most sincerely throughout his countrey and so lefte it at his death almoste an hūdreth yeres before Constantine vvas Emperour and therefore vntruely sayed of you that Constantine vvas the very first Christian king that ioyned his svvorde to the maintenaunce of Gods vvorde Sithe this king Lucius so longe before Constantine did not only these thinges that Polidore ascribeth vnto him but also did thē of his ovvn authority vvithout any .517 knovvledge or consent of the Pope Nor Eleutherius then Bishop of Rome to vvhome aftervvardes king Lucius did vvrite to see some of Caesars and the Romaine Lawes vvas any thing offended vvith the kinges doinges but greatly .518 commending him therein councelled him not to stand vppon the Romain lavves vvhiche saith the Pope might be reprehended but as he began vvithout them so to go on and dravv Lavves .519 alonely out of the Scripture vvhich aftervvardes more at large the Saxon kinges as 520. Iune and Aluredus did The epistle of Pope Eleutherius to king Luciꝰ is as follovveth Petistis à nobis c. You haue desired of vs that the Romayne Lawes ād the Lawes of Caesar might be sent ouer to you the which ye would haue vsed in your kingdome of Brytanny VVe may at al times reproue the Romaine Lawes and the Lawes of Caesar the lawe of God we can not For ye haue receyued of late by the diuine mercy in your kingdome of Brytany the Lawe and faithe of Christ. Ye haue with you in your kingdome both the old and newe testament take out of them the Lawe by the grace of God through the councell of your kingdome and by it through Gods sufferaunce shall ye rule your kingdome of Britanie for you are the Vicar of God in your kingdom according to the Prophet King The earth is the Lordes and all that therein is the compasse of the world and they that dwell therein And againe according to the Prophet king Thou hast loued righteosnes and hated iniquitie wherefore God euen thy God hath anointed thee with the oile of gladnes aboue thy fellowes And againe according to the Prophet Kinge geue the Kinge thy iudgement O God and thy righteousnes vnto the Kinges Sonne For it is not geue the iugement and righteousnes of Caesar for the Christian nations and people of your kingdome are the kinges sonnes which dwel and consiste in your kingdome vnder your protection and peace according to the Gospel euen as the henne gathereth together her chickēs vnder her winges The nations indede of the kingdom of Britany and people are yours ād whom being diuided you ought to gather together to concorde and peace and to the faith and to the Lawe of Christ and to the holy Church to reuoke cherishe mainteine protect rule and alwaies defende them both from the iniurious persons and malicious and from his enemies VVoe be to the kingdome whose King is a child and whose Princes banquet early a King I name not for his smal and tender age but for follie and wickednes and madnes according to the Prophet King bloud thirsty and deceitfull men shall not liue out halfe theyr daies By banqueting we vnderstand glotonie through glotonie riotousnes through riotousnes al filthie and euil thinges according to Kinge Salomon wisdome shal not enter into a frowarde soule nor dwell in the body that is subdued vnto sinne A kinge is named of ruling and not of a kingedome so longe as thou rulest well thou shalt be king which vnlesse thou doe the name of a Kinge shall not consist in thee and thou shalt lese the name of a King which God forbid Almighty God geue vnto you so to rule your kingdom of Britanie that ye may reigne with him for euer whose Vicar ye are in the kingdom aforesaid VVho with the Father c. Stapleton M Fekenham will nowe shewe three causes why he can not be perswaded in cōscience to take the othe The first is for that Christe appointed to his Apostles and theyr successours being bishoppes and priestes and supreamacie of spiritual gouernmente and not to Princes being in Christes time and so cōtinuing idolators and
infidels to the time of Cōstantin the great He proueth his assertiō by S. Paule speaking thus to the clergy Take hede therfore vnto your selues and vnto the whole flock of Christ wherof the holy ghost hath apoīted or made you bishops to gouern ād rule the church of God which he had purchased with his own bloud Here againe M. Horne wrāgleth with M. Fekenhā ād wresteth his saying yea and belieth him to as though he should auouche as an inuincible argumēt that which he speaketh of the infidel Princes whiche is not his principall argumente but incidently browght in the pithe of the argumente resting in the authority of S. Paule before specified And therefore thowgh Abgarus with the three Magi that came to honour Christes byrth with the Emperour Philippus and king Lucius were Christened yet is M. Fekenhās argumente framed vppon the authority of S. Paules words litle acrased or febled vnlesse M. Horn cā proue which he doth not nor cā not that these and other Christiā princes before Cōstantine had the supremacy of al causes ecclesiastical For the kind and maner of their gouernment in spirituall matters M. Horne alleageth nothing and to say the truthe nothing can be alleaged And verie litle also wyll be founde for any matter ecclesiasticall that maye seeme to towche theyr personnes And yet that lytle that we fynde in stories maketh altogether aswell againste some other part of M. Hornes new relligion as against this new Supremacie As Christes Image printed in a lynen clothe by Christes owne hande and sent to this Abgarus by the which many yeares afterward the Citie of Edessa was miraculouslie preserued being besieged by Chosroes the king of the Persians Which Image also was afterward brought to Constantinople with much reuerence and honour and thereby many great miracles wrought as the Emperour of Constantinople Constantine doth write who was present when the Image was brought thither That litle also that we haue recorded in stories of the Emperour Philip and his sonne maketh altogether against your new religion and especiallie against your new primacie which is the matter that presentlye we haue to deale withal Shewe your Reader I beseeche you M. Horne what was that wherein by their woorkes and dedes they declared as you say that they had in them the feare of God and the most Christian faith Come on good M. Horne and declare vs this Surely good Reader there was neuer beare that came to the stake with worse will then Maister Horne wil come nigh this point For if he come ones nigh to it he shal forthwith declare him selfe void and empty of the Catholike faith for the denying of the Popes and clergies Supremacie wel to be proued euen by this story and void also of al feare of God for the wretched hewing and mangling of his Authour and for leauing out that for the which they are commended for their faith and fear of God The cause then whie Eusebius and after him Vrspurgensis so writeth is for that this Philip and his sonne being in the Churche vppon Easter eue and minding to be present at the Sacrifice and to communicate Fabian the Pope woulde not suffer them vnlesse they would first confesse theyr faultes and stande amonge the penytentes Wherevnto they obeyed most gladly declaring euen as M. Horne writeth by theyr dedes and workes that they had in them the feare of God and the most perfect Christian faith Where is now in you M. Horne the feare of God Yea where is your Christiā faith Besides confession of sinnes and a place of penitentes this storie hath also a testimonie of the sacrifice of the Churche and of the Popes and Clergies Supreamacie ouer the Prince which you so stoutlie denie making the Prince Supreme in al causes without exception And therefore without all faith and feare of God ye haue stollen away all this and conueied it from the sight of your Reader into your darke Cacus denne The like pageant yea and excedingly much worse plaie you with the storie of our most noble and first Christian King Lucius For here ye doe not onely by a slie sluttish silence dissemble the doings of Pope Eleutherius as ye did before of Pope Fabian but impudentelye auouche that King Lucius did all those things mentioned by Polidore of whiche the Christening of his whole Nation is the chiefe and so consequentlye that he was Christened without any knowledge or consent of Pope Eleutherius Bring foorth M. Horne but one Authour in Greke Latine or English good or badd new or old Catholike or Heretike vnlesse perchaunce you may shew some one of your late brethren that write so and yet after long search I can find none such that writeth as ye write and then am I content though this be of al other a most euident and a notoriouselie to remitte it you at our next reckoning whiche yet for the better keping of your accōpt I must not now let passe vnscored I neuer before readde it no I neuer readde any chronicler newe or olde vnlesse yt be some of your late bretherne or such Catholikes as write but very cōpēdiously and as yt were abridgmētes of thinges which doth not expressely write that king Lucius sent to Rome to Pope Eleutherius that he might be by his aduice and authority Christened but the negatiue thereof I neuer as I say read nor shal I trowe fynde any so madde and so maliciouse a writer as ye are to write yt againe I referre you for our owne countremen to Beda Who writeth that king Lucius wrote an epistle to pope Eleutherius that by his comm●u●dement he might be christened I referre you to our Britishe chronicler translated by Geffrie of Monmoth and to one other of our owne contrey that wrote abowt .700 yeares sithens in lyke effect I referre me to Hēry of Hungtingtō to William of Malmesbury to Alphredus Beuerlacensis to Iohannes Londonensis to Polychronicō to the chronicles of Englande that M. Foxe calleth Caxtons chronicles And to a number of other of our owne cōtry which partly I haue sene partly I haue not sene And to come to our owne time to Bale your cheif antiquary and to Grafton writing thus This Lucy sent louing letters to Eleutherius thē Bishop of Rome desiring him to sende some deuoute and learned man by whose instruction both he and his people might be tawghte the faith and religion of Christ. It were now superfluouse to ouerlade my answere or the Reader with the external and Latin writers as Nauclerus Sabellicus Platina Iohannes Laziardus Abbas Vrspergensis Ado but especially Damasus in vita Eleutherij ād a nūber of the like which agree with our own chronicles Some perchaunce wil thinke that Mayster Horne would neuer be so impudent as to gainsay all theis wryters and chroniclers and that as he fetcheth all his narration towching Lucius owte of Polidorus so he hath at the leaste for this
Romaine and Ciuil Law so is it to be thought of Britaine And Polidorus writeth that Agricola th' Emperor Vespasians deputie gaue to the Britaines certain Romane lawes ād orders to be vsed and practised by them Neither is it likely but that before this time there was some copie of the Romaine lawes in Britain the yōg Noble men of the Realme being much geuē to be eloquēt in the Romain tong wherin Agricola did prefer thē before the Galles or French mē and being brought vp in Rome especially Coilus king Lucius father spēding al his youth there So that Lucius had no nede to send to Pope Eleutherius for Caesars lawes And if he had nede it is more likely he would haue sente to some other then to Eleutherius who with other blessed Popes at that time medled God wot litle with Caesars Ciuill lawes or with any other lawes of Pagan Princes But of al other things Eleutherus answer is most vnlikely For who would think him so vnwise and so vnskilfull that he would appoint the old and the new Testament only as sufficiēt to gouern and rule a cōmon welth by Which thīg was neuer yet practised in any Christiā coūtry nor cā possibly be practised the old law being al in a manner abolished and the new Testament cōsisting of such principles of the Christiā faith as be immutable ād not variable wheras politik lawes haue ben are and euer shal be and so must be according to many incidents alterable and variable This epistle then be it true or be it a counterfait doth as yet serue M. Horne to no great purpose but for any thing we haue brought out of this Epistle M. Horne perchance wil not him self greatly passe of it There is an other priuie treasure hiddē here for the which I suppose this Epistle is chiefly brought forth and that is to proue euē by the Pope Eleutherius him self that the King and not the Pope is the supreme heade in al causes Ecclesiasticall For Eleutherius saith that Lucius was Vicare of God in his Kingdome This this is the marke that M. Horne al this while hathe shot at this is the cause that this Epistle that hath so many hūdred yeares lyen dead is now reuiued by M. Horne Yea for this clause this Epistle was solemply alleaged in open parliament against the Popes Primacie And seeing that your new Diuinitie now is nothing but English and Parliament Diuinitie I will remitte you ones againe M. Horne to your owne Braughton who vseth the same woordes Which must nedes be as by him appeareth taken that the King is Gods Vicare in his Kingdome that is in the tēporall administration of Ciuile and not for Spirituall matters And therfore this Epistle doth as wel serue M. Horne to proue the Princes Primacie by as it serueth M. Iewel to proue that the seruice must be in the English tongue which is as true as that other where he saith that Lucius sente to Rome to Eleutherius for his aduice touching the ordering of his Church Wherein if M. Iewell meane that he sent to Rome before he was Christened then haue ye one witnes more against you But if he meaneth as it semeth he doth by his discourse of these letters that you specifie parte wherof he also reciteth and among other things that the King is Gods Vicare then is he also deceiued For in these letters king Lucius doth not aske his aduise in any Church matters but requireth only to haue Caesars lawes sent him appeareth by the tenour and purport of the said Epistle So that I perceiue this Epistle is an Instrument to set forth the new Ghospel many wayes but for such a Ghospel such a proufe is very mete We will therfore nowe passe forth to the residewe of your answere where you goe about to disproue M. Fekenham saying that Constantine the great was the first Christiā king The force and weight of his argument as I sayd doth not stande vppon this whether there were any Christian kings before Constantinus the great This is but a by matter and yet ye dwell vppon it and handle the matter seriously as thoughe all lay in the duste if there were any kinge Christened before Constantine But herein ye do but trifle with M. Fekenham who saieth not simply or absolutely that Constantin was the first Christiā king but the firste that ioyned his sworde to the maintenance of Goddes worde as in making sharpe Lawes againste Idolatours and heretikes and in making sharpe warre against Maxentius and Licinius that persecuted the Christians which thinges are not read of any king before him Againe if there were anie other Christian princes they were very fewe and of small dominion and rule As Abgarus who seameth by his own lettres to Christ to haue ben lorde but of one small and obscure towne As the .3 wise mē that are called kings to auaūce the honour of Christes natiuitie and are thought to haue ben either kings or Lordes in Arabia minore which may perchaunce be called kings aswel as those were called in holy scripture which did scorne and checke holy Iob. Yf there were any of greater renowne and dominion as king Lucius Philip themperour Constantius Constantinus father yet because either they did not ioyne theyr sworde to the mayntenaunce of Gods word or for that their successours were paynims and Infidells as it chaunced to the sayd Lucius and Philip there is the lesse accompt made of thē How so euer it be M. Fekēhā ought not to be reprehēded in this hauīg good authors that wrote so before him namely Eusebius Lactantius and S. Ambrose who all cal Cōstantinus the first Emperor that from the beginning of the world was christened Which thing belike they write for the causes by vs rehersed or some lyke Yea he hath S. Augustin to cōfesse so much as he did as M. Horn him self wil anon tel vs. But yet see good reader the wise and polityke handling of the matter by M. Horn. He goeth about to disproue M. Fekenham for sayinge there were no Christian princes in Christes tyme and for his relief brīgeth me forth Abgarus and the thre wise men but so as he semeth to take it but for a fable And therfore he sayth yf we may belieue Eusebius and Nicephorus againe yf there be any creditte to be geuen to the popish Church concerning the .3 kings and doth nothing vnderstād that the more he defaceth their kingdoms the more he defaceth his own answere and strengtheneth his aduersaries argument M Horn. The .155 Diuision pag. 94. b. Thus it is made manifest that bothe your argument faileth in truthe of .521 matter and you your self vvere beguiled through ignorāce by .522 vvante of reading But put the case that your antecedent vvere true yet is it a faulty fallax made à dicto secundùm quid ad simpliciter and the consequent follovveth not for that there is more conteined in the conclusion than the
antecedent doth comprehende vvhich is such an euill fauoured forme of argument that yonge studentes in the scholes vvoulde be ashamed therof The Donatistes made the like obiectiō against the catholique fathers vvherto S. Augustine maketh ansvvere The state of the Apostles time is otherwise to be thought of than this time all thinges muste be doon in their time In the Apostles time this prophecy was yet in fulfillīg wherfore do the Heathē rage ād the people muse vpō vaine thinges The kinges of the earth set them selues and the Princes consult together against the Lorde and his Christ. As yet that was not in hande which is spoken a litle after in the same psalme and nowe ye kings vnderstand be learned ye Iudges on the earth serue the Lorde in feare and ioy in him with reuerēce Therfore seing that as yet in the Apostles time kinges serued not the Lorde but still did deuise vaine thinges against God and his Christ that al the foresayinges of the Prophete might be fulfilled than truely impieties coulde not be inhibited by prīces Lawes but rather be mainteyned For such was the order of the times that both the Iewes shoulde kill the preachers of Christ thinking to doo God good seruice therin as Christ had forspoken and also the gentiles shoulde rage against the Christians that the martyrs might winne the victory thorough pacience But after that this began to be fulfilled which is writen And al the kinges of the earth shal woorship him and al the nations shal serue him what man onlesse he be not wel in his wittes wil say that Kinges ought not to haue a special regarde for the Church of Christ and al manner godlines amongest their subiectes Stapleton We haue declared that M. Fekenham his saying of Cōstantinus the great and the first Christian king may be born in a right good sense ād also that he speaketh therein agreable to most auncient and lerned writers And if he were deceyued as ye write by ignorance and want of reading which is of your part a mere slaūderous lye the pyth yet of his argument standing vppon the saying of S. Paule is nothinge therby blemished And of al men you may worse lay ignorance to his charge that haue vttered in this very parte and parcel of your answere not only so much grosse ignorance but so exceding and cākred malice especially in the story of king Lucius And here also yet ones againe to compare M. Fekenham with the Donatists for framing an argument frō the vse and exāples of the Apostles and of the primitiue Churche wherein beside your malice you bewraye your owne vnskilfulnes For this redoundeth altogether vppon you and your owne fellowes For wherein resteth all your eloquence against the Catholike Churche but that it is not conformable nowe to Christes and the Apostles tyme and to the primitiue Churche Namely touching inuocation of Saints suffrages for the dead touching adoratiō and eleuation of the blessed Eucharistia the minglinge of water and wyne receyuing vnder one kinde sole receyuing and a number of the like Yea and before that any Prince woulde say or doe for you you coulde M. Horne with your fellowes play the Donatists in dede and inueigh against the tēporalties of Bishops agaīst their lordely trayne and reuenewes because forsoth the Apostles were poore and vsed no such ioylyte But nowe who more ioyly then M. Horne himselfe or who more lordely then your Lordships are Again what is more vsual with M. Nowel a man I trowe of a rare Spirit then to make this tyme the tyme of the primityue Churche that we be the Pharisees and they forsoth the Apostles That nowe we may not prescribe with Antiquity Traditions or Consent of our Elders against them because the Scribes and Pharisees prescribed so against Christ and his Apostles What then Is Luther their Messias and Caluin their Paule But to returne to our matter Though already the Catholiks haue sufficiently answered to al these reasons yet now haue we gotten at your hands an answere for this and all the like that to argue frō the Apostles tyme to our tyme is a fallax à dicto secundū quid ad simpliciter that it is an yl fauored forme of argumente that yonge studientes in the scholes woulde be asshamed of and to be shorte that it is a reason of the Donatistes aunswered and confuted by S. Augustine It is alredy M. Horne sufficiently by vs declared that the Donatistes cause and S. Augustines aunswere to them hath no maner affinity with M. Fekenham his reason They denied that princes had any thing at al to doe in matters of the Churche or in punisshing those that breake the Ecclesiasticall lawes M. Fekenham denieth not but that Princes may lawfully punishe heretikes by lawes He confesseth also that Princes may wel and commendably medle as ministers ayders and as assisters by their temporal sworde for the furderance and mayntenance of Ecclesiastical matters but not to rule and prescribe as the chief gouernours of all causes Ecclesiastical I must tel you againe M. Horne There is great difference betwene staring and starke blind And as busie as ye are now again with the Donatists ye lacked a litle salt of discretiō in alleaging of this place of S. Augustine For this confirmeth M. Fekenhams former saying that in Christes ād the Apostoles tyme ther were no Christian Princes In the Apostles tyme saith S. Augustine as your self report his words Kings serued not the Lorde but did deuise vayne things against God and his Christ. And here might a man now that would follow your vayne and humour encounter with S. Augustine and obiect vnto him King Abgarus and the thre Kings that came to honour Christes natiuity ād such other But though they had ben greater Kīgs thē they were and that there had ben some few other lords or Kings to that did serue Christ yet would no wise man for the cause by me before rehersed quarrell with S. Augustine For a general rule is not by one exception or two notably blemisshed or impayred Such kinde of phrases are to be foūde aswel otherwhere as in holy scripture As wher it saith that the whole worlde was described by the Emperor Augustus And yet is it wel knowen that he had nothing to doe with a great part of the worlde It is writen also that all the people of Israel did murmure and yet all did not murmure Such kinde of phrases are verefied of the greater or the more notable parte M. Horne The .156 Diuision pag. 95. a. You frame an other reason vpon S. Paules vvords vnto the bisshops of Ephesus vvhereby to proue that al gouernement in spiritual or ecclesiastical causes belōgeth to Bisshops and Priests and not to Princes and Ciuil Magistrats thus you argue The holy ghost appointed al spiritual gouernement of Christes flocke vnto Bisshops and Priests as the vvords spokē by S. Paule doe make full and perfect declaration Ergo Kings Queenes
chief part of this spiritual gouernement from the Church ministers As contrary vvise the Church ministers ought not to claime and take vpon them the supremacy of gouernement as the .535 Papistes of longe tyme haue done frō Kinges Queenes and Princes Stapleton M. Horn hath hitherto good-reader proceded altogether historically aswel in brīgīg forth his poore sely proufs against M. Fekenham as in his first aunswere to M. Fekenham by the story of King Lucius and others but nowe will he shewe you a copie of his high diuinitye and of his greate diuine knowledge in the soluting of theologicall argumentes M. Fekenham proueth by S. Paule that they are Bisshops and Priestes and not the Princes that gouerne Christes Church Nay saieth M. Horne here this is a naughty a duble and a deceitful sophistication in the worde priest ād in the worde to gouerne and he is angrie with M. Fekenham for the terme of priestes and wil nedes haue ministers placed for them But how chaunceth yt M. Horne that ye put not in also for bishops superintendēts Shal the inferiour clergy chaūge their papistical name and wil you reserue to your self stil the name of Bisshops because it is more lordelyke It is a wonderful thing to cōsider the practise of these protestants To make a way to their new diuinity they first began to alter the vsual names chaunging confession into knowledge penance into repentance Church into cōgregation Image into idole with many such like So to make a way to induce men to belieue that Order is no Sacrament and that there is no sacrifice in the Church they could not nor cā abide the name of priests Tyndal was much trobled in the framing of some other word for it First he translated for priests seniours but his folly being therein wel espied he trāslated afterward for seniours elders Which word elder doth no more signify a priest thē it signifieth an elderstycke M. Horn though he be wel cōtēted with the word elders as ye shal hereafter vnderstand yet here he wil haue them called Ministers and geueth vs plainely to vnderstand that though he vse the vnproper terme of priestes yet he meaneth ministers as though euery Priest be not a Minister although euery Minister be not a priest and so very oftē called in the holy scripture As wher it speaketh of those which do sacrifice in the clergy it calleth thē indifferētly priestes or ministers And therefore Moyses saith of the sonnes of Aarō that were priests Quādo appropinquāt altari vt ministrēt in sanctuario Whē thei draw nere to the aulter to minister in the sanctuary Ioel calleth the priests ministers of the aulters In Hieremy God saith that priests are his ministers S. Paule saith Omnis quidē sacerdos praesto est quotidie ministrās easdē semper offerēs hostias euery priest is redy dayly to minister euer offering the same hosts And in the new testament where it is writen ministrantibus illis ieiunantibus as they ministred to our Lord and fasted the said word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may wel be traslated as they made sacrifice according to Erasmus his iudegmēt Yf thē ministers serue the aulter aswel as priests what hath M. Horn gained by the shifting of the word priests into ministers Suerly this is a wōderful shifting ghospel that cā not stād but by shiftīg ād that must nedes shyft away this word priest which hath ben vsually frequēted ād cōtinued not only amōg vs in Englād sythēce the time we were first christened but amōg other natiōs as Dutchmē high Almaines Frēchmē Italiās ād Spaniards as it appeareth vnto thē that be skilfull in these tonges But to cal the Ministers of Christes Church by the name of Priestes is a kinde of speache saith M. Horne impropre though longe in vse and for such he protesteth to vse it as oft as he vseth the word Priest in that sence The proper priesthods he auoucheth to be only thre Of Aaron of Melchisedech ād of that other Order which is cōmō to all Christiās mē ād wemē But ô Lord what a blīd bussard hath malice and pride made you M. Horn Think you it an opiniō among the cōmon Papists only as you say to auouche a fourth kind of sacrificing priesthod What think you then of S. Augustin that lerned Father of Christes Church Was he a Papist to Or was he one also of the Apostolical clergy of the Romish Antichrist Harkē I pray you what his iudgemēt is herein He saith that in the Apoc. 20. ād in S. Peter 1. Pet. 2. where the princely priesthod cōmō to al Christē mē is spoken of Nō vtique de solis episcopis presbyteris dictū est qui propriè iā vocātur in Ecclesia sacerdotes sed sicut oēs c. It is spoken not of Bisshops and Priests alōne which nowe in the Church are properly called Priests but as we call al the faithful Christians because of the mystical ointment so we cal al the faithful Priests because they are the members of one Priest that is Christe Here you see M. Horn that it is an opiniō not only among the cōmon Papists but with S. Augustin also that ther are yet in the Church beside that Prīcely Priesthod that you spake of bishops ād priests ād that properly so called And dareth your impudēt mouth auouche that kinde of speache impropre which S. Augustin auoucheth to be properly so called and that in the Church of Christ to Goe M. Horne and tel your frendes this tale For your frēd I assure you he had nede to be more then his owne which wil beleue you in this most impudēt and most vnchristian assertion A priesthood there is M. Horn and that a proper priesthod of bishops and priests in the Church of Christ beside that of Aarō in the old law or of Melchisedech in Christes only person or of this prīcely priesthood cōmō to al Christiās who are no more properly priests thē thei are Princes and whose cōmō priesthod no more excludeth the proper priesthod of Bishops and priests in the Church thē doth their kingdō for kings in like maner al Christiās are called in the places of holy Scripture lastly noted exclude the proper kingdō of Emperours kings and other Princes To cōfute yet farder this Antichristiā solutiō and to proue that this propre priesthod is a sacrificīg priesthod wuld require some cōueniēt tract of tyme ād more thē we cā cōueniētly now spare for auoiding of tediousnes But what nede we seke farre for a solutiō or tarry long therin seing as cūning as M. Horne is hīself hath in his own solutiō proued the sacrifice of the masse For to goe no farder M. Horn then your owne chapter and allegatiō I reason thus Christe contineweth a prieste accordinge to the order of Melchisedech for euer the sacrifice of which order he shewed in his last Supper Ergo there is and euer shall be that sacrifice of
deale plaīly in translating to gouerne and rule the Church for that S. Paules worde doth properly signifie to fead as the sheepheard feadeth his sheepe neither doth yt signifie to gouerne and rule but by a figuratiue speache By this reason M. Horne might aswell proue that Agamemnon was no king nor ruler whome Homer calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a pastour or shepheard or Dauid to be no kinge or ruler whome the scripture so calleth also Thou shalt saieth the scripture feade my people of Israel thou shalt be captaine ouer Israel Againe whome I haue cōmaunded to feade my people And in an other place He fead thē in the innocēcy of his heart with many like phrases occurrent in the scripture M. Fekēham therfore dealt plainely when he translated to gouerne and rule euē as Erasmus doth trāslate it out of the Greke which hath regere non pasc●re that is to rule and not to feade And your brother Edmūde Beke that translated the Bible printed at Londō in the yere .1549 though he turne bishops into ouerseers and church into cōgregation yet he translateth these words here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. to rule the cōgregatiō By likelihod M. Horne thīketh that there is no true rule or gouernmēt but where the sword beareth rule wherein he thīketh as wel and reasoneth as substācially as doth M. Iewell auouching that S. Peter was not head of the Church because he toke vp his lodgīg with a poore tāner Ye think to grosly ād basely M. Horn of the Churches autority The Church hath his rule ād gouermēt yea his sword to which may aswel and as truely be verefied in the Church regim●̄t as in the cyuill regimente Yea the Church regimente is incomparably the higher and by so much as the excellēcy of the soule is aboue the body Neither doth this word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is to fede as the sheepherd feadeth his shepe derogate anie thing of the Ecclesiastical dignity but rather doth encrease and amplifie it The pastorall office of the feelde shepperd doth most liuely signifie set out and expresse to vs the office the greatnes and the excellency of this pastorall charge The Ecclesiasticall pastour hauing as great an accōpt to make to his Maister Christ for hys spiritual flocke that is the soules of the peple cōmitted to him as hath the feeld shepherde for his sheepe This is the spiritual Iacob watching carefully day and night both in colde and heate vppō his flocke that must make good to his maister what so euer by thefte is imbeciled or by wild beastes deuowred The shepeherd M. Horne doth not onely feede his sheepe and carefully choseth owte suche grownde and pastour as is moste conueniente and holsome for them but besides that sondreth the whole and sownde from the infected and rottē he greaceth and tarreth them he byndeth he cutteth them he hath a staf with a hooke to draw thē in when they stray he hath a staf to beat away the wolfe he hath a folde to close and shutte them vp saufe from the incursiōs of the woulf ād other rauening beasts And what doth all this but resemble and expresse vnto vs the pastorall office of Bishops and prelates Who owght to tell the people what is good and bad what is trueth what is falshod what is heresye what is Catholyke fayth but these pastours Where was then thys lesson of late when laye men only by acte of parliamente toke vpon them to teache the whole clergye Did not then lesse men then kinges Quenes and Princes who may not you say nowe clayme or take vpon them this kinde of spiritual gouernement and rule to fede the Churche with Goddes worde take vpon thē to fede all the realme with such doctrine as it pleased the parliament to allowe the parliament I say of lay men onely not one Bishop amonge them you being neither by the lawe of God which no realme cā alter neither yet by the lawe of the realme any Bishoppes at all but onely the Quenes Commissioners in matters of the Churche And what can be more vnseamely and more vnnatural thē thus the sheepe to feade the sheepherd and not the shepheard to fede the shepe O what times o what māners are these To proceede what higher Authoritye can there be in the world thē by baptisme to make a Christian sowle thē by pronuncing the solempe wordes appointed by Christe to cause to be presente the body and bloudde of Christe And that same to minister to the deuoute and wel disposed people when so euer they call for yt What rule and regimente is comparable to the rule and regimente of the ecclesiastical shepherde in the taking or excluding any out of his spiritual folde that is in binding and losing in forgeuing or retaininge of synnes in making owte excommunication or in the releasing of the same vppon dewe repentaunce ▪ Herken herken good M. Horne what that noble prelate Chrysostomus writeth of this gouernment Etenim qui terram incolunt c. There is sayeth Chrisostomus a power geuē to them that dwell and be cōuersante in the earth to dispēse and dispose heauēly thinges which power God would not geue neither to angelles nor archangelles For yt was not spoken to them what so euer ye binde in earthe shal be bownde in heauē and what so euer ye lose in earth shal be losed in heauen The worldly Princes haue also an authority to binde but only touching the body but these bondes of the priestes bynde the sowle also and do reache euen as farre as heauen So that what so euer the priestes do beneth● in the worlde the same God doth ratifie aboue in heauen and the Lord doth confirme his seruants sentence And he saith anon after If the kinge doth honour any of his subiectes so farre that he geueth him authoritie to imprison or release out of prison whom he wil this fellowe shal be counted most fortunable and a most happy man But the priest hath receiued from God a much greater power and by so muche the greater as heauen excelleth the earth or the soule the bodie And by and by It is a madnes saieth he to despise this principalitie without the whiche we can not be partakers of our saluation or of such good thinges as are promised vs. For if no man can enter into the kingdome of heauen vnlesse he be regenerated by water and the holy Ghoste and he that doth not eate the fleashe of our Lorde and drinke his bloud is berefie of euerlasting lyfe and all these thinges are not done but by theyr holy handes I saie by the handes of the Priestes Howe maie it be that without theyr helpe a man maie either shunne hell fier or obtaine the rewarde of the croune reserued in heauen Againe he writeth that the priest is the ambassadour from al the worlde to desire God to be merciful not only for the sinnes of the lyuing
or where I pray you vsed they the power of the Sword Or because they vsed not that power wer they not therfore the suprē Gouernours Had they not a power and iurisdiction Ecclesiasticall Saint Augustine affirmeth Doctores Ecclesiarum Apostoliomnia faciebant praecipiebant quae fierent corripiebant si non fierent orabant vt fierent The teachers of the Churches the Apostles did al things They cōmaunded things to be done they rebuked and vsed discipline yf things were not done And they prayed that things might be done This declareth that a gouernmēt and iurisdictiō thei vsed beside the bare preaching of the word But this gouernement saith M. Horne was not by the power of the sword which belōgeth only to Kings and Princes Lerne now then M. Horne that the Church of Christ hath a power aboue the sword ād that as the Iewish Synagogue was ruled with the sworde the transgressours of the lawe being punished by death so the Churche of Christ is ruled by the Spiritual keies committed to the Apostles and their successours and the transgressours of the Churche lawes are punished with the spiritual sworde of that iurisdiction S. Augustine saith Phinees the Priest slew the adulterers with the sword which truely was signified to be done in this time with degradations and excommunications when as in the Church discipline the visible sworde should cease Lo M. Horne The visible sword is no part of the Church discipline nowe It was among the Iewes a greate part of their discipline Marke that it was no parte of the Churche discipline I doe not denie as the Donatistes did that because in the Apostles time Princes vsed not the swoorde vppon Heretiques and disobediente Christians therefore they should not now vse it But I saie the Princes sworde is no parte of the Churche discipline I say with S. Augustine this visible sword in the Church discipline ceaseth If the Prince vse the sworde it is no Ecclesiasticall gouernement nor it is not the supreme gouernment The Bishop hath a farre superiour gouernment and a more terrible sworde to strike withall Of the whiche S. Augustine saith Ipsa quae damnatio nominatur quam fecit episcopale Iudicium qua poena in Ecclesia nulla maior est potest c. That punishment which is called condemnation which is made by the iudgement of the Bisshoppe then the whyche punyshment there ys in the Churche no greater may yet yf yt please God turne to a holesome correption And agayne of the Churche discipline he sayeth where by the Churche not by anie Prince the stubborne and disobedyent offender ys pronounced an Ethnicke and a publicayne Grauius est quàn si gladio feriretur si stammis absumeretur si feris subrigeretur This is a more greeuous punishment then if he were stryken with the sword then if he were spent vp in flames of fyere then if he were rent with wilde beastes You see then the Church hath a greater power to punishe withall then the princes sworde And to proue vnto you euidently that the Princes sworde can be no part of Ecclesiastical or Spiritual gouernement I will wishe you to marke but this one reason The Churches power iurisdiction and gouernement extendeth to the soule ouerseeth guideth and ruleth the soule of man not the bodie or any thing appertaining to the bodie But the Princes swoorde can not reache to the soule of man Ergo the Princes sworde can not be any fitte meane to gouerne as the Churche doothe or to beare the Supreme gouernment in Church matters The Maior or first Proposition is clere and confessed not onely of al Diuines but of all Christian men that know what the Churche and the soule meaneth The Minor is also cleare if by nothing els yet by this onelye place of the Ghospell where oure Sauiour saith Feare not them that kill the bodie post haec non habent amplius quid faciant and then haue no more to doe As muche to saie whose swoorde can not reache to the soule Or as an other Euangelist writeth Whiche can not kill the soule And what is more repugnaunt to reason then to teache that the Prince his sword whyche can not hurte the soule shoulde be the supreame Gouernoure of the Churche all whose power is ouer the soule Whereof I reason thus The Prince can not punnishe the soule of man Ergo he hathe no iurisdiction ouer it Item he can not relieue it or release it being in the boundes and distresse eyther of infidelitie or of sinne Ergo he can not be the supreame guider and gouernour of it Onely the Bisshoppes and Priests doe punishe the soule by excommunication and binding of sinnes Onely the Bisshoppes and Priestes I saie Maister Horne those that are proprelie called Priestes can release absolue and make free the soule of man from the boundes and fetters of infidelitie and sinne Ergo they onelye haue the true and proper gouernmēt ouer the soul If ouer the soule Ergo in al Spiritual or Ecclesiastical causes which al tende to the soule helth and to the only gouernment of the same I graunt for preseruation of externall quiet vnitie and peace in the Church the Princes sword walketh and punisheth the body of mē in the church But this is no Church disciplin in the which as S. Austine teacheth the visible sword ceaseth this is no Churche gouernemente described vnto vs in the Ghospell and practised of the Churche Ministers of all ages and times But this is a Ciuill gouernemente aiding not gouerning the Churche in times of extreme frowardenesse and obstinacie of Heretiques and missebeleuers This dothe as all other worldlye things doe serue the Churche of God as the bodie serueth the soule for execution of Churche lawes for repressing of schismes and seditions and for the maintenaunce also of dewe obedience in those men whose frailtie or malice is suche that they more feare the temporall swoorde then the spirituall and are moued more with externall dammages then with Ecclesiasticall censures briefelie suche as feare more the torment of the bodie then the losse of their soules And standeth it nowe with your truthe and honesty to say that the supreme gouernment of the Church standeth in the power of the sworde But why as I sayed before say you it now at the length which before you neuer saied but rather so extolled the princes supreme gouernement that you made him an accurser of heretikes a maker of Church lawes and constitutions a principal confirmer of al Councelles yea and a preacher of Gods wordes to And neuer spake worde of the sword but couertly concealed that pointe vntill nowe Why M. Horne but because the euidence of holy Scripture alleaged by M. Feckenham forced you thereunto The place I say of the Actes where S. Paule confesseth that the Bishopes and priestes properly so called M Horne as S. Augustine telleth you were appoynted of the holy Ghost to feede and to rule
Supremacy to rest in the Clergy ād not in the Prince which must obey as well as the other And therefore it is not true that ye saye that M. Fekenhams cause is no deale holpen by this place nor your assertion any thing improued But let vs steppe one steppe farder with you M. Horne vpō the groūd of your present liberalytye lest as you haue begonne you pinche vs yet farder and take away all together from Bishops and Priestes Subiection you say and obedience to the word of God taught and preached by the Bishops c. is commaūded so wel to Princes as to the inferiour sort of the people If so M. Horne howe did a lay parliament vtterly disobey the doctrine of all their Bishoppes and enacte a new contrary to theirs What obediēce was there in that parliament so expressely required here by S. Paule and so dewe euen of Princes them selues as you confesse to their Bishoppes Will you say the Bishoppes then preached not Gods worde And who shal iudge that Shal a lay parliament iudge it Is that the obedience dewe to Bishoppes In case al the Bishops of a realme erred is there not a generall Councell to be sought vnto Are there not other Bishops of other Coūtries to be coūseled Is not al the Church one body In matters of faithe shal we seuer our selues frō our Fathers ād Brethern the whole corps of Christēdome beside by the vertue of an Acte passed by lay mē onely No bishops no Clerke admitted to speake and say his minde O lamentable case God forgeue our dere Countre this most haynouse trespasse Then the which I feare our Realme committed not a more greuous except the first breache in Kinge Henries dayes these many hundred yeares Yet one steppe farder The Prince must obey and be fedde at the Bishoppes hande you confesse What is that Is it not he must learne howe to beleue and howe to serue God Is it not the pastorall office as S Augustin teacheth to open the springes that are hidden and to geue pure and sounde water to the thirsty shepe Is not the shepeheardes office to strenghthen that is weake to heale that is sicke to binde that is broken to bringe home againe that is caste away to seke that is loste and so forthe as the Prophet Ezechiel describeth And what is all this but to teache to correct to instructe to refourme and amende all such thinges as are amisse either in faithe or in good life If so then in case the realme went a stray shoulde not they redresse vs which were pastours and shepheards in Christes Church If our owne shepheards did amisse was there in all Christendom no true Bishoppes beside no faithfull pastour no right shepeheard Verely S. Augustine teacheth at large that it is not possible that the shepheards shoulde misse of the true doctrine What soeuer their life or maners be But put the case so that we may come to an issewe Must then the Prince fede vs alter our Religion sett vp a newe stop the shepheards mouthes plaie the shepheard him self Is this M. Horne the obedience that you teach Princes to shew to their shepheards God forgeue them that herein haue offended and God in whose hands the harts of Princes are inspire with his blessed grace the noble hart of our most gracious Souerain the Quenes Maiesty that her highnes may see and consider this horrible and deadly inconuenience to the which your most wicked and blasphemouse doctrine hath induced her grace You are the woulfe M. Horne And therfore no marueile if you procure to tie the shepheard fast and to mousell the dogges The .158 Diuision Pag. 97. b. M. Fekenham And when your L. shall be able to proue that these wordes of Paule Mulieres in Ecclesijs taceant c. Let the wemen kepe silence in the Churche for it is not permitted vnto them there to speake but let them liue vnder obedience like as the Law of God appointeth thē and if they be desirous to learne any thing let them aske their husbands at home for it is a shameful and rebukeful thing for a woman to speake in the Church of Christ. When your L. shal be able to proue that these wordes of Paule were not as wel spoken of Quenes Duchesses and of noble Women as of the meane and inferiour sorte of Women like as these wordes of almightie God spoken in the plague and punishment first vnto our mother Eue for her offence and secondarily by her vnto al women without exception vidz Multiplicabo aerumnas c. I shal encrease thy dolours sorowes and conceiuings and in paine and trauaile thou shalt bring forth thy children thou shalt liue vnder the authority power of thy husbād and he shal haue the gouernment and dominion ouer thee Whan your L. shall be able to proue anye exception to be made eyther in these woordes spoken in the olde lawe by the mouth of God eyther in the wordes before spoken of the Apostle Paule in the newe than I shall in like māner yeelde and with most humble thankes thinke my selfe very well satisfied in conscience not onely touching all the afore alleaged testimonies but also in this seconde chiefe pointe M. Horne I doe graunte the vvoordes of the holie Scriptures in bothe these places to be spoken to al states of vvomen vvithout exception But vvhat make they for your purpose hovve doe they conclude and confirme your cause VVomen muste be silent in the Churche and are not permitted to speake That is as your ovvne Doctour Nicolaus de Lyra expoundeth it women muste not teache and preache the doctrine in the Churche neyther dispute openlye Therefore our Sauiour Christe dyd not committe to Kinges Queenes and Princes the Authoritie to haue and take vppon them .538 anye parte of gouernement in Ecclesiasticall causes As .539 though a younge Nouice of your Munkishe ordre shoulde haue argued Nunnes muste keepe silence and maye not speake in the Cloysture nor yet at Dynner tyme in the fraytrie therefore your deceyuer the Pope dyd not committe Authoritie to his Prouincialles Abbottes Priores and Prioresses to haue and take vppon them the gouernement vnder hym selfe in Munkishe and Nunnishe causes and matters VVhat man vvoulde haue thought Maister Feckēham to haue had so .540 little consideration although vnlearned as to vouche the silence of vvomen in the Churche for a reason to improue the Authoritie of Princes in Churche causes The .3 Chapter Of M. Fekenhams third reason taken out of S. Paule also .1 Cor. 14. Stapleton MAister Feckenham his thirde reason is that women are not permitted to speake in the Church and therefore they can not be the heads of the Church To this M. Horn answereth first that this place of S. Paul must be vnderstanded of teaching preaching and disputing and that therfore it wil not follow thereof that they may not take vpō thē any gouernment in Ecclesiastical causes And then being merily
disposed he saith this Argumēt is much like as if a yong Nouice shuld reason thus Nūnes must kepe silēce in the Cloisture therfore the Prioresses haue not the gouernment in Nūnish causes and matters Cōcerning the first part of his answere I say that the argument is good ād sufficiēt For if teaching preaching and disputing in matters of religiō be causes and matters ecclesiastical and if womē be imbarred frō this then is there a sufficiēt cause why M. Fekenham may not take this othe that a woman is supreme head in al causes spiritual ād ecclesiastical Namely to erect and enact a new and proper religiō throughout her realme by the vertue of her own proper and supreme gouernmēt For to this end M. Horn is the othe tēd●ed It is to euidēt It can not be dissembled Againe the said place of S. Paul is of the order and māner of expoūding of scripture as it appeareth by the text If then S. Paul forbiddeth a woman to expoūd scripture how can a woman take vpon her to be the chief iudge of al those that expoūd the scripture I mean in that very office of expoūding Scripture in decreeīg determining and enacting what religion what beliefe what doctrine shal take place And such shee must nedes be if she be a supreme head Suche do you and your fellowes make her Such authority you M. Horn throughout all this boke attribute to your new supreme heads Emperours and Kīgs by you alleaged You make them to preache to teache and to prescribe to the Bishops in their Coūcels what and how they shal do in their ecclesiasticall matters If then by you a supreme Gouerner in ecclesiastical maters must be so qualified as to be present in Councels of Bishops to prescribe rules for the Bishops to follow to determine what they shal do and to cōfirme by royal assēt the decrees of bishops yea and to make them selues decrees and cōstitutions ecclesiastical but a woman by S. Paule may not ones speake in the Church that is in the Cōgregatiō or assembly of the faithful and by you a womā may not preache teach or dispute vndoubtedly both by S. Paul and by your own cōfession a womā can not be a supreme Gouernour such as the Othe forceth mē to swere I say supreme gouernour in al ecclesiastical causes No nor in so many causes by a great deale as you pretend in this your booke other Kings and Princes to haue practised supreme gouernmēt in Cōsider now M. Horne how it may stād with S. Paules doctrine that a woman may be a supreme gouerner in al ecclesiastical causes namely such as you in this boke would make your Reader beleue that al Emperours Kings and Princes hitherto haue bene Now put the case as we saw it viij yeres past that in a doubtful matter of doctrine and religion to be tried by scripture the whole number of bishops agree vpō some determinate and resolute exposition with their Clergie and would by an Ecclesiastical law of Cōuocation or Councel set forth the same Al their resolutiō and determination is not worth a rush by your Othe and by your maner of talke in this booke if the Prince doe not allowe and cōfirme the same And how this wil stād with S. Paul in this chapter tel vs I pray you presupposing as the statute requireth that the Princes allowing though she be a woman is necessary And now are ye come to th●s point and driuē therto by the force of this place to say that the place doth not proue but a womā may haue some gouernmēt in ecclesiastical causes As though the Questiō were now of some gouernmēt only and not of Supreme and absolute Gouernment in al maner thinges and causes ecclesiastical If therefore this place do proue that a womā hath not the Supreme and absolute gouernement in all causes ecclesiasticall but that in some and them the chiefest she must holde her peace as yt doth euidētly and ye can not denie yt then is M. Fekenham free frō taking the othe of the supremacy and then hath S. Paule vtterly confuted that Othe and your whole booke withal This I say also as by the way that yf this chapter must be taken for teaching preaching and disputing as M. Horne saith and truely that M. Iewell went far wide frō S. Paules meaning when he applied yt to the cōmon seruice of the Church whereof it is no more meāt thē of the cōmō talke in tauernes As for M. Hornes secōd mery mad obiectiō no mā is so mad to make such an argumēt but hīself And therfore he may as long and as iolily as he wil triūph with him self in his own folly Yet I would wish M. Horne to speake wel of Nunnes were it but for his grandsir Luthers sake and the heauēly coniunctiō of him and a Nonne together Which vnhappy cōiunction of that Vulcā and Venus engēdred the vnhappy brood of M. Horn ād his felowes But that this folish fond argumēt is nothing like to M. Fekenhās argumente yt may easely be proceiued by that we haue alredy and sufficiently sayde M. Fekenham The .159 Diuision pag. 98. a. The third chiefe point is that I must not only sweare vpon the Euangelists that no foraine personne state or potentate hath or ought to haue any power or authoritie Ecclesiastical or Spiritual within this Realme but also by vertue of the same Othe I must renounce all forraine power and authorities which for a Christian man to doe is directly against these two Articles of our Crede Credo sanctā ecclesiā Catholicā I do beleue the holy catholik ●hurch Credo Sanctorū cōmunionē I do beleue the cōmuniō of saints And that there is a participatiō and cōmunion amongest al the beleuers of Christes Church which of the Apostle Paule are called Saincts Adiuro vos per Dominū vt legatur haec Epistola omnibus sanctis fratribus And herin I do ioyne this issue with your L. that whā your L. shal be able to proue by Scripture Doctor General Coūcell or by the cōtinual practise of any one Church or part of al Christēdome that by the first Article I beleue the holy Catholik Church is meant only that there is a Catholike Church of Christ and not so that by the same article euery Christiā man is bound to be subiect and obedient to the Catholike Church like as euery member ought to haue obediēce vnto the whole mystical bodie of Christ. And further when you shall be hable to proue by the second Article I dooe beleue the Communion of Saints is not so meante that a Christian man oughte to beleeue such attonement suche a participation and communion to be amongest al beleeuers and members of Christes Catholike Churche in doctrine in faith in Religion and Sacramentes but that it is laufull for vs of this Realme therein to dissent from the Catholike Churche of Christe dispersed in all other Realmes and that by a corporal Othe it is laufull for
and of al other protestāt prelats without the realm of Englād no lesse then the Catholike bishopes in Germany or any other where And so stād you post alone in matters of religiō not to be informed instructed or corrected in any doubtefull matter or peril of schisme As though you had a warrāt frō the holy Ghost neither to faile in the faith nor at any time to haue Prīces that may fayle For al this you annex ād vnite to the Crown of Englād for euer Seuēthly ād last in excludīg ād renoūcing euery forain Prelat ād al power Authority ād Iurisdictiō of euery forain Prelat you exclude ād renoūce the whol body of the Church without the realm which cōsisteth most ꝓperly ād most effectually of the bishops ād prelats the heads therof And as in tēporal Iurisdictiō the othe bindeth al the subiects of the Realm of Englād to obey the only kings and Quenes of that Realm which we doe graūt also most gladly so that if al princes in the worlde woulde ioyne together ād cōclude a kind of regimēt appoint lawes ād enact statutes for the better ordering ād directing of the cōmon wealth the subiects of Englād by vertue of this othe are boūd to renoūce al such power except our own prīce would allow thē and cōdescēd thervnto which thing is reasonable enough for al coūtries nede not to be gouerned in external maters after one sort nor at al times a like the state therof beīg chāgeable ād mutable euē so in spiritual or Ecclesiastical Iurisdictiō the othe so expressely renounceth al power ād Autority of forain prelats that if al prelats ād bishops of the world beside wolde mete together or otherwise agre ī one truth order or law ecclesiastical which hath oftē ben don and may alwaies be done in general Coūcels the subiects of Englād are boūd vnder pain of periury ād of a praemunire to renoūce al such orders lawes ād decrees or cōcluded Truthes which is shortly to say to renounce and forsweare al obediēce to the General Councels that is the whole corps of Christendome represented therin except it shal please the prīce ād prelats of our Coūtre to agre to the same Which is to make our prīce ād our prelats either as superiours to al other prīces ād Coūtries or at the lest as alienats ād strāgers frō the whole body of Christendō beside as though we had a proper Christ a proper Ghospell ād looked for a proper heauē in the which other christened Natiōs should find no place And what is this els but by booke Othe flatly to renoūce the Catholik Church ād the cōmuniō of Saints both which in our Crede we professe to beleue These be M. Horn the horrible absurdities that doth necessarily folow of this part of the Othe And wheras M. Horn sayth it were ouer much detestable if M. Fecknam were moued to sweare but against one article of our Crede M. Horn muste nedes confesse this othe to be ouer muche detestable whereby not onely M. Fekenham but many other are moued and forced to sweare againste an especiall article of our Crede to wit Against our obedience to the Catholyke Churche The effecte of the Othe and the sence of that Article being cleane contrary one to the other The which that it may to the vnlerned Reader more plainely appeare in this Table following I haue opened the whole contrariety THE TABLE The Article of our Crede I beleue the Catholike Churche Hereof ariseth this proposition as M. Fekenham by a similitude setteth it forth and M. Horn alloweth it fol. 100. b. All Englishmen being Christians ought to admitte and receyue professe and obey the Authority of the Catholike Church that is of the bishops of all Christendome of whome the greatest part are forayne prelats to our Realme in matters of faith and doctrine touching the same The contrary hereof is No Englishmen though Christians may admitte professe or obey any Authority of any forain prelat without the Realme of England The tenour of one parte of the Othe as M. Horne reporteth it pag. 99. b. All true subiectes ought and muste renounce and forsake all forraine iurisdictions povvers superiority preeminences and Authorities of euery forayn prince and prelat state or potentat The equiualent of this part of the Othe is No true subiect of England though Christian ought or may admitte and receyue any forraine Authority power or Iurisdiction of any forayne prelat Thus then the equiualent proposition of the Othe matcheth iumpe with the contrary of the Article and stādeth cleane opposite to the equiualent of the Article Thus. The equiualēt proposition of the Article of our Crede is   The equiualent of the Othe is Al Englishmen being Christiās ought to admit and receiue the autority of forain prelats the most part of Christēdome being to vs foraine in matters of faith and Doctrine touching the same by them authorised Contrary No Englishmen thoughe Christians ought or may admitte and receyue any forayne Authoritye of any forayne prelat Subalterne CONTRADICTORY CONTRADICTORY Subalterne Some Englishmen being Christiās ought to admitte and receyue the Authoritye of forayne prelats c. Subcontrary Some Englishmen being Christiās ought not to receiue and admit but to renounce and forsake al forayne authority of al forayn prelats c. By this it appeareth that the equiualent of the Othe is cleane contrary to the plaine sence of the Article of Our Crede sette forthe by M. Fekenham in the similitude of the members and the body and in the same similitude cōfessed of M. Horne for good By this also it appereth that a true subiect taking the Othe meaning as he sweareth which if he doe not he forsweareth himselfe and a true Christian professing his Crede can not possibly stande together but are direct contrarye one to the other The one professīg obediēce to the body of the Church cōsistīg for the most and chiefest parte of forayne Bisshoppes as euery member must obey the whole body the other renoūcing flatly all Authoritye of all forayne prelates as in dede no member of that Catholike body but as a schismaticall parte cutte of from the whole Then will it to our greate confusion of vs be verified which S. Augustine saieth Turpis omnis pars est suo vniuerso non congruens Filthye and shamefull is that parte which agreeth not with his whole And which is not only shamefull but most pernicious and daungerous of all what place shall then all General Councelles haue with vs Quorumest in Ecclesia saluberrima Authoritas whose Authority in the Church is most holesome saieth S. Augustin Verilye the Christen inhabitants of our Countre more then a thousande yeres paste had learned an other lesson For whereas the Pelagian heretikes hadde infected the Brittaynes with their pestiferous heresie the Brittaynes them selues being as venerable Bede recordeth neither willing to receaue their lewde doctrine neither able to refute theire wyly and wicked persuasions
they lie without al chaunge and alteratiō making of any word or sense thereof her Highnes in the interpretation set foorth in her Iniūctiōs doth by very playn words claime the same spiritual gouernmēt here in this realme of the Church of England that her highnes father Kinge Henry and her brother king Edwarde did enioye and claime before her in the which iniunctiōs and in the late acte of Parleamēt also her highnes doth claime no more spiritual gouernmēt nor no lesse but so much in euery point as they had without all exception For answere his L. did still continue in the deniall thereof and that her Highnes meaning was not to take so much of Spiritual authority and power vppon her as they did with affirmation that he did moste certainly and assuredly know her highnes minde therein Then for some issue to be had of this matter seeing that the meaning of the Othe is not as the expresse words doe purport And seing that his L. did so well vnderstand her Highnes meaning therein and thereby the very righte sence therof I besought him that his L. would take some paines for truthes sake to penne the same wherevpon his L. did penne and write the interpretatiō of the said Othe as hereafter followeth I.A.B. do vtterly testifie and declare in my cōscience that the Q. Highnes is the only Supreme gouernor of this Realm and of al other her Highnes dominiōs and countries as wel in al spiritual or ecclesiastical things or causes as tēporal That is to haue the soueraingtie and rule ouer al manner persons borne within her Realmes dominions and coūtries of what estate either Ecclesiastical or tēporal so euer they be And to haue authority and power to visit the Ecclesiastical estate and persons to refourme order and correct the same and all maner errours heresies schismes abuses offenses cōtemptes and enormities Yet neuertheles in no wise meaning that the Kings and Queenes of this Realme possessours of this crowne may challenge authoritie or power of ministerie of diuine offices as to preache the worde of God to minister Sacramentes or rytes of the Churche appointed by Christe to the office of Churche ministers to excommunicate or to binde or loose Of the whiche fower pointes three belong onely to the Ecclesiastical ministers the fourthe is cōmon to them with the congregation namely to excōmunicate And that no forain Prince Person Prelat State or Potētate hath or ought to haue any iurisdiction Power Superioritie preheminence or authority ecclesiastical or Spiritual within this realme And therefore I doe vtterly renounce al foraine iurisdictions powers superiorities preheminences and authorities That is as no Secular or Laie Prince other than the King or Quenes possessours of the Croune of this Realme of what Title or dignitie so euer they be hathe or oughte to haue anye Authoritie soueraigntie or power ouer this Realme ouer the Prince or Subiectes thereof Euen so no manner of foraine Prelate or person Ecclesiastical of what title name so euer they be neither the See of Rome neither any other See hathe or ought to haue vse enioye or exercise any maner of power iurisdiction authority superioritie preheminence or priuilege spiritual or ecclesiastical within this realme or within any the Quenes highnes dominions or Coūtries And therefore al suche foraine power vtterly is to be renoūced and I do ꝓmise c. vt sequitur in forma iuramēti M. Horne These that ye terme Resolutions are none of .558 mine they are like him that forged them false feined and ●alitious They be your ovvne eyther ye could not or ye vvere ashamed to adioyne my ansvvere to your seely obiections and therfore ye feygned mee to vtter for resolutions your ovvne peuissh cauillations This report is false that I should affirme the Queenes Maiesties meaning in that Othe to be farre othervvise then the expresse vvords are as they lie verbatim This my constant assertion that her highnes mind and meaning is to take so much and no more of spiritual authority and povver vpon her than King Henry and king Edvvard enioyed and did iustly claime you vntruely feygne to be your obiectiō And that I should affirme of most certain and sure knovvledge her Maiesties mind or the very right sence of the Othe to be othervvise thā it is plainly set forth is a malicious sclander vvherof I vvil fetche no better profe then the testimony of your mouth Ye cōfesse that the interpretatiō folovving vvas pēned and vvritē by me to declare the very right sence and meaning of the Othe vv●erein ye haue acquited me and cōdēned your self of a manifest vntruth For the right sence and meaning declared in the interpretatiō that I made and you haue set forth doth .559 plainly shevve the cleane contrary if you marke it vvel to al that you here set forth in my name vnder the title of my resolutions to your scruples Furthermore in the preface to your fornamed points ye haue declared by vvord and vvriting that I did require you presently to svveare and by othe to acknovvledge her highnes to be the only supreme gouernour in al spiritual or ecclesiastical things or causes If this be true that you haue said it is manifest by your ovvn cōfession that I declared her maisties meaning in that Othe to be none othervvise than the expresse vvords are as they lye verbatim For vvhen I shovve her meaning to be that ye should acknovvledge in her highnes the only supremacy I do declare plainly that she meaneth to exclude al other men frō hauīg any supremacy for this exclusiue only cā not haue any other sense or meaning And vvhā I add this supremacy to be in al spiritual causes or things I shevve an vniuersal cōprehension to be meant vvithout exception For if ye except or take avvay any thing it is not al. And you yourself tooke my meaning to be thus For ye chalēge me in your second chefe point and cal for profe hereof at my hand vvhich ye vvould not do if it vvere not mine assertion and meaning For vvhy should I be driuē to proue that vvhich I affirme not or meant not Besides these in your vvhole trauaile folovving ye labour to improue this as you saie mine assertion to vvit that al spiritual iurisdiction dependeth vpon the positiue lavv of Princes If this be mine assertion as ye affirme it is and therfore bend al your force to improue it ye vvittnes vvith me .560 against your selfe that I declared her maiesties meanīg vvas to take neither more nor lesse authoritie and iurisdictiō vnto her selfe than king Hērie and King Edvvarde had for they had no more thā al. And if her Maiestie take any lesse she hath not al. Touching therefore these false feined and slanderous resolutions as they are by you moste vntruly forged euen so vvhether this bee likely that in a yeres space vvel nigh I vvould not in all our daily cōference make .561 one reason or
a thīg most probable For ye make the very same resolutions to hym euen in this your answere also For doe ye not expressely say a fewe leaues before that princes neither do nor may claime to preache the word of God to minister the Sacramentes or to bynde and lose Do ye not say that this is a spirituall gouernement and rule belonging onely to the bishops and Church rulers Do ye not confesse within 4. leaues followinge the lyke And that Bisshoppes haue the spirituall Iurisdistion ouer theire flocke by the expresse worde of God and that thereby Princes haue not all maner of spiritual gouerment Is not this agreable to the resolutiōs that M. Fekenham saith he receyued at your handes Again M. Fenkenham addeth that in your said resolutions ye saye that the authority to excommunicate is not properly perteyning to Princes but apperteyneth to the whole cōgregation aswell as to them Doe ye not confesse I pray you the same twise in your answere immediatly following after this Why say you then that these resolutiōs are feyned by M. Fekenham Why should any man thinke that M. Fekēham should falsly charge you with these resolutiōs in priuat conference that your self in your own book doe so plainly and openly auouche Why should not men thinke also such other things as ye here charge M. Fekenham withall to be vntrue seing that ye doe so falsly accuse M. Feken for framing resolutions in your name that are your own in very dede Or why should any man trust you in these greate and weighty matters which ye hādle that ye speake ye cā not tel what bursting out into such open and fowle contradictions as yt would astone any wise man to consider them attributing to the Quenes Maie the supremacy in al spiritual causes or things without exception and yet your self excepting diuerse things spiritual and geuing the supremacy of them to the cleargy I woulde fayne know of you that so lately ruffled so freshly with your oppositiō contrary relatyue priuatiue and disparatyue and with your propositions contrary subcontrary subalterne and cōtradictory yf a man man may fynd a more fowle contradiction thē this I now laye before you out of your own booke You say first fol. 104. b. in fine When I adde this supremacy to be in all spiritual causes or things I shewe an vniuersall comprehensiō without exception For yf ye except or take away any thing it is not all Hereof ariseth this vniuersal affirmatiue Al spiritual causes without exceptiō are vnder the supreme Gouuerment of Princes Item you say fol 96. b. To feede the Church with Gods worde to minister Christes Sacramētes and to bind and lose fol. 97. a. Kings Queenes ād Princes may not neither doe clayme or take vpon thē this kind of spiritual gouernement and rule or any part thereof c. Hereof ariseth this particular negatiue Some spiritual causes are not vnder the Supreme Gouernement of Princes Now let vs cōsider in what kind of opposition these your two propositions do repugne Thus stande the oppositions All spirituall causes without exceptiō are vnder the Supreme Gouernemēt of Prīces Contrary No spiritual causes at all are vnder the Supreme gouerment of Princes Subalterne CONTRADICTORY CONTRADICTORY Subalterne Some spiritual causes are vnder the Supreme gouerment of Princes Subcontrary Some spiritual causes are not vnder the supreme gouernement of Princes By this it appereth that your two propositions do stāde in the extremest kind of al oppositions which is Contradiction And though this be a poore sely and an insufficient shifte to make such resolutions yet is it the beste ye may nowe fynde to qualifie and mitigate the general words of the statute Which in dede are so general and peremptorie that they may in no wise be borne without some qualification Which is nowe so notoriouse that there is a qualification made in the Quenes Maie iniunctions that men should not take the general clause so largely as to collect thereby that the Kings or Quenes of our realm may challēge authority ād power of ministerie in the diuine offices in the Church Which doth agree with your resolutions and therefore there is no cause in the worlde why ye should deny them to be yours and say that they be falsly and slaunderouslye fayned vpō you by M. Fekēhā vttering his owne peuish cauillatiōs as ye say vnder the name of your resolutiōs Nowe though this be a necessary interpretatiō and moderatiō yet this doth not take away the scruple that remaineth staying M. Fekenhā and other to in taking the said othe for that this interpretatiō is not made by acte of parliament as the statute was Neither doth the Acte or Statute referre it self to any such Iniunctions to be made for the qualificatiō or restrayning of any thinge in the Acte or in any braunche thereof cōtayned no more then it doth to M. Horns book Neither hath any Iniūction by the lawe of our Realme any force to restrain weakē or mollifie the rigour or generality of an Acte of parliamēt And in case it had yet ther remain many other as great scruples Namely that swearing to all causes the prīcipal causes are excepted and so he that sweareth forsweareth and beside that al ecclesiastical authority aswel of the sea of Rome as of al general coūcels is euidētly abolisshed by the said statut And in as much as general Coūcels do beare ād represent the parson of the whole Church wherof the Pope is head no Christiā mā ought to receyue such othe imploying the denial of the authority of the Pope the head and of the whole body of the Churche beside The .162 Diuision pag. 104. b. M. Fekenham Hereunto I did make this obiection following These woordes of the first part of the othe I.A.B. doe vtterly testifie and declare in my conscience that the Q. Highnes is the only supreme gouernour of this Realme as well in all Spiritual or Ecclesiasticall thinges or causes as Temporal besides the particulars expressed in your L. interpretation made thereof they doe by expresse woordes of the acte geue vnto the Queenes highnes al maner of iurisdictions priuileges and preeminences in any wise touchinge and concerninge any Spirituall or Ecclesiasticall iurisdiction within the Realme with an expresse debarre and flat denial made of al Spiritual iurisdiction vnto the Bisshops therof to be exercised ouer their flocks and cures without her highnes Special commission to be graunted thereunto They hauing by the expresse worde of God commission of Spiritual gouernement ouer them Commission to lose and bind their sinnes Commission to shut and open the gates of heauen to them Commission to geue vnto them the holy ghost by the imposition of their handes And they hauing by the expresse woorde of God such a daungerous cure and charge ouer their soules that God hath threatned to require the bloud of such as shall perishe at their handes Notwithstanding these and many such other like cōmissions graunted vnto
a Scripturely visitacion reformation and correction by the onely vvorde of God vvhich the Bishoppes may and ought to exercise in time and out of time vvith all possible vvatchefulnes and diligence vvithout any further commission The other kinde of visitation reformation and correction is Forinsecall or courtly vvhiche I comprehende vnder the seconde kinde of Cohibitiue Iurisdiction and this the Bishoppe may not exercise vvithout a further commission from the Prince VVerefore it is ouer foule an absurdity in you to inferre that the Bisshops may not exercise any Iurisdictiō visitaciō reformatiō or correctiō bicause they may not vse this Forinsecal or courtly vvithout the Princes commission Stapleton M. Horne after that he hath bene so bolde with Delphinus to frame his argumentes and wreste then at his owne pleasure he is as bold with M. Fekenhams arguments also M. Feckenham argueth thus Spiritual gouernment is geuē to Bishops by Gods speciall worde namely to loose and bynde to shutte vppe heauen gates and to geue the holie ghoste Ergo the Prince is not the supreame gouernour in all causes spiritual according to the wordes of the statute Ergo all maner spirituall iurisdictiō is not to be authorised of the Prince as the Acte expressely and most generallie auoucheth Ergo yt is not true that they may not visite or reforme theire flocke withowt the Princes commission This argumentes being good and sownd M. Horne leapeth me in and saieth that M. Fekenham toke vppon him to proue the second kind of cohibitiue iurisdiction to be by the expresse worde of God immediatly appointed to bishoppes and priestes without further commission of Princes And this argument he doth more solēly repete againe in the .2 leafe following and goeth about to soile yt being his own and not M. Fekenhās argument For thinke you M. Horne that M. Fekenham hath or will allowe your first and seconde cohibitiue iurisdiction His examples are of the power of order or of the keies and of that that you cal the first Cohibitiue iurisdiction Why then do you so falsly charge him leauing out the first two and the verie principall partes Let vs nowe heare what ye say further to him You accuse his euill dealing with the words of the acte expressīg an vnkindly meaning to the prince and the state Yea say that thoughe the statute doth geue or rather restore to the Prince all maner of iurisdictions or preheminences towching any Ecclesiasticall iurisdiction yet the wordes must not be taken so generallie but must be referred and limited to and with other wordes of the sayde statute that is for the visitation reformation and correction of the ecclesiasticall state and of all maner of errours and heresies By the which wordes of limitation the Prince as you inferre of it is as well restrained from doing any thing in the publike ministerie by preaching or ministring Sacraments as from that iurisdiction that standeth in excommunication and hath onelie thereby the second kinde of cohibitiue Iurisdiction Surelie here is a marueilouse and a wōderfull interpretatiō M. Horne vrgeth M. Fekenhā to swere that he beleueth in conscience that the Prince is Supreme Gouernour in all causes Ecclesiastical He addeth as ye haue heard that those wordes must be takē without limitatiō or exceptiō and yet him selfe excepteth the chief things or causes ecclesiastical Wherby a man may much better cōclude and swere to the cōtrary that is that the Prince is not Supreme Gouernour in al Spiritual causes Surelie to imagine and to defende the Prince to be supreme ruler in al causes ād yet to abridge his authoritie in so many causes is much like as if one should say and affirme of some man that he is a king but yet he is able to cōmaund no man to prison for any offence he is a king but if ther be any warre he can cōmaund no man to serue him he is a king but yet if there be any businesse stur or disorder in the people he neither can punish thē nor make out any decree or proclamatiō against his rebels Of the which premisses they being true it wil follow that in deede he is no king But surely M. Horne me thinke as I haue said that ye aduenture very far and daūgerously whē in the other part touching iurisdiction ye restraine and limit the statute that geueth the authorising of al maner of iurisdictiō to the Prince yea ānexeth and vniteth the same to the Croune to the secōd cohibitiue ōly And what kind of visitatiō or reformatiō shal the Prince make by his ecclesiastical authority if you take away the authority to excōmunicat which al ecclesiastical visiters haue ād euer had and which also expresly belōgeth to the secōd kind of cohibitiue iurisdictiō which you make to depēd of only princes by your own author Antoniꝰ as I haue before shewed Cōsider M. Horn whether M. Fekēhā may not iustly say to you that you deal very yl with the words of the act and you expres an vnkīdly meaning to the Prince ād the state Wel if there be no remedy but that by your interpretation directe contrary to all reason and the manifeste wordes of the statute the statute it selfe may be so eluded and that ye may by your owne absolute authority spoile your supreame head of one cheif pointe and power ecclesiastical yea of the very cohibitiue Iurisdictiō which you woulde seme to graūte him with this your pretie and newly coyned distinction which prince like ye woulde haue to be as yt were good and currāt mony I meane of your two kindes of cohibitiue iurisdiction which I suppose shall neither be founde in any good Diuine nor in any boke of the temporall lawe in all Englande yet woulde I fayne heare from you of some good and conuenient proufe whie the seconde cohibitiue as ye call yt remayneth in the prince onely more then the first Or why if that remaine excommunicatiō being a part thereof remaineth not in the Prince also I would know farder whē euer this iurisdictiō was takē away frō the Prīces that it must now be restored again Verely that which they neuer had could neuer be takē away And much lesse can it be restored thē which by no right euer belonged to thē For shew M. Horne yf you can with al your study and cōferēce with your frendes but one exāple of any Catholik Prince either in Englād or in al the world beside that gaue the bishops any cōmissiō for the secōd cohibitiue iurisdictiō as ye call it specified in those exāples that your self reherse out of Antonius I wil geue you one whole twelue moneths M. Horne to bring foorth but one such example I neuer read I neuer heard of any suche commission Onely in the late daies of king Edward the sixt his time I finde such commissions by the whiche al Archbishops Bisshops and other Ecclesiastical persons did then exercise all their Ecclesiasticall iurisdiction There I finde though vntruely
that all iurisdiction as well Secular as Spirituall sprang from the King as Supreme head of all men By the said commission among other things the Bishops tooke their authoritie not only to heare Ecelesiastical causes iudicially but euen to geue holye orders also as appeareth by the tenour of the same They receiued also by vertue of the commission all manner of power Ecclesiastical and al this no longer then during the Kings pleasure And therefore within three moneths afterward all Bishops and Archbishops were inhibited to exercise any Ecclesiasticall iurisdictiō vntil the visitation appointed by the king were ended There was also an other inhibition made that no Bishoppe nor anye other Ecclesiasticall person should preache any sermon vntil such time as they were specially thereto licensed by the king And haue you not read or heard M. Horne that in the second yeare of king Edwarde the .6 letters were sent from the L. Protectour to the Bishop of Winchester D. Gardiner commaunding him in the kings behalfe and charging him by the authority of the same to absteine in his sermon from treating of any matter in controuersy cōcerning the Sacramēt of the Aulter and the Masse and only to bestowe his speache in the experte explication of the articles prescribed vnto him c Knowe you not that two yeres after that the said Bishop being examined before the kings Commissioners at Lambeth the tenth article there layed against him was that being by the King commaunded and inhibited to treate of any mater in controuersie concerning the Masse or the Sacrament of the Aulter did contrary to the saied commaundement and inhibition declare diuers his iudgementes and opinions in the same And that in his final pretended depriuation made at Lambeth the 14. of Februarie this as it is there called disobedience against the kinges cōmaundement is expressly layed against him Did not the king here take vppon him the very firste cohibitiue iurisdiction as you cal it Dyd he not abridge Christes commission geuen immediatly to Bishopes and limitte the exercise thereof to his owne pleasure and commaundement Againe were there not iniunctions geuen by the sayed king Edwarde to the Bishope of London D. Bonner with Articles thereto annexed for him to preache vpon And dyd not his great examination and depriuation ensewe thereof Looke in your felowe Foxe and you shall finde the whole set out at large If therefore by the Othe now tendred the Queenes highnes meaning is to take vpon her so much and no more of spiritual authority and power then king Henry and king Edwarde enioyed and did iustly claime for they had no more thē all which you auouche to be your constant assertion and the true meaning of the Othe see you not that by the othe euen the Authoritie of preaching Gods word which Authority and commissiō Bishops haue immediatly from God dependeth yet of a furder commission from the Prince which you cal an horrible absurditie See you not also that the Bishopes had al maner of ecclesiastical punishment geuen them by the princes commission without any suche commission made as you imagine touching excommunication Thus haue you taken awaye the very Scripturely visitation Reformation and Correction as you call it from the Bishoppes and from theyr commission geuen to them by the woorde of God and haue made it to depende vppon a further commission of the Queenes Hyghnes pleasure For that by letters patentes shee maye and hath inhibited for a season the Bishoppes of her realme to preache the worde of God as her brother kinge Edwarde before did And this you call M. Horne An horrible absurditie as it is in dede moste horrible and yet such as you see by vertue of the Othe our Princes bothe may and haue practised Woe to them that induced good Godly Princes therevnto For in dede hereof hath proceded the whole alteration of religion in our country And hereof it followeth that religion in our countrie shal neuer be setled or of long continuaunce excepte Princes alwaies of one minde and Iudgement doe Raygne Hereof it followeth that we shall neuer ioyne in Faithe and Doctrine with other christened Realmes and with the whole vniuersal Church except our happe be to haue a prince so affected as other Christen princes are Hereof it followeth that though our Prince be Catholike yet thys Authorytie standinge our Faythe is not Authorysed by Gods worde and the church but by Gods woorde and the Prince that ys by Gods woorde so expounded and preached as the prince shall commaunde and prescribe it Briefely hereof foloweth that the faith of England is no faith at al builded vpon the authority of God and his Ministers who haue charge of our soules but is an obediēce only of a temporal law and an opinion chaungeable and alterable according to the lawes of the Realme These are in dede moste horrible absurdities and moste dyrecte againste the vnitie of the Churche whiche aboue all thinges ought to be tendred and without the whiche there is no saluation This destroyeth the obedience of faithe and setteth vp onely a philosophicall perswasion of matters of Religion This cleane defaceth all true Religion and induceth in place therof a ciuil policie To cōclude this maketh a plaine and directe waye to al heresies For if euer which God forbidde any Prince of our land should be affected to any heresie as of Arrianisme or any such like the supreme Authority of the prince remaining as the Othe graunteth and as king Edward practised should not al the Bishops either be forced to preache that heresy or to leese their bishopriks other placed in their romes which to please the Prince ād to climbe to hònor would be quick enough to farder the procedings Any man of mean cōsideration may see these inconueniences and many moe then these which of purpose I leaue to speake of To returne therefore to you M. Horne whether you and your fellow Bisshops haue special cōmission from the Quenes Ma. for the exercise of your iurisdictiō I know not But I am most credibly informed ye haue none And as for excōmunicatiō ye wil haue none of her neyther wil ye acknowlege any such authority in her And therfore ye had nede to looke wel to your self and what answere ye will make if ye be ones called to an accompt either for this kind of doctrine so derogatory to the statutes and the Quenes M. prerogatiue that ye would seme to maintaine either for the practise of your iurisdiction without any sufficient Commission Remember now among other things M. Horne whether this dealing be agreable to your Othe by the which ye promised that to your power ye would assist and defend al iurisdictions priuilegies preheminences and authorities graunted or belonging to the Quenes Highnes her heires or successours or vnited and annexed to the imperiall Crowne of the realme Ye may thinke vpon this at your good leasure Remember also how you wil stand to this your
this allwaies your Consequent I say vpon one or diuers particulars to conclude affirmatiuely an vniuersal For what one Emperour or Prince amonge so many so longe a succession and in so diuers countres haue you brought forthe by whose example by sufficiente enumeration of all partes ▪ you might logiquely and reasonably cōclude the affirmatiue vniuersal that is the Supreme gouernement in al spiritual or ecclesiastical thinges or causes You haue not M. Horne brought any one suche Shewe but one and I will allowe you in all And come you nowe to charge M. Fekenham with thys foule and euil consequent What Thought you so by preuention to blame M. Fekenhā that you might escape therby the blame your selfe or thought you we shoulde haue forgotten to charge you herewith excepte your selfe by charging an other had put vs in minde thereof Vpon this imagined Conclusion of M. Feckenhams you induce a dilemma that whether the Conclusion folow or not folow yet he shal alwaies remayne in some absurdite But we say that as he neuer made that consequent so also that it foloweth not Then say you If the Conclusion folowe not cōsequētly vpon the Antecedent ▪ than haue ye concluded nothing at al by Christes diuinity that may further the matter ye haue taken in hande to proue To the which I answere That M. Feckenham hereby fully cōcludeth his principall purpose For Commission of Spiritual gouernement being geuen as he reasoneth and you expresly cōfesse to Bishops immediatly from God by Christ him selfe true God not only in some but euen in the principall spirituall causes as to fede the Church with true doctrine to preache the worde to bind and loose to minister the Sacraments it foloweth euidētly that the Prince is not the Supreme Gouernour in al Spiritual causes And that the Acte hath wrongfully geuen to the Prince the ful authorising for al maner of spiritual causes in any wise concerning any Spirituall or Ecclesiasticall iurisdiction to be vsed and exercised by persons when and as often and for such and so long time as it shal please the Prince to authorise them It foloweth I saye that the Acte hath wrongfully geuen al this to the Princes authorising seeing that God him selfe hath already geauen it to the Apostles and their successours Bishops and Priestes in his Churche without any cōmission or authorisatiō for any prince of the earth whatsoeuer God hath your self say M. Horn geuē to the Bisshops sufficiēt cōmission for the discharge of their cures It were therfore you say an horrible absurdity if they might not exercise any iurisdictiō ouer thē by that cōmissiō without a furder cōmission frō the Quenes highnes But bothe by the practise in king Edwardes daies at what time by the Kings letters patēts bishops had a special cōmissiō to minister the Sacraments and to preach the word frō the Prince and at the Princes pleasure as it hath before ben declared ād also by the plaine Act in the Quenes M. daies now reigning bishops can not exercise vse or execute any Spiritual iurisdiction without the Authorising naming and assigning of the Prince yea and that no oftener nor no longer then it shall please the Prince to Authorise them so that beeing a Bishoppe to daye to morowe by the Acte he shall be none if it please the Prince to dissauthorise him or discharge him Ergo by Maister Hornes own confession and plaine constante assertion bothe in King Edwardes dayes and now in the Acte an horrible absurdity is committed You haue saied M. Horne a great deale more against the Acte then euer M. Feckenham saied Beare therefore with him and vs I pray you yf to auoide such an horrible absurdity bothe he and we refuse the Othe of this acte Some reason I perceiue M. Sampson and D. Humfrey of Oxford had when they refused this othe being tendred vnto them by a Commission They saw it was in dede a most horrible absurdity so to weakē Gods authority that it must yet not of congruite but of necessite and by force of lawe be bolstered as of it selfe insufficient with the Princes authorising and letters patents The sawe it was a great impiety that bishops and Pastours by Gods lawe ordayned to suche offices should not oftener exercise their offices nor no lenger remaine in the saied offices then it should please the Prince for the time to Authorise them and allowe them Therefore these men them selues no doubte true subiectes to the Quenes highnes and well willers to her Maiest Person refused yet this Othe as is aboue saied But what a conclusion is this M. Horne how fowle an absurdity is it to take the Othe of supreme gouernemente in al spiritual thinges or causes in which Othe also you say nothing may be excepted for if you except any it is not al these are your owne wordes and yet to make nowe a limitatiō and to except so many and so principall causes ecclesiasticall in the which as you say also the Prince hath no gouernement at all but only the Bishops as hauing sufficient commission herein from God him selfe Whereas if there were in dede any limitation by the Acte expressed or intēded as there is not in dede any at all in the Authorising of mete persons to execute all maner of spirituall Iurisdictions it were yet open and manifest periury to sweare to a supreme gouernement in all causes without exception What yf you and your felowes intende not or meane not al maner spirituall causes Can this excuse them which sweare to all from manifest periury How many haue receyued the Othe which neuer vnderstode worde of any suche limitatiō If you meane in dede a limitatiō M. Horne procure thē that the limitation be put to the Othe expresly that men may sweare to no more then is intended Els if you intangle mens soules in open periury vnder a couert limitation assure your selfe you and al other the procurers hereof shal answer full derely to God for all the soules that hereby haue perished And assure your self that as the holy ghost infallibly threatneth he wil come as a quicke witnesse against al periured and forsworen persons Neither yet doth the limitatiō excuse thē frō periury which sweare Princes to be supreme gouernors in some spirituall causes who are in dede no gouernours at al in such causes nor euer had by the lawe of God any spiritual charge or Iurisdictiō cōmitted vnto them But yet if this limitation were annexed the periury were the lesse and the dealing were more playne though not therfore good In the meane while you which force men to sweare to al ecclesiastical causes and yet will except so many ecclesiastical causes how vnreasonably ād how absurdely do you write But of these your contradictory assertions I haue before spoken If I should here aske M. Horne ▪ what Authorite the parliament had to geue to the Prince all or any Iurisdiction at all in matters mere spiritual that parliament especially consisting only
of the lay the bishops and the whole Conuocation withstanding that gifte with al their power I beleue it would trouble him or any wise man els to geue any good reason therefore the obediēce of a Christē mā to the Catholike Church which al Christians in their Crede doe professe presupposed If I should farder aske M. Horn again how he cā goe for a bishop and write him selfe as he dothe in his booke the B. of Winchester being called to that functiō only by the letters patents of the Prince without due Cōsecration or imposition of handes by any Bishop or bisshops liuing which impositiō of hādes S. Paule euidētly practised vpō Timothe ād the vniuersal Church hath alwaies vsed as the only ād proper meanes to order a bishop of the Churche I am wel assured neither he nor al his fellowes being all vnordered prelats shall euer be able to make any sufficient or reasonable answer answering as Christiā Catholike mē whereby it may appeare that they may goe for right bishops of Christes Church but that thei must remain as they were before or mere lay men or simple priestes Last of al take you yourself in dede M. Horn for a bishop If so thē may you preache the word minister the sacramēts bind ād lose vpō the cōmissiō geuē you by God in holy scripture without any furder cōmissiō of the prince If you may so do thē put the case the Q. Mai. that now is or any other king or Queene of England hereafter should forbid you to preach the word to minister the sacraments or to execute any other part of the bishoply functiō ▪ and by cōmmissiō appoint some other to that functiō Wil you obey or wil you not If yea thē do you forsake your duty and charge cōmitted vnto you by God If not thē by vertue of this Act you incurre the penalty therof To this questiō answer M. Horn if you be able and make if you cā Christs cōmissiō the holy Scriptures and this Act to agree both together that the keping of the one import not the breach of thother But this shal you neuer be able to do while you liue stāding to that which in this your booke you haue cōfessed Thus you see euery way how in your own sayings you are intrapped ouertakē and cōfounded And so must it nedes fal out with euery mā that with any truth or ꝓbability laboreth to maintain an vntruth or absurdity As for your forged and presūptuous limitatiō vpō the words of th' Act and abridgīg of the Q. Ma. autoriti therin expressed I leaue that mater furder to be cōsidered by the graue wisdom of the most Honorables Here remain yet some vntruthes by you auouched that would be cōfuted which because the answer alredy waxeth prolixe and long I wil but touch The holy Gospel saith whose syns ye retain shal be retained whose syns ye lose in earth their syns shal be loosed in heauē Cōtrary to the plaine words of the gospel you wil haue no actual bindīg or losing by the priest in dede but a declaratiō ād an assurāce that they are losed or boūd cōtrary I say not only to the words of the gospel but also to the doctrin ād practise of the vniuersal Church wher the priest hath euer said to the penitēt Ego absoluote c. I absolue thee ād saieth not I declare and assure thee that thou art absolued This is a plaine heresy not much vnlike to the Nouatiās whō S. Ambrose cōfuteth sauing that their heresy is not so large as is yours For they but in certain crimes denied power of losing in the church referring that power in such cases ōly to God You deny to be in the church any power at al either of binding or of losing referring al the power to God only ād not cōsidering how God is to be praised qui talē potestatē dedit hoīb Who gaue such power to men Which the cōmon Iewes had yet the grace to cōsider in the high Bishop ād chief priest Christ Iesus our Sauiour An other of your hereticall vntruthes in this place also is that you denie the sacramente of confirmation and that the holie ghoste is not geuen by the imposition of the Bisshoppes hands We reade in S Luke that Christe at his ascension promised the holy ghost to them which was performed vppon whitsonday And what was that but their confirmation̄ We reade that S. Paule after he had baptized certain parsons in the which baptisme no doubte they receiued the holy ghoste he put his handes vppon them and they thereby receiued the holy ghoste And this was their confirmation The like is writen in the place here by M. Fekenham alleaged of the Apostles Peter and Iohn that put theire handes vppon those that before were baptized by Philip the Deacon and they thervppon receiued the holy ghoste The which did in the primitiue Churche worke in the Christians with inuisible grace and visible miracles at the time of their confirmatiō as yt now worketh by inuisible grace onely with a strengthening and confirming of the ghostly and spiritual giftes before receiued wherof the Sacrament hath his name And therfore the Bishoppes cōmission for geuing by the imposition of theire handes the holy ghoste may be iustified aswell by the former authorities of scripture as by the authority practise and doctrine of the Churche that belieueth that the holy ghoste is geuē for the encrease of al spiritual strength in confirmation The .164 Diuision pag. 109. a. M. Fekenham Wherevnto I do adioyne this obiectiō following First for the time of the old lawe whiche as Paule saide was a very figure of the new Moses Aaron Eleazarus being Priests they had by the very expresse worde of God this iurisdiction ouer the people of God as to sit in iudgement vpon them and that not only in Ecclesiasticall but also in Politike and ciuill matters and causes they did visite them they did refourme them they did order correct ād punish them so oft as cause required and without al commission of any ciuill Magistrate Gouernour Kinge or Prince Besides that for the whole time of the olde Lawe there was an expresse Law made where by all Ciuill Magistrats and Iudges were cōmaunded in al doubtfull matters to repaire to the Bisshops and Priests and to staie vppon their determinations and iudgemēts without declining on the righte hande or the lefte And if that any mā should disobey the determinatiō once geuen of the Priest Morietur homo ille like as it appeareth Deut. 17. M. Horne This adiūct vvil not serue your turn for it is not possible to stretch it vvithout bursting to ioyn with that you must conclude You begin to ioyne your vvorke together vvith a saying of S. Paule vvhich he .587 neuer said you should haue noted the place vvhere S. Paul saith that the old Lavv vvas a very figure of the nevv There is no such
appeareth also most euidently in Eusebius writing of this Constantine in this sort Quae ab Episcopis in publicis conuentibus editae erant regulae sua consignabat confirmabat authoritate He signed and confirmed with his Authoritie suche Canons or rules as the Bisshoppes in their assemblies had decreed But how As though without his royall assente the Canons shoulde haue beene voide and of no Authoritie as you woulde make folke beleue No but as the same Eusebius writeth in the same place Ne reliquarum gentiū principibus liceret quae ab eis decreta essent abrogate to the intent that it should not be lawful for Princes of other Nations to abrogate or refuse the Bishops Decrees And the reason he addeth immediatly Cuiusuis enim Iudicis sententiae Sacerdotū Dei Iudiciū anteponendū esse For the Emperour estemed that the iudgemēt and determination of the Priests of God was to be preferred before the Sentence of any other what so euer Iudge This man therefore M. Horn to tel you it ones again can be no fitte exāple of the like gouernment now by you mainteined in the Quenes highnes person and al other the inheritours of the Realme of England Now as Constantine did set the Clergie at their liberty whether they would answere in any secular court So the noble Emperour Theodosius set as wel al the Laitie as the Clergie at the like libertie and ordeined that the plaintife in any cause any time before the sentence might breake of from his ordinary Iudge and bring the matter whether the defendāt would or no to the Episcopal audience The which ordinaunce the Great Charles aboute .400 yeares after renewed to be inuiolably obserued of all his subiectes as wel the Romaines and the Frenchemen as the Almanes the Bauarians the Saxons the Turingiās the Frisons the Galles the Britanes the Lombards the Gascons the Beneuentanes the Gothes and the Spaniards As ye do with Constantinus Magnus so doe ye with Theodosius Magnus and with Carolus Magnus constitutions bringing them forth out of your blind Cacus denne to dasel and bleare the Readers withal as though the Bishops helde their ordinarie iurisdiction Ecclesiasticall by these decrees onely which do nothing thervnto appertaine but shew a marueilouse priuilege geuen to them to heare and determine also all tēporall matters brought before thē And if these graunts wer afterward abrogated yet was that no abrogatiō to the iurisdictiō that is proprely the ecclesiastical iurisdictiō and your author doth not say that such graūts were afterwards abrogated but doth reason against them that saide they were abrogated Neither is his booke entituled De origine iurisdictionū but de iurisdictione Ecclesiastica And was this Petrus Bertrandus then as you say a Bisshop a Cardinal and one of our best learned men in the Canon and Ciuil Lawes Suerly then may your Petrus Cugne●ius thoughe ye auāce him as a worthy knight go hide his head in a corner For againste him and his folishe fonde arguing againste the ecclesiastical liberty is all his booke writen as I haue before declared Wherfore all this your tale that the bishops held their iurisdiction ouer theire clergy by Constantine his ghifte is as true as your other adiuncte that he gaue the Bishops of Rome power and authority ouer other Bishoppes and ouer al churches He might well as he did in dede reuerently agnise and by his Imperial authoritie confirme and corroborate the vsual authoritie of the Popes holines but that the original of this authority as ye imagine came frō him ys a great vntruth For euen before his time and after not onely the Christians but the verie infidelles suche as were acquainted with the maners and fashions of the Christians did wel knowe that the Bishop of Rome was counted the cheif bishop amonge them al. And for this cause Ammianus Marcellinꝰ an heathnish cronicler writeth that though Athanasius the good bishop were by a councell of Arrian bishoppes condemned yet that notwithstanding Constātius sonne to this Constantinus and an Arrian and his plain open enemie was ernestlie in hande with Pope Liberius also to confirme their sentence and was by him banished because he would not condescende to thēperours request Againe before the time of this Constantinus Paulus Samosatenus bishop of Antiochia being depriued by a councell of bishoppes and an other appointed by the sayde councel in his stede kepte stil possession nothing regarding either the sentence of depriuation or of excommunication The Emperour Aurelianus being certified of this matter gaue commaundement that he whome so euer the bishoppe of Rome with the bishops of Italie should acknowledge for the bishop of Antiochia should be taken and accepted for the true bishop And so was Paulus by this Emperours cōmaundement though he were a very infidell thruste out and an other set in What proufe haue ye now M. Horne that the Pope hath his authoritie from Constantine Surely Gentle Reader none other but the Donation of Constantine whiche he him selfe doth not beleeue to be true and therefore dothe qualifie it with these woordes if it be not forged Whiche being so why doeth your wisedome then M. Horne alleage it Neither wil I here though Leo the 9. doth constantly testifie that he sawe and had him selfe the originall of this donation laide by Constātinus owne hand vpon the bodie of S. Peter though Eugubinus answereth to all Laurence Valla his obiections againste this donation yea though Balsamon a Grecian and an open ennemie to the Pope alleageth this Donation as authentical I wil not yet I say resolue any thing for the one or the other side I will take it as I find it and take you withall as I find you and that is a plaine open lyar For howsoeuer the Donation be the Pope toke not his Supremacy of this Donation but had it before of an higher Emperour and that is of Christe him selfe Whiche the foresaid donatiō doth also openly testify but not in the .86 as ye falsly quote it but in the .96 distinctiō M. Fekenham The .166 Diuision Pag. 111. a. At the first Councel holden at Hierusalem for the reformation of the controuersy that was than at Antioche touching Circumcision and the obseruation of Moses Lawe decree was made there by the Apostles and Priestes vnto the beleuers at Antioche that they should absteine from these fowre chiefe and necessary thinges viz. ab immolatis simulachrorum à sanguine suffocato à fornicatione à quib custodiētes vos bene agetis The whiche first councell was there assembled by the Apostles of Christ. The Decrees and Lawes were made there by thē The cōtrouersy at Antioche was by them reformed ordered and corrected without all commission of any temporal Magistrate King or Prince M. Horne God be thanked that S. Luke maketh to vs a sufficient report of this councell vvho maketh no mention of any .598 Priest there present as you vntruely report onles
saith first that the Apostles and Priests gathered them selues togeather to consult vpon the matter He saith that S. Peter spake first his mind and S. Iames being Bishop there ▪ confirmed his sayings S. Luke also calleth these decrees the decrees of the Apostles and Priests speaking no worde of the whole congregation And when the contention for keping Moses Law waxed hotte at Antiochia the Churche there sent Paulus and Barnabas and others to Hierusalē but not to the whole congregation but to the Apostles and Priests Truth it is that it appeareth also in S. Luke that by cōmon consent of the Apostles of the Priests and of the whole congregatiō Iudas and Barsabas were elected to accompanie S. Paul and Barnabas in their iourny to Antiochia ād to present to the Christians there ▪ the Decrees of the Councel but that the decree was made by the whole cōgregation that doth not appeare but only that they did as meete it was reuerently consent imbrace and receiue it as the Catholike Princes and al their people that be Catholik do allow imbrace and reuerēce the late Synod holden at Trent where were present the Ambassadours of al the said Catholike Princes and yet had they there no absolute voice or consent touching the definition of the questions there debated and determined Nay not the laie men onely but the very Priests them selues haue no necessary cōsent which standeth in the Bishops only as the whole practise of the church sheweth frō the Apostles time Therfore in the fourth General Coūcell of Chalcedō the Bishops cryed Synodus Episcoporum est non clericorum A Synod or Councel consisteth of Bishops not of the inferiour clergy And againe in the same Councel Petrus a priest protested no lesse saying Non est meum subscribere Episcoporum tantùm est It is not my parte to subscribe it belōgeth only to Bishops Thus subscriptiō wherin necessary consent is expressed is confessed to pertayne to bishops only not to Priests And therfore yt is very likely that theis that you call Elders were not single priestes but bishops also Wherein as I will not cōtende so though yt were true that the whole cōgregatiō gaue their voice yet the supremacy in the sayed and other matters remayned not in them but in the Apostles ▪ as may wel appere by this very place to him that wil but reade and consider the text of S. Luke M. Fekenham The .167 Diuision pag. 111. b. The Apostles also hearing at Hierusalem that Samaria had receiued the woord of God they did sende Peter and Iohn to visite thē to confirme them in faithe and that they might receiue the holy Ghost by the imposition of their handes Paule and Barnabas did agree betwixt them selues to visite al those Cities and bretheren which they had cōuerted to the faithe The woordes of the Scripture are these Dixit ad Barnabam Paulus reuertentens visitemus fratres per vniuersas Ciuitates in quibus praedicauimus verbum Domini quomodo se habeant In the which visitation the Apostle Paule Electo Sila perambulabat Syriam Ciliciam confirmans Ecclesias praecipiens custodire praecepta Apostolorum Seniorum By the whiche wordes it right well appeareth howe the Apostles and Priestes at Hierusalem ouer and besides the Ghospell whiche they taught they did make certaine Decrees Lawes and ordinaunces the whiche the Apostle Paule in his visitation gaue commaundement to the Syrians and Siliciās to obserue and keepe What Lawes and orders did the Apostle make and appoint vnto the Corinthians that men should neither pray nor preache in the Churche with their heades couered What reformation and order did he make and appoint vnto them for the more honourable receiuing of the Sacrament and that partly by writing and partly by woorde of mouthe saying Caetera cùm venero disponam and in his seconde Epistle to the Thessalonians he saith Fratres state tenete traditiones quas didicistis siue per sermonem siue per Epistolam nostram What orders and Decrees did the Apostle Paule make touching praiyng and preaching vnto the people in tongues vnknowen and that all women shoulde keepe silence in the Churche and Congregation These and many suche other like Lawes orders and Decrees were made for the reformation of the people in the Churche of Christ by Christes Apostles by Bishops and priestes as the successours of them and that without all commission of any Temporal Magistrate Emperour King or Prince Constātinus being the first Christian Emperour like as I haue saide M. Horne Your vvhole drifte in this parte is to proue that Bishoppes and Priestes may visite geue the holy Ghoste by the imposition of their handes and make lavves orders and decrees to their flockes and cures Your proufe consisteth in the example of the Apostles and this is your argument The Apostles visited gaue the holy Ghost and made Lavves orders and decrees vnto their flockes and cures Ergo Bishoppes and Priestes haue authoritie and may make Lavves visit and geue the holy Ghost to their flockes and cures The insufficiency of this consequent doth easely appeare to those that doo consider the state and condicion of the Apostleship and compare thervvith the office of a Bishop or Priest The Apostles did might and could doo many thinges that Bishoppes and Priestes neither may nor can do The matter is more plaine than that needeth any proufe But as the sequele faileth in forme so let vs consider the matter vvhervpon ye grounde the sequele that your frindes may see vvhat foule shiftes ye are driuen to make for the maintenaūce of an vniust claime That the Apostles did visite their cures and flockes you proue by tvvo places of the Actes in the first place ye .603 feine the Scriptures to say that it saieth not for in the eight of the Actes there is no menciō made of any visitatiō the other place speaketh only of a .604 Scripturely visitatiō and nothing at al of your Forinsecall or Canon Lavve visitation The Canon Lavves visitation is to be exercised by a great number of such persons as the Scripture .605 knovveth not And the matter vvherabout that visitation is occupied for the moste parte is directlye .606 againste the Scriptures The personnes that may lavvfullye visite in youre Canon Lavve visitation are Popes Legates from the side Legates sent and borne Legates and messengers of the Apostolik sea Patriarches Archebishoppes Bishoppes Archdeacons Deanes Archepriestes Abbottes and other inferiour personnes hauing iurisdiction All Archebishoppes whiche are Legates borne haue authority to visit their prouinces by double right to wit by right Legatine and by right Metropolitane ād so they may visit twyse in the yere All these visitours muste beginne their visitation with a solemne Masse of the holy ghost The Bishoppe and euery ordinary visitour must beginne his visitation at his Cathedrall Churche and Chapter He must come into the Church where he visiteth and first kneele downe and
exercuerunt Vtinam potius liceat perpetua obliuione eorum memoriam obruere I will not reaken vp the vnhappy combats that haue exercised the Church in our time about the sense of these words I would rather they might ones vtterly be forgotten And by and by he reiecteth the opinion of Carolostadius calling it insul●um cōmentum a doltish deuise I say then of Caluin the bemoning of the matter betrayeth his meaning It is not his maner perdy to bemone the Papistes Protestants then nedes must they be whome Caluin there calleth blasphemous But here note good Reader what shiftes these fellowes haue when they are pressed to see the truthe M. Nowell laieth al the fault to false reporters and as Caluin pitied him and his felowes for inconsiderat zele so he pitieth Caluin againe for incōsiderat beleuing of false reporters But what a foolish pitie this was on M. Nowells part and how vnsauerly he soluteth this obiection I leaue it to M. Dorman who will I doubt not sufficiently discouer his exceding foly herein Thus then M. Nowell But what shifte hath M. Horne Forsothe full wilely and closely he stealeth cleane away from the matter it self framing to M. Feckenham an argumente whiche the basest Logicioner of a hundred woulde be ashamed lo vtter And thus with folie on the one side and crafte on the other side willfulnes ouercometh heresie contineweth and the obiection is vnanswered Yet to presse it a litle more for such as haue eies and shut thē not against the light you shal vnderstād that Iohn Caluin was offended not only with his brethern of Englād but also with those of Germany yea and of his own neighbors about him for attributing to Princes the spirituall gouernemēt which M. Horn auoucheth to be the principall parte of the Princes royall power In the booke and leafe before noted he saith Sed interea sunt homines inconsiderati qui faciūt illos nimis spirituales Et hoc vitium passim regnat in Germania In his etiam regionibus nimium grassatur Et nunc sentimus quales fructus nascantur ex illa radice quòd scilicet principes et quicunque potiuntur imperio putent se ita spirituales esse vt nullum sit amplius Ecclesiasticum Regimen Et hoc sacrilegium apud eos grassatur quia non possunt metiri suum officium certis legitimis finibus sed non putant posse se regnare nisi aboleāt omnem Ecclesiae authoritatē sint summi iudices tam in doctrina quàm in toto spirituali regimine But in the meane while there are vnaduised persons which doe make thē he meaneth Lay Princes to spirituall And this ouersight rayneth most in Germany In these Countres also it procedeth ouermuch And nowe we feele what fruytes springe vp of that roote verely that Princes and al such as do beare rule think thē selues nowe so spirituall that there is no more any Ecclesiastical gouernemēt And this sacrilege taketh place among thē bicause they can not measure their office within certayn and lawful boundes But are persuaded that their kingdome is nothinge except they abolish all Authority of the Church and become them selues the Supreme Iudges as wel in doctrine as in al kinde of Spirituall gouernement Hitherto Iohn Caluin If M. Feckenham or any Catholike subiecte of England had said or writē so much you would haue charged him M. Horn with an vnkind meaning to the Prince ād to the State yea and say that he bereueth and spolyeth the Prince of the principall part of her royall power But now that Caluin saith it a man by you not onely estemed but authorised also so farre as is aboue sayd what saye you to it M. Horne or what can you possybly deuise to say He calleth yt plaine sacrilege that princes can not measure and limit their power but that they must become the supreme Iudges in all Ecclesiasticall gouernement And doe not you M. Horne defend that princes not onely may but oughte also to be the Supreme Gouernours in all Ecclesiasticall causes All I say nay you say your selfe without exception For if say you ye excepte or take away any thinge yt ys not all You thē M. Horn that auouch so sternly that the Prince must haue al supreme gouernement in matters Ecclesiasticall answer to your Maister to your Apostle and to your Idoll Iohn Caluin of Geneua and satisfie his complaynte complayning and lamenting that Princes wil be the Supreme Iudges as well in doctrine as in all kinde of Spirituall gouernement Answer to the zelous Lutherans and the famous lyers of Magdeburge who in their preface vpon the 7. Century complaine also ful bitterly that the lay Magistrats wil be heads of the Church wil determine dostrine and appoynte to the Ministers of God what they shall preache and teache and what forme of Religion they shall folowe And is not all your preaching and teaching and the whole forme and maner of all your Religion nowe in England enacted established and set vp by acte of parliament by the lay magistrats only the Ministers of God all the bishops and the inferiour clergy in the Conuocation howse vtterly but in vayne reclayming against it Speake speake Maister Morne Is not all that you doe in matters of Religion obtruded to Priestes and Ministers by force of the temporall Lawe Aunswere then to Caluines complaynte Aunswere to your bretherne of Germanie Yea aunswere to Philippe Melanchthon the piller and ankerhold of the ciuill Lutherans who saith also that in the Interim made in Germany Potestas politica extrametas egressa est The Ciuil power passed her boundes and addeth Non sunt confundendae functiones The functions of both Magistrats are not to be cōfounded Yea answer to Luther him selfe the great grādsir of al your pedegree He saith plainly Non est Regum aut Principum etiam veram doctrinam confirmare sed ei subijci seruire It belongeth not to Kings or Princes so much as to confirme the true doctrine but to be subiecte and to obeye it See you not here howe farre Luther is frō geuing the supreme gouernemēt in al Ecclesiastical causes to Princes Answere then to these M. Horne These are no Papistes They are your own dere brethern Or yf they are not defye them that we way knowe of what secte and company you are What wil you in matters of Religiō stand post alone Wil you so rent and teare a sonder the whole Coate of Christ the vnity of his dere spouse the Church that you alone of England contrary not only to al the Catholik Church but also contrary to the chief M. of Geneua Iohn Caluin contrary to the Chief Maisters of the Zelous Lutherans Illiricus and his felowes contrrary to the Chief M. of the Ciuil Lutherans Philip Melanchton yea and contrary to the father of thē al Martin Luther briefly cōtrary to al sortes and sectes of Protestants you wil alone you only I say
and alone defende this most Barbarous Paradoxe of Princes supreme gouernement in al Ecclesiasticall causes all as you say without exception Sirs If you lyst so to stand alone against all and by Othe to hale men to your singular Paradoxe not only to say with you but also to swere that they think so in conscience gette you also a Heauen alone get you a God alone get you a Paradise alone Vndoubtedly and as verely as God is God seing in the eternal blisse of all other felicities peace ād loue must nedes be one either you in this world must drawe to a peace and loue with al other Christians or you must not looke to haue part of that blisse with other Christiās except you alone think you may exclude al other and that all the worlde is blinde you onelye seing the light and that all shall goe to hell you only to heauen O M. Horne These absurdites be to grosse and palpable If any Christianity be in men yea in your selfe you and thei must nedes see it If you see it shut not your eies against it Be not like the stone harted Iewes that seing would not see and hearing would not heare the Sauiour and light of the worlde To conclude Mark and beare away these .ij. points only First that in this so weighty a matter to the which only of al matters in controuersy men are forced to sweare by booke othe you are contrary not only to al the Catholike Churche but also euē to al maner of protestants whatsoeuer be they Caluinistes Zelous Lutherās or Ciuil Lutheranes and therefore you defende herein a proper and singular heresy of your owne Next consider and thinke vpon it wel M. Horne that before the dayes of Kinge Hēry the .8 there was neuer King or Prince whatsoeuer not only in our own Countre of England but also in no other place or countre of the world that at any tyme either practised the gouernement or vsed such a Title or required of his subiects such an Othe as you defende And is it not great maruail that in the course of so many hundred yeres sence that Princes haue ben christened and in the compasse of so many Countres lands and dominions no one Emperour Kinge or Prince can be shewed to haue vsed or practised the like gouernement by you so forceably maintayned Yea to touche you nerer is it not a great wonder that wheras a long tyme before the daies of King Henry the .8 there was a statute made called Praerogatiuae Regis contayning the prerogatiues priuileges and preeminences due to the Kings Royall person and to the Crowne of the Realm that I say in that statute so especially and distinctly comprising them no maner worde should appeare of his supreme Gouernement in all Ecclesiasticall causes which you M. Horn do auouche to be a principal part of the Princes Royall power If it be as you say a principal part of the Princes Royal power how chaūceth it that so principal a part was not so much as touched in so special a statut of the Prīces prerogatiues and preeminēces Shal we think for your sake that the whole Realm was at that tyme so iniurious to the King ād the Crown as to defraude ād spoyle the Prince of the principal part of his Royal power Or that the King himself that then was of so smal courage that he would dissemble and winke thereat or last of al that none of all the posterity sence would ones in so long a time cōplaine therof Againe at what time King Hēry the .8 had by Acte of parliament this Title of Supreme head of the Church graūted vnto him howe chaunceth it that none then in al the Realme was found to challenge by the saied Statut of Praerogatiuae Regis this principal part as you cal it of the Princes royal power or at the lest if no plain challēge could be made thereof to make yet some propable deductiō of some parcel or braunche of the said Statut that to the King of olde time such right appertayned Or if it neuer before appertayned how can it be a principal part of the Princes Royal power What wāted al other Princes before our dayes the principal part of their royal power And was there no absolut Prince in the Realm of Englād before the daies of King Henry the .8 We wil not M. Horne be so iniurious to the Noble Progenitours of the Quenes Maie as to say or think they were not absolut and most Royal Princes They were so and by their Noble Actes as wel abrode as at home shewed thē selues to be so They wāted no part of their Royal power and yet this Title or prerogatiue they neuer had This hath ben your own deuise And why Forsothe to erect your new Religiō by Authority of the Prince which you knewe by the Churches Authority could neuer haue ben erected And so to prouide for one particular case you haue made it M. Horn a general rule that al Princes ought and must be Supreme gouernours in al ecclesiastical causes Which if it be so then why is not Kinge Philip here and King Charles in Fraunce such Supreme Gouernours Or if they be with what conscience doe your bretherne the Guets here ād the Huguenots there disobey their Supreme Gouuernours yea and take armes against their Princes Religion What Be you protestants brethern in Christ and yet in Religion be you not bretherne Or if you be bretherne in religiō also how doth one brother make his Prince supreme Gouernour in al Ecclesiastical causes without any exceptiō or qualificatiō of the Princes person and the other brother deny his Prince to be such Supreme gouernour yea ād by armes goeth about to exterminat his Princes lawes in matters ecclesiastical Solute al those doubtes and auoid al these absurdities M. Horn and then require vs to geue eare to your booke and to sweare to your Othe The .174 Diuision fol. 121. a. M. Fekenham Hosius Episcopus Cordubensis qui Synodo Nicenae primae interfuit sic habet sicut testatur D. Athanasius aduersus Constantium Imp. Si istud est iudicium Episcoporum quid commune cum eo habet Imperator Sin contrà ista minis Caesaris conflantur quid opus est hominibus titulo Episcopis Quando à condito aeuo auditum quando iudicium Ecclesiae authoritatem suam ab Imperatore accepit aut quando vnquam pro iudicio agnitum Plurimae antehac Synodi fuerunt multa iudicia Ecclesiae habita sunt Sed neque patres istiusmodi res principi persuadere conati sunt nec princeps se in rebus Ecclesiasticis curiosum praebuit nunc autem nouum quoddam spectaculum ab Ariana heresi editur Conuenerunt enim Haeretici Constantius Imperator vt ille quidem sub praetextu Episcoporum sua potestate aduersus eos quos vult vtatur M. Horne As it is very true that Hosius Bisshoppe of Corduba in Spaine vvas in the
imperij but did openly reproue the King for his wicked and vniust rule or cōmaundement vvherby is manifest that Athanasius speaketh .657 not against the Princes authority in Ecclesiastical matters but against his tiranny and the abusing of that authority vvhich God hath geuē him vvhervvith to mynister vnto Gods vvil and not to rule after his ovvne luste they commende the authority but they reproue the disorderly abuse thereof Novv let vs see hovv this saying of Athanasius helpeth your cause Constantius the Emperour dealt vnorderly and after his ovvne lust against Athanasius and others pretending neuerthelesse the iudgement of Bisshops vvhich Athanasius misliketh as is plaine in this place auouched Ergo Bisshoppes and Priestes may make lavves decrees orders and exercise the second kind of Cohibitiue Iurisdiction ouer their flockes and cures vvithout commission from the Prince or other authority I doubt not but yee see such faulte in this sequele that yee .658 are or at least ye ought to be ashamed therof The .12 Chap. Conteyning a Confutation of M. Hornes answer made to the woordes of Athanasius Stapleton HEre is nowe one other allegation by M. Fekenham proposed out of Athanasius Hosius the Bisshop of Corduba saith M. Fekenham who was present at the first Nicene Councel hath these wordes as Athanasius writing against the Emperour Constantius doth testifie Yf this be a iudgement of Bisshops what hath the Emperour to do there with But one the contrary parte yf these thinges be wrought by the threates and menaces of Emperour what neade is there of anye men besides to beare the Bare Title of Bisshoppes When from the beginning of the worlde hath it bene heard of that the iudgement of the Churche toke his authority of the Emperour Or when hath this at any tyme bene agnised for a iudgement Many synodes haue ben before this tyme many Councels hath the Church holden but the tyme is yet to come that either the fathers went about to persuade the Prince any such matter or the Prince shewed him selfe to be curiouse in matters of the Churche But nowe we haue a spectacle neuer sene before browght in by Arrius heresye The heretikes and the Emperour Constantius are assembled that he may vnder the colour and title of Bisshops vse his power against whome it pleaseth him M. Horne to this allegation aunswereth that M. Fekenham doth Athanasius threfolde wronge c. To the first wronge I replie that putting the case that these are not Hosius his words but Athanasius M. Fekenhams matter is nothing thereby hindered but rather furthered considering the excellent authority that Athanasius hath and euer had in the Churche And Hosius hath euen in the said epistle of Athanasius and but one leaf before a much like sentence proceding of a couragious and a godly boldenes Medle not you Syr Emperour saieth he to the forsayed Constantius with matters Ecclesiastical neither cōmaund vs in this parte but rather learne these thinges of vs. God hath committed to you the Empire and to vs those things that appertaine to the Churche And therefore euen as he that maligneth and spiteth your Empire doeth contrarie Gods ordinance so take ye head least ye in medling with matters of the Church doe not runne into some greate offence Whereas for the second wrong done to Athanasius you say that M. Fekenham hath lefte one material word out of Athanasius ye haue turned that worde to one halfe hundred wordes with a nedelesse declaration the space of one whole leafe at the least And yet you neuer come nigh the matter Beside such is your wisedome ye alleage in this your extraordinarie glose an epistle of S. Ambrose which doth so cōfirme M. Fekenhams present allegation and is so agreable to Athanasius ād so disagreable to the cheife principle of al this your boke that I maruel that euer ye would ones name it vnlesse ye neuer read it your self but trusted the collector of your cōmon places For the law of Valentinian whereof we spake before is in that epistle to the yong Valentian Whē euer heard you sayth he that in a cause of faith lay mē gaue iudgment vpon a Bishoppe If we will peruse and ouerloke either the order of holie write or the Auncient tyme who is there that will denie that in matter of Faythe I saie saieth S. Ambrose in matter of faieth but that the Bishoppes are wonte to iudge vppon the Emperours and not the Emperours vppon the Bishoppes He saith againe afterward If there be any conference to be had touching the faith it must be had emong the Priestes And how this doctrine of S. Ambrose which is the doctrine of the catholike Church and most conformable to the saying of Athanasius agreeth either with your late acte of parliament wherby the catholik bishops were deposed or with the doctrine of your boke euery man may see Yea S. Ambrose saieth yet farder that the Emperour Valētiniā whose sonne being enduced thereto by the Arrian bishop Auxētius woulde nedes call the bishop before his benche and Iudge ouer him made an expresse lawe that In matter of faithe or of any ecclesiastical order he should iudge that were neither by office vnequal neither by right vnlike That is as S. Ambrose him selfe expoundeth it Sacerdotes de Sacerdotibus voluit iudicare He woulde haue Priestes to iudge ouer Priestes And not only in matters ecclesiastical or of faithe but saieth S. Ambrose Si aliâs argueretur Episcopus morū esset examinanda causa etiā hanc voluit ad Episcopale iudiciū pertinere If otherwise also a Bishop were accused and a question touching maners were to be examined this question also that Emperour woulde haue to belonge to the trial and Iudgement of Bishops Here you haue that yt belongeth not to Princes to be iudges vppon priests either in matters of faith either in matters touching liuing and māners which doth vtterly destroy al your new primacy and your late acte of Parliament deposing the right Bishoppes as I haue saide And we are wel contente that councelles shoulde be free from al feare and that Princes shoulde not appointe or prescribe to Bishops howe they should iudge as ye declare owt of Athanasius and S. Ambrose Let this be as muche material as ye wil to a bishoply iudgmēte But I pray you is there nothing else that Athanasius saieth is material to the same Yes truely One of these materiall thinges was that this Councel was made voyde and annichilated for that Iulius the Pope did not consent to yt as the canons of the Churche require which commaunde that neither councel be kepte nor Bishoppes condemned withowte the Authoritie of the Bishoppe of Rome And therefore Iulius did rebuke the Arrians that they did not first of all require his aduice which they knewe was the Custome they shoulde and take their definitiō from Rome This Pope also did restore Athanasius againe to his Bishopprike as your
author Athanasius hym selfe declareth out of the sayde Iulius epistle to the Arrians See Mayster Horne what a materiall thing ye haue lefte out so materiall I say that it maketh all your synodes and all your depriuations of the Catholyke Bishoppes voyde as were the doinges of the Arrians againste Athanasius Nowe as you haue lefte out these materiall thinges so haue ye browght foorth no materiall thing in the worlde to auoyde Athanasius authority And therefore for lacke of sounde and sufficient answere ye are driuē to make penish argumentes of your own and then to father them vppon M. Fekenham saying to him I doubt not but that ye see suche faulte in your fonde sequele that ye are or at the least wise owght to be ashamed thereof But the Sequele of M. Feckenhā is this He saith to you with Athanasius whē was yt heard from the creatiō of the world that the iudgmēte of the Church should take his authority of the Prince When was this agnised for a iudgement And so forth Yf the Prince be supreame head in al causes ecclesiastical if al iurisdictiō ecclesiastical be vnited and annexed to the crowne yf the synodical decrees of Bishoppes be nothing worth withowt the kinges expresse consente yf catholike Bishops be deposed by the Princes commissiō yf lay men only may alter the olde auncient religiō al which things with other like are now done and practised in Englande thē doth the Church iudgmēt in Englande take his authority of the prince and lay mē And then may we wel and ful pitifully cry out whē was there any suche thinge frō the creatiō of the worlde heard of before This this is M. Fekenhams argument M. Horne this is his iuste and godly scruple that staieth him that he rūneth not headlong to the deuill in taking an vnlawful othe against his conscience settled vpō no light but vppon the weighty growndes of holy scripture of general coūcels of the holy and blessed fathers finally of the custome and belief of the whole catholike Churche and namely among all other of this authority brought out of Athanasius who also in an other place saieth that the Arrians assembles coulde not be called synodes wherin the Emperours deputy was president Wherefore it is a most opē an impudent lye that ye say that M. Fekēham causeth Athanasius to beare false witnes against him self how proue you this good Syr By this say you that yt is euident by Athanasius and Hosius to that Princes haue to medle and deale in causes or thinges ecclesiasticall namely in calling of councelles for by this Constantius and his brother Constans the Sardicense councel was summoned A worthie solution perdy for you and a wonderfull contradictiō for Athanasius Ye shew vs that they called this coūcel but that there was any thing spokē or done in that coūcell by Athanasius who was there present or other that should cause Athanasius to be cōtrary to him self ye shew nothing Shal I thē answere you as M. Iewel answereth M. D. Harding naming this councel but referring the Reader to the councel it self This coūcel saith M. Iewell is brought in al in a mummery saying nothing And then he addeth yet forasmuche as these men thincke yt good policy to huddle vppe theire matters in the darke it wil not be amisse to rippe them abrode and bring thē forth to light And yet for all this great brauery and bragge he leaueth the matter of this coūcel as he fownd yt and speaketh no more of yt one way or other Me think M. Horne that you treade much after his steps Ye name the coūcel but ye tel vs not one materiall worde for your purpose out of it I wil therfore furnishe that that lacketh in M. Iewel and you especially seing the matter is suche as toucheth the deposing of Athanasius that is our present matter and withal al this your present Treatise and answere to M. Fekenham I say thē first the conditiōs that ye require in a Bishoplie iudgmēt were here exactly obserued This coūcel was farre ād free frō al feare farre frō the pallace Here were present no Coūties with souldiars as it was wōt to be in the Arriās synodes to extort the cōsent of the Bishops Whervpō the Arriā bishops who were called to this coūcel ād came thither in great nūber seing this and seing Athanasius present whom they had vniustly deposed yea and ready to āswer thē and to disproue their wrōgful doings and finding their own cōsciencs withal gilty had no more hart to abide the triall of this free Synode then you and your other Protestante bretherne had to appeare in the Councell of Trent And therfore ful pretely shronke and stole awaie The order of this Councel was a verie Synodicall and an Episcopal iudgemēt Neither Emperour was present nor anie deputie for him that I haue yet read of though at the request of Constans the Catholike Emperour and by the assent of Constantius the Arrian that councel was assembled Neither was there either in the tyme of the councel or afterwarde the councel being ended anie consent or confirmation required of the Emperour and yet were there a greate number of Bishopes excommunicated and deposed to The sentence of Pope Iulius which in a councel at Rome a litle before restored Athanasius and other Bishopes by the Arrians in the Easte vniustly thruste out was exequuted Manie lawes orders and decrees touching matters ecclesiastical were in this councel ordeined Namely for deposing of Bishopes and placing others in theyr romes in all which yt was decreed that if a Bishope deposed by his fellowe Bishoppes at home for Princes deposed none in those daies though banish and expell they did would appeale to the Bishoppe of Rome that then the Bishops who had deposed the partie appealing should send informations to the Pope and that if he thought good the mater should be tried a freshe otherwise the former iudgement to take effect For final decision also of such appellatiōs made to Rome it was in this general coūcel decreed that the Pope might either appoint cōm●ssioners to sit vpō the matter in the Court from whence the Appeale came or if he thought so meete ▪ to send legates from his owne Consistory to decide the mater In lyke manner it was there decreed that Bishopes s●ould not haunte the Emperours palaice excepte for certaine godly suites there mentioned or inuited ●hi●her of the Emperour himselfe Also of Bishopes not to be made but such as had continewed in the inferiour orders certayne yeres c. it was in that councel decreed All which and diuers other ecclesiasticall maters that councel determined without any superiour Authoritie from the prince And so to conclude this one Councel that ye bring in but in a mummerie your false visor being taken from your face openeth what ye are and answereth fully al this your booke as wel for the principal mater that the Pope ys
as Ezechiell expresseth his dutie by the office of a Shepherde As the husbandman doeth not onelie donge and fatte hys grounde as the gardiner doeth not onelie water hys garden but bothe of them rooteth out vnprofitable herbes weedes and rootes And as the shepherd doth not only bring his flocke to good and holsome pastours but hath his tarre to tarre them his staffe to beate awaye the rauenouse beastes and birdes his knyfe to launce them and his place to seauer and shutte vp the infected from the sownd and whole Euen so it is not inough for the spiritual gardiner as it were by Gods worde to water the harde stonie hartes of the sinners and with the same as it were to fatte the leane and barren harte of man but he must also when the case so requireth weed out of Christes gardē the wilful and the obstinat as it were brambles briers and thistles choking the good groūd and plāte in their place other good graffes And must not only with his tōge as it were with his barkīg dog but with hys pastorall staffe also dryue awaye the wolfe from the flocke partly by excommunication partly by depriuation And he must in this part remember that Christe had his whip also to whip and scourge thē out of the tēple that prophaned the same The spiritual pastour hath beside preaching authority also to bind and lose the sinnes of hys flocke so that if he lose thē Christ loseth them if he bindeth them Christ also bindeth thē Of this and of the like authority meaneth Gregory Naziāzene ād not of bare preaching This is the power that he speketh of this is the lauful iudgemēt seat of the church this is a prīcipality aboue al worldly princes power These so ample words go further M. Horne then preaching vnlesse men preache also with theyr hands aswel as with their mouthes For Naziāzen writeth that the Emperor with reuerēce submitteth himself vnder the Priestes hands at the holy alters What Are aulters holy What an holie deede haue ye then and your fellowes done M. Horne that haue throwen doune all aulters whiche haue continued euen sithens we were first christened And by hauing of the which Chrysostomus proueth that our Ilelande of Britanie had receiued Christe and his Ghospell Wherevppon it wil followe that in taking away of them ye haue taken away Christes fayth withall as in dede ye haue for a great parte of the same as appeareth by your dayly doinges and your wicked articles in your Synagoge of late vnlawfully agreed vppon especially touching the reall presence of Christes body in the Sacrament For the vnblouddy offering of the which to our inestimable comforte the aulters do serue in Christes Catholike Church To the receiuyng wherof no man can be admitted but by the spiritual Pastor no not the Emperor him selfe whom as wel as the poorest man he may exclude from the same if he thinke it expedient As appeareth by the storie of the Emperour Theodosius by vs rehersed which is the thing that Naziāzene also doth here though obscurely signifie as also absolution to be receyued by the handes of the spiritual Pastour To enioye the which the greatest Prince in the world submitteth his head vnder the pastors hands as appeareth by our authour here and by other auncient Fathers namely S. Ambrose and S. Augustin Wherefore ye do very fondly to make this great and high iudgemēt seate nothīg but prechīg And yet if it were so M. Fekēhams allegation taketh place and is sufficient to acquite and discharge him from the othe For what prīcipality so euer it be that our author speaketh of assured we are it is an ecclesiastical authority or principality We are againe aswel assured as it here appereth and ye graunt it also that this power excelleth any temporall principality Ergo we may infer that the prince is not supreme head in al causes or things ecclesiastical M. Horne The .176 Diuision pag. 124. b. Chrysostome in the homily by you cited condemning the presumptuousnes of the King Ozias in enterprising to offer incense vvhich belonged by Gods commaundement only to the Priest doth compare the obiect or matter of both their Ministeries togeather affirming that the Priestly dignity respecting the matter vvhereabout it is exercised which is heauenly and spiritual doth farre exceede the other for the matter thereof is but earthly and outvvarde His vvordes maketh his meaning plaine The kingly thron saith he hath the administratiō of earthly thīgs and hath not beyonde this power any further authority But the throne of the Priest is placed in heauē ād he hath authority to pronounce of heauēly businesses who saith these thinges the King of heauen him self what so euerye lowse on earth shal be lowsed in heauen also what may be compared with this honour Heauen taketh of the earth principal authority to iudge For the iudge sitteth in the earthe the Lorde Christe followeth the seruaunt and what so euer this seruaunt iudgeth in the inferiour partes that same he Christ approueth in Heauen Therefore the Priest stādeth a meane or mediatour betwixt God and mans nature bringing vnto vs the benefites that come from thense from Heauen c. These vvoordes of Chrysostome if they haue not an indifferent interpretour that vvil make his vvordes by iuste circumstaunce to serue his meaning and not to bind his meaning to his bare vvords vvil make Heauē to .662 receiue authority of the earth vvil proue Christ to be inferiour to the Priest and the Priest to haue the mediation betvvixt God and man by meanes vvhereof vve may receiue the Graces that cummeth from Heauen vvhich mediation belongeth .667 onely to Christe Stapleton I commend you M. Horn This is one of the honestest partes that you haue plaied in al your answere You haue truely set forth Chrysostomes words and at large for the former part I would haue wisshed that ye should haue set in also thre or foure lines more that immediatly doe follow wel I wil supply the residewe least ye waxe to proude of this litle praise Therefore the Priest saith Chrysostomus standeth a meane or a mediatour betwixt God and mās nature bringing to vs the benefits that come frōthence frō heauē and cayring our petitions thither reconciling our Lord when he is angrie to both natures and deliuering vs when we offend oute of his hands And therfore God hath subiected the Kinges head vnder the Priests hāds teachīg vs that this Prīce the Priest is greater then he For why that that is the inferiour taketh blessing of that which is the better So far Chrysostomus As ye began liberally and freely in supplying the former parte of the sentēce of Chrysostomus So I meruel that ye breake of so sone and went not through with it But yet I haue the lesse meruel cōsidering that this was not don by chaūce or casualty but of a set and a shrewde wily purpose For yf ye had set out at large the
the greatnes of this benefite he might wel doubt whether after the creation of the world and the redemption of mankind by the passion of Christ there be any one benefitte or worke of God more wonderful then this or whether there be anie one state or vocation in Christes Church after the Apostles more worthie laude and prayse then these that you so vilanously call Iebusites So filthely your blasphemous mouth can raile against Gods truth No no M. Horn these be no Iebusites The Iebusites be the cursed sede of Cham cursed of Noe their father for dishonouring of him Ye ye are the Iebusites that the celestiall father with his owne mouth hath cursed for making his Spowse your mother an idolatrouse strompet and harlet Whome the blessed Iesuites as good graciouse children honour and reuerence Who worthely beare that name also theire workes being correspondent to theire name which doth signifie a Sauiour For they by their preaching haue saued and brought from damnation many an hundred thousand of soules to the euerlasting blisse of heauen the which God of his goodnes and mercie graunt vnto vs. Amen FINIS Laus Deo qui dedit velle dedit perficere A TABLE OF THE PRINCIPAL MATTERS AND PERSONS IN THIS booke debated or otherwise contayned The figure noteth the leafe a. and b the first and second side A. ABgarus 396. b. 401. a. Abuses refourmed in Coūcel 800. yeres past 237. a. The absurdity of the Act touching the Othe 424 425. Item 457. 458. Adrianus the first Pope 234. a. Adrian the 4. 286. b. Aeneas Syluius 356. 357. Aethyopians 304. b. 305. a. Agapetus Pope 169. Agatho Pope 209. 210. Albigenses 318 a. b. Alcuinus 231. b. Alexander the 3. 287. a. b. 288. a. b. Almaricus a Frenche heretike 317. a. Alphegius bishop of Caūterbury 308. a. Alteration of Religiō in Englād 453. b. Aluredus or Alphredus a kinge of the Saxons 292. b. Ambrose for the Clergies Primacy in matters Ecclesiastical 105. b. The story betvvene S. Ambrose and Theodosius at large 497. b. 498. a. Andronicus Emperour vvhome M. Horne calleth Emanuel 77. 78. Anselmus a Notable bisshop 297. b. Anthymus the heretical patriarche of Constantinople deposed by Pope Agapetus 169. Antvverpian Lutherans allovve but thee General Councels 220. a. In armes against the Caluinistes and in open vvritinge condemninge them 433. 434. a. A notable story of the Aphricane bisshops 91. b. Disputations of the Aphricanes 13. a. The Apologie of England accompteth mariage of priestes heresy 8. b. The Apologie clippeth the Crede 63. a. It falsifieth S. Hierom. 107. a. The childish toyes of the Apologie 151. b A double vntruthe of the Apologie about the Synod of Frāckford 235. a. A foule lye of the Apologie 282. a. A fable of the same 287. b. Double Authority in the Apostles ordinary ād extraordinary 477. a. b. The Apostles ordinaunces 487. a. Appeales to Rome from Constantinople 150. a. Apulia 289. b. 310. b. 311. a. Arcadius the Emperour 122. b. Arius 109. 110. Armenians 303. b. 304. a. Arnoldus Brixiensis 303. a. 318. a. b. Arnoldus de villa Noua 302. 303. Articles of our Crede 423. Athanasius calleth the Iudgement of Princes in matters Ecclesiasticall a point of Antichrist 97. VVhat Appeale he made to Constantine 95. His Iudgement touchinge the Princes Primacy 94.95.96 Item 512. b. 513. 514. S. Augustin for the Popes Supremacy abundantly 529. 530. S. Augustin our Apostle 232. a. Aultars 520. a. b. B. BAsilius the Emperour 258.259.260 261. Benedictus the second 203. a. Bisshops in olde time made vvith the consent of the people 155. b. Hovve princes depose bisshops 157. Bisshops only haue voice and doe subscribe in Councels 149. b. 474. a. Bisshops deposed for M. Horns vvhordom 164. a. 197. a. Bisshops confirmed of the Pope in England before the Conquest 293. a. Bisshops See Inuesturinge The bisshops office resembled by the shepeheards 409. b. Bisshops forbidden to preach and limited vvhat to preach in kīg Edvvards the sixt his dayes 452. b. 453. a. b. Spiritual Iurisdiction committed to Bishops by Christ ād so practised vvith out any cōmission from the Prince 467. sequentib Iurisdiction geuen to bishops by Constantin 469. a. By Theodosius and Carolus Magnus 469. b. 470. a. The bisshops Superiority acknovveleadged by Constantin 491. a. seq By Valentinian 495. seq By Theodosius the elder 497. seq The cruelty of the Bohemheretikes 5 a Bonifacius the third 194. Bonifacius the Apostle of the Germains 230. b. 232. seq Braughton 380. sequentib C. CAluin calleth the Princes Supremacie blasphemie 22. b. His sentence condēneth the Othe 504. b. 506. b. 507. Caluinists and Lutherās at mortal enemitie 432.433.434 Carolomanus 230. a. b. Catholikes no seditious subiectes 21. a. Their defence for refusinge the Othe 83. b. A Challenge to M. Horn. 4. b. Chalcedon Councel .137 and fiftene leaues folovving The cause of Committies made in the Chalcedon Councel 145. b. Charles Martel 226. seq Charles the Great 48.232 b. 234. b. and 13. leaues follovving Charles the .4 Emperour 347. seq Magna Charta 322. a. Chrysostom touching the Spiritual gouernement 74 410.521 522. Tvvo povvers in the Church 445. a Clodoueus of Fraunce 164. Of the Clergies yelding to king Henry the eight 367. 368. Confessio S. Petri vvhat it meaneth in olde vvriters 227 b. 228. a. b. The Sacrament of Cōfirmation 476. b. Confirmation of Popes resigned by Levvys the first Emperour 251. b. 252. a. Graunted firste to Charlemaine by the Pope 252. a. Of that matter see 254. a. b. Conon Pope 204. Conradus Emperour 283. b. Constantin the Great 68.85.86 seq 99. a. 401. a. 469. a. 491. seq The Circumstance of Cōstantins Iudgment in Cecilians cause 90. b. Constantin no lavvefull Iudge in the same cause 92. a. He abhorreth the Primacie in ecclesiastical causes 92. Hovve ●onstantin refused to Iudge in Bishops matters 103. a. 491. a. b. Constantin the .5 Emperour 200. a. The destructiō of Cōstantinople 80 b. Constantius the Arrian Emperour reproued 111. b. Articles of the late Conuocation 317. b. Of the Conuocations promise made to king Henrie the eight 364. VVordes vsed at the Coronation of Princes 9● b. Councelles see Emperours Councelles kepte before Princes vvere Christened 467. b. 468. a. General Councels abandoned by Acte of Parliament 54. a. 426 a. General Councels not to be kept vvithout the Popes Consent 137. b. The sixt General Councel 205. seq The seuenth General Councel 223. a. The eight General Councel 257. et seq Cusanu● 117. 118. Item 357.358 359. D. DAuid 47. 48. Dante 's a foule heretike 334. a. b Dioscorus Patriarche of Alexandria deposed by Pope Leo. 150. b. Condemned in Councell vvithout the Emperours knovvledge 153. a. The fruite of disputations vvith heretikes 12. b.
400. b. 407. b. 468. a. b M. Ievvels Regester 214. a. A Copie of M. Ievvels Rhetorike 142. b 192. b. 246. b. 399. b. M. Ievvel ouerthrovven by his ovvne Charles 240. b. M. Ievvels hipocrisie 407. a. 515. a. The Iesuites 533. a. b. Ignatius for the bisshops Superioritie 525. a. b. Image breakers condemned 223. a. 234. b. 260. b. Inuesturing of bisshops hovve it came to Princes handes and hovve it vvas taken from them 254. a. b. Geuen vp by Henrie the .5 282. b. Graunted by the Pope 389. b. 325. a. Geuen ouer in Hungarie 300. b. Iohn the Pope a Martir 167. b. Iohn the .22 Pope 336. a. b. King Iohn 312. seq Iosaphat 50. 51. Iosias 53. a. Iosue 45. b. Isacius themperour Heraclius his Lieutenant 196. a. Isidorus against the Princes Supreme Gouernement 365. seq Iustinus the elder 166. 167. Iustinian the first 169. and .14 leaues after Iustinian the second 201. a. b. K. S. Peters keyes 226. a. sequentib 242. a. Miracles done by keyes 226. a. VVhat the keyes vvere that vvere sent to Charles Martell 227. a. Knokes against the lineal succession of Princes 25. ● L. LAnfrancus of Caunterburie 295. a ▪ Laie men in reformation of Ecclesiasticall matters maye not b● present 131. b. 153. a. VVhie thei are present in Councelles 150. a. 255. b. In vvhat order thei sitte in Councelles 237. b. 238. a. Gods lavves and the Churche lavves 486. b. 487. a. Legates see Pope Leo the Great 133. Proufes for the Popes primacie out of Leo. 134. b. 135. 136. Leo the .3 Pope 240.241.242 Leo the .9 Pope 274 a. Levvys the first Emperour 249. Levvys the fourth Emperour 333.334 seq S. Levvys of Fraunce 324. a. b. Liberius no Arrian 112. a. A complainte for defacing of Libraries 292. a. Licinius the tyran 297. a. Lotharius Emperour 283. a. King Lucius of Britannie 397. seq Hovve king Lucius vvas Gods vicar 400. b. Luther condemneth the Princes Supremacie in Ecclesiastical causes 22 a. 508. Lutherans and Caluinistes at mutuall dissension 432.433.434 M. The Madgeburgenses denie Princes to be heads of the Church 22. a. Manfredus 325 a. Marsilius Patauinu● an heretike 334. a. b. Martian the Emperour 140. b. 147. a. 251. b. 152. b. Martyrdome vvithout any cause of faithe 308. a. Maximilian the first 362. Hovve Christ and hovve the Priest is a Mediatour 522. a. b. Melanchthon vvil not haue Princes to iudge of doctrine 72. b. Sir Thomas Mores Opinion of the Popes Primacie 38. a. Mortal sinne 536 a. The statute of Mortmaine 327. a. b. Moyses vvas a Priest ▪ 43. b. N. The Nicene Councel 101. sequentib Called by Siluester 491. b. 492. a. Nicolaus the first Pope 257. Nilus of Thessalonica 384. a. b. M. Novvell put to his shiftes by M. Dorman 45. b. Maister Novvels boyishe Rhetorike 46. a. M. Novvels maner of reasoning reproued of M. Horne 402. b. Maister Novvels vvitte commended 481. Maister Novvels vnsauery solution 507. a. O. OEcumenius for the Sacrifice 407. Orders and decrees made by S. Paule beside the vvritē gospel 485. b. 486. a. 488. b. Origine cursed 170. a. b. The Othe 423. and seuen leaues folovving The Othe contrarie to an Article of our Crede 423. b. 24. a. sequent 427. The Othe againe 451.452 and manie leaues follovving Item fol. 509 ▪ and .510 Otho the first 268. sequent Otho the fourthe 311. a. b. Oxforde made an vniuersitie 292. b. P. PApiste Historians 203. a. b. The order of the Parlement aboute the Conqueste 299. b. Pastours 409. a. b. 417. a. Paterani 318. b. 319. b. Pelagius no english Monke 528. b. Penaunce enioined to Theodosius 498. a. b. Peterpence paied in Englande 293. a. Petrus de Corbario 336. b. 337. a. Petrus Cunerius 341. b. 342. a. Petrus Bertrandus 342. a. et b. Petrus de Aliaco 353. a. Philip le beau the Frenche Kinge 329. sequent Philip de Valois 341. sequent Philip the first Christian Emperour 39● b. sequent Phocas 194.195 Pilgrimage in Charlemaines time 236. b. Pilgrimage to S. Thomas of Caunterbury 309. a. Praier for the dead and to Saintes in Constantines time 87. a ▪ Praier for the dead in Charlemaines time 236. b. Priestes haue Authoritie to expounde the Scripture 41. a. Priesthood aboue a kingdome 73. b. 74. a. Of the vvorde Priest and Priesthood 405. seq 472. a b. Princes Supreme Gouernement in Ecclesiasticall causes condemned of all sortes of Protestants out of England 21. b. 22. a. b. 208. a. Hovve Princes do gouerne in cases of the first Table 71. b. 72. a. Euill successe of Princes intermedlinge in causes ecclesiastical 171. Hovve Princes do strenghthen the Lavves of the Churche 176. b. 179. b. Priuileges graunted to Poules Church in London 322. a. The vneuen dealing of Protestantes 4. a. Protestants cōfounded about the matter of succession 8. a. Protestants like to Arrians 188. a. VVhy Protestantes can not see the Truth 247. b. The Protestants Church compared to the schismaticall temple of Samaria 430. b. 431. a. Polidore foulie falsified by M. Horne 350. a. b. Pope The Popes Primacie instituted by God 38. a. 320. a. Acknovvleadged by the late Grecians 76. b. Confessed by the Emperour Valentinian 81. a ▪ By Theodosius the first 115. b. 120. b. By the seconde Generall Councell 121. a. By S. Hierom. 125. a. Proued out of the third General Councel 129.130 Proued out of the fourth General Coūcel 149.150.152.153.154 a. Proued out of Synodus Romana by M. Horne Authorised 158.159.162 Confessed by Iustinus the Elder 166. By Iustinian the Emperour 175.176 Proued by the Councell of Braccara in Spaine 185 a. By the sixt Generall Councell 209. a. By the seuenth Generall Councell 223. b. By the booke of Carolus that Caluin and Maister Ievvell alleageth 240. b. By the true Charles 241. a. By the eight Generall Councell 259. a. By Basilius the Emperour of Grece 259. b. By Otho the first 268. a. b. 273. a. By hughe Capet the Frenche Kinge 272. a. By Frederike Barbarossa 286. b. Agnised in Britannie before the Saxons 291. a. b. 397. a. b. In England before the conquest 292. 293. By VVilliam Conquerour 294.306 b. By Lanfrancus 295. By the Armenians 303. b. 304. a. By the Aethyopians 304. b. 305. a. By Kinge Steuen 306 a. By Kinge Henry the .2 306.309 a. By Frederike the seconde 319. b. Practised in Englande in king Henrie the third his time 321. b. In Fraunce by S. Levvys 324. b. In Englāde by kinge Edvvard the first 326. a. b. By Philip the French Kinge 330 a. b. By Durādus M. Hornes Author 331. b. By Kinge Edvvarde the thirde 344. b. 345. a. By Charles the .4 Emperour 346. b. 347. a. b. By Kinge Richard the secōde 350.351 a. By Petrus de Aliaco M. Hornes Author 353. a. By Sigismunde the Emperour
353. b. By the Courte of Paris 355. b. By Aeneas Syluius and Cusanus M. Hornes ovvne Authors 357.358 By Isidorus 366. b. By Braughtō M. Hornes lavvier 380. b. By Infidels 470. b. By the Sardicense Councell 515. b. By S. Augustine abundantly 529.530 More of Pope see in Councelles A note of good Popes amonge some badde 263.270 a b. The Popes Legates in Councelles 129.151.178 b. 207. a. 208. a. 211. b. 212. a. b. 224.231 a. 232. b. 234. b. 258. a. Hovve Emperours had to doe vvith the deposition of Popes 269. Gods Iudgement vpon such Princes as haue most repined against the Pope 338.339 Al the Popes Authorite sent avvay by shippe 225. b. Q. An humble Requeste to the Quene● Maiestie 213. b. Quintinus Heduus 371. sequent R. The Church of Rauenna reconciled to the See of Rome 199. b. 200. a. To denie the Real presence in the B. Sacrament heresy by the lavves of the Realme as muche novve as euer before 482. b. 483. a. Rebellion of Protestants in Boheme 15. a. In Germanie 25. b. In Fraunce 16. a. In Englande Ibidem In Scotlande Ibidem In Flaūders 17.18.19.20.21.432 seq Relikes from Rome 228.229 A briefe Recapitulation of the former three bookes 384. sequent M. Hornes Resolutions 440. a. b. Kinge Richarde the secōde 349. seq Robert Grosthead 323. a. Rome euer had the Primacy 154. a. Rome Head of al Churches 194. a. b. 319. a. More of Rome see in Pope The cause of the Romaine calamities .600 yeres past .264.265 VVhie Lucius sent to Rome for preachers 398. a. b. S. SAcrifice denied maketh a vvaie for Antichrist 408. b. Salomon 49. Sardicense Councel 515.516 Scottish protestants rebellious 16. Seuerinus Pope 196. Sicilian Princes 289. b. 310. b 325. a. Sigismunde Emperour 353. seq Siluester called the Nicene Councell 491. b. 492. a. Siluester the 2. vvas no Coniurer 280. a. b. Socrates a missereporter in some thinges 495. a. Sozomene three times falsified in one sentence by M. Horne 103. b. Spaine 185. sequent 197. sequentib 221. seq Matters appertaining to the Spirituall Iurisdiction 381. b. The Statute of Praerogatiuae Regis 509. b King Steuen 305. b. Steuen the 7. and 8. Popes 263. b. 264. b. Supreme Gouernement in Princes misliked of all protestants out of England 21. b. 22. a. b. 508. The definition of a Supreme Gouernour 28. b. Hovve the Prince is Supreme head ouer al persons 29. a. 32. b. The povver of the Princes svvorde 412.413 The svvorde of the Church 413. a. b. T. TElemachus martyr 308. The olde Testamēta figure of the nevve 461. b. 462. a. Theodosius the first 115.116 sequen 497. seque Theodosius the second 127.128.129.130 a. Theodorike the Arrian kinge of Italie 167. Theodorus of Rauenna 200. b. 201. a. Theodorus of Caunterbury 429. a. Theodorus Exarchus 204. a. S. Thomas of Caunterburie 307.308.309.310 The Toletane Councels condemne M. Hornes Primacie and diuers other his heresies 197.198 Totilas the Tyran 172. b. 173. a. Traditiōs vnvvritē to be regarged 106. The force of Truthe 415. a. The Turke muche beholding to Protestants 436. a. b. V. Valentinian the Emperour 113. seq 495. sequent Venial sinne 536.537.538 Visitations in Englande vvhether thei are altogether Scripturelie 480. a. 482. a. False Latin in M. Hornes visitation at Oxforde 480. b. The Pope vniuersal bishop 150. a. Vitalianus Pope 199. a. b. Vntruthes of M. Horne six hundred foure score and ten Per totum W. WAldo the heretike 318. VVebbe of Otterborne 481. b. VVestminster disputations 12. a. VVhitingames preface commending Goodmans traiterous Libel 26. a. VVilfrid of Yorke 4●9 a. VVilliā Conquero●r 293.294 295.296 VVilliam Rufus 297.298 VVulstanus Bishop of vvorceter 292. b Z. Zacharias Pope 230. b. 231. a. 232. b. 233. a. Zenon Emperour 155.156 Faultes escaped in the Printing Leaf Syde Lyne Faulte Correction 15. 1. In the Margent Aene. Pius Aeneas Syluius 32. 1. In the Margent vvordes vvardes 40. 2. 1. The .9 The .8 43. 2. In the Margent Psal. 98. August in Psal. 98. 68. 2. 25. the for the 75. 2. 2. Emanuel Andronicus 105. 1. 32. In the Margent put An. 25. Hen. 8. cap. 19. 109. 2. 27. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 149 2. 31. In the Margent Vniuersal Bisshop Put it out 152. 1. 1. yt yet 194. 1. 19. neither though     20. vvith diligence Yet not vvith such diligēce 206. 1. 24. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The vvhole sentence in some Copies is quite leaft vnprinted vvhich is this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 227 2. In the Margent Romano Missae Romanae 232. 1. In the Margent Beda in martyrologio In martyrologio Bedae seu in additionibus ad idem 234. 1. In the margent To the allegation set Platina in Adriano 1. 241. 1. 31. In the Margēt dixerit direxit 246 1. 23. his this 262 1. 5. busyed being busyed 282. 2. 7. Emperours vvriters 249 2. In the margent Guil. Hunting Henr. Hungtingt 303 1. In the margent Epist. Epist. 195. 310 1. 31. In the Margēt ascrib ascribendum 321. 1. 27. an and. 355. 1. In the margent c. 2. cap. 12. Ibidem   In the margent 487. 497. 429 2. 8. not contrary not 380. 1. In the toppe of the page 1550. 1150. 492 2. In the margent mandatio mendacio Luc. 14. Aug. de ciuit Dei li. 21. cap. 5. Iul. Solinus ca. 48. Cornel. Tacit. li. 8. Aegesippꝰ lib. 4. M. Horns Grāmer Aunsvver Fol. 42. col 1. Replie Fol. 180. col 1. Aunsvver Fol. 53. col 2 Replie Fol. 217. Aunsvver Fol. 79. col 1. Replie Fol. 322. col 2. Aunsvver Fol 83 col 1. Reply Fol. 350. col 2. An. 1566. Comp. Anglic Mar. 18. See more of this in this Replye fol. 480. b. M. Horn● Logike Ansvver fol. 108. a. Ansvver fol. 4. fol. 100. fol. 105. M. Horns Rhetorik Aug. cont Dona. post Collation cap. 34. M. Horns miserable peruertīg of his authours By addition 1. Ansvver fo 20. b. Reply fo 88. b. 2. Ansvver fo 22. ● Reply fo 98. b. 3. Ansvver fol. 24. b. Reply fol. 107. b. 4. Ansvver fol. 26. a. Replie fol. 115 b. 5. Ansvver Fol. 26 b Replie Fol. 116. b 6. Ansvver fo 30. a. Replie Fol. 128. b 7. Ansvver Fol. 32. b Reply Fol. 144 a 8. Ansvver fol. 53. b. Replie fo 216. b. 9. Ansvver fol. 81. a Replie fol. 334. a 10. Ansvver fol. 89. b Replie fol. 378 b By Diminution 1. Ansvver fol 19. b Replie fol. 33. a 2. Ansvver fol. 33. a Reply fo 147. a 3. Ansvver Fol. 36. Replie Fol. 162. 4. Ansvver fo 37. b. Replie Fol. 167. a. 5. Ansvver Fo. 4● a. Reply fo Fol. 179. b 6. Ansvver fol 74. fo 78. a Replie fo Fol. 282. a. 306. a. 7. Ansvver fo 80 b. Reply fo 330. a. 8. Ansvver fo 106. a. Reply fo 448. a. 9. Ansvver fol. 77. a Replie
not before thē He dothe not direct them prescribe to them or gouern them but is directed prescribed and gouerned of them Con. 133. The prīce hath supreame gouernemēt ouer al persōs .213 ī al maner causes The .212 Vntruth These lawes shew no suche principality The .213 Vntruth Impudēt That set ī the margin vvhich is not ī the text The .214 vntruth That can not be found either in the Code or ī thauthē August Epist. 48. Const. 133. Solitaria vita atque in ea contemplatio res planè sacra est et quae suapte natura animas ad Deū adducat Neque ijs tantum qui eam incolunt sed etiam omnibus alijs puritate sua apud Deū interpellatione competentē de se vtilitatē praebeat Vnde olī eares Imperatoribus studio fuit habita nos non pauca de dignit honestate eorū legibus cōplexi sumus Sequimur enī sacros in hoc canones et sanctos patres qui hoc cōprehēderūt legibus quādoquidē nihil nō peruiū ad inquisitionē maiestati èxistit imperatoriae quae cōmunem in oēs hoīes moderationē et principatum à Deo percepit Sequimur sacros Canones sanctos patres Brach. 1.2 The .215 Vntruth He commaunded not in M. Hornes sēce That is as suprē gouernor but as the Coūcel it selfe saith as Pijssimus filius noster Our most godlye Sonne The .216 Vntruth No suche thing in the Coūcell nor that Vvābanus called it at al Vide Brac. 1. tom 2. Conc. pag. 216. et 217 Can. 18. 23. The .217 Vntruth That is not in Sabellicus The .218 Vntruth False trāslation instaurare formam is not to make a nevve fourme but to repaire the olde The dutiful care of a Prince about religion The .219 Vntruthe No suche vvoords in that sentence The .220 Vntruth The kīgs vvhole vvordes fouly maimed and mangled as shall appeare A Princes speciall care for his subiects The .221 Vntruthe No such vvords in the Councell The .222 Vntruth It vvas not of the Nicene Coūcel but of the Cōstantinople Councell The .223 Vntruth For not by authority of Supreame gouernemente as M Horne driueth it but only for the execution of it in his Dominions The 224. Vntruth Slaunderous and blasphemous Lib. Epist. 7. Epist. 126. The Pope at that time cōmēded the Princes gouernement in causes Ecclesiasiastical The .225 Vntruth S. Gregory speketh not there of any gouernment at all The 226 Prince calleth Councels ād gouerneth ecclesiastical causes vvithout any doings of the Pope therein The .226 Vntruth auouched in the margin but not a whit proued in the Texte The .227 Vntruth S. Gregories vvordes excedinglye ouer reached Tom. 2. Cōc p. 168 col 1. b. Pag. 168. Ante cōmunicationem Corporis Christi Pag. 169. Secundum formam cōcilij Cōstantinop S●mbolū fidei recitetur Et mox Et ad christi corpus et sanguinē praelibandū pectora populorū fide purificata accedant Deijs symbolis vide tom 2. Concil pag. 392. The Protestantes follovve the Arriās in their carnal lecherie Can. 5. Tolet. 3. c. 1 M. Horns Madge must be sold for a slaue by this Coūcel which M. Horne him selfe allegeth Illi vero canonicè multeres quidē ab Episcopis venūdentur et pretiū ipsum pauperibus irrogetur Canon 5. A greate difference betvvixt the subscription of themperours ād of the Bisshops Sext. Syn. Const. act 17. 18. Georgius miserante Deo c. Definens subscripsi Subscriptio pijss christ dilecti Cōst imperat Legimus et cōsentimus act 18 Vt patet in dict tom 2 Concil Isidor videl Aera 627. Hoc est an 589 Beda li. 1. cap. 23. in Hist. gent. Angl. See the 4. Article the 9. pag. and certain folovving M. Horne goeth about craftely to disgrace and slaūder Saint Gregory Greg. li. 7. Ep. 126. Greg. li. 6. Epist. 37. The worthy doīgs of S. Gregorie Nauclerus Generat 21. pa. 752 Plat. in Greg. 1. S. Gregorie our Apostle Lib. 2. c. 1. Greg. lib. 2 cap. 36. M. Horns Vntruths laid forth Tom. 2. Conc. pag. 167. col 2. Luc. 10. Cōcil Tolet 3. Cap 2. Tom. 2. pag. 169. Col. 1. Vide Gregor lib. 7. epist. 126. Nauclerus vbi supra Platina M. Iewell ●n his Relie pa. 91 The .228 vntruth Slaunderous Sabel Plat. Paul Dia. Volater Naucler Martinus The .229 vntruth Not to be Head but to be so called The .230 vntruthe Slaunderous The order to be takē here after in ansvvering the residewe of M. Hornes booke Plat. in Bonifa 3. Adoi● Chroni Beda de sex Aera Martinus Polonus Paulus Diaconus Sabel Acnea 8. l 6. Platina in Boni 2. Paul Dia. de gestis Lōgobar li. 4. c. 11. Naucler Gener. 21. Martinus Polon Volateranus M Hornes folly The 231. vntruth as before The 232. vntruth Themperour by that decree is not left out * Novve M. Horne doth his kinde Sabel The .233 vntruth 4 popes came betwene ād 25. yeres * It was so vi non iure by force not by right Fol. 38. Bonifa 4. Theodat Bonifa 5. Honor. 1. Sabellicus Aenead 8. lib. 6. pag. 535. Tol. 4. The .234 vntruth The king folovved their directiō not they the Kinges in causes ecclesiastical The .235 vntruthe Not simply agreed vpon but fully and finally had decreed and determined Tol. 5. Tol. 6. Desinitis itaque etc. Tol. 7. The 236. vntruthe By the bis●hops decree not by the kinges decree Decreto nostro sancimus The .237 vntruthe For not by his Supreme Authority Studio Serenissimi Regis By the fauor and endeuour c. Tol. 8. * In that Othe there vvas I vvarrant you no Supreme gouernmēt c. * By the vertu of a Canon made in Tolet 7. The .238 vntruthe Not to assiste but in al poīts to obey ād folovv the ordinaunces of the Synod The 239. vntruthe No such matter in the Councel Tol. 9. Tol. 10. Tol. 4. ca. 40. Tol. 6. c. 6. Tol. 8. c. 4. 5. 7 Tol. 9. c. 10 Tol. 10. c. 5. Tol. 4. ca. 8 Tol. 7. ca. 3 Tol. 10. c. 5 Tol. 4. in praefat Tol. 5. in praefat Tol. 6. c. 2. Tol. 6. in praefat Tol. 7. in praefat Tol. 8. in praefat Ibidem Tol. 8. c. 4. Nam dùm secundum Carnis assumptae mysterium Ecclesiae suae fuerit dignatus caput existere Christus meritò in membris eius intentio Episcoporū officia peragere cernitur oculorum Ipsi enim de sublimioribus celsitudine ordinis regunt disponunt subiectas multitudines plebium Tol. 8. ca. 4. Vide Cōc 5 Con. 8. Distin. 631. cap. 21. The .242 vntruthe Slaunderous The 241. vntruth The Emperours neuer had it The 242. vntruthe Slaunderous and Rayling The .243 vntruth He brought it not but restored it c. As shal appeare The 244. vntruthe Notorious and facing The .245 vntruthe Their first strife vvas not about the Superiority but about Tria capitula Pontificall Anno. 620. The 246. vntruth It vvas not that
efficeretur King Luciꝰ ād the realme Christened bi●the popes legate● Ireneus li. 3 ca. 3. Ad hāc enim propter potentiorē principalitatē necesse est oēm cōuenire Ecclesiam hoc est eos qui sunt vndique fideles in qua semper ab hijs qui sūt vndique cōseruata est ea quae est ab Apostolis traditio Beda li. cap. 13. ●rosper in Chronic. Pope Celestinus practised his supremacye in the Saxōs tyme. The Popes supremacie in Englande sithence the Saxōs time Beda lib. 1 ca. 29. li 3. ca. 14.22 25. li. 2. c. 4. 19. Fortresse par 2. c. 8. A cōplaīt for defac●ng of Libraries King Alured or Alphred the foūder of the vniuersitie of Oxforde A schole of the Saxons at Rome An. Dom. 880. Asserius Meneuensis Gul. Noueoburgens M.S. Henr. Hungtington Ioannes Scotus Idem Henricus King Alured vvas annointed king of England at Rome Asserius Quo tempore Leo Papa .4 Apostolicae sedi praeerat qui praefatum infantem Alphredū confirmauit et in filium adoptionis sibi accepit oleo vnctum consecrauit in Regem Vide deflorationes Alphredi Beuerlacensis A Patre suo Adelulpho Romā mittitur à papa Leone 4 in Regem inūgitur Of S. vvulstane bishop of vvorceter He vvas cōfirmed by the popes legats before the cōquest Henry Hūtingto Idem Hēr Hunting Polid. l. 4. The continual practise of the Popes Primacy in the realme of England before the conqueste in payinge the Peter pence ād receiuing the palle De potestate Regia * The .411 vntruth for there is not as much as one example of this nevve Primacye brought foorth in that boke cōcerning Englād And therfore this is a marginal lie of M. Hornes And so are ye novv vvelcome to Englande M. Horne vvithall your ioly companye that is vvith .400 vntruthes and more cleauing faste to your syde beside many a trym follie othervvise VV. Conquerours othe In addit ad Noueoburg M.S. promittēs se velle sanctas Dei Ecclesias ac rectores defendere Idē Noueobur M.S. Pallium canonicè nō suscepisti Fabian par 7. cap. 220. The cause why the Archbishop Stigādus vvas deposed Guil. Malmesb. Stigandū perperā falsò Archiepiscopū per Card. Rom. Armenfridū episcopum Sedunensem deponi passus est Polychronic lib. 7. cap. 1. Neub lib. 1. cap. 1. M. Horne and his felovves are to be deposed yf he allovv VV. Conquerours supremacy M Horns impudēcie Gul. Malmesb Ex praecepto Alexandri 11. ventilata est causa c. Adfuit Hubertus Legatus Papae Fabian cap. 222. Polich lib. 7. cap. 3. Guiliel de Pontifi Guil. Hūtingt Notable places of Lanfrācus for the popes primacie Lanfran contra Berengar de sacramēto Et hoc impio ore garristi quod garrista nemo loquitur nō haereticus non schismaticus non falsus aliquis Christianus fol. 2. Fol. 13. Beati patres cōcorditer astruxerūt haericum esse hoēm omnem qui à Romana vniuersali Ecclesia in sidei doctrina discordat in edit Lo nan in 8. An. 1551. Lib. De pōtif Angli Polychr li. 7. ca. 1. Fabian cap. 220. Fabian The .417 vntruthe He made holy Church free sayeth Fabyan Fabyan Matth. Par. The 418 vntruthe For the pleasure of the Kinge left out The .419 vntruthe he fled not to Rome but vvas sente thither by the kinge Simeon Dunelmensis Hen. Huntingtonus Roge. Houedenus Matt. Paris Mat. VVestmonast Polidorus Polidorus Nauclerus Abbas Vrsp. The .420 vntruthe flatly belying Martinus Concerning Vvilliam Rufus King M. Horne buyldeth his newe primacie vppō the doinges of ill princes Eusebius de vitae Const. lib. 1. prope finem The agreablenes betvvene Rufus ād the tyrāt Licinius for stayyng of ecclesiasticall councels * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. M. Horne like the spider ād the flie The worthines of Bisshop Anse●me Guil Maelmesb in lib. de Pontif. Henri● Hunting in Histor. Angl. T●e causes of dissen●iō betvvene King ●ufus and Anselmus Edmerus de vita Ansel. li. 2 Regē pro Ecclesiarū quae de die in diē destruebātur releuatione pro Christianae l●gis quae in multis violabatur renouatione pro diuersorū morū qui ōni ordine hominum quotidie nimis corrumpebantur correctione coepit interpellare Edmer lib 2. Edmer dict lib. 2. Attamen posthaec et Vrbanum per VValterum Albanensem episcopum qui palliū à Roma Anselmo Cantuariam detulit pro Papa suscepit et principum suorum cōsilio actus in amicitiam suam virum recepit Henric. Hunting Cap. 225. Concerning kīg Hēry the first Edmer lib. 2. De vita Anselmi Post ea omnia regauit Anselmum rex quatenus ipsemet Romam iret Henr. Hungt Rogatus à Rege perrexit Romam Idē Hēric Hūgt Anno. 1107. statuit vt nūquā per donationem baculi pastoralis vel ānuli quisquam de episcopatu vel abbatia ●er regē vel quamlibet laicā manum in Anglia inuestiretur ●ex antecessorū suorum vsu relicto ●ec personas quae in regimen Ecclesiarum sumebantur per se eligit nec eas per dationem virgae pastoralis quibus praeficie batur inuestiuit Edmer lib. 2. de vita Anselmi inter Idem Omnes qui haec gesta tūc tēporis audiere ea meritis cōcordiae quā rex cū Ansel fecerat ascripsere Fabian cap. 227. M. Horn sheweth him selfe vvorthy to be punished for vvhoredome by his ovvn storie Fabian Simeon Dunelmens Rogerus Houed Rex tenuit Conciliū magnū apud Lōdonū de vxoribus sacerdotū prohibē lis c. Concessere namque regi iustitiā de vxoribus sacerdotū improuidi habiti sunt accepit enī rex pecuniam infinitam de presbyteris redemit eos Similia habet Henr. Huntington Lib. 11. The order of the parliamēte abovvt the conqueste Parliamētum est ex 3. gradibus siue generibus scilicet ex procuratoribus cleri militibus cōmunitatis ciuibus Burgensibus qui repraesentāt totam communitatem Angliae Quia quilibet magnatum est ●bi pro propria persona non pro alia M. Horns vvisdom in reasoning against hym selfe Polidorus lib. 11. Admonebat ne sanctos ritus neuè religionis iura et ceremonias verteret pollueretque Martinus Polonus in Pascha li. 2. Renunciauit inuestituris Episcoporum aliorū praelatorū Vide Nauclerū generat 38. pag. 183. Dist. 63. in Synod Fol. 7● Fac. 1. An. 2● Henric. 8. cap. 14. An. 1. Elizab. cap. 1. The .421 Vntruth not about this time by 150. yeares at the least The 422. Vntruth They of Armenia neuer acknovvledged their Prīce for suche The 423. Vntruth Slāderus The .424 vntruth most lewde in nipping away the vvordes folowing in the same sentence The .425 vntruth Neuer able to be iustified M. Horne by a spiritual rauishmēt is sodainly caried frō England to Moscouia Aethiopia c. Vide Paralip Vrsperg Matheum Flaccium Illiricum in
true The .477 vntruth False translation as shal appeare In form respons con ad verb. tanquam publ ex com n. 10. M. Horns imp●rtinēt arguments Practica Iohānis Petri Fer. In forma inter fieud cum reo cōuento in act reali In forma iuramēti testium Numer 7. Informa responsi ●ei cōuenti ad verbū tāquam publicè excōmunicatū numero 11 Dict. cap. Adrianus dist 63. The .478 vntruth For he reproueth Ferrariensis The .479 vntruth He is of a plaine cōtrary minde In repetit lect de Christ. Ciuitatis Aristocratia The .480 vntruth He auoucheth not Speculator The .481 vntruth He citeth not Lotharius to that purpose The .482 vntruth Lotharius is not of the same minde Concernīg Quinti●us Heduus M. Horn miserably mis●seth his re●der vvith the alleaging of Quintinus M. Horn for his wretched handling of Quintinus cōpared to Medea VVhat vvas the opiniō of Lothariꝰ of whom M. Horn speaketh and hovv it is to be vnderstāded Quasi Principum nomine pontifices nō intelligantur Dist. 35 c. 4. Nos honorum ciuilium duntaxat extrae Ecclesiam populariumque dignitatum regem tenere fastigiū intelligimus c. * Eduardi 3. An. 15. cap. 3. Clerkes peeres of the lande VVhy Speculator saith al that is ī the realm to be of the King● iurisdictiō Ecclesia vtrūque gladiū tenet vtramque pariter habet iurisdictionē Nouimus vtrumque gladium soli Ecclesiae datum hoc est ecclesiae pontificem habere ius potestatem in spiritualia simul in omnia temporalia atque ex ijs decernere statuere ex causa posse cuius decretis standum Gibere deformem Flagitiosissimꝰ quidam postea tam infenso nebulone Quintinꝰ declareth M. Horn to be a li●● in the story of kīg Philip valesius before rehersed Meus Sep. 1. An 1●29 ●yue st●t vntruths of M. ●orn in lesse t●en 15 lynes The .483 vntruthe In that place he proueth the clergies povver not the Prīces in ecclesiastical matters Duabus regulis cōcludā prior est semper in fidei peccati materia ius Ecclesiasticum attendendum est in fore ciuili tumque cessat omne iuris imperatorij mandatum aboletur c. Quādo vult Deꝰ 23. q. 4. † Hovv● farre all this is true it hath at large ben shevved in the secōd book The .484 vntruth His Author speaketh not of tvvo Councels The king i● to be obeied in 485. Ecclesiastical causes and not the Pope The .485 vntruthe Quītinus auouched no suche thinge The .486 vntruth That is meant in feudis regalibus which you haue quyte left out of Quintinus Interesse tamē volo reges tantū non praeesse talibus sacerdotum cōuentibus Num. 17. Al schismaticall coūcels at fayne at the lēgth to yelde to the popes coūcells Fol. 70. Io. Mariꝰ de schism concil differ par 2. cap. 6. Idē Quintinus Aristocrat fo 135. Paris 1552. Quatenus ad feuda regalia pertinet per glosam ca. reprehensibile 23. qu. 8. M. Horne leaueth out that vvhich serueth for the opening of the vvhole matter The .487 vntruth This chardge is not in Ecclesiastical matters but aboute Ecclesiastical persons in temporal matters as for external order to be kept and in execution of the Church Canons requiringe the Prīces ayde c. * VVho more corrupt then your nevve Clergy now of handycraft Ministers M. Horn● impertinent allegations Dist. 62. Docendus Dist. 65. Sî fortè Hovve handsomly M. H. pleadeth against him selfe L. Quicūque de Epis et Cler. The .488 vntruthe The place alleaged shevveth of no bisshops deposed by these Emperours The .489 vntruthe The King did not exact any thīng The .490 vntruth He meaneth not so but such as being made in former Canons the Princes confirm ād promulge by their lavves also The .491 vntruth For concealinge vvho commaunded him vvhich vvas the Pope him selfe The .492 vntruth This is not in Quītinus printed at Lyons An 1549. The Pope an 493. heretik compelled to recante before the French King The .493 vntruthe Slaunderous The .494 vntruth greate in false reasonīg For none of al these examples do proue the popes Primacy The .495 vntruth That hath not bene proued out of Quintinꝰ in such sēce as the Acte attributeth to the Prince L. quicunque de Episcopis et clericis Quicūque residē●ibus sacerdotibus fuerit episcopali loco no mine detrusus si aliquid cōtra quie tē publicā moliri c. Dicta ep inter claras de suma Trininitate Vt nō vestrae innotescat sanctitati quia caput est omnium sanctarum ecclesiarū Dict. ca. Satagēdū 25. q. 1. Satagēdū est vt pro auferendo suspicionis scandalo Cōsidēter à nobis postulauit vt decuit quatenus c. Dict. c. Nos si incompetenter 2. q. 7. ibi in glos Lib. 14. Est receptum c. ff de iurisdic omniū iudicum Causa 2. quest 4. cap. Mennam Reuerti illum purgatum absolutūque permisimus Vide marginalē glosam ibidem Dict. c. mandastis ibidem Quod audiens Valētinianus Augustus nostra authoritate Synodum congregari iussit mox Licet euadere aliter satis potuissem suspitionem tamen fugiēs coram omnibus me purgaui Sed non alijs qui noluerint aut sponte hoc non elegerint faciendi formam dans In exemplar Lugdun An. 1549. in volum 14. A grosse errour of M. Iewel pag. 275. Braughtō lib. 1. cap. de Papa Archiepiscopis alijs praelat The 496. vntruth The contrary appeareth plainely by Braughton as it shal be declared The 487. vntruth A parte of the sentence opening and ansvvering the vvhole obiection nipped quite of Hovv vvretchedlie M. Horne alleageth Brauhgton Braughtō lib. 1. Homines quidā sunt excellētes prelati alijs principantur Dominus Papa in rebus spiritualibus quae pertinent ad sacerdotiū sub eo archiepiscopi Episcopi alij praelati inferiores Item in tēporalibus Imperatores reges c. Eodē libro Ergo non debet maior esse in regno suo in exhibitioneiuris Libro 4. Matters apperteining to the spiritual iurisdiction Braughton and Quintinꝰ be against Petrus Cugnerius that M. Horne before alleaged Prius fol. 82. The .498 vntruth You haue proued nothing lesse The 499. vntruthe You haue proued nothing sufficient to satisfie M. Feckēham or anie meane man The 500. Vntruthe you haue shewed no such commaundement The 501. vntruthe None of your examples haue serued your turne The 502. vntruthe Your prophecies haue proued no such Supreme Gouernment The 503. vntruhe No Scripture of the nevve Testament hath proued the like gouernment c. The 504. vntruthe Your Auncient Doctours stand plaine againste you The 505. vntruthe The practise of all Councelles bothe Generall and Nationall hath vvitnessed the popes not the Princes Primacy The 506 vntruth Ye haue not proued the like gouernemēt by any one king or prince The .507 Vntruth Partiall thei could not be for your part being the
no cōspiracy * modestia vestra M Horne nota sit omnibus hominibus The Turke is muche bovvnde to M. Horn ād to his M. Luther and other his fellovves Art 34. Vide Rofens Vide dubitantium Lindain pag. 322. ex Mālio ●om 3 in loc Com. pag. 195. Vide Crispinum in historia pseudomartyrū lib. 5. in Claudio Monerio The .558 Vntruth Shamful For they are your very own as it shall appeare The .559 Vntruth your interpretatiō agreeth vvith your resolutiōs the interpretation exceptīg certaine iurisdiction in causes Ecclesiasticall from the Prince vvhereof doth follow that as the resolutions reporte the Othe must not be taken as it lieth Verbatim * So al general coūcelles are excluded * VVhy thē do ye exclude out of the Oth prechīg Ministrīg of sacramēts bindīg ād losing etc The .560 vntruth Not against him selfe For first you saied so but in your resolutiōs and interpretation of the Othe you saie the cōtrary And so in both places you are truly charged The 561. vntruth M. Fekēham denieth it not in any his vvordes aboue rehersed The .562 vntruth M. Fekēhā neuer yelded to any your proofes reasons or Au●horites Fol. 96. 97. Fol. 107. 108. Fol. 105.107 A contradiction irrecōcileable in M. Horne Note Act. 20. Ioan. 20. Math. 16. Act. 8. Heb. 13. Ezech. Ioan. Antoniꝰ Delph lib. 2. The .563 vntruthe Preachinge and Ministration of S●craments ▪ pertayne not to the secrete Courte of Conscience The .564 vntruthe Neither preaching of the Ghospell nor ministration of the Sacrament● is referred to Iurisdiction not cohibitiue by his Author alleaged The .565 vntruthe For there is no suche diuision of the Cohibityue Iurisdiction The .566 vntruthe For excommunication properly belongeth to bisshops The .567 vntruthe Quintinus speaketh there of temporall Iurisdiction not of Ecclesiasticall The .568 vntruthe Antonius falsified He speaketh not of this Iurisdiction that is of that vvhich cometh from the prince onely The .569 vntruthe A great deale left out in the midle ▪ plainly confutinge M. Horns purpose The .570 vntruthe Your own Author Antonius calleth this Opinion Impiū errorē a vvicked errour An ansvvere to Io. Anto. Delphinꝰ Io. Anthonius Delde potesta Eccles. Venet 1552. in 8. Tvvo povvers in the Churche the firste of order or of the keyes the second of iurisdiction Fol. 105. a. Lib. 2. pa. 76. Lib. 2. pa. 36. b. 37. a. Io. Anth. Delph lib. 2. pag. 76. b. Quamuis praelati superioris voluntate quis parochiali sacerdoti subijciatur tamē nisi ipse vltro subijciat seipsū nūquam poterit absolui à peccatis In secretissimo enīforo cōsciētiae nemo absoluitur inuitꝰ M. Horne in daūger of a premunire M. Horns doctrine maketh frustrate al the excōmunications made in England theis .8 yeares An other irrecōciliable cōtradictiō in M. Horne Fol. 3. co 2. 1. Cor. 15. 1. Cor. 4. 1. Tim. 1. 1. Cor. 6. Actorū 5. Nicephor lib. 13. cap. 34. Idē lib. 12. Cap. 41. See hovv M Horne playeth the Cacu● to take avvay the authority of excommunication from the Prīce Idē lib. 2. pag. 84. Determinata in cōcilio confirmare excōmunicare excommunicatos cū vt decet resipiscunt ecclesiae reconciliare casus reseruare reseruatos casus relaxare dare indulgentias penas quae pro peccatis infliguntur cōmutare Idem Quamuis potestas Ecclesiasticae spiritualisque iurisdictionis conueniat praebeaturque non sacerdotibus nō tamen puris Laicis neque religiosis corona clericali carentibus Pag. 85. The .571 vntruthe M. Fekēhams obiection is of the first kind not of the secōd kīd The .572 vntruthe Sclaunderous M. Fekenhā reported the effecte of the Othe truely The .573 vntruthe For that is moste true as it shal appeare The .574 vntruth The expresse wordes of the Statute doe geue to the prince povver to Authorise men to vse all maner of iurisdictions as it is here reported absolutely Ergo it geueth to the Prince the iurisdictiōs also * Marke If this iurisdiction be vnited to the croun which the Prince in al maner doth assigne name ād authorise other to execute why saied you before that the Statute gaue not to the prince all maner of Iurisdictions The .575 vntruthe It is no sophisticatiō at al you proue no such thing The .576 vntruth For they are not restrained in any part of the Acte The .577 vntruthe This limitatiō vvēt before it is not added after those general vvordes here noted See the Acte it selfe Againe it is in effecte no limitation at all as shall appeare The .578 vntruthe These words make no limitation of ecclesiastical iurisdiction authorised by the prince neither doe appertayne therevnto The .579 vntruthe This is a false addition not expressed in the Acte but rather denyed by the generality thereof The .580 vntruthe To say so is imp●us error A vvicked errour by Antonius Delphinus M. Hornes Authour The .581 vntruthe Sclaunderous The vvords of the Acte vvere by M. Fekēham plainely and truely sette forth The .582 vntruth Ioyned vvith an heresie as shall appeare * Such an euel cōsequēt you haue vsed throughout your booke of certaine dealings cōcluding suprē gouernment in al causes The .583 Vntruthe M Fekenham argueth not so * Thē S. Bernardis a Papist who saith so Epist. 238. Solus ipse Rom. Pont. plenitudinē habet potestatis The .584 Vntruthe For M. Fek. therby cōcludeth that by such cōmissiō beīg geuē to bishops immediatly frō God in som spirituall causes the Prīces authorising for al maner of spiritual causes to be vsed and exercised is vvrongfully geuen by the Acte The 585. vntruth ioyned vvith an heresy * Here M. Horne cōdēneth the doinges in kinge Edwardes daies and now also for an horrible absurdite as shall appeare The .586 vntruthe Vnproued as before † A nevv terme for a nevv doctrine † This is againste the Acte For no Iurisdiction vvhat soeuer can be vsed or exercised in Englāde vvithout the Princes special commission Act 20. Ioan. 20. Math. 26. Act. 8. M. Horne frameth argumēts of his ovvn ād thē laieth thē forth as M. Fekenhās argumētes M. Horne taketh vpō him to restrayn the general vvordes of the statute to take avvay from the Prince the Autority of excōmunication See the absurdity of M. Horne in expoūding the Othe Edvvard 6. Dei grat c Reuerēd Thomae Cant Archiepisc. etc. Quando quidē omnis iuris di●ēdi authoritas atque etiā iurisdictio omnimoda tā illa quae Ecclesiastica dicitur ꝗ secularis à regia potestate velut à supremo cap. c. Dat. 7. die mēs Feb. An. 1546. Regni nostri primo Ibidem Ad ordinādū igitur quoscūque intra diocoesin tuā Cātuar ac ad omnes etiā sacros presbyterari●s ordines ꝓmouēdū praesent atosque etiam ad beneficia eccles c. Ib●dem Per praesentes ad nostrū dunt axat beneplacitū duraturas cū cuiuslibet cōgruae Ecclesiasticae coertionis potestate Per literas datas 4.
the Kings consent or without against the Pope who hath no Iudge in this world but God only Neither cā he be iudged by his inferiours And so these Bishops told the King to his face And finally the King referreth the whole mater to the Synode and plainly protesteth that it was the Coūcels part to prescribe what ought to be done in so weighty a mater As for mee saith the King I haue nothing to doe with Ecclesiasticall maters but to honour and reuerence them I cōmit to you to heare or not to heare this matter as ye shall thinke it most profitable so that the Christiās in the City of Rome might be set in peace And to this point lo is al M. Hornes supremacy driuen The Bishops proceding to sentence doe declare that Pope Symachus was not to be iudged by any man neither bound to answere his accusers but to be committed to Gods iudgemēt And the reason the Coūcel geueth That it appertaineth not to the sheep but to the pastour to foresee and prouide for the snares of the wolfe And thē follow the words that you reherse which are no iudicial sentence but only a declaration that he should be taken for the true Bishop as before But to medle with the cause and to discusse it iudicially they would not because as they said by the Canōs thei could not And therefore immediatly in the same sentence that ye haue in such hast brokē of in the midle it followeth We doe reserue the whole cause to the iudgemente of God Sette this to the former parte by you recited being a parcell of the sayed sentence as ye must needes doe and then haue ye sponne a faire threade your selfe prouing that thing whiche of all things yee and your fellowes denye That is that the Pope can be iudged of no man And so haue ye nowe made him the Supreame Heade of the whole Churche and haue geauen your selfe suche a fowle fall that all the worlde will lawghe you to scorne to see you finde faulte with this Councell as mangled and confusedlye sette foorth whiche so plainelye and pithelye confoundeth to your greate shame and confusion all that euer yee haue broughte or shall in this booke bringe againste the Popes Primacye So also it well appeareth that if there were in the worlde nothing else to be pleaded vppon but your owne Councell and sentence by you here mangled and confusedly alleged M. Fekenham might vpon very good ground refuse the othe and ye be cōpelled also if not to take the othe for the Popes Primacy being of so squemish a conscience yet not to refuse his authority by your owne Author and text so plainely auouched M. Horne The .62 Diuision pag. 36. a. As it is and shall be most manifestly proued and testified by the oecumenicall or generall Councels vvherin the order of Ecclesiasticall gouernment in Christes Church hath ben most faithfully declared and shevved from time to time as your self affirme that such like gouernment as the Quenes Maiestie doth claime and take vppon her in Ecclesiasticall causes vvas practised .169 continually by the Emperours and approued praised and highly commended by .170 thousands of the best Bisshoppes and most godly fathers that haue bene in Christes Churche from time to time euen so shall I prooue by your ovvne booke of Generall Councels .171 mangled maimed and set foorth by Papish Donatistes them selues and other such like Church vvriters that this kinde and such like gouernment as the Quenes Maiestie doth vse in Church causes vvas by continuall practise not in some one onely Church or parte of Christendome vvhereof you craue proufe as though not possible to be shevved but in the notablest Kingdomes of al Christendome as .172 Fraunce and Spaine put in vre vvherby your vvilfull and malicious ignoraunce shal be made so plain that it shal be palpable to them vvhose eyes ye haue so bleared that they cannot see the truth The .17 Chapter of Clodoueus Childebert Theodobert and Gunthranus Kings of Fraunce Stapleton MAister Horne nowe taketh his iourney from Rome and the East Churche where he hath made his abode a greate while to Fraunce and to Spaine hoping there to find out his newe founde Supreamacye Yea he saieth He hath and will proue it by thowsandes of the beste Bisshops Vndoudtedly as he hath already founde it out by the .318 Bisshops at Nice by the 200. bisshops at Ephesus and by the 630. bishops at Chalcedo who stande eche one in open fielde against him so wil he finde it in Fraūce and in Spayn also If he had said he would haue found it in the new founde landes beyonde Spayn among the infidels there that in dede had ben a mete place for his new founde Supremacy Verily in any Christened coūtre by hī yet named or to be named in this booke he neither hath nor shall find any one Coūcel or bishop Prince or Prouīce to agnise or witnesse this absolute Supremacy that M. Horn so depely dreameth of And that let the Cōference of both our labours trie M. Hornes answer and this Reply As also who hath bleared the Readers eyes M. Horne or Maister Fekenham M. Horne The 63. Diuision pag. 36. b. Clodoueus about this time the first Christian King of Fraunce baptized by Remigius and taught the Christian faith perceyuing that through the troublesome times of vvarres the Church discipline had bene neglected and much corruption crepte in doth for reformacion hereof call a nationall councel or Synode at Aurelia and commaundeth the bisshoppes to assemble there together to consult of such necessary matters as vvere fit and as he deliuered vnto them to consulte of The Bisshoppes doe according as the Kinge .173 commaundeth they assemble they commende the Kings zeale and great care for the Catholique faith and Religion they conclude according to the Kings minde and doth .174 referre their decrees to the iudgement of the King vvhome they confesse to haue .175 the superiority to be approued by his assent Clodoueus also called a Synode named Conciliū Cabiloneum and commaunded the bisshops to consider if any thing vvere amisse in the discipline of the Church and to consulte for the reformation thereof and this saith the bisshops he did of zeale to Religiō and true faith Other fovver Synodes vvere summoned aftervvarde in the same City at sondry tymes by the commaundement of the King named Childebert moued of the loue and care he had for the holy faith and furtheraunce of Christian Religion to the same effect and purpose that the first vvas sommoned for This King Childebert caused a Synode of Bishoppes to assemble at Parys and commaunded them to take order for the reformation of that Church and also to declare vvhom they thought to be a prouident Pastour to take the care ouer the Lords flock the Bisshop Saphoracus being deposed for his iust demerites Stapleton M. Horne so telleth his tale here as yf this King Clodoueus had
Pope Stephen had an obscure tyme sauing that Charles therein called a Councell at Collen and after him Arnulphus the Emperour other tvvo the one at Moguntia the other at Triburum The .13 Chapter Of the laste Emperours of Charlemaynes race and of the Popes of Rome of that age Stapleton HEre folowe two Coūcels vnder Arnulphus the Emperour the one at Moguntia the other at Triburum But what Is there in that Councels nothing for you M. Horne Why There is in the Councell of Moguntia a whole Chapter intitled Quid sit propriè ministerium Regis What is properly the office of a kynge And in a Chapter so specially debating of your matter in hād could you fynd nothing that made for you Then let vs see whether there be any thing for vs. The Councell in that Chapter saieth The office of a kynge specially is to gouerne the people of God and to rule vvith equitie and Iustice and to prouide that peace and concord may be kept And howe In ecclesiasticall matters We shal heare For saieth the Councell he ought before all thinges to be a defender of the Churches I thought the Councel would haue said Supreme Gouernour and of the seruants of God of widowes and Orphanes And so furth Lo. M. Horne The office of the prince is to defend the Churche of God not to gouerne it not to alter and chaunge the Religion not to make Church lawes c. In al this chapter looke when you will you shall not fynd one worde for the Princes supreme Gouernement or any maner of Gouernement at al in matters ecclesiastical And yet this beinge as you say in the beginninge of this booke A principall parte of the Princes Royal povver the Councel of purpose treating in this Chapter only of the princes office and power it is more then maruayl that the matter should in such depe silence so be wrapped vp that no worde or half worde thereof coulde appeare Verely in the next chapter folowinge it is commaunded and decreed that the Churches and things to them belonging should apperteyn to bishops without any worde of the Princes supreme Gouernement in thinges of the Church M. Horne The .108 Diuision Fol. 67. b. Of these Popes and those that follovved as Formosus Stephanus Romanus Benedictus Leo Christophorus Sergius and a great company more the Historians geue but an homely testimonie and Nauclerus saith that to satisfie their voluptuous lustes they did maliciously malice one another as most cruel Tyrantes and he added this reason Cum non extarent qui eorum vitia coercerent bicause there was none to correcte and chasten them for their euill doinges For so long as the Princes exercised their 351 authoritie in ouerseing carefully the Church matters and the mynisters so vvel the Popes as other Bishoppes there grevve no such intollerable disorders neither vvere there suche mōsters for so Nauclerus termeth these Popes that continued any space But vvere by the Princes authoritie suppressed and therfore Nauclerus citeth out of Platina and affirmeth it to be true that the cause of these monstrous Rebelles in the Churche vvas Quòd Resp. ignauos desides principes habeat Bicause the common wealthe had improfitable and slouthfull Princes Thus these vvriters burdeine and charge the Princes vvith the disorders and enormities in Christes Churche vvherein they doo them vvronge if they thought not that it apperteined to the Princely auritie to ouersee care and prouide for the good order of Christes Churche and to redresse punishe and remoue the inordinate euilles therein Stapleton M. Horne nowe russheth in withe a bedroll of certain naughty popes down from Formosus to Iohn the .13 Amōg whom I marueyl why you recken Benedictus of whome Nauclerus writeth thus Huius Benedicti laus est quòd intam corruptis moribus grauiter constanter vitam duxisse feratur The commendation of this Benedictus is that in so corrupt maners of men he is saied to haue liued with grauitie and Constancie And namely for his great humanitie and clemency he was chosen But much more I merueyle that amonge so many badde you speake neuer a worde of the good namely of Anastasius of whom it is writen Nihil habuit quo reprehendi posset He was a man that could be charged with nothing of Leo the .6 which nihil tyrannicum prae se tulit rei diuinae consulens shewed no tyranny in his behauyour attending vpō Gods seruice Of Steuen the 7. whose lyfe was full of gentlenesse and Religion Of Leo .7 and Steuen the .8 bothe commended Popes Of Martyn the .3 who folowed also the gentle demeanour of Steuen Of Agapetus who is writen to haue ben vir innocens Reip. Christianae feruens amator An innocent man and a feruent tenderer of the Christian commō wealth Of whom also the kyng of Denmark receyued the faith All these good and vertuouse Popes in great affliction of wicked persons in those daies for lacke in dede of Iustice in good Emperours lyued and ruled the Church betwen this Formosus and Iohn the .13 or .12 more then twenty yeres But. M. Horne like a fowle sowe that nouseleth in the donghil and careth not for the fayre floures in the garden nouseleth him selfe amonge the euyll bisshops and can not abyde to speake one poore worde for the good And therefore as Mēmius obiected to Cato his nights Dronckennesse for whom Cicero answereth why tellest thou not also of his dayes dycing he being in dede all the daye in the affayres of the Common wealth so for the bedrol of your euyl Popes Formosus and the rest I aske you whi you tel vs not also of Anastasius of Leo the .6 and .7 of Steuyn the .7 and .8 of Martyn the .3 ād of Agapetꝰ but that you had rather be Mēmius thē Cicero rather a rashe cōptroller thē a discrete reporter M. Horne The .109 Diuision pag. 68. a. Yea Sabellicus so vvondereth at these tragicall examples of the Bishoppes of this time and their horrible obliuion of Godly Religion that he .352 ascribeth the good and godly moderatiō that vvas in the Bishops and the dutiful execution of their office from Charles the great til the ende of the Frenche Empire vvhiche vvas an vvhole age to be not so much of them selues and their ovvne good vvilles as of the avve and feare they had of the Princes kinges and Emperours vvho vvere their guardians And therfore concludeth that it may be truely said that this vvas the calamitie of Fraunce Italy and of the Churche of Rome Quòd in ea gente desitum esset imperari bicause there was .353 no king nor Emperour to beare rule 354. meaning that although there vvere kinges and Emperours yea● did they not execute their Princely office and authoritie in ouerseing correcting and reforminge the Churche matters and her mynisters and therefore the state vvas miserable In this confusion vvere all thinges but especially in the
Church of Rome till God stirred vp the vvyse and mighty Prince Otho the first vvhose zeale stoutnes and trauayle in reforming Religion and the disordred Churche no tongue is able to expresse saith Nauclerus Stapleton You make Sabellicus to saie a great deale more thē euer he saied or intended to say For he doth not certaynely ascribe any such cause as you pretend but only he saieth Nō immeritò quis suspicaretur A mā may ād not without a cause suspecte But what M. Horne That Popes kept euill rule and were geuen to al lewdenesse bicause the Emperours did not ouersee them So you woulde haue folke to think and therefore you make Sabellicus to conclude that this was the calamyte of Fraunce Italy and of the Churche of Rome quòd in ea gēte desitum esset imperari bicause there was no kīg nor Emperour to beare rule But false translation maketh no proufe Knowe you not M. Horne what In ea gente doth signifie in english Or if we may not finde faulte with your grammer why slacked your honesty so farre as to leaue the english thereof quyte out What was there a pad in the strawe Sabellicus then saieth the cause of all that calamyte was bicause there was no kinge nor Emperour to beare rule in ea gente in that stocke or line of Charles the great whose posterity had hitherto lineally reigned downe to Arnulphus the last mentioned Emperour and the last in dede by the opinion of most historians of Charles his lineal descēt After whom in dede the Churche was in great trouble and disorder for the space of .50 or .60 yeres But howe Did the euil Popes cause that disorder So woulde M. Horne folowing herein the steppes of baudy Bale that we should thinke But as I haue noted before in the compasse of that .50 yeres there were diuers good and vertuous Popes ruling the Churche more then twenty of those .50 yeres And the cause of al that disorder was not the only euil life of certaine Popes but much more the licentious lewdenesse of the Italians and especially the Romans at that tyme who in dede for lacke of Iustice on the Emperours partes which is the thinge that Sabellicus cōplaineth of liued enormously and licētiously makīg Kings amonge themselues and not only oppressing one an other but also moste vily and cruelly handlinge their bisshoppes being good and vertuous Of whome Stephen the .8 a Pope of much holynes at that very tyme was of his Cytyzens so shamefully mangled and disfigured that he was fayne of a long tyme for very shame to kepe within dores and so liued three yeres in greate vexation and trouble The cause of al this trouble in the Churche at this tyme yf you liste shortly to knowe gentle Readers Sabellicus agreing herein with the other historians wil clerely tell you He saieth Quantū Francorum pietate c. Looke howe muche Rome and all Italy breathed as it were from alonge continuāce of miseries by the godlynes and bountifulnes of the Frenche Princes Charles and his issewe one whole age almost a .100 yeares so much fell it backe againe in to all kinde of calamytie by the space of almost .60 yeres through ciuil Sedition This calamyty beganne from the last yere of Adrian the .3 and ended in the time of Iohn the .12 And will you see whereof sprange this calamytie M. Horn imagineth it was bicause the Princes did not practise their Ecclesiastical gouernement ouer Popes But Sabellicus a better historian then M. Horne addeth immediatly vpon his former wordes this Cause Enimuero praeter Normannos c. Verely beside the Normans which wasted Fraunce of which outrage that great chaunge of thinges then made in the worlde semeth to me to haue sprounge the Hunnes also people of Scythia being bolde vpon the troubles of Fraunce coming downe into Slauony did conquer the landes of Gepides and Auari people then in those quarters so called The ouerrūning thē of forrain nations and the Ciuill Seditions through out all Italy caused this greate calamyty that the historyans of this time complaine so muche of Whych the more encreased for that the Emperours of that time Arnulphus Conradus Henrie the first yea and Otho hym selfe vntyll the later ende of hys Empire partly would not partly could not represse the tyrantes in Italie and other where In all whych hurley burleys in all whych breaches of good order licentiousnes of lyfe and corruption of the worlde if the heads also them selues the chiefe bishoppes sometimes fell to disorder and lewdenesse of life yt is the lesse to be maruayled of him that wyll consider the course of Gods prouidence in thys worlde who suffreth for the sinnes of the people vt sicut populus sic sit sacerdos That lyke as the people so should also the Priest be who saieth also in lyke enormities of the worlde Dabo pueros principes eorum I will geue them children for their Princes meaning not onely children in age but children in wisedome children in strength and children in vertue Of which also expressely we reade that the wrath of God wexed hotte against Israëll and stirred vppe Dauid to say to Ioab Goe and number Israël and Iuda Of the which great vanitie and ouersight of that King the plague fell vppon the people and not vpon the King So God plagueth the wickednesse of subiects with the sinnes of their Rulers and geueth oftentimes to a froward flock a curst shepheard This consideration of Gods prouidēce in that corrupt time not of corrupt faith as you bable but of corrupt maners had more becommed a man of your vocation M. Horne and a Diuine then such false ād lewde surmises as you haue vttered Which you could neuer so haue cloked if you had opened the whole historie and circumstaunces of the case to your Readers But this you will neuer doe saye we what we wil. Your ragged relligion must be patched vp with such broken cloutes of imperfecte narrations M. Horne The .110 Diuision pag. 68. a. At this time vvas Iohn .13 Pope a man replete and loden vvith all disshonestie and villanie against .355 vvhom tvvo of the chiefest amongest the Clergie the one vvas a Cardinall saith Luithprandus the other maister of the Rolles made complaint vnto Ottho most humblie beseching him to haue some compassion on the Church vvhich if it vvere not spedilie refourmed must needes come to vtter decaie After vvhom came the Bisshoppe of Millaine and so one after an other a great manie moe making the same suite vnto Ottho vvho being moued of his ovvne zeale to Gods glorie but novv enflamed by the lamentable supplications of these Bisshoppes Rex pijssimus saieth Luithprandus Non quae sua sunt sed quae Iesu Christi cogitans The moste Relligious King hauinge carefull cogitations not for his owne thinges but for Iesus Christes maters addressed him selfe vvith all conuenient speede into Italie to refourme Rome from vvhence all
Prince is the fountaine or welspring of all iurisdictiō and protesteth also him selfe to be of the .482 same mind The .39 Chapter Solutions to Argumentes taken out of Quintinus Heduus a Doctour of Parys Stapleton LET vs nowe take heede for M. Horne wonderfully lassheth on with Io. Quintinus Heduus and runneth his race with him two full leaues together And yet for all this sturre and heapinge Lawe vppon Lawe we might graunt him all that euer he bringeth yn without any preiudice of our cause and would so do in dede sauing that the handling of the matter by M. Horne is such as requireth of vs a special specification Neither can I tell of all the dishonest and shamefull pageantes that he hath hitherto played whether there be any comparable to this I can not tell whether his folly or his impudency be the greater but that bothe excede I am right well assured And yet I trowe he owght not to beare all the blame but may parte stake with his collectour who hath abused his ignorance as hym selfe doth abuse his readers ignorance The answere would growe longe and bigge yf I should fully as the case requireth rippe vp and open all thinges and then at large confute them which at this tyme I intende not but in vsinge as muche breuity as I may to lay before thee good reader and to discipher the fashion and maner of his dealinge Wherein euen as Medea fleinge from her naturall father and runninge away with a straunger with whome she fell in loue her father pursuing her and she fearing to be taken slewe her yong brother scattering his limmes in the way therby to stay what with sorowe and what with long seeking for his sonnes body her fathers iourney euen so M. Horne running away from the catholyke Church his mother with dame heresie with whose filthy loue he is rauisshed to stay the reader that woulde trace him and his heresyes for the authours he alleageth doth so miserably teare them in peces and dismember them that yt would pity any good Christian mans harte to see yt as muche as yt pitied kinge Oëta father to Medea to see that miserable and lamentable sight and very busie will yt be for him to finde out the whole corps of the sentences so wretchedly cutte and hewed by M. Horne and here and there in these two leaues so miserably dispersed We will notwithstanding trace hī as we may Thē the better to vnderstād his first allegatiō ye shal vnderstād that ther is a kind of Iurisdictiō which is called of the Ciuiliās merū imperiū that is power of lyfe ād death which whether it resteth in the prīce only or in other inferiour magistrates the Lawyers do not al agree Lotharius setled al in the prince to that opinion Quintinus also inclineth But then maketh Quintinus an obiection Whie sayeth he Howe is yt true that the prince onelye hath this mere empire or iurisdiction seinge that we affirme the Churche to haue yt also Whereunto he answereth that vnder the name of Princes are cōteyned the highe Priestes from the which our Actes of parliament doe not all disagree calling Bisshoppes the Peeres of the realme When we say saieth he with Lotharius that the Kinge is the fountayne of all iurisdiction we meane as Lotharius doth not of the Churche but of the ciuill magistrates vnder the Kinge The said Quintinus saieth Gladium pontifex vtrūque gestat exercet alterum Rex solus quem pontifex etiam desertus a suis in hostes licitè stringit The Pope hath both the swordes that is both temporall and spiritual iurisdiction yet the King alone vseth the one of thē that is the tēporal the which the Pope may notwithstāding yf he be forsakē of his own vse also But as I was about to tel you out of Quītinus he saith Probauimus Ecclesiam Deo militantem se noluisse temerè negotijs secularibus implicare temporalemque iurisdictionem principibus sponte reliquisse tamque libenter tamque animo prompto facili vt regū propria videatur Id circo scriptum est à Speculatore quòd quicquid est in regno id esse intelligitur de iurisdictione regis We haue proued that the militant Church doth not but vpō good cause intermedle with seculer affaires yea rather geueth ouer to Princes the temporall iurisdiction so gladly and so willinglye that yt seemeth to appertayne to the Princes onely And therefore Speculatour writeth that what so euer is in a Kingdome that is vnderstanded to be of the Kinges iurisdiction And for this some were persuaded that the spirituall and temporall iurisdiction stode so contrarie one to the other that one man might not exercise both But Quintinus hīself misliketh this opinion and saith euen in the said place where he speaketh of Speculator that the Church only ād not the Princes seculer hath both swordes and both iurisdictions And vpon this occasion he doth vehemently inueighe against Petrus de Cugnerio of whome we haue spokē that did so stifflye stand against the Frēch clergy for their tēporall iurisdictiō and prouoked the King Philip Valesius as much as in him laye to plucke it away frō the clergie He calleth him a misshapen parson in body a most wicked mā and to say al in one a very knaue And thoughe his name were then terrible and thowgh he would seeme for his great wisedome to carrie al the realme vpō his shulders yet was he euer after but a lawghing stock to mē and because he durst not for shame after this great challēge shew hīself abrode as he was wont to do for M. Peter de Cugnerio he was called in their tong M. Pierre de Coyner as a mā would say M Peter that lurketh in corners But wil ye now heare M. Horne this your own authour Quin●inus how he expoūdeth cōposuit rē sacerdotum that is how the King set in order the matters of the priests Wil ye heare also what sharpe Law he made against thē as you auouch that he did He saith of the king Pronūciauit Ecclesiā feuda ●ēporalia quaeque bona propria sibi possidere posse atque in illa iurisdictionē habere He gaue sentēce and pronoūced that the Church might possesse fealtes and other temporal things ād haue iurisdictiō therein So much for our first entraūce into Quītinus Wherin beside the shame that ye must take for your worshipful glose vpō cōposuit rē sacerdotū first ye see that he improueth Ferrariēsis ād such like as attribute to the Emperour the spiritual and temporal sworde Then that he is of a quyte contrarie mynde to that that ye woulde by a sentence here and there yll fauouredlie and disorderly patched in enforce vpon as thowgh he should thinke that al iurisdictiō should come of the Prince Thirdly it is vntrue that he auoucheth Speculatours saying He auoucheth as ye haue hearde the contrary Fowrthly it is